The URL can be used to link to this page

02/19/1992 Contract 1 of 3Contract Documents Contract No KJ-012 Pneumatic Tube System Acme Chute Company Table of Contents BOOR ONE I. Contract Agreement A. AIA Document A101/CM B. Public Construction Bond C. Certificates of Insurance II. Submitted Bid Proposal by Acme Chute Company III. Bidding Documents A. Bid Group 3 Bid Documents B. Bid Group 3 Technical Specifications BOOR TWO B. Bid Group 3 Technical Specifications (Continued) C. Addendum No. 1 BOOR THREE D. Addendum No. 2 E. Addendum No. 3 F. Addendum No. 4 IV. Post -Bid Documents THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A101/CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM 1980 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AIA Documents A201/CM, 1980; B141/CM, 1980; and B801, 1980. AGREEMENT No. KJ-012, Pneumatic Tube System made as of the Nineteenth day of February in the year of Nineteen Hundred and Ninety -Two BETWEEN the Owner: Monroe County Board of County Commissioners 500 Whitehead Street Key West, FL 33040 and the Contractor: Acme Chute Company, Inc. 614 NW 3rd Avenue Fort Lauderdale, FL 33311 the Project: New Monroe County Detention Facility Stock Island, Key West, Florida the Construction Manager: Morri son-Knudsen/Gerri is the Architect: Hansen Lind Meyer/Gonzalez The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 1975, © 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Re- production of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM-1980 1 ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for (Here insert the caption descriptive of the Work as used on other Contract Documents.) Bid Group 3, Bid Package No. 21 Pneumatic Tube System ARTICLE 3 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced on the date as established in the "Notice to Proceed. and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Work shall be achieved not later than (Here insert any special provisions for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time.) the time indicated in Section 00353 Milestone Schedule. AIA DOCUMENT A101)CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM —1980 2 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of Sixteen Thousand, Five Hundred Forty -Seven Dollars, and No Cents................................................$169547.00 The Contract Sum is determined as follows: (State here the base bid or other lump sum amount, accepted alternates and unit prices, as applicable.) A. Base Bid.............................................................................$16,547.00 B. Owner Option 21-01 Alternate Precast Structural Framing and Panel Plan....................$0.00 Total ............................. $16,547.00 ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the Twenty-fifth (25) mapgergyi-day of each month as follows: Not later than Thirty (30) days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment, Ninety percent (90 %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipment incorporated in the Work and Ninety percent ( 90 %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to One Hundred percent (100 %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents. (if not covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents, here insert any provision for limiting or reducing the amount retained after the Work reaches a certain stage of completion.) Reference Section 00800 Substantial Completion and Owner Acceptance. Raytherxts duemnd urtpaiA undet thv ODntt<actxDdturilenXs skallXbeXr idyter)§st SroM tNe &texpafmcXnt its die 9t th* rate anteredcbetowf oxinxhexabsonae tkeroof,xat theltegal rate prewailmg at floe pla(k- (if thte P*ojgct. wero(insgt aoy rate of)fnte*st vreW uponx L tr1 f' -f I ( 5 " 1 fc, I 1".5 zh, n e ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project Certificate for Payment which approves the final payment due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. 7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: (List below the Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract [General, Supplementary and other Conditions], the Drawings, the Specifications, and any Addenda and accepted alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable.) I. Bidding Documents: 1. Bid Group 3 Bid Documents for New Monroe County Detention Facility, which are enumerated on Table of Contents, pages 00001-1 thru 00001-4, dated 11/2/091. 2. Bid Group 3 Technical Specifications, which are enumerated on Table of Contents, pages 00001-5 thru 00001-9, dated 11/20/91. 3. Addendum No. 1A dated November 26, 1991. 4. Addendum No. 1B dated December 11, 1991. 5. Addendum No. 1 dated December 20, 1991. 6. Addendum No. 2A dated January 3, 1992. 7. Addendum No. 2 dated January 6, 1992. 8. Addendum No. 3 dated January 9, 1992. 9. Addendum No. 4 dated January 13, 1992. II. Proposal Documents submitted by Acme Chute Company, Inc., on January 17, 1992: 1. Proposal Form, pages 00121-1, 00121-2, and 00121-8, signed by bidder, and dated January 16, 1992. 2. 5% Bid Security, check drawn on Interbanc, Fort Lauderdale, FL. 3. Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes. 4. Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause. 5. Non -Collusion Affidavit. 6. Contractor's Qualification Statement. III. Accepted Alternates and Owner Options by the Board of County Commissioners, in their scheduled meeting on February 19 1992. 1. Base Bid 2. Owner Option No. 21-01 Alternate Precast Structural Framing and Panel Plan. IV. Post -bid Document Inclusions. 1. Proposal Form, pages 00121-3 thru 00121-7. AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM -1980 4 7.3 Temporary facilities and services: (Here insert temporary facilities and services which are different from or in addition to those included elsewhere in the Contract Documents.) Reference the documents issued for bidding. 7.4 Working Conditions: (Here list any special conditions affecting the Contract.) Reference the documents issued for bidding. (Seal) Attest: Danny L. Kolhage, Clerk "Approved as to Form and Legal Sufficiency" By. �By Attorney's Office Date:— Or �/ / Date:Z- This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. OWNER Monroe County Board of County Commissioners By: Its: -- -- MayorlCha-irman----------------- -- CONTRACTOR Acme Chute Compan , Inc. B V0-------- --- F - _Vz President FEB 28 '92 14:37 ACME CHUTE CO INC. .., P.03 Bond #134274 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND V,Acme Chute Company , Inc. American Bonding cTHIS BOND, We , as Principal and pany a corporation, as Surety, are bound to The Monroe CountyBqard of 16, 547.00 Count herein called Owner, in the sum of $ for payment cif y which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, ommissioner: successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION of THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Performs the contract dated _ February 19, 19 92 , between Principal and Owner for construction of KJ-012 Pneumatic Tube Systems., the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Principal under the contract; and 4. Performs the guarantee of all work and ;materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond. DATE ON March 5 19 92. � �cIe Chute Company, Inc. (NAME OF PRINCIPAL) (AS ATTORNEY IN FACT) Karen LoConti-Diaz American Bonding ComRanX (NAME OF SURETY) 11/20/91 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 00610 - 1 AMERICAN BONDING COMPANY TUCSON, ARIZONA N2 134274 A STOCK COMPANY POWER OF ATTORNEY AMERICAN BONDING COMPANY, a Nebraska Corporation, having its administration office in the city of Tucson, State of -izona, does hereby make, constitute and appoint as Attorney (s)-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to .ecute KAREN LoCONTI—DIAZ of BOCA RATON, FLORIDA. The Monroe County Board Payment/Performance Bond on behalf_of Acme Chute Company, Inc. in favor of K------ in the amount of 16,547.00 for KJ-012 Pneumatic Tube Systems. of County Commissioners and deliver and affix the seal of the corporation thereto, if a seal is required, for and on its behalf as Surety and as its act and deed, all of the following classes of documents, to wit: any and all bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract or otherwise, for any single obligation, regardless of the number of instruments issued for the obligation. NOT TO EXCEED TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND ($250,000.00) DOLLARS. AMERICAN BONDING COMPANY further certifies that the following is a true and exact copy of Article VII Section 3. of the By -Laws of AMERICAN BONDING COMPANY duly adopted and now in force, to wit: SECTION 3. All bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the name of the corporation by the president, any vice-president, secretary, any assistant -secretary or the treasurer, or by such other persons as may from time to time be properly authorized. The president, any vice-president, the secretary, any assistant -secretary or the treasurer may appoint or remove resident vice- presidents, resident assistant -secretaries, attorneys in fact, agents or other persons who shall have authority to issue and deliver bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the name of the corporation. The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, undertakings, or other obligations of the corporation. The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the corporation may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, or undertaking of the corporation; and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMERICAN BONDING COMPANY has caused these presents to be executed by its duly authorized officer and its corporate seal affixed, this 1st day of April 1991 W SEAL Z President sue'•*1930.ii�+ STATE OF ARIZONA `�!f...... ' COUNTY OF PIMA On this 1st day of April 1991 , before me a Notary Public, personally appeared the above -named officer of AMERICAN BONDING COMPANY, a corporation, known to me to be the person and officer who executed the above Power of Attorney on behalf of the corporation and acknowledges the corporation and acknowledges the corporation voluntarily executed the same. : OFFICIAL SEAL Notary Public a DANIEL B. VAN KIRK N NOTARY PUBLIC - ARIZONA o �? My Commission Expires Jan. 31,1995 CERTIFICATION I, the undersigned, certify that I am the Secretary of AMERICAN BONDING COMPANY, a Nebraska Corporation, and that the attached Power of Attorney remains in full force and effect and has not been revoked; and furthermore that Article VII c ^tion 3. of the By -Laws of said company as set forth in said Power of Attorney, are now in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company this 5th day of March 1992 !93a��a Secretary' off A�S�� -a rn v O m M Z C r r Z v O 0 D O -4 O n O v fIRE ANO CASUALTT COMPANIES ASSOCIArlOM EOITION .a •: 1• tA. tn• r! ...1.. •r.l •anu trf .•1 •l11•r fors j . •w.wrl•ta4 c..•a1, u.n a• t•.•v..1 t• url lrs.. •! 1•..r•n •u•e 1.•cl•1 unl••1•ar. IM NbIN Itn...+ .•r•r••<el 1• lulf rl•.., v ' - ... ) t• c. I•frr•r. 1. r•t H•t t. l.rr •f N•el•e 1•fa ••t 1•!.n •lIM •• lM <r•t••{ ••l rr1 rN.lr•• ANNUAL STATEMENT For the Year Ended December 31, 1990 OF THE CONOITION ANO AFFAIRS OF THE .° American Bonding Company MAIC Group Code ]9] MAIC Company Code : 10138 Employer's 10 Number: 47•6016801 Or9+niied under the Can of the State of Nedra ska INSURANCE OEPARTMENT OF THE STATE OF Nebraska made to the PURSUANT TO THE LAWS THEREOF Incorporated 06/16/1930 Commenced Business 01/22/19]0 Statutory 206 South 13th Street 11008 Home Office Lincoln, Nebraska 68508.2010 { Main ]SO W. Colorado Blvd., Suite ])0 Adml nl St ra tive Office Pasadena. California 911OS-0000 818-419-1220 Mail Address 350 W. Colorado Blvd.. Suite 310 Pasadena. California 91105 PrlmarY Location ]SO W. Colorado Blvd.. Suite 370 of Books and Records Pasadena. California 91105.0000 818-449•1220 Annual Statement Greg S. Kaplan 818-419.12ZO Cant act Person and Plane liumber OFFICERS /r..le••t awert Y. JWatw SN r.(.ry rtlll•. s, e1111./..• Tueeewe J. Ira1tN Irg. a.rtr rOvi r. JW atw YI IIIg. 0. tllllgM. Ow M. Iace Tal T. Ara ee fcarlw (. rtee..a 70a. 0. ter• Tice Irealew/a DIRECTORS OR TRUSTEES rmteeart J, fr/lae► Gulet (, p.crdt . Alit. P.0 Otilitplg. StC. Meng. Terey Ow M. Ire• 1. M11•r 4trt Y. JW ttw Sean aI Oltf-1. �.................................... l V d is a•eel� fII .................................... �t JV�Nm ..In.lOrt, Ylillm l chit• _ •�"-^ter..�. Jsm.lm ............................................ IF* aqm,a... .. - A4l Y. .......................................... ............«..... r.a••r� W 1•ty.lu.c 0•aee Im , all I W 1•erN Ie1N Oily m..l., .um !� mY"it emmm W al ur I. a aN Ort tmla 1 +�Ir mAM .or w Oma1He rVs tmm tb an Luc aawt Ore/r .cf/an f UV laid N.rn•, all lt" 1, t.ewm.r •Itm ni.tw .wales aCrtill• .y rrl er or arq . Irw W el.r r.� Ilel ar ettw r��l, meats I.N1111s t! tlr aM Iw ..e wr I btrat. .' .� ra./ r •.I m I. W r an MYI Mw a W tMRy./lnt M OorOe l.t� >tM M Its •'r�/ Y an a HII rl uw w...4 I • wt1 • Vme W OIe.Qtat rVrltq fe W y.m• frOy .... ..msl`t ..a.� .... ..... • .................«.«�' .....«.----------« 7�m10/e•e •r1 .r. t. W" Y Wa c • m W .�r !�� cal Ia this m Hel..l /Ill•e( ...J.. ,� • Im O►�tGtwt. xltwt. V. In r t 1 M S. RODRIGUE IN a ..f o 1 wt. w mww•.c ..r• • ............... 1 •.o.wm• IVea1C J�u YewY 0 ••••••••• •••••••••••••••••/ >t y '•� •r1.M4:1►M J/I M:I �w Ill) by "I'd -•.• 7•-!•� .of �.raltlM CaVmr• 111/1 m.earM MyGo/nmisslonEtpiresMov.7,1997 �� mt'O"c 0 ANNUAL S't ENT FOR THE YEAR 1990 OF THE American Bondi ompany ASSETS form 2 t11 (:1 o«rar 11,t990 OKa.ber lt, tte9 1. ewm (lab 1 0 liability !or asset tn..f rIth put Ptl.sl ............. 1. Stocac 2.1 rr.larrvd tta u ........................... ............................ ............................... 1.1 ctr•. stock. ............................................. J. n>tvave lows a rat aide ................................................................ a. A -I state' ..I rrapartf. p '.d by lh cma.y (less 1 I.M0,000 ancaw eat .......................... ........ .. .. 0 4.1 QNrr Dr�artle (less 1 0 .d.tbraKtll ..................................... S. cellnw.l laws................................................................................. 6.1 cash . hra ad a d.pmrt...................................................................... .............................................. I.Zia, 731 I,JZ7,]7a G.2 Srort•tan t.vnt.awtf.................................................................... ..................................................... 411.Su p 7. othc 1-tsted pas.t...................................... S. Aoareo.te rrlte•l.s for I..atd a..et...................................................... d. S.btatals, cash wd Ia.estd assets (Itas 1 to a, .................. ...................................................................... IG, Jay, 17e f,lll,]% f. Aaati' balacn v .ACOIIVC@d prsl.t: f.l lr.rras rd avwts' balwcel to cmrte at callectla ........ ............................... . f.2 Pr.l.at, .p.ta' b.1.Ka .wd I.stali.wta baptd bat W rrad -d W yet mt ........... 9.3 Ko.d rvtrmpKtl.t pr.l.tt............................................................................................ W rwds held by or detoaltad atth r.l.t.rd eap.wla ................. ZSS,00a 11. still rRetvabl e. tatty for pr•ala............................................................................................ 12. ►el.s.ram rKaar.bla . loss p".tl ................ D. lds41 Iacmt ta. rvm.er.bl............................................................................................. . la. Elactrvlc data pro,, —up aalp..t..................................................................... IS. tat-alt, dtvtdwds A.d rat atate IKat dye ad actrvM............................................. 16. atcelaablo fm W.I. s.aldlrlav ad afftltata.......................................................... 17. Eo.ttla ad deyoslts I. poo11 ad assaclattaf.......................................... la. Aoa.ta rocefvable nlatlq to wlaarvd Kddat pad Health plan A. Aovrivate .rite-1.1 far athar tHa favatd i1iKa....................................... 21. TOTALS (It.1 as tr.vayl I0) .......................................... ................ ................................................... ... 10.10c, KJ II,672.G70 DETAILS OF Ma TE-116 AMWVArm AT IlIX A IOa INVESTED ASSETS Owl. ow 11M IMESPOT 111Cf:p6 ..............« .. . .............................................. � a 11r, Jfe MM................................................... .. ................................................ am............................................................................................................................................... 0 0 am............................................................................... aeon.......................................................................................................: . ........... am. 1-07 a rw,1.I.t ..Ite•1.1 fm It. a fra eavrfler paot.................................... RM TOTALS (it.$ Oeot thry OWS pl.1 petal (page Z. It. al ............................. DETAILS or wmrE-116 A=KrArm At IrE11 ID rat ODwt pawl WSTM ASSETS 2001........................................................................................................... 20M............................................................................................................................................... 2001................................................................................................................................................ 2M............................................................................................................................................... 2Dee. Swar7 Of rta419101 Mtt-las for It. 20 fros marflor opt ............ ..................................................................... 20ff. TOTALS (Itwa 21101 Wv MS pl.a ZMI (pave Z. It. 201 ................ IOfr: Th. Itws a thfa o.ge to aa— rlth I-hlblt t, col, a. IN Iota to rla-dal uatawta an r 1.tapal part d chit statawt. 1 form 2 ANNUAL k_ _MENT FOR THE YEAR 1990 OF THE American Bon ColVany LIABILITIES, SURPLUS AND OTHER FUNDS 1. ta.e (ram X Cal— S. It. III.................................................................................... .. ... ........ Ill Orcmatr It, If00 /tl QCeNrr It, lf0f LA. blm w.m0 mr.al. a paid ItYa (Srld.l. F. PAM LA. SK11- I. Col... 11................................. ........................ ... 0 S. I. ou 0 1nju t. las dl•aow.t e.oe.ae (part Ik C.1— L, It. III........................................................................................... J. Catl.ae.t Carlula. ad star s1.11r d.arpa................................................................................................ IU,IZS 75, aeJ o Ii.IZZ a. otl.w eVwsm (u ldlsf CA—, Itcwaea ad feel............................................................................................. IIZ. 7t1 L2,1LJ S. I—, li,awsa and few (aCtdi.e (dent ad fs fa taro. ta•al........................................................................... C. Fdenl adfatlw tamm. lama (uct.dr* l.e dd.d Use)..................................................................................... 1, SSS 0 a • /. owro-W smu.................................................................................................................................. e e 1. I.t.reat, (ecldl•f 1 0 m bar,-d —.7..................................................................... ................. •, Y1,tit 7, •SO,tLI 1. tTaand p—lum, (Part U. We- S. itm Ill .......................... ................................................ ....................... to. a.lda.ds declared .d .•plld: e calxacMoldwl................................................................ ................................................................ a 0 e rolpaligftidws............................................................................................................................... 0 e It. f•.d. ?*to OY m.OmY .adw nismnaca tMtla................................................................................................ IZ. Ammats wiltreld Cr retslsd 0Y m.paY for a=m4t of atlwrs.............................................................. :.................... 1,ZZ4,171 I.M.111 I1a.e.r.sd Ormlums a ni.mrma. I..ma.tla rtm raprle................................................................. 1 0 LIO, farlernsu a paid iasa t 1 ad a .amid .— d Ims— L ISO,Lss ..d a I..-d A.t Act rClartd lase 1 So,000 rwCmer.a1/ f.m w..Ucelld cwc-$Ac ........................................ 1 1m,LLi Ix. paid ad wpasd allttotd lama adI•smwt asoa.sa ' nta.wabit fry ...~led OaiOwla........................................................................... I......... t 170. lea /emus fold w rKal.d eY CamsY (w a¢m.t d "Ce wrt7rr12d =0a.la as Pw su"Wte Y. Part ZA, Was t................................................................ t im. KS JX. Pea.lsla far Mara.. Uwild nlamra.Ce Dar Shcsdlld F. ►art Z0, Sectla 2............................................ t 0 14. ha.Islm for niaaarmce ([tma 13a a 178 a IX a XX •- 1301................................................................................... e 0 IS. fxesa of ttatata7 raerva O.w Its(mmt reswva 0 (Sdaadlte ► l.ter"natwia).................................................................................................................... 0 Is. mat du.mats f. MAWS ad 11.etlltles due to forelat a/cPw" rate......................................................................... 0 0 17. 0-3fta atatmdt.•......... .................................................................................................................... 0 777, Lia 0 35."0 it. /tyabte to Parma, seaatdfarla mad affiliate.................................................................................................. 11. ►ayable for savrltia.......................................................................................................................... 0 • 20. liability for maets Iwld wader mlsswed mctldnt and hAAILA PImS............................................................................ e • z1. /97-agato wiu-Ids far liabilities............................................................................................................. 0 0 z2. local ltabilltte (Items 1 trews t III....................................................................................................... 1,521,05t 4,1193,5O1 ZJ. Awegate Witt -INS for f0eciai mrOl.s fum4................................................................................................... 0 1 2+K ccmat Capital It=............................................................................................................................ 1.150,000 1.t100,000 24e. ►rW— capital scam......................................................................................................................... 0 0 1 zfe. s0repate rite-t.s far Otter um spodal serplas fads ........................................................................................ 1,Oo0,tp0 Zia. GaAs paid Is and mstrit ted Sarpl.s........................................................................................................... 1,I14,85S la,t5a ZSithusiPd funds (serplwsl...................................................................................................................... 5, 250,SSd S.TI1,1t1 ZSC. Lass tlraer7 stadt. At mat: 0 1 (1I 0 owns mwa (voice focladad to [too 2" 1 0 J......................................................... (D 0 snare prg( I (rater loCiedd is Its Z40 s / )....................................................... / 1 If. S.,Vlu a ngrds mltc)tsldaa (Itma D thm ZS1, less SO (raw a, Its III................................................................ A. t7S, 40 t,lit ,ID Zy. TOf/LS (►a9e Z. Ita D)..................................................................................................................... lt,2w,aa 11,S1z,U0 • 1 z101...............................................................................................................................T................ 1 1 z1a2................................................................................................................................................ 1 / Z103 ................................................................................................................................................ 1 1 Z100............................................................................................................................................... • • 2106................................................................................................................................................ • • Z11e. Smmrl of rrMlete0 wits-ist for Itom II frm Overflew paw.................................................................................. 1117. It2fatS (Ites D0l On DOS Plea 21101 (Me J, Item Z11................................................................................... 1 • 2701................................................................................................................................................ • • • 1 Z?II................................................................................................................................................ 1 • Z=................................................................................................................................................ • 1 1JOa................................................................................................................................................ 1 1 m................................................................................................................................................ 1 • 12#. S 7 of rvlsla7 wits-les fw ttm D Pam merflw pa0e.................................................................................. 2Af. IofatS (Itms 230t Alen Z306 Plea 0101 (►a•d J. Ites 231................................................................................... • • zaml. 9l1•U1S Win................................................................................................................................. 1, o00,m0 • • zam1............................................................................................................................................... • 1 z"M............................................................................................................................................... • 1 Zama...................................................""........................................................................................ 1 Ism. 1 • .............................................................................................................................................. 2400. Sn...r7 f rm41s1.1 .rlte•faa (w Its• 24C Im 0-11W Pew................................................................................ / • Z4C11. lGrA" (Itra Zaml VM 24/A Plea 14CXI (Pea, J. Its. ZaCI.............................................................................. I, 000,® • ACHIRID® CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ISSUE 3 � 6(/M9lD2D/vv) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND PRODUCER CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE BmiINA MCCUTCHA BRAD5HAW DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE '. OF lRHR OF,,,F ; INC., POLICIES BELOW. P.O. Drawer 2+490. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE .;- Boca Raton, 33427 COMPANY LETTER A Ohio Casualty Insurance Group ... • ...... . COMPALEETTERNY B FCCI Self Insurers Fund 'INSURED ACME CHUTE COMPANY, INC. COMPANY LETTER C' 14 N.W. 3rd Avenue t. Lauderdale, Fl . 33311 LETTERNY D COMPANY E LETTER COVERAGES #., THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING' ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS, OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO TYRE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER LTR _ POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS DATE (MM/DD/YY) DATE (MM/DD/YY) GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2, 0 0 0, 000 A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG. $ 2,000,000 • CLAIMS MADE OCCUR. BKW5 0 3 5 0 3 5 9 11 / 01 / 91 11 / 01 / 9 2 PERSONAL & ADV. INJURY $ 1,000,000 -- OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT. EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $ 50,000 MED. EXPENSE (Any one person) $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY. COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 ANY AUTO BATy750350359 11/01/91 11/01/92 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ X NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY PROPERTY DAMAGE $ EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 A X UMBRELLA FORM BK050350359 11/01/91 11/01/92 AGGREGATE $ 1,.000,000 OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM STATUTORY LIMITS WORKER'S COMPENSATION EACH ACCIDENT $ 100,000 AND 12/31/92 DISEASE —POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY DISEASE —EACH EMPLOYEE $ OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS Additional Insured on all policies other than orkers' Compensation and on the auto, only to the extent of its liability for any auto owned, hired or borrowed by Acme Chute Company, Inc.: Monroe County Board of County Commissioners and Morrison-Knudsen Gerrits CERTIFICATE I4OLDER ` CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE 4.onroe County Board of County Com- EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO 1' 'ioners, or Monroe County MAIL 60 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE - Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR . 0 . BOX 5283 LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRFVSENTATIVES. ey West, F l. 33040 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE EUGENE BONINA ACORD 25-S (7/90) l�/ ©A RD CORPORATION 1990 NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY BID GROUP 3A BIDDING DOCUMENTS NOVEMBER 21, 1991 TABLE OF CONTENTS BID GROUP 3A (Volume I) 1. Bidding Documents (Volume I) Section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids Section 00050 Project Summary Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders Proposal Forms• Section 00113 Security Systems Section 00114 Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E Section 00115 Mechanical Process and HVAC Section 00116 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E Section 00117 Fire Protection System Section 00118 Food Service Equipment Section 00119 Laundry Equipment Section 00120 Loading Dock Equipment Section 00121 Pneumatic Tube System Section 00122 Metals Section 00123 Security Glass and Glazing Section 00124 Aluminum Window Walls, Glass & Glazing Section 00125 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E Section 00126 Electrical Contract Zones D and E Schedule of Unit Prices: Section 00143 Security Systems Section 00144 Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E Section 00145 Mechanical Process and HVAC Section 00146 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E Section 00147 Fire Protection System Section 00155 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E Section 00156 Electrical Contract Zones D and E Section 00163 Pre -Bid Substitutions Section 00220 Geotechnical Data Section 00230 Site Survey 11/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 1 Scopes of Work for Reference (BG-1 and BG-2) : Section 00303 Site Electrical & Temporary Power Section-00305 Site Grading & Caissons Section 00307 Concrete Foundations Section 00309 Site Plumbing Section 00310 Precast Concrete Section 00311 Hydraulic Elevators Section 00312 Precast Embeds Scopes of Work (BG-3A): Section 00313 Security Systems Section 00314 Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E Section 00315 Mechanical Process and HVAC Section 00316 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E Section 00317 Fire Protection System Section 00318 Food Service Equipment Section 00319 Laundry Equipment Section 00320 Loading Dock Equipment Section 00321 Pneumatic Tube System Section 00322 Metals Section 00323 Security Glass and Glazing Section 00324 Aluminum Window Walls, Glass & Glazing Section 00325 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E Section 00326 Electrical Contract Zones D and E Section 00353 Milestone Schedule Section 00410 Bid Bond - AIA Document A310, February 1970 edition Section 00420 Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes Section 00425 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Section 00430 Non -Collusion Affidavit Section 00440 Proposed Subcontractor Listing Section 00450 Contractor's Qualification Statement - AIA Document A305 11/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 2 2. 3. 4. Contract Documents (volume I) Section.00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor - AIA Document A101/CM, June 1980 edition Section 00610 Public Construction Bond Conditions (volume I) Section 00750 General Conditions, AIA Document A201/CM, June 1980 edition Section 00800 Substantial Completion and Owner Acceptance Section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions Section 00900 Application & Certificate for Payment - AIA Document G702/G703 Section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims Section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens Section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment,- AIA Document G707, April 1970 edition Section 00915 Affidavit and Partial Release of Lien Section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan Drawings Section 00993 Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 3 11/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 3 5. General Requirements (Volume I) Section 01027 Application for Payment Section 01028 Change Order Procedures Section 01130 Security Project Procedures Section 01200 Project Meetings Section 01301 Submittals Section 01310 Progress Schedules Section 01370 Schedule of Values Section 01385 Daily Construction Reports Section 01395 Document Clarification Requests Section 01410 Testing Laboratory Services Section 01510 Temporary Utilities Section 01520 Construction Aids Section 01550 Access Roads and Parking Areas Section 01560 Temporary Controls Section 01580 Project Identification and Signs Section 01590 Field Offices and Sheds Section 01595 Construction Cleaning Section 01600 Material and Equipment Section 01630 Post -Bid Substitutions Section 01650 Starting of Systems Section 01670 Systems Demonstrations Section 01700 Contract Closeout Section 01710 Final Cleaning Section 01720 Project Record Documents Section 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 11/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS UUUUI - 4 6. Technical Specifications, Bid Group Three, (Volume II, dated November 11, 1991) DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01130 Security Project Procedures DIVISION_2 - SITEWORR Section 02211 Rough Grading Section 02215 Finish Grading Section 02222 Excavating, Backfilling And Compacting For Structures Section 02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting For Utilities Section 02510 Asphaltic Concrete Paving Section 02518 Concrete Unit Pavers Section 02520 Portland Cement Concrete Paving Section 02580 Pavement Marking Section 02644 Water Mains Section 02721 Sewer Structures Section 02730 Sanitary Sewerage Section 02732 Sewage Force Mains Section 02733 Sewage Pump Station Section 02800 Site Improvements Section 02810 Irrigation System Section 02830 Fence And Gates Section 02835 Barbed Tape Section 02930 Lawns Section 02950 Trees, Shrubs And Ground Cover DIVISION_3 - CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete Section 03520 Insulating Concrete Decks Section 03600 Grout DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04200 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel Section 05500 Metal Fabrications Section 05510 Metal Stairs Section 05810 Expansion Joint Covers Assemblies 11/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 5 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC Section 06100 Roagh Carpentry Section 06200 Finish Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07115 Section 07210 Section 07215 Section 07272 Section 07530 Section 07730 Section 07900 Sheet Waterproofing Building Insulation Sprayed Insulation Firestop And Penetration Single Ply Roofing Roof Accessories Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section. 08100 08211 08300 08305 08320 08410 08660 08710 08800 08842 08902 Metal Doors And Frames Sealing System Flush Wood Doors Special Doors Access Panels And Doors Security Metal Doors And Frames Aluminum Entrances Security Windows Door Hardware Glazing Security Glazing Aluminum Window Walls DIVISION_9 - FINISHES Section 09110 Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems Section 09200 Lath and Plaster Section 09250 Gypsum Board Section 09300 Tile Section 09510 Acoustical Ceilings Section 09650 Resilient Flooring Section 09680 Carpet Section 09700 Special Flooring Section 09800 Special Coatings Section 09830 Elastomeric Coating Section 09900 Painting Section 09950 Wallcovering DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10100 Chalkboards And Tackboards Section 10160 Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions Section 10200 Louvers and Vents Section 10270 Access Flooring Section 10350 Flagpole 11/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 6 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALITIES continued Section 10500 Steel Lockers Section 10520 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets Section 10550 Postal Specialties Section 10606 Security Fencing Assembly Section 10800 Toilet Accessories Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Section 11110 Laundry Equipment Section 11160 Loading Dock Equipment Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment Section 11200 Basic Electronic Security Requirements Section 11202 System Central Processing Unit Section 11203 Fire Alarm Interface Section 11204 Programmable Logic Controller Section 11205 Address Panels Section 11206 Relay Cabinets Section 11208 Card Access Control Section 11211 Situation Man -Down Equipment Section 11212 Closed Circuit Video Equipment Section 11217 Vehicle Loop Detection Section 11218 Operational Intercom System Section 11222 Inmate/Attorney Telephones Section 11224 Metal Detection Equipment Section 11400 Food Service Equipment Section 11480 Athletic Equipment Section 11704 Ice Machines DIVISION 13 - RADIATION PROTECTION Section 13090 Radiation Protection DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Section 14700 Pneumatic Tube System DIVISION 15 -_MECHANICAL Section 15000 General Provisions Section 15012 Coordination Drawings Section 15014 Coordination Drawings Section 15050 Water Treatment Section 15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings Section 15085 Pip"ng Identification Section 15100 Valves Section 15110 Heat Trace System Section 15130 Thermometers and Gages - Preparation 11/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 7 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL continued Section 15140 Pipe Hangers And Supports Section 15160 Pumps Section 15175 Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps Section 15242 Vibration Isolation Section 15252 Pipe And Equipment Insulation Section 15290 Ductwork Insulation Section 15330 Wet -Sprinkler System Section 15403 Water Booster Pumps Section 15404 Domestic Water Softener Section 15408 Soil, Waste and Vent System Section 15410 Storm Drainage System Section 15430 Plumbing Specialties Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories Section 15460 Sump Pumps Section 15470 Hot Water Storage Heater Section 15490 Fuel Storage And Dispensing Systems Section 15517 Hydronic Specialties Section 15540 Emergency Generator Auxiliaries Section 15552 Fuel Oil Piping Systems Section 15684 Centrifugal Chillers Section 15714 Blow Thru Cooling Tower Section 15770 Make -Up Air Units Section 15785 Fan Coil Units Section 15855 Air Handling Units Section 15858 Fans Section 15880 Fire Dampers Section 15884 Combination Smoke And Fire Dampers, Section 15885 Air Filters Section 15890 Ductwork Section 15894 Air Terminal Units Section 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers Section 15950 Automatic Temperature Control Systems Section 15965 Building Automation System Section 15992 Tests - Piping Systems Section 15995 System Balancing and Testing DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16010 Electrical General Provisions Section 16111 Conduit Systems Section 16120 Wire and Cable Section 16155 Combination Motor Starta•s Section 16161 Motor Control Centers Section 16170 Disconnect Switches Section 16199 Wiring Devices and Plates Section 16300 Standby Power Generation Section 16351 Uninterruptible Power Supply 11/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 8 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL continued Section 16400 Section 16425 Section 16450 Section 16461 Section 16470 Section 16471 Section 16472 Section Section Section Section Section Section Section 16500 16601 16605 16660 16721 16781 16930 Service and Power Distribution Systems Main Service Switchboard Electrical Systems Grounding Dry Type Distribution Transformers Distribution Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency Wiring Branch Circuit Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type Lighting Lightning Protection System Transient Voltage/Surge Protection Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others Fire Alarm System Telephone Conduit Systems Lighting Control Equipment 11/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 9 SECTION 00030 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on Friday, January 3, 1992 at 10:00 a.m., a Committee consisting of the County Purchasing Director, the County Attorney, and the County's Construction Manager, will meet and open sealed bids at the Monroe County Purchasing Department, 5100 College Road, Public Service Building, Cross Wing, Room 002, Stock Island, Key West, Florida, for the following Bid Packages for the New Detention Facility on Stock Island, Key West, Florida: Bid Package No. 13 . . . Security Systems Bid Package No. 14 . . . Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E Bid Package No. 15 . . . Mechanical Process & HVAC Bid Package No. 16 . . . Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E Bid Package No. 17 . . . Fire Protection System Bid Package No. 18 . . . Food Service Equipment Bid Package No. 19 . . . Laundry Equipment Bid Package No. 20 . . . Loading Dock Equipment Bid Package No. 21 . . . Pneumatic Tube System Bid Package No. 22 . . . Metals Bid Package No. 23 . . . Security Glass and Glazing Bid Package No. 24 . . . Aluminum Window Walls, Glass & Glazing Bid Package No. 25 . . . Plumbing Contract Zones D and E Bid Package No. 26 . . . Electrical Contract Zones D and E All bids must be in the hands of the Monroe County Purchasing Director, on or before 10:00 a.m. on January 3, 1992. No Bids will be received after the deadline. All bids, together with the recommendation of the County Administrator, will be presented to the Board of County Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, for final awarding or otherwise. Drawings and specificaticns can be examined and picked -up at the office of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040, (305) 292-7845, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Drawings and specifications can be obtained for the refundable deposit sum of $ 250.00. 11/19/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS 00030 - 1 Drawings and specifications can also be examined at the following locations: Construction Consultants 1020 Bee Pond Road Palm Harbor, FL 34683 (813) 784-3301 Edward J. Gerrits, Inc. 3465 NW Second Avenue Miami, FL 33127 (305) 573-2465 A mandatory pre -Bid Conference will be held at Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' office on Stock Island at 10:00 a.m. on December 6, 1991. Any questions concerning the Bid Documents shall be directed to the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. Bid Security payable to Monroe County Board of County Commissioners in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Bid must accompany each Bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder awarded a contract in accordance with this notice shall post a public construction bond guaranteeing completion and quality of the work under the drawings and specifications. DATED at Key West, Florida, this day of , 1991. R.M. COFER Director of Purchasing, for Monroe County, Florida 11/19/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS 00030 - 2 SECTION 00050 PROJECT SUMMARY The New Monroe County Detention Facility is being constructed on the North end of Stock Island, commonly known as Norman's Island, in the City of Key West, Florida. The address is 5501 West College Road. Permitting and inspections will be by the City of Key West. The facility is owned by Monroe County. The Architect/Engineer is Hansen Lind Meyer, of Orlando, Florida, in association with Gonzalez Architects, of Key West, Florida. The Construction Manager is Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, a joint venture. The project is being bid in (3) major groups, Bid Group 1, Bid Group 2, and Bid Group 3. Bid Group 1 consists of sitework and foundations, and has been awarded to the following contractors: Bid Package No. 3, Site Electrical and Temporary Power, to Benson Electric. Bid Package No. 5, Site Grading and Caissons, to Toppino's. Bid Package No. 7, Concrete Foundations, D.L.Porter/Rosasco. Bid Package No. 9, Site Plumbing, McPhall's Excavating. Bid Group 2 consists of the following packages, as follows: Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete, to Pomco, (pending). Bid Package No. 11, Precast Embeds, to National Detention Group. Bid Package No. 12, Hydraulic Elevators, to Mowrey Elevator. Bid Group 3 is being bid in three parts, A, B and C. Bid Group 3A is the subject of this multi -bid package, which consists of the major coordination trades and equipment. Bid Group 3B will consist of masonry, cast -in -place concrete, roofing, non -security doors and frames, and miscellaneous metals. 11/20/91 PROJECT SUMMARY 00050 - 1 Bid Group 3C consists of building finishes and sitework finishes. Bid Group 1 and Bid Group 2 drawings and specifications are available at the Office of the Construction Manager, Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits, for review. 11/20/91 PROJECT SUMMARY 00050 - 2 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS To be considered, Bids must be made in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the General Conditions shall have the same meanings or definitions as assigned to them in the General Conditions. 1.2 Bidding Documents include the Advertisement to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form and Unit Price Documents, Bid Package Scope of Work and Schedule, Contractor's Qualification Statement, other sample bidding and contract forms and the proposed Contract Documents including any addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids. The Contract Documents proposed for the Work consist of the Standard Form of Agreement, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, General Requirements, Project Safety and Health Program, Quality Control Program, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and other sample contract forms. 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect/Engineer through the Construction Manager prior to the receipt of Bids which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections. 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 1 1.7 An Owner Option Bid (or Option) is an amount stated in the Bid, which can be exercised by the Owner through the Construction Manager, for the corresponding change in the work as described in the Bidding Documents. This Owner Option can be exercised at any time during the contract duration. 1.8 The Owner is tax exempt and reserves his right to purchase directly various construction materials and equipment that may be a part of the Contract. If the Owner elects to make a particular purchase, the Construction Manager will act as a purchasing agent for the Owner. The Owner will, via his Purchase Contract, purchase the materials and equipment, and each Trade Contractor contracting with the Owner shall assist the Construction Manager in the preparation of these Purchase Contracts. The materials and equipment shall be purchased from the vendors/suppliers selected by the Trade Contractor. The Contract amount shall be reduced by the amount of the Purchase Contract, plus all the applicable sales taxes. Issuance of the Purchase Contract by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilites regarding material or equipment purchases or installation, with the exception of the payments. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for coordination, submittals, protection, scheduling, expediting, receiving, and all applicable warranties. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying for all materials over and above the purchase contract quantities. For example, if the Contractor's calculated quantity is 50 cy of concrete, and if the Owner so chooses, shall process a purchase contract for 50 cy at the unit price. During the course of construction, the 50 cy of concrete has been incorporated into the work, and more is needed for that Contractor's work, then the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for all additional concrete. 1.9 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services as described in the Bidding Documents or in the proposed Contract Documents. 1.10 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. 1.11 A Sub -bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the Work. 1.12 An Allowance is a given amount to be included in the bidders proposal. From this Allowance, payments will be made to the 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 2 vendor for the specified service or product. If the contractor is responsible for making payments, he will be reimbursed for the payments to the vendor via presentation of invoices in his monthly payment application. 1.13 The term 'provide' means 'furnish and install'. Wherever 'provide' or 'furnish and install' are used, this shall mean purchase, and all purchasing requirements and procedures, and installation complete, as per the specified or implied requirements. 1.14 The term 'perform' means to comply fully with the specified or implied requirements. ARTICLE 2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Notice of Calling for Bids, for the stipulated deposit sum. Deposits should be made payable to Monroe County, Florida. Bidders who submit a bonafide bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within (20) calendar days after receipt of bids, will be refunded the deposit sum. If pages are written on, drawings are torn, or if the issuing office considers the Bidding Documents unusable, then the deposit will be forfeited. 2.2 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids where applicable. Neither the Owner nor the Construction Manager, nor the Architect/Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 3 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 Before Submitting a Bid: 3.1.1 Each Bidder shall thoroughly examine all the Bidding Documents. 3.1.2 Each Bidder shall visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect the cost, progress, or performance of the Work. 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 3 3.2 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, right-of- ways for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractors in performing the Work are identified in the General Requirements or Drawings. 3.3 Each Bidder shall study and carefully correlate his observations with the Contract Documents. 3.4 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that he has complied with every requirement of Article 3 and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the Work. ARTICLE 4 INTERPRETATION AND CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4.1 Bidders and Sub -bidders shall promptly notify the Construction Manager of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error which they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions. 4.2 Bidders and Sub -bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall submit their questions in writing to the Construction Manager no later than ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Any interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding Documents will be accomplished by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded as having received plans. Copies of Addenda will also be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. Interpretations, corrections, or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, corrections, and changes. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. ARTICLE 5 "DELETED" ARTICLE 6 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS/CERTIFICATIONS 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders must submit as a part of their bid proposal, a 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 4 properly filled out, and executed Contractor's Qualification Statement. 6.2 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal, an executed "Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes." 6.3 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal, an executed "Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause." 6.4 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal, an executed "Non -Collusion Affidavit." ARTICLE 7 BIDDING PROCEDURE 7.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 7.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included in the Bidding Documents. .1 Bidders shall photocopy documents included in the 'Bid Package' required for submission of Bids. Pages shall not be removed from the 'Bid Package' documents for purposes of submitting bids. The return of Bidding Documents from which pages have been removed, shall result in forfeiture of the Bidding Document deposit. 7.1.2 All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in with ink or by typewriter. 7.1.3 Where so indicated on the Bid Form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. Any interlineation, alteration, or erasure must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change". All requested Allowances shall be bid. All requested Owner Options shall be bid. Any Bidder may submit Bids on more than one Bid 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 5 Package; however each Bid Package will be reviewed separately and award of contract for each Bid - Package will be made to the most qualified responsible and responsive, lowest priced bidder. 7.2 ADDENDA 7.2.1 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his Bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid. 7.2.2 No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. 7.2.3 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. 7.3 BID SECURITY 7.3.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security made payable to Monroe County, in the amount of five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price. The Bid Security shall be in the form of a certified check, cashiers check or a Bid Bond issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 7.5 of the General Conditions. If,a Bid Bond is submitted as Bid Security, the attorney - in -fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the Bond a certified and current copy of his power of attorney. 7.3.2 The bid surety constitutes a pledge by the Bidder that he will enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in his Bid and will furnish the required Public Construction Bond, as described in Paragraph 7.4 of this Instructions to Bidders. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has entered into a Contract with the Owner and furnished the required Public Construction Bond, whereupon it will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract and furnish the required Bond, the Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the amount of the bid security of that Bidder shall be forfeited to the Owner not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 6 7.3.3 The bid security of any Bidder whom the Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Owner until either (a) the Contract has been executed and the required Bond has been furnished, or (b) the sixty-first day after the Bid opening, or (c) all Bids have been rejected. The bid security of the other Bidders will be returned within (14) days of the Bid opening. 7.4 CONSTRUCTION BONDS 7.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the successful Bidder to furnish a Standard Performance Bond and Standard Labor and Material Payment Bond, or Public Construction Bond, as guarantee for the faithful performance of the contract (including guarantee and maintenance provisions) and the payment of all persons who have, and fulfill, contracts which are directly with the successful Bidder. 7.4.2 In the event that bonds are required, the successful Bidder shall deliver them to the Owner not later than the date of execution of the Contract, or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall, prior to Commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such Bonds will be furnished. 7.5 SCHEDULING, MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS, AND PERMITS 7.5.1 The overall schedule for construction is shown in the Bidding Documents "Milestone Schedule." 7.5.2 The Contractor will be required to man the project, in the event of award, in order to meet the project schedule. 7.5.3 The Bidders shall determine all permits, inspections and surveys, (and fees required by same), required by Federal, State, County or Municipal bodies having jurisdiction over the project and shall include in his bid proposal the cost of all such permits, inspections &iid surveys. The Contractor shall be required to tah:e out and pay for all such permits, inspections and surveys required for the execution of this Contract. 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 7 7.6 SUBCONTRACTOR 7.6.1 Each Bidder shall submit along with his Bid the names of all subcontractor(s) and/or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. 7.6.2 If either the Owner or the Construction Manager, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed subcontractor, or entity, the Construction Manager will so notify the Bidder before giving Notice of Award and will request the bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid Price. If the Bidder declined to make any such substitution, the Contract shall not be awarded to him, but his declining to make any substitution will not result in the forfeiture of his Bid Security. 7.7 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 7.7.1 Bids shall be submitted to Monroe County at the designated location not later than the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Notice of Calling for Bids, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. 7.7.2 One (1) original of all bidding documents, and four (4) copies of the bidding documents are to be submitted. Place the bid security in its own separate envelope, marking on the outside 'Bid Security', and place all other bidding documents in another envelope, marking on the outside 'Proposal Documents'. Both envelopes are to be inserted in one larger envelope. If the Bid is hand -delivered, the envelope shall be filled out as follows: 1. In the upper left hand corner, place the Bidder's name and address. 2. In the center of the envelope, put the following: Monroe County Purchasing Department Public Service Building, Cross Wing, Room 002, 5100 College Road, Stock Island Key West, FL 33040 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 8 3. In the lower left hand corner, put the following: Bid for: Bid Package No. Bid Package Description: Project: New Monroe County Detention Facility To be opened• (Date) (Time) In item 3. above, fill in the Bid Package Number and Bid Package Description. In addition, fill in the date and time for opening of the bids, in order that you may remind yourself of the deadline. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. And then address the mailing envelope in the conventional manner. 7.7.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 7.7.4 Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 7.8 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 7.8.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn, or cancelled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, except as provided in Paragraph 7.9 Right to Claim Error in Bid, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting his Bid. 7.8.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to Monroe County Purchasing Department, at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the bidder or by telegram. If by telegram, writ' -.en confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 9 7.8.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 7.8.4 Bid Security shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. 7.8.5 No conditional, modified, or qualified bids will be accepted. Bidders are to comply with the instructions on the bid forms, and not make any changes thereto. 7.9 RIGHT TO CLAIM ERROR IN BID 7.9.1 Each Bidder's original work papers, documents, and materials used in preparation of the bid shall be enclosed in an envelope and marked clearly as to contents, must be received by Monroe County Purchasing Department, not later than 24 hours after the time and date for receipt of Bids, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. A photocopy of all materials is to be received by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, not later than (24) hours after the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bidders who fail to submit their original work papers, documents, and materials used in the preparation of the bid, as provided herein, waive all rights to claim error in the Bid. ARTICLE 8 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 8.1 OPENING OF BIDS 8.1.1 The properly identified Bids received on time will be opened at the Monroe County Purchasing Department. 8.1.2 Any Bid not submitted on or before the deadline for receipt of bids designated in the Notice of Calling for Bids, will be returned unopened. 8.2 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN 8.2.1 All Bids shall remain open for sixty days after the date designated for receipt of Bids. 8.2.2 The Owner may, at his sole discretion, release any 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 10 Bid Proposal and return the Bid Security before the sixty days has elapsed. 8.3 AWARD OF CONTRACT `. 8.3.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or any part of a Bid, to waive the right to disregard all nonconforming, non -responsive or conditional Bids. 8.3.2 In evaluating Bids, the Owner shall consider the qualifications of the bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and alternates and unit prices if requested in the Bid Forms. 8.3.3 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted. 8.3.4 The Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors and/or other entities (including those who are to furnish materials, or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work as identified in the Bid. Operating costs, maintenance considerations, performance data and guarantees of materials and equipment may also be considered. 8.3.5 The Owner may conduct such investigations as he deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish to responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed subcontractors, and other persons or organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time. The Owner has the right to conduct Bid Clarification meetings with any bidder, to determine if bidder has bid the scope of work in its entirety. Bidder shall be required to attend bid clarification meetings, as necessary. R.3.6 The Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not pass any such evaluation to their satisfaction. 8.3.7 If the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to the Bidder whose evaluation by the Owner shows him 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 11 to be responsible and has indicated to the Owner that the award will be in the best interests of the Project. 8.3.8 If the Contract is to be awarded, the Construction Manager will issue the Notice of Award to the successful Bidder within sixty days after the date of receipt of bids. The Owner reserves the right to return all Bids, not make any awards, and cancel the Project. 8.4 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 8.4.1 The Notice of Award to the successful Bidder will be accompanied by three copies of the Trade Contract Agreement and all other Contract Documents. The Contractor shall sign and deliver all three copies of the Trade Contract Agreement to the Construction Manager, with all other Contract Documents attached within five days after receipt of Notice of Award. The Construction Manager will return one fully executed copy of the Trade Contract Agreement to the Contractor with all other contract Documents attached within three weeks thereafter. ARTICLE 9 SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 9.1 Each Bidder, before submitting his Bid, shall familiarize himself with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may apply to the Work or that may in any manner affect the cost, progress, or performance of the Work. 11/19/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 12 SECTION 00113 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 13 Security Systems BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings, Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 13, Security Systems and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 1 BASE BID FORM GENERAL BID ITEMS 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bond $ 5. Submittals $ GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5 $ ZONE A 6. Security Hollow Metal $ 7. Security Hardware $ 8. Security Systems $ Subtotal Zone A, Items 6 thru 8 $ ZONE B 9. Security Hollow Metal $. 10. Security Hardware $ 11. Security Systems $ Subtotal Zone B, Items 9 thru 11 $ ZONE C 12. Security Hollow Metal $ 13. Security Hardware $ 14. Security Systems $ Subtotal Zone C, Items 12 thru 14 $ 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 2 ZONE D 15. Security Hollow Metal $ 16. Security Hardware $ 17. Security Systems $ Subtotal Zone D, Items 15 thru 17 $ ZONE E 18. Security Hollow Metal $ 19. Security Hardware $ 20. Security Systems $ Subtotal Zone E, Items 18 thru 20 $ SECURITY SYSTEMS BID, Items 6 thru 20 $ 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 3 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Gvusum w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $30 18" x 18" $45 18" x 24" $80 24" x 2411' $55 24" x 36" $75 Subtotal Gvt)sum w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 4 Plaster w/Standard Lock a X b Size Quantity U.P. 31. 12" x 12" $75 32. 18" x 18" $110 33. 18" x 24" $165 34. 24" x 24"' $130 35. 24" x 36" $200 Subtotal Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Quantity U.P. 36. 12" x 12" $105 37. 18" x 18" $130 38. 18" x 24" $195 39. 24" x 24"' $170 40. 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 5 Security Plaster w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 41. 12" x 12" $260 42. 18" x 18" $325 43. 18" x 24" $400 44. 24" x 2411' $355 45. 24" x 36" $480 Subtotal $ ** Security Plaster w/Security Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 46. 12" x 12" $230 47. 18" x 18" $250 48. 18" x 24" $355 49. 24" x 2411' $280 50. 24" x 36" $330 Subtotal $ Security Masonry w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 51. 24" x 2411' $485 52. 24" x 36" $530 Subtotal $ 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 6 ** For any access doors required, and not shown in the allowance of applicable access doors below. 53. 54. 55. 56. TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, items 21 thru 56 (figures) TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, (words) DOLLARS SUMMARY OF BASE BID General Bid Items Zones A thru E Security Systems Access Panels and Doors TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru 56 above, (in figures) TOTAL BASE BID,(words) DOLLARS 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 7 ALTERNATES BID FORM Alternate 13-01: Bid on Bid Package No. 22. Metals Provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 22, Metals. This bidder shall comply with all applicable sections of the bid package, drawings and specifications as it pertains to Bid Package No. 22 Metals, in order to do so. 57. Section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish and install items under paragraph 2.2 D and E, and include prime painting. This also includes security grilles and bars, as shown on drawing 4.42, detail 1 and 4. Angle embeds on detail 1 are already provided, as well as angles on detail 4. $ 58. Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule, Furnish and install security air devices, which includes security bars. On schedule, this includes, but is not limited to devices S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3. $ 59. Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment $ 60. Section 15936 Barrier Grilles $ 61. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish and install item 1.1 A. h., steel security grille, grating and framework. $ 62. Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties $ TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-01 BID, items 57 thru 62 (figures) $ TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 8 Alternate 13-02: Bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing Provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing. This bidder shall comply with all applicable, sections of the bid package, drawings and specifications as it pertains to Bid Package No. 23 Security Glass and Glazing, in order to do so. 63. Security glass and glazing $ TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-02 BID, item 63 (figures) $ TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-02 BID, (words) DOLLARS COMBINED BID for ALTERNATE 13-01 and ALTERNATE 13-02, if both of these alternates are awarded: TOTAL ALTERNATES 13-01 and 13-02 BID, (figures) $ TOTAL ALTERNATES 13-01 and 13-02 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 9 Alternate 13-03: Security Systems Raceways Provide a complete price to remove from the scope of work of the Security Systems contractor, the furnishing and installing of security systems conduit, raceways, cable trays, junction boxes and fittings. This includes removing items pertaining to radiation protection; such as the furnish and installation of shielding security/communication systems, including penetration shielding. Also, the provision of warranty on these radiation protective materials. Note: This alternate does not include removing from the scope of work the requirement of security systems shop drawings and coordination drawings. Below is a schedule showing types and sizes of conduit. The Security Systems bidder shall state the quantities of each type and size of raceway, the unit price, and make the bid extension. Conduit Schedule Conduits shall be considered a complete raceway system, inclusive of all fittings, supports, pull -points, etc., required for a complete raceway system. EMT/Thinwall Conduit a X b = c Size Unit Unit Price Quantity Bid Extension 64. 3/4 " if 65. 1 " if 66. 1 1/4" if 67. 1 1/2" if 68. 2 it if 69. 2 1/2" if 70. 3 " if 71. 4 " if Subtotal, Items 64 thru 71 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 10 Rigid Metallic Conduit a X b = c Size Unit Unit Price Quantity Bid Extension 72. 3/4 It if 73. 1 if if 74. 1 1/4" if 75. 1 1/2" if 76. 2 " if 77. 2 1/2" if 78. 3 " if 79. 4 " if Subtotal, Items 72 thru 79 $ Rigid PVC Conduit a X b = c Size Unit Unit Price Quantity 'Bid Extension 80. 3/4 " if 81. 1 " if 82. 1 1/4" if 83. 1 1/2" if 84. 2 if if 85. 2 1/2" if 86. 3 " if 87. 4 " if Subtotal, Items 80 thru 87 $ Other Raceway Systems, if not listed above a X b = c Description Unit Unit Price Quantity Bid Extension 88. if 89. if 90. if 91. if 92. if 93. if 94. if Subtotal, Items 88 thru 94 $ 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 11 TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-03 BID, items 64 thru 94 (figures), ADD / DEDUCT (circle one) TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-03 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 12 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 13-01: Zone F Security Systems At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work, similar to zones D and E. 95. Mobilization 96. General Conditions 97. Permits 98. Bond 99. Submittals 100. ZONE F Security Hollow Metal 101. ZONE F Security Hardware 102. ZONE F Security Systems TOTAL OWNER OPTION 13-01 BID, items 95 thru 102 (figures) TOTAL OWNER OPTION 13-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 13 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 14 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 14 SECTION 00114 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 14 Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 14, Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions. including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be l,c-rformed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 1 BASE BID FORM GENERAL BID ITEMS 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bond $ 5. Submittals $ GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5 $ ZONE A 6. Conduit Systems $ 7. Panel Boards $ 8. Service Distribution $ 9. Lighting $ 10. Lightning Protectection $ 11. Fire Alarm System $ 12. Temporary Power and Lighting $ ZONE A BID, items 6 thru 12 $ 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 2 ZONE B 13. Conduit Systems $ 14. Panel Boards $ 15. Service Distribution $ 16. Lighting $ 17. Lightning Protectection $ 18. Fire Alarm System $ 19. Temporary Power and Lighting $ ZONE B BID, items 13 thru 19 $ ZONE C 20. Conduit Systems $ 21. Panel Boards $ 22. Service Distribution $ 23. Lighting $ 24. Lightning Protectection $ 25. Fire Alarm System $ 26. Temporary Power and Lighting $ ZONE C BID, items 20 thru 26 $ 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 3 ZONE D 27. Conduit Systems $ 28. Panel Boards $ 29. Service Distribution $ 30. Lighting $ 31. Lightning Protectection $ 32. Fire Alarm System $ 33. Temporary Power and Lighting $ ZONE D BID, items 27 thru 33 $ ZONE E 34. Conduit Systems $ 35. Panel Boards $ 36. Service Distribution $ 37. Lighting $ 38. Lightning Protectection $ 39. Fire Alarm System $ 40. Temporary Power and Lighting $ ZONE E BID, items 34 thru 40 $ 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 4 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Gypsum w/Standard Lock a X b Size Quantity U.P. 12" x 12" $30 181, x 181, $45 18" x 24" $80 24" x 2411' $55 24" x 36" $75 Subtotal, Items 41 thru 45 Gypsum w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 46 thru 50 c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 5 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. Plaster w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $75 18" x 18" $110 18" x 24" $165 24" x 241" $130 24" x 36" $200 Subtotal, Items 51 thru 55 Plaster w/Standard Lock Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 56 thru 60 c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 6 Security Plaster w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 61. 12" x 12" $260 62. 18" x 18" $325 63. 18" x 24" $400 64. 24" x 2411' $355 65. 24" x 36" $480 Subtotal, Items 61 thru 65 $ ** Security Plaster w/Security Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 66. 12" x 12" $230 67. 18" x 18" $250 68. 18" x 24" $355 69. 24" x 2411' $280 70. 24" x 36" $330 Subtotal, Items 66 thru 70 $ Security Masonry w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 71. 24" x 2411' $485 72. 24" x 36" $530 Subtotal, Items 71 thru 72 $ 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 7 ** For any access doors reuuired and not shown in the allowance of applicable access doors below. 73. 74. 75. 76. TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, items 41 thru 76 (figures) $ TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 8 SUMMARY OF BASE BID General Bid Items Zone A thru E Electrical Access Panels and Doors TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru 76 above, (in figures) TOTAL BASE BID,(words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 9 ALTERNATES BID FORM Alternate 14-01: Zone D and E Electrical 77. The Prime Electrical Contractor shall provide a complete bid to remove from his scope of work, the furnishing of all Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the work, except for fixtures, heat trace equiment, timeclock, lighting relay cabinets, and all safety disconnects. This shall consist of, but not be limited to conduit raceways and wiring for: lighting, receptacles, power, telephone raceway only, and heat trace conduit and wiring. ADD / DEDUCT (circle one) $ 78. The Prime Electrical Contractor shall also provide a bid to remove from his scope of work the installation of Zone D and E work, which includes lighting rough -in and finish, from the last distribution panel to end device. This shall also include installation of receptacles and power runs, terminations, telephone raceway, and heat trace system installation. ADD / DEDUCT (circle one) $ TOTAL ALTERNATE 14-01 BID, items 77 thru 78 (figures) TOTAL ALTERNATE 14-01 BID, (words) R DOLLARS 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 10 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 14-01: Zone F Electrical At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Electrical, similar to zones D and E. 79. Mobilization $ 80. General Conditions $ 81. Permit $ 82. Bond $ 83. Submittals $ 84. Conduit Systems $ 85. Panel Boards $ 86. Service Distribution $ 87. Lighting $ 88. Lightning Protection $ 89. Fire Alarm System $ 90. Temporary Power and Lighting $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 14-01 BID, items 79 thru 90 (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 14-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 11 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 12 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 12 SECTION 00115 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 15, Mechanical Process and HVAC and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assil-me the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 1 BASE BID FORM GENERAL BID ITEMS 1. Mobilization 2. General Conditions 3. Permits 4. Bond 5. Submittals 6. System Balancing and Testing GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 6 ZONE A 7. Mechanical Pipe 8. Ductwork 9. Mechanical Equipment 10. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation 11. Insulation ZONE A BID, items 7 thru 11 ZONE B 12. Mechanical Pipe 13. Ductwork 14. Mechanical Equipment 15. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation 16. Insulation ZONE B BID, items 12 thru 16 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM R 00115 - 2 ZONE-C 17. Mechanical Pipe $ 18. Ductwork $ 19. Mechanical Equipment $ 20. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $ 21. Insulation $ ZONE C BID, items 17 thru 21 $ ZONE D 22. Mechanical Pipe $ 23. Ductwork $ 24. Mechanical Equipment $ 25. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $ 26. Insulation $ ZONE D BID, items 22 thru 26 $ ZONE E 27. Mechanical Pipe $ 28. Ductwork $ 29. Mechanical Equipment $ 30. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $ 31. Insulation $ ZONE E BID, items 27 thru 31 $ 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 3 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Gvnsum w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $30 18" x 18" $45 18" x 24" $80 24" x 2411' $55 24" x 36" $75 Subtotal, Items 32 thru 36 Gvpsum w/Standard Lock. Fire -Rated Panels = c Bid Allowance a X b = Size Quantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 181, x 181, $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 37 thru 41 c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 4 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. Plaster w/Standard Lock a X b Size 12" x 12" Subtotal, Items 42 thru 46 Plaster w/Standard_Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Quantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 47 thru 51 c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 5 Security Plaster w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 52. 12" x 12" $260 53. 18" x 18" $325 54. 18" x 24" $400 55. 24" x 24"' $355 56. 24" x 36" $480 Subtotal, Items 52 thru 56 $ ** Security Plaster w/Security Lock Fire -Rated Panels a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 57. 12" x 12" $230 58. 18" x 18" $250 59. 18" x 24" $355 60. 24" x 24"' $280 61. 24" x 36" $330 Subtotal, Items 57 thru 61 $ Security Masonry w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 62. 24" x 24" $485 63. 24" x 36" $530 Subtotal, Items 62 thru 63 $ 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 6 ** For any access doors required, and not shown in the allowance 64. 65. 66. 67. TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, items 32 thru 67(figures) $ TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 7 SUMMARY OF BASE BID General Bid Items $ Zone A Mechanical $ Zone B Mechanical $ Zone C Mechanical $ Zone D Mechanical $ Zone E Mechanical $ Access Panels and Doors $ TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru 67 above, (in figures) $ TOTAL BASE BID,(words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 8 OWNER OPTION BID VbRM Owner Option 15-01: Zone F Mechanical At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work, similar to zones D and E. 68. Mechanical Pipe $ 69. Ductwork $ 70. Mechanical Equipment $ 71. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $ 72. Insulation $ 73. Mobilization $ 74. General Conditions $ 75. Permits $ 76. Bond $ 77. Submittals $ 78. System Balancing and Testing $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 15-01 BID, items 68 thru 78 (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 15-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 9 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 10 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 10 SECTION 00116 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 16, Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs anc delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 1 BASE BID FORM GENERAL BID ITEMS 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bond $ 5. Submittals $ GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5 $ 6. ZONE A Plumbing $ 7. ZONE B Plumbing $ 8. ZONE C Plumbing $ 9. ZONE D Plumbing $ 10. ZONE E Plumbing $ TOTAL PLUMBING BID, items 6 thru 10 above, (in figures) $ 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 2 14. 15. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Gypsum w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $30 18" x 18" $45 18" x 24" $80 24" x 2411' $55 24" x 36" $75 Subtotal, Items 11 thru 15 Gypsum w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 20. 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 16 thru 20 c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 3 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Plaster w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $75 18" x 18" $110 18" x 24" $165 24" x 2411' $130 24" x 36" $200 Subtotal, Items 21 thru 25 Plaster w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 3611 $210 Subtotal, Items 26 thru 30 c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 4 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. Security Plaster w/Security Lock a X b Size Quantity U.P. 12" x 12" $260 18" x 18" $325 18" x 24" $400 24" x 2411' $355 24" x 36" $480 Subtotal, Items 31 thru 35 = c Bid Allowance Security Plaster w/Security Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 12" x 12" $230 18" x 18" $250 18" x 24" $355 24" x 2411' $280 24" x 36" $330 Subtotal, Items 36 thru 40 $ Security Masonry w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 24" x 2411' $485 24" x 36" $530 Subtotal, Items 41 thru 42 $ 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 5 Lock type totals accordingly and provide detail and accounting of applicable access doors below. 43. 44. 45. 46. TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, items 11 thru 46 (figures) $ TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, (words) SUMMARY OF BASE BID General Bid Items Zones A thru E Plumbing Bid Access Panels and Doors TOTAL BASE BID, Items 1 thru 46 above, (in figures) TOTAL BASE BID,(words) DOLLARS DOLLARS 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 6 Alternate No. 16-01: Zone D and E Plumbing 47. The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall provide a complete bid to remove from his scope of work the furnishing of all Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the work, except for special valves and fixtures which are listed on Attachment "A". ADD / DEDUCT (circle one) 48. The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall provide a bid to remove from his scope of work the installation of all plumbing systems in Zones D and E. ADD/DEDUCT (circle one) TOTAL ALTERNATE 16-01 BID, items 47 and 48 (figures) TOTAL ALTERNATE 16-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 7 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 16-01: Zone F Plumbing At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work, similar to zones D and E. 49. Mobilization $ 50. General Conditions $ 51. Permits $ 52. Bond $ 53. Submittals $ 54. Zone F Plumbing $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 16-01 BID, item 49 thru 54 (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 16-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 8 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 9 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule_, Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 9 SECTION 00117 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 17 Fire Protection System BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 17, Fire Protection System and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM 00117 - 1 BASE BID FORM GENERAL BID ITEMS 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bond $ 5. Shop Drawings/Engineering $ GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5 $ 6. Zone A Fire Protection $ 7. Zone B Fire Protection $ 8. Zone C Fire Protection $ 9. Zone D Fire Protection $ 10. Zone E Fire Protection $ FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS BID, Items 6 thru 10 $ 11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM 00117 - 2 ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Gypsum w/Standard Lock a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 11. 12" x 12" $30 12. 18" x 18" $45 13. 18" x 24" $80 14. 24" x 2411' $55 15. 24" x 36" $75 Subtotal, Items 11 thru 15 $ Gypsum w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 16. 12" x 12" $105 17. 18" x 18" $130 18. 18" x 24" $195 19. 24" x 2411' $170 20. 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 16 thru 20 $ 11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM 00117 - 3 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Plaster w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $75 181, x 18" $110 18" x 24" $165 24" x 2411' $130 24" x 36" $200 Subtotal, Items 21 thru 25 = c Bid Allowance Plaster w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 26 thru 30 c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM 00117 - 4 Security Plaster w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 31. 12" x 12" $260 32. 18" x 18" $325 33. 18" x 24" $400 34. 24" x 2411' $355 35. 24" x 36" $480 Subtotal, Items 31 thru 35 $ ** Security Plaster w/Security Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 36. 12" x 12" $230 37. 18" x 18" $250 38. 18" x 24" $355 39. 24" x 2411' $280 40. 24" x 36" $330 Subtotal, Items 36 thru 40 $ Security Masonry w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance 41. 24" x 2411' _ $485 42. 24" x 36" $530 Subtotal, Items 41 thru 42 $ 11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM 00117 - 5 ** For any access doors required. and not shown in the allowance of applicable access doors below. 43. 44. 45. 46. TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, items 11 thru 46 (figures) $ TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, (words) TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 46 (figures) $ TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS DOLLARS 11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM 00117 - 6 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 17-01: Zone F Fire Protection At the option of the Owner, provide fire protection system for Zone F, complete, similar to zones D and E. 47. Zone F Fire Protection $ 48. Mobilization $ 49. General Conditions $ 50. Permit $ 51. Bond $ 52. Shop Drawings/Engineering $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 17-01 BID, items 47 thru 52 (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 17-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM 00117 - 7 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 8 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule 01 Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM 00117 - 8 SECTION 00118 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 18 Food Service Equipment BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 18, Food Service Equipment and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM 00118 - 1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. BASE BID FORM Mobilization $ General Conditions $ Permits $ Bond $ Submittals $ Kitchen Equipment (from Unit Price $ Bid Form below) TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures) $ TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM 00118 - 2 UNIT PRICE BID FORM The foregoing base bid is based on the unit prices listed hereinafter. Sum total of these unit prices are to be inserted as item no. 6 above. The unit prices listed include the cost of equipment, freight, overhead and profit. In the event that quantities required by the contract documents change, these unit prices shall prevail for equipment added to, or deleted from the contract. ITEM MAKE & UNIT NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL QTY COST TOTAL ----------------------------------------------------------------- 1. Cold Storage Assembly 2. Storage Platform 3. Mobile Platform 4. Storage Pallet (By Others) 5. Storage Shelving 6. Storage Shelving 7. Can Storage Rack 8. Cold Storage Assembly 9. Dunnage Rack 10. Raceway 11. Storage Shelving 12. Pot Storage Rack 13. Pot Sink w/Wallshelf 14. Sink Heater 15. Pre -Rinse Unit 16. Disposer NOT IN CONTRACT 11/20/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM 00118 - 3 17. Not Used 18. Exhaust Hood 19. Fire Control System 20. Raceway 21. Braising Pan 22. Sink Unit 23. Trough Grate 24. Roll -In Proof Cabinet 25. Oven Rack 26. Roll -In Oven 27. Worktable 28. Mixer 29. Equipment Stand 30. Not Used 31. Worktable 32. Pan Rack 33. Fire Control System 34. Exhaust Hood 35. Convection Steamer 36. Kettle 37. Trough Grate 38. Kettle 39. Utility Raceway 40. Convection Oven NOT USED NOT USED 11/20/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM 00118 - 4 41. Fryer w/Filter System 42. Open Burner Range 43. Griddle on Stand 44. Refrigerator 45. Worktable 46. Equipment Stand 47. Slicer 48. Freezer 49. Pan Rack 50. Not Used NOT USED 51. Vegetable Prep. Sink 52. Disposer 53. Slicer 54. Equipment Stand 55. Worktable 56. Rinse Hose 57. Food Cutter 58. Trough Grate 59. Coffee Urn 60. Not Used NOT USED 61. Beverage Counter 62. Beverage Container 63. Ice Machine 64. Hot Food Cart 11/20/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM 00118 - 5 65. Conveyor 66. Soiled Dishtable w/Rackshelf 67. Pre -Rinse Unit 68. Disposer 69. Vapor Hood 70. Not Used NOT USED 71. Dishmachine 72. Clean Dishtable 73. Troughveyor 74. Scrapping Table 75. Tray Washer 76. Vapor Hood 77. Clean Dishtable 78. Hose Bibb 79. Exhaust Hood 80. Rethermalization Oven 81. Chill Cart 82. Tray Delivery Cart 83. Utility Cart 84. Cold Storage Assembly w/Blast Chiller 85. Remote Refrigeration System 86. Remote Refrigeration System 11/20/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM 00118 - 6 Equipment Total Price, to be entered as item no. 6 on Base Bid Form above. Items 1 thru 86, (figures) $ ------------------ ------------------ Equipment Total Price, (words) DOLLARS I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 7 of the Proposal Form and attached the required Bid Security , Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non - Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM 00118 - 7 SECTION 00119 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 19 Laundry Equipment BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 19, Laundry Equipment and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM 00119 - 1 BASE BID FORM 1. Mobilization 2. General Conditions 3. Permits 4. Bond 5. Submittals 6. Laundry Equipment (from Unit Price Bid Form below) TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures) TOTAL BID, (words) S DOLLARS 11/20/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM 00119 - 2 UNIT PRICE HID FORM The foregoing base bid is based on the unit prices listed hereinafter. Sum total of these unit prices are to be inserted as item no. 6 above. The unit prices listed include the cost of equipment, freight, overhead and profit. In the event that quantities required by the contract documents change, these unit prices shall prevail for equipment added to, or deleted from the contract. ITEM MAKE & UNIT NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL QTY COST TOTAL ----------------------------------------------------------------- L-1 Laundry Cart L-2 Hose Bibb NOT IN CONTRACT L-3 Sewing Machine L-4 Chair NOT IN CONTRACT L-5 Laundry Cart L-6 Shelving L-7 Folding Table L-8 Dryer L-9 Dryer L-9 Dryer (Future) L-10 Not Used NOT USED L-11 Washer/Extractor L-12 Washer/Extractor L-12 Washer/Extractor (Future) L-13 Trough Grate L-14 Shelving L-15 Laundry Sink 11/20/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM 00119 - 3 Equipment Total Price, to be entered as item no. 6 on Base Bid Form above. Items L-1 thru L-15, (figures) $ Equipment Total Price, (words) TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures) TOTAL BID, (words) P, DOLLARS DOLLARS 11/20/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM 00119 - 4 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 5 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM 00119 - 5 SECTION 00120 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 20 Loading Dock Equipment BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 0021 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 20, Loading Dock Equipment and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and al:' costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/18/91 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM 00120 - 1 BASE BID FORM 1. Labor $ 2. Equipment $ 3. Shipping $ 4. Permits $ 5. Bond $ 6. Submittals $ TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures) $ TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/18/91 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM 00120 - 2 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/18/91 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM 00120 - 3 SECTION 00121 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 21 Pneumatic Tube System BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 21, Pneumatic Tube System and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM 00121 - 1 BASE BID FORM 1. Mobilization 2. General Conditions 3. Permits 4. Bond 5. Submittals 6. Pneumatic Tube System Subtotal Items 1 thru 6 11/20/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM 00121 - 2 7. 8. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Gvnsum w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $30 18" x 18" $45 18" x 24" $80 24" x 2411' $55 24" x 36" $75 Subtotal Gvnsum w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM 00121 - 3 Plaster w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 17. 12" x 12" $75 18. 18" x 18" $110 19. 18" x 24" $165 20. 24" x 2411' $130 21. 24" x 36" $200 Subtotal Plaster w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 22. 12" x 12" $105 23. 18" x 18" $130 24. 18" x 24" $195 25. 24" x 2411' $170 26. 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance m 11/20/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM 00121 - 4 Security Plaster w/Security Lock a X b Size Quantity U.P. 27. 12" x 12" $260 28. 18" x 18" $325 29. 18" x 24" $400 30. 24" x 24"' $355 31_ 24" x 36" $480 c Bid Allowance Subtotal $ ** Security Plaster w/Security Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 32. 12" x 12" $230 33. 18" x 18" $250 34. 18" x 24" $355 35. 24" x 24"' $280 36. 24" x 36" $330 Subtotal $ Security Masonry w/Security Lock a X b Size Quantity U.P. 37. 24" x 24"' "a35 38. 24" x 36" $530 Subtotal = c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM 00121 - 5 ** For any access doors required, and not shown in the allowance 39. 40. 41. 42. TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, items 7 thru 42 (figures) TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, (words) TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 42 (figures) . $ TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS DOLLARS 11/20/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM 00121 - 6 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 7 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date• Signed: Witness: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM 00121 - 7 SECTION 0012T. PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 22 Metals BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings, Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 22, Metals and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 METALS PROPOSAL FORM 00122 - 1 BASE BID FORM +, 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bond $ 5. Submittals $ 6. Section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish and install items under paragraph 2.2 D and E, and include prime painting. This also includes security grilles and bars, as shown on drawing 4.42, detail 1 and 4. Angle embeds on detail 1 are already provided, as well as angles on detail 4. $ 7. Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule, Furnish and install security air devices, which includes security bars. On.schedule, this includes, but is not limited to devices S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3. $ S. Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment $ 9. Section 15936 Barrier Grilles $ 10. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish and install item 1.1 A. h., steel security grille, grating and framework. $ 11. Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties $ TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru 11 above, (in figures) $ TC I IL BASE BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 METALS PROPOSAL FORM 00122 - 2 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 22-01: Zone F Metals At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work, similar to zones D and E. 12. Mobilization $ 13. General Conditions $ 14. Permits $ 15. Bond $ 16. Submittals $ 17. Section 05500 Metal Fabrications $ 18. Drawing 10.32 Air Devices Schedule $ 19. Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment $ 20. Section 15936 Barrier Grilles $ 21. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, grilles, grating and framework. $ 22. Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 22-01 BID, items 12 thru 22 (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 22-01 BID,'(words) DOLL.?,,P S 11/20/91 METALS PROPOSAL FORM 00122 - 3 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date• Signed: Witness: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 METALS PROPOSAL FORM 00122 - 4 SECTION 00123 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 23 Security Glass and Glazing BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings, Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to ,furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING PROPOSAL FORM 00123 - 1 BASE BID FORM GENERAL BID ITEMS 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bond $ 5. Submittals $ GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5 $ 6. ZONE A Glass and Glazing $ 7. ZONE B Glass and Glazing $ 8. ZONE C Glass and Glazing $ 9. ZONE D Glass and Glazing $ 10. ZONE E Glass and Glazing $ SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING BID, Items 6 thru 10 (figures) $ TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru 10 above, (in figures) $ TOTAL BASE BID,(words) OLLARS 11/20/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING PROPOSAL FORM 00123 - 2 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 23-01: Zone F Security Glass and Glazing At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work, similar to zones D and E. 11. Mobilization 12. General Conditions 13. Permits 14. Bond 15. Submittals 16. ZONE F Security Glass and Glazing TOTAL OWNER OPTION 23-01 BID, items 11 thru 16 (figures) TOTAL OWNER OPTION 23-01 BID, (words) R DOLLARS 11/20/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING PROPOSAL FORM 00123 - 3 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security Unit Price Schedule , Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date• Signed: Witness: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING PROPOSAL FORM 00123 - 4 SECTION 00124 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 24 Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings, Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 24, Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions, including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM 00124 - 1 BASE BID FORM GENERAL BID ITEMS 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bond $ 5. Submittals $ GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5 $ ZONE A 6. Aluminum Entrances $ 7. Glass and Glazing $ 8. Aluminum Window Walls $ Subtotal items 6 thru 8 $ ZONE B 9. Aluminum Entrances $ 10. Glass and Glazing $ 11. Aluminum Window Walls $ 12. Lead Glass $ Subtotal items 9 thru 12 $ ZONE C 13. Aluminum Entrances $ 14. Glas and Glazing $ 15. Aluminum Window Walls $ Subtotal items 13 thru 15 $ 11/20/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM 00124 - 2 ZONE D 16. Aluminum Entrances $ 17. Glass and Glazing $ 18. Aluminum Window Walls $ Subtotal items 16 thru 18 $ ZONE E 19. Aluminum Entrances $ f 20. Glass and Glazing $ 21. Aluminum Window Walls $ Subtotal items 19 thru 21 $ TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 21 (figures) $ TOTAL BASE BID,(words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM 00124 - 3 `. ALTERNATES BID FORM Alternate 24-01: Bid on Bid Package No. 23. Security Glass and Glazing Provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing. This bidder shall comply with all applicable sections of the bid package, drawings and specifications as it pertains to Bid Package No. 23 Security Glass and Glazing, in order to do so. 22. Mobilization $ 23. General Conditions $ 24. Permits $ 25. Bond $ 26. Submittals $ GENERAL BID, Items 22 thru 26 $ 27. ZONE A Glass and Glazing $ 28. ZONE B Glass and Glazing $ 29. ZONE C Glass and Glazing $ 30. ZONE D Glass and Glazing $ 31. ZONE E Glass and Glazing $ SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING BID, Items 27 thru 31 (figures) $ TOTAL ALTERNATE BID, items 22 thru 31 above, (in Figures) $ TOTAL ALTERNATE BID,(words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM 00124 - 4 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 24-01: Zone F Aluminum_ Window Walls, Glass and Glazing At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work, similar,to zones D and E. 32. Mobilization $ 33. General Conditions $ 34. Permits $ 35. Bond $ 36. Submittals $ 37. Aluminum Entrances $ 38. Glass and Glazing $ 39. Aluminum Window Walls $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 24-01 BID, items 32 thru 39 (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 24-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM 00124 - 5 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 6 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM 00124 - 6 SECTION 00125 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 25 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 25, Plumbing Contract Zones D and E and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. TAle successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all cosi.'s and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00125 - 1 BASE BID FORM GENERAL BID ITEMS 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bond $ 5. Submittals $ GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5 $ 6. Furnish all ZONE D and E Permanent Materials, to be incorporated into the work, except for special valves and fixtures which are listed on Attachment "A". $ 7. Install al1ZONE D and E Plumbing Systems, including special valves and fixtures which are listed on Attachment "A". $ TOTAL PLUMBING BID, items 6 thru 7 above, (in figures) $ 11/20/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00125 - 2 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 17. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Gypsum w/Standard Lock a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 12" x 12" $30 18" x 18" $45 18" x 24" $80 24" x 2411' $55 24" x 36" $75 Subtotal, Items 8 thru 12 $ Gypsum w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Quantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 13 thru 17 c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00125 - 3 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Plaster w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $75 18" x 18" $110 18" x 24" $165 24" x 2411' $130 24" x 36" $200 Subtotal, Items 18 thru 22 Plaster w/Standard Lock Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 23 thru 27 c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00125 - 4 Security Plaster w/Security Lock a X b Size Quantity U.P. 28. 12" x 12" $260 29. 18" x 18" $325 30. 18" x 24" $400 31. 24" x 2411' $355 32. 24" x 36" $480 c Bid Allowance Subtotal, Items 28 thru 32 $ ** Security Plaster w/Security Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 33. 12" x 12" $230 34. 18" x 18" $250 35. 18" x 24" $355 36. 24" x 2411' $280 37. 24" x 36" $330 Subtotal, Items 33 thru 37 Security Masonry w/Security Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 38. 24" x 2411' $485 39. 24" x 36" $530 Subtotal, Items 38 thru 39 c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00125 - 5 ** For anv access doors rectuired and not shown in the allowance 40. 41. 42. 43. TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, items 8 thru 43 (figures) $ TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, (words) DOLLARS SUMMARY OF BASE BID General Bid Items Plumbing Bid Access Panels and Doors TOTAL BASE BID, Items 1 thru 43 above, (in figures) TOTAL BASE BID,(words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00125 - 6 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 7 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00125 - 7 SECTION 00126 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 26 Electrical Contract Zones D and E BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS C/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING, ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 26, Electrical Contract Zones D and E and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, engineering support and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed.. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 11/20/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00126 - 1 BASE BID FORM GENERAL BID ITEMS 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bond $ 5. Submittals $ GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5 $ 6. Furnish all Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the work, except for fixtures, heat trace equiment, timeclock, lighting relay cabinets, and all safety disconnects. This shall consist of, but not be limited to conduit raceways and wiring for: lighting, receptacles, power, telephone raceway only, and heat trace conduit and wiring. $ 7. Install all of Zone D and E work, which includes lighting rough -in and finish, from the last distribution panel to end device. This shall also include installation of receptacles and power runs, terminations, telephone raceway, and heat trace system installation. $ ELECTRICAL BID, Items 6 thru 7 $ 11/20/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00126 - 2 8. 12. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Gyps um_w/Standard Lock a X b Size Quantity U.P. 12" x 12" $30 18" x 18" $45 18" x 24" $80 24" x 2411' $55 24" x 36" $75 Subtotal, Items 8 thru 12 Gypsum w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Quantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2419' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 13 thru 17 c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance 11/20/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00126 - 3 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Plaster w/Standard Lock a X b Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $75 18" x 18" $110 18" x 24" $165 24" x 2419' $130 24" x 36" $200 Subtotal, Items 18 thru 22 Plaster w/Standard Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = Size Ouantity U.P. 12" x 12" $105 18" x 18" $130 18" x 24" $195 24" x 2411' $170 24" x 36" $210 Subtotal, Items 23 thru 27 c Bid Allowance c Bid Allowance H 11/20/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00126 - 4 Security Plaster w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Quantity_ U.P. Bid Allowance 28. 12" x 12" $260 29. 18" x 18" $325 30. 18" x 24" $400 31. 24" x 2411' $355 32. 24" x 36" $480 Subtotal, Items 28 thru 32 $ ** Security Plaster w/Security Lock, Fire -Rated Panels a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 33. 12" x 12" $230 34. 18" x 18" $250 35. 18" x 24" $355 36. 24" x 2411' $280 37. 24" x 36" $330 Subtotal, Items 33 thru 37 $ Security Masonry w/Security Lock a X b = c Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance 38. 24" x 2411' $485 39. 24" x 36" $530 Subtotal, Items 38 thru 39 $ 11/20/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00126 - 5 ** For any access doors recruired and not shown in the allowance of applicable access doors below. 40. 41. 42. 43. TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, items 40 thru 43 (figures) $ TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID, (words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00126 - 6 SUMMARY OF BASE BID General Bid Items Zones D and E Electrical Access Panels and Doors TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru 43 above, (in figures) TOTAL BASE BID,(words) DOLLARS 11/20/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00126 - 7 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 8 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor's Qualification Statement , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non -Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 11/20/91 D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00126 - 8 SECTION 00143 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 13 Security Systems The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price 1. Door/frame/hardware adjuster, $/Hr. $ fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 2. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 3. Welder, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 4. Electrician, fully burdened, $/Hr. $ incl. profit and overhead. 5. Programming/Technician, fully $/Hr. $ burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 6. Communications/Technician, $/Hr. $ fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 11/20/91 SECURITY SYS. UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00143 - 1 SECTION 00144 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 14 Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this contract. I. Labor Rates: Description Unit Unit Price 1. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 2. Electrician, fully burdened, $/Hr. $ incl. profit and overhead. 3. Communications/Technician, $/Hr. $ fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. II. Conduit Rates: Below is a schedule showing types and sizes of conduit. The Security Systems bidder shall state the quantities of each type and size of raceway, and the unit price. The unit price shall include material, bending, delivery, unloading, stocking, installing, overhead and profit. Conduit Schedule Conduits shall be considered a complete raceway system, inclusive of all fittings, supports, pull -points, etc., required for a complete raceway system. 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00144 - 1 EMT Thinwall Conduit 1 if to 1000 if• Size Unit Unit Price 1. 3/4 Of if 2. 1 of if 3. 1 1/4" if 4. 1 1/2" if 5. 2 of if 6. 2 1/2" if 7. 3 if if 8. 4 to if 1000 if to 10,000 if: Size Unit Unit Price 9. 3/4 " if 10. 1 " if 11. 1 1/4" if 12. 1 1/2" if 13. 2 " if 14. 2 1/2" if 15. 3 It if 16. 4 to if 10,000 if and up: Size Unit Unit Price 17. 3/4 " if 18. 1 " if 19. 1 1/4" if 20. 1 1/2" if 21. 2 of if 22. 2 1/2" if 23. 3 of if 24. 4 of if 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00144 - 2 Rigd Metallic Conduit 1 if to 1000 lf• Size Unit Unit Price 1. 3/4 It if 2. 1 it if 3. 1 1/4" if 4. 1 1/2" if 5. 2 to if 6. 2 1/2" if 7. 3 of if 8. 4 it if 1000 if to 10,000 if: Size Unit Unit Price 9. 3/4 It if. 10. 1 it if 11. 1 1/4" if 12. 1 1/2" if 13. 2 of if 14. 2 1/2" if 15. 3 of if 16. 4 of if 10,000 if and up: Size Unit Unit Price 17. 3/4 " if 18. 1 " if 19. 1 1/4" if 20. 1 1/2" if 21. 2 " if 22. 2 1/2" if 23. 3 " if 24. 4 " if 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00144 - 3 Rigid PVC Conduit 1 if to 1000 lf• Size Unit Unit Price 1. 3/4 " if 2. 1 " if 3. 1 1/4" if 4. 1 1/2" if 5. 2 of if 6. 2 1/2" if 7. 3 " if 8. 4 " if 1000 if to 10,000 if: Size Unit Unit Price 9. 3/4 It if 10. 1 to if 11. 1 1/4" if 12. 1 1/2" if 13. 2 " if 14. 2 1/2" if 15. 3 " if 16. 4 Is if 10,000 if and up: Size Unit Unit Price 17. 3/4 " if 18. 1 " if 19. 1 1/4" if 20. 1 1/2" if 21. 2 " if 22. 2 1/2" if 23. 3 " if 24. 4 " if 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00144 - 4 1. 3. a Other Types of Condui. Types of Raceways Systems Cable Trays, etc. This includes items pertaining to radiation protection; such as the furnish and installation of shielding security/communication systems, including penetration shielding. Also, the provision of warranty on these radiation protective materials. Size Unit Unit Price if if if Description/Remarks 11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00144 - 5 SECTION 00145 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price 1. Sheetmetal Worker, $/Hr. $ fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 2. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 3. Welder, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 4. Pipefitter, fully burdened, $/Hr. $ incl. profit and overhead. 5 Communications/Technician, $/Hr. $ fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 11/20/91 MECHANICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00145 - 1 SECTION 00146 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price 1. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 2. Plumber, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 3. Pipefitter, fully burdened, $/Hr. $ incl. profit and overhead. 11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00146 - 1 SECTION 00147 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 17 Fire Protection System The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this contract. Description Unit 1. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. profit and overhead. 2. Plumber, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. profit and overhead. 3. Pipefitter, fully burdened, $/Hr. incl. profit and overhead. Unit Price 11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00147 - 1 SECTION 00155 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 25 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price 1. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 2. Plumber, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr, $ profit and overhead. 3. Pipefitter, fully burdened, $/Hr. $ incl. profit and overhead. 11/20/91 D & E PLUMBING UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00155 - 1 `• SECTION 00156 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 26 Electrical Contract Zones D and E The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price 1. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 2. Electrician, fully burdened, $/Hr. $ incl. profit and overhead. 3. Communications/Technician, $/Hr. $ fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 11/20/91 D & E ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 00156 - 1 SECTION 00163 SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Document includes A. Pre -Bid Substitutions 1.2 BIDDER'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select one of products and manufacturers named which complies with the technical Specifications. C. For Products specified by naming several products or manufacturers and stating "or equivalent", "or equal", or "or Architect approved equivalent", or similar wording, submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer which is not specifically named for review and approval by the Architect. D. For products specified by naming only, one product/manufacturer, there is no option and no substitution will be allowed. 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Substitutions for products may be made during the bidding prior by submitting completed substitution request form and substantiating product data/literature a minimum of ten calendar days prior to the Bid Date to : MK/Gerrits. 2. The Architect will consider requests utilizing this section from the Bidder for substitution of products in place of those specified. 3. Those submitted 10 calendar days prior to Bid Date will be included in the addendum if acceptable. 4. Substitution requests may be submitted utilizing a facsimile machine (FAX) if substitution request forms and substantiating data are submitted. B. Submit separate request for each substitution. Support 11/20/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 1 each request with: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying: 1) Product description. 2) Reference standards. 3) Performance and test data. C. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date of each installation. 2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified, listing significant variations. 3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 4. All effects of substitution on separate contracts. 5. List of changes required in other work or products. 6. Designation of required license fees or royalties. 7. Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources of replacement materials. C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when: 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 2. In judgement of Construction Manager or Architect, do not include adequate information necessary for a complete evaluation. D. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions. 1.4 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION A. In making formal request for substitution the Bidder represents that: 1. He has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equivalent to, or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for substitution as for product specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives claims for additional costs caused by substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs 11/20/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 2 under his Contract, but not: a. Costs under separate contracts. b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 6. Cost data need not be submitted, if request is for inclusion in addendum. 1.5 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Issue an addendum through the Construction Manager to identify accepted substitutions. C. Substitution requests that are not approved will be returned to the party submitting the request. 1.6 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM A. The form is attached to this Section. B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached form is completed and included with the submittal with back-up data. 11/20/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 3 TO: Project Architect HANSEN LIND MEYER INC. c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O.Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, F1. 33040 (305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: DRAWING NO. SPEC. SEC. SPEC. NAME Proposed Substitution: DRAWING NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal design and compatibility with adjacent materials. Submitted By: Signature Firm Address Title Telephone Date Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. For use by the Architect: Approved Approved as noted Not Approved Received too Late Insufficient data received By Date 11/20/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 4 Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No If no, fully explain: C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule? E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different. Explain: F. Reason for Request: G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the propose substitution; list significant variations: H. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (Attach additional sheets if required.) **************** END OF DOCUMENT 00163 11/20/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 5 SECTION 00220 GEOTECHNICAL DATA A. Data concerning subsurface materials and conditions obtained from test borings has been made available by the Owner for the Architect's use in designing the project. B. The report and test boring data is for information only. Requirements stated or implied in the report are not requirements of the Contract Documents. The report is solely to inform the Bidder of the type and character of the materials to be encountered. C. The Report of Final Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation, as prepared by Westinghouse Environmental and Geotechnical Services, Inc., dated January 15, 1991, is available for review at the office of the Construction Manager, Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040. 11/16/91 GEOTECHNICAL DATA 00220 - 1 SECTION 00230 SITE SURVEY A. The Plat of Survey and other survey data, are available in the Office of the Construction Manager for review, and are for the general information of the bidder. The data contained was prepared by the Owner for the Architect's use for the design of the project, and neither the Owner nor the Architect, nor the Construction Manager make any representation, guarantee of warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of data indicated, expressed or implied. B. Bidders shall visit the site, make their own investigations, assumptions and conclusions as to the nature and extent of existing surface and overhead conditions affecting the work. Neither the Owner nor the Architect, nor the Construction Manager will be responsible for additional type or extent of work required to be performed under the Contract due to any assumptions or conclusions by the successful bidder based upon the survey information provided. 11/12091 SITE SURVEY 00230 - 1 SECTION 00303 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 3 Site Electrical & Temporary Power 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 01510 Temporary Utilities 02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03600 Grout 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16111 Conduit Systems 16400 Service and Power Distribution Systems 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, furnish, and install temporary electric power service for construction needs. Coordinate with City Electric Service, for installation of overhead, connections, etc. Includes high voltage underground lines. Include warning tape in trench, to warn against digging up energized lines later. .2 Owner Option No. 3-01: Temporary Power Maintenance, at the option of the Owner, provide personnel to maintain temporary power. Proposal Form requests hourly rate for personnel. In addition, Proposal Form requests mark-up percentage for maintenance materials invoiced. .3 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, notify the utility company when grade Contractors are going to connect unusually heavy loads with special power requirements. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00303 - 1 .4 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, the Temporary Power Contractor shall also provide (2) site lights, equivalent to yard lights as provided by City Electric System. Lights are to be mounted on the power pole used for temporary power. The Construction Manager shall pay the costs of power used. .5 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, Temporary Power Contractor shall coordinate with the telephone company for provision of site construction telephone lines. .6 Furnish and install primary feeder duct bank, from City Electric utility pole, as shown on drawing 11.01, including telephone conduits. Work includes duct bank, handholes, conduit and stub -ups. Furnish and install (4) ea. #4 rebar, one embedded in each corner, running the full length of duct bank. Cap conduits as necessary to prevent intrusion of moisture and debris. Install pull wire. Flag handholes as necessary to prevent them from being damaged or disturbed by equipment. Work includes all trenching, bedding and backfilling. Follow Section 03300 and related sections, for duct bank concrete. .7 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and coordinating all testing required. .8 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work area back to rough grade, and dressing out. .9 Procure and pay for all permits, fees and licenses. .10 The Owner will provide material testing for this project. However, this contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting required because of non -conforming Work. .11 Primary site control has been established. The Trade Contractor shall lay out his work from the site control. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work from the established site control. The Construction Manager m:.. arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grade , measurements, or levels checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking or verification. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00303 - 2 .12 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required. .13 On drawing 11.01, existing utility power pole at entrance is to be relocated. Coordinate relocation with City Electric. .14 Alternate No. 3-01: Temporary electrical materials, Contractor shall retain and own materials, in lieu of turning over to the Owner after removal. 1.3 By Others .1 Supply and installation of primary feeder conductor. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00303 - 3 SECTION 00305 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 5 Site Grading & Caissons 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 02100 Site Preparation 02211 Rough Grading 02215 Finish Grading 02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Structures 02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities 02385 Drilled Caissons 02510 Asphaltic Concrete Paving 02720 Storm Sewerage 02721 Sewer Structures 02930 Lawns and Grasses 02955 Tree Relocation 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03600 Grout 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All debris and excavated material is to be removed and disposed of off -site. All re -usable material is to be stockpiled on -site as directed by the Construction Manager, or as approved by the Architect. .2 Rough grade 10' mangrove setback area shown on drawings. .3 Grade Wastewater Treatment Plant Area and Effluent Holding Pond Area to approximate adjacent grades as shown. 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00305-1 .4 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and coordinating all required testing. .5 Grade site to drain, and maintain throughout contract duration. .6 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering operations required for installation of his work. .7 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work area back to rough grade, and dressing out. .8 Contractor shall call for structural inspections, and cooperate with Structural Inspector. .9 Furnish and install Outfall Structures. .10 Primary site control has been established, but this Contractor shall verify the accuracy of the Owner's horizontal and vertical control site monuments. The Trade Contractor shall lay out his work from the site control. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work from the established site control. The Construction Manager may arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades, measurements, or levels checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking or verification. .11 The Owner will provide material testing for this project. However, this contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting required because of non -conforming Work. .12 Procure and pay for all permits, fees, and licenses. .13 At location as directed by the Construction Manager, prepare a concrete truck 'wash -out' hole on site, for use in cleaning out concrete truck chutes. .14 Furnish and install DIP sleeves under entrance roadway and Junior College Road, as shown on drawing 1.09. Resto,: roadbed, and repave. .15 Furnish and install Silt Fence as shown on drawing 1.01. .16 Excavate and restore, for sleeve, and tapping sleeve and valve, on Junior College Road. Coordinate with 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00305-2 Contractor installing tapping sleeve and valve. Backf ill and restore roadbed, and repave. .17 At entrance to site, at a location as determined by the Construction Manager, furnish and install 6 ft. high chain link fence, with no top rail. Include (2) ea. 10 ft. wide swinging gates. Use 9 Ga. wire, 4" sch. 40 gate and end posts, sch. 20 line posts, 1-5/8" sch. 20 pipe for gates. Total length of fence shall be 60 ft. .18 Furnish and install Storm Sewerage system complete. .19 Flag and/or protect all permanently installed Work, and maintain through contract duration. .20 Furnish and install caissons complete. Based on bid quantity, job will be on a unit price basis. As -built adjustment, at the end of the job, will be made, at bid unit price. Contractor shall be responsible for removal or re -use of muck from caisson excavations. Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate site drainage during caisson operation, to prevent flooding of other contractors work. .21 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required. .22 Finish grade retention pond areas in accordance with Section 02215. .23 Owner Option No. 5-03: Topsoil and Sodding, at the option of the Owner, furnish and install topsoil and sodding in retention pond areas, in accordance with Section 02930. .24 Relocate one (1) 12" caliper tree, in accordance with Section 02955. .25 Owner Option No. 5-01: Caisson Concrete, at the option of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will purchase concrete for caissons. Proposal form requests contractor to calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost. For assistance, the Construction Manager calculated bid lineal footage of caissons to be: 0 5' overburden to drill thru/caisson, at 277 caissons, total = 1385 if o competent limerock, total = 4265 if 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00305-3 .26 Owner Option No. 5-02: Caisson Reinforcing, at the option of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will purchase reinforcing for caissons. Proposal form requests contractor to calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost. .27 Owner Option No. 5-04: Area F Caissons, at the option of the Owner, install caissons for the future Area F. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and 37 to 42. .28 Bid Alternate No. 5-01: If selected by the Owner, furnish and install portland cement concrete paving, in lieu of soil -cement base and asphaltic concrete paving. .29 Bid Alternate No. 5-02: If selected by the Owner, furnish and install a compacted limestone base in leu of a soil cement base under asphaltic concrete paving. 1.3 By Others .1 Finish grading in areas other than retention pond areas. 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00305-4 SECTION 00307 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 7 Concrete Foundations 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Structures 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03600 Grout 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel 07150 Waterproofing 07190 Vapor Retarder 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Furnish and install all columns from top of caissons to elevated first floor framing. Coordinate top of column connection requirements with precast contractor. .2 Furnish and install grade beams. .3 Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete walls and beams above. .4 Furnish and install concrete slabs -on -grade. .5 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and coordinating all required testing. .6 Furnish and install elevator pits. .7 Provide waterproofing and vapor retarder as required for 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00307-1 the Work. .8 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work area back to rough grade, and dressing out. .9 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering operations required for installation of his work. .10 Contractor shall call for structural inspections, and cooperate with Structural Inspector. .11 Primary site control has been established. The Trade Contractor shall lay out his work from the site control. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work from the established site control. The Construction Manager may arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades, measurements, or levels checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking or verification. .12 The Owner will provide material testing for this project. However, this contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting required because of non -conforming Work. .13 Furnish and install elevator rail support beams, including plates and anchors, in accordance with Section 05180. .14 Furnish and install all anchor bolts for columns, in accordance with Section 05180. .15 Furnish and install all miscellaneous metals which are embedded in the work of this contractor. These include anchors, channels, edge angles, angles and weld plates. .16 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required. .17 Owner Option No. 7-01: Concrete Procurement. At the option of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner 11 purchase concrete. Proposal form requests Contractor to calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost. .18 Owner Option No. 7-02: Future Area F Columns. At the option of the Owner, install columns for future Area F. 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00307-2 This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and 37 to 42. Contractor to install columns complete. .19 Owner Option No. 7-03: Future Area F Miscellaneous Concrete. At the option of the Owner, install all poured concrete associated with the stairwells in future Area F. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and 37 to 42. Contractor to prep area and install all poured concrete complete. 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00307-3 Section 00309 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 9 Site Plumbing 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities 02644 Water Mains 02685 Gas Distribution Systems 02674 Fire Wells 02721 Sewer Structures 02730 Sanitary Sewer 03600 Grout 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Cap all lines to prevent intrusion of debris, animals, etc., and flag valve boxes to prevent being disturbed or damaged by equipment. .2 Furnish and install temporary water using charged fire water line. At locations of two (2) fire hydrants, furnish and install suitable temporary water facilities. .3 Subcontractor shall be responsible for calling for, and coordinating all required testing. .4 Furnish and install Grease Trap as shown on drawings. .5 Contract is responsible for returning disturbed work area back to rough grade, and dressing out. .6 Furnish and install post indicator and valve on Fire Water loop, as shown on drawings. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00309-1 .7 Furnish and install Fire Hydrants, and adequately protect from damage with temporary bollards. .8 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering operations required for installation of his Work. .9 Primary site control has been established. The Trade Contractor shall lay out his work from the site control. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work from the established site control. The Construction Manager may arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades, measurements, or levels checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking or verification. .10 The Owner will provide material testing for this project. However, this contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting required because of non -conforming Work. .11 Furnish and install fire wells, complete, as shown on drawings, and in accordance with Section 02674. .12 Furnish and install 2-1/2" gas line as shown on drawings. .13 Furnish and install water main and fire water main, complete, including all appurtenances. .14 Furnish and install tapping sleeve and valve for distribution main. Furnish and install thrust blocks as required. Excavation, roadbed restoration, and repaving, will be by Site Grading Contractor. Coordinate operations with Site Grading Contractor. .15 Install Water Meter furnished by FKAA. Coordinate inspections with FKAA. .16 Furnish and install all required concrete thrust blocks. .17 Furnish and install REduced Pressure Backf low Preventers. .18 Furnish and install Gate Valves and Boxes. .19 Furnish and install floor drains and coordinate embedment with contractor responsible for concrete slabs. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00309-2 .20 Furnish all plumbing stub -ups and caps associated with this contractor's work. .21 Furnish and install Sanitary Sewerage as shown on drawings, complete, including manholes, clean -outs, caps and plugs. .22 Furnish and install Gray Water line as shown on drawings, and all appurtenances thereto. .23 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required. .24 Contractor is to protect all installed Work, and maintain throughout contract duration. 1.3 By Others .1 At Junior College Road, excavation for tapping sleeve and valve, backfilling, roadbed restoration, and repaving. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00309-3 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00310 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 10 Precast Concrete General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 03100 Concrete Formwork (for item 1.2.23 below) 03200 Concrete Reinforcement (for item 1.2.23 below) 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete (for item 1.2.23 below) 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks 03412 Precast Concrete Panels 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (excluding precast sills and lintels for masonry walls) 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell 03600 Grout (for general precast grouting and item 1.2.3) 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel (for items 1.2.1, 6,15,16,17,22,30 below) 07210 Building Insulation (for item 1.2.2 below) 07900 Joint Sealers (for item 1.2.2 below) Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Furnish, install and erect all items related to the Precast Concrete, such as anchorage items, clips, bearing pads, column bearing plates, inserts and dowels, etc., as required. Furnish only to the appropriate contractor for installation, anchorage items required to be embedded in other construction and associated with the installation of the Precast Concrete. Provide setting diagrams, template diagrams, templates, erection drawings and directions as required for installation of embedded items, in other trades work. .2 Furnish and install rigid insulation for precast concrete sandwich panel, and precast concrete modular cell, in accordance with section 07210. Furnish and install 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 1 detail, see drawing 4.36, section M, on 23 line. Also, precaster shall be responsible, as required by section 034121 for weather sealing components, in place, between adjacent panels, and between, precast and previously installed cast -in -place concrete. .3 Joints between precast members which are to receive concrete topping, shall be grouted per section 03600 prior to placing concrete topping. .4 Install embeds, anchorage plates, anchors and inserts, for attachment of detention furnishings. .5 Install in precast concrete all blockouts, sleeves, anchors, plates, frames, etc. for all trades; such as, masonry, elevators, roofing, mechanical, electrical, fire sprinkler, plumbing, and security systems, supplied and coordinated by others prior to casting. .6 Welds shall be cleaned and appropriately touched -up. .7 All temporary shoring and rigging during installation shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor. .8 Safety procedures, such as load testing cranes, and construction of temporary safety items, (i.e., opening covers, netting, rails, and guards) shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor. Contractor shall maintain as required all safety construction until permanent construction details are installed, or,for a period of (60) days from turnover to all follow-on work as determined by the CM. OSHA approved safety barriers are to be provided and maintained until occupancy of follow-on contractor to hazard area, as approved by Construction Manager. Reference section 00970, Project Safety and Health Program. .9 There will be a structural inspector employed by Owner, on this threshold building, and precaster shall cooperate with representatives. .10 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work/staging areas back to rough grade, and dressing out. .11 Upon completion of erection, point, patch, clean, remove rust and tolzch-up paint all metal work. .12 Upon completion of casting and removal of forms, and prior to removing from manufacturer's yard for delivery, point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all work. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 2 .13 Assist all trades regarding location of field penetrations, and approval of all field penetrations through precast concrete. .14 Install chase door frames and cell window frames. .15 Furnish and install all double -tee shear connections. .16 Furnish and install all bearing pads, plates, etc., including precast concrete to cast -in -place concrete connections. .17 Precaster shall submit to the Construction Manager weekly plant production reports. .18 Not Used. .19 Furnish, install and maintain temporary scaffold stairways at two locations as directed by the Construction Manager with provisions for egress to the 1st floor, 2nd floor and roof level. Temporary stairways will be used for general construction use. For bid purposes provide stairs at completion of precast erection of Area 'A' for a period of (90) days and a set of stairs at completion of erection of Area 'C' for a period of (60) days. The term completion used herein shall mean complete to the stage which shall allow full occupancy by other trades as determined by the CM which shall be documented by written notice. Modification of these specified time intervals will be facilitated by change order. .20 Not Used. .21 Not Used. .22 Furnish and install all embeds for future connections. .23 Alternate No. 10-01: Cast -in -Place Concrete Areas Provide structural elements where installation of double tees may or may not be achievable. This includes, but is not limited to, Zone A, at triangular cast -in -place concrete areas. Concrete topping will be by others. Where cast -in -place concrete is used by this contractor, sections 03100, 03200 and 03300 will apply. .24 Not Used. .25 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 3 .26 perform the work under this Bid Package. Utility Routing Coordination The Precast Contractor shall produce a suitable and complete set of reproducible precast plan and elevation shop drawings while maintaining a master set, furnish one reproducible and one blueline set for and to each of the following: sheet metal contractor, mechanical piping contractor, plumbing contractor, fire protection piping contractor, security contractor electrical contractor and Construction Manager. Multiple mechanical, plumbing and electrical contracts are anticipated. Each of the above referenced trade contractors shall use this set as "working set of drawings" for planning, routing, anchoring and hanger details. When directed by the CM, and with timeliness to facilitate jobsite progress, the precaster shall route an additional clean, clear set of reproducibles to first the sheet metal contractor, secondly to the plumbing contractors, thirdly to the fire protection contractor, fourthly to the mechanical piping, fifth to the electrical and lastly to the security contractors. These contractors shall 'lay - out' their trade work as necessary to develop a composite utility routing plan, which shall be reviewed by the precaster, for the purpose of precast related coordination items only. Provide the CM with first composite reproducible set for CM assistance and use. The precaster shall coordinate with each trade contractor as necessary for suggested changes in routing due to structural or other precast related limitations. Each trade shall coordinate and modify their working plan until the precaster is confident he can provide necessary blockouts and other appropriate penetrations. The precaster shall incorporate blockouts and other penetrations into a final composite utility routing drawing set. The precaster shall then transmit to the Construction Manager a reproducible set of the composite utility plan. The precaster shall define the maximum field core drill allowable diameter. Any field core drillir%;; shall be the responsibility of the trade contractor 1squesting the penetration subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 4 provided openings shall be bore by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). .27 Owner Option No. 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete Provide Area F precast concrete, complete with engineering, material and fabrication, delivery, erection, embeds work, and all other associated work similar to other areas of building, (Areas A, B, C, D, and E), as described elsewhere in this scope of work. .28 Owner Option No. 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding documents in order to do so. All or part of this Owner Option may be considered for awarding to the precaster. .29 Precast concrete contractor shall supply his own electrical power needed for his operations. Contractor shall use portable welders. Installation of temporary site electrical as described in section 01510, may not be installed in time for use by precast contractor, and is not to be relied upon. .30 Find attached to this scope of work of the precast concrete contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) pages, outlining the entity responsible for embedded metal. In the 'Responsibility' column, all items with a '1', are the direct responsibility of the precaster to furnish and install. All items with a 12p' are for the precaster to receive and install. This schedule shall serve as a guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and the precaster shall be responsible for determining the total extent of embeds required under this bid package. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 5 1.3 By Others .1 Furnish and installation of detention furnishings. .2 Installation of finishes in cells. .3 Installation of light fixtures. .4 Installation of fire sprinkler heads. .5 Installation of HVAC grilles. .6 Installation of plumbing fixtures. .7 Installation of concrete toppings. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 6 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00311 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 11 Hydraulic Elevators General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 05500 Metal Fabrications 07210 Building Insulation 07900 Joint Sealers 14212 Hydraulic Elevators Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Drilling of jack holes for all elevators. Responsibility for satisfactory holes, (depth, plumbness, cleanliness, etc.), will be borne by Elevator Contractor. Elevator Contractor shall sleeve and cap as necessary to maintain holes until installation of elevator plungers and cylinders. Holes are to be drilled prior to precast erection, and a truck or crane mounted drill unit must be utilized. Coordinate installation of jack casings with Caisson contractor and Foundations contractor. Contractor shall provide his own electrical power as needed for sleeving and capping. Temporary electrical power as described in section 01510 may not be available for this phase of elevator contractors work. .2 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast -in - place concrete, all sleeves, anchors, weld plates and ether inserts and devices required as part of the Work under this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify locations with the appropriate contractor. .3 Furnish and install pit ladders. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00311 - 1 contractor, in accordance with section 07210. .5 Furnish and install all elevator doors, door frames, and sills. Coordinate installation with masonry contractor, who will be providing required grouting of frames and sills. .6 Temporary Service - Elevator 3 and either of elevators 6 or 7 will be used as directed by the Construction Manager, in the last stages of construction of the project. Elevator contractor shall provide adequate protection of finishes. Provide warranty/maintenance period for additional 6 months. The elevator contractor shall provide a temporary use document in an Owner acceptable form to be signed before any elevator is placed on temporary service. In absence of an acceptable form to the Owner, the Construction Manager will provide a temporary use form, in accordance with the contract documents. The Owner agrees to arrange for payment to the elevator contractor at regular time and material rates for all repairs and replacements not covered by warranties and guarantees, which are necessary to restore the equipment to its original condition at the time it was turned over for temporary use or construction use. Additionally, the elevator contractor shall provide adequate protection for the walls and floors, (e.g., covering the cab finishes with a layer of plywood or pads). .7 Furnish and install divider beams which were not installed by others previously, (Bid Package No. 7, Concrete Foundations). .8 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. .9 If this contractor requires working platforms in order to meet code requirements, he shall provide as necessary. Working platforms may or may not be shown on the drawings. .10 Find attached to this scope of work of the elevator contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) Pages, outlining the entity responsible for embedded metal. In the 'Responsibility' column, all items with a 15' are the direct responsibility of the elevator contractor to furnish and install. This schedule shall serve as a guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and the elevator contractor shall be responsible for 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00311 - 2 determining the total extent of embeds required under this bid package. 1.3 By Others .1 Grouting of elevator door sills and elevator hoistway frames. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00311 - 3 SECTION 00312 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 12 Precast Embeds 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Specifications Sections and Descriptions 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel 05500 Metal Fabrications 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08660 Security Steel Windows 08710 Door Hardware (for item 1.2.6 below) 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Embed Summary: The scope of this contractor's embed work consists of metal which is to be embedded in precast concrete, for all precast concrete to dissimilar material connections which are shown on the drawings. The precast concrete contractor is responsible for all precast to precast connection embeds. .2 Contractor shall furnish to the precast concrete contractor all embeds to be installed in precast, with appropriate installation instructions, for precast to dissimilar material connections. .3 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, four-sided cell chase door frames for embedment in concrete. .4 Provide adequate protection of all material in this scope of work, so that shipping and installation will not cause damage. This contractor shall be liable for al-�. damages and rework due to insufficient protection. .5 Protect all material in this scope of work, by providing adequate protection of projections and openings for 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00312 - 1 1.3 .6 Furnish and deliver to job -site, when scheduled by the Construction Manager, non -security chase doors, complete with hardware. .7 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, all steel security window frames which are to be embedded in precast concrete. .8 Refer to sections 08800 Glazing, and 08842 Security Glazing, for applicable coordination between this contractor's work, and that work to be done by others. .9 Not Used. .10 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. .11 Furnish and deliver to job -site, when scheduled by the Construction Manager, steel window frames which are to be installed in masonry, in the exterior walls of the building. .12 Find attached to this scope of work of the precast embeds contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) pages, outlining the entity responsible for embedded metal. In the 'Responsibility' column, all items with a 12s' or 12p' are the direct responsibility of the precast embed contractor to supply. If 12s', contractor shall ship to the jobsite. If 12p', contractor shall ship to the precast concrete contractor. This schedule shall serve as a guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and the precast embed contractor shall be responsible for determining the total extent of embeds required under this bid package. By Others .1 Finish painting. .2 Installation of chase .3 Glass and glazing. .4 Installation of steel doors and hardware. window frames in masonry. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00312 - 2 SECTION 00313 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 13 Security Systems 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings, and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work 01130 Security Project Procedures 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System 08305 Access Panels And Doors 08320 Security Metal Doors and Frames 08710 Door Hardware 11200 Basic Electronic Security Requirements 11202 System Central Processing Unit 11203 Fire Alarm Interface 11204 Programmable Logic Controller 11205 Address Panels 11206 Relay Cabinets 11208 Card Access Control 11211 Situation Man -Down Equipment 11212 Closed Circuit Video Equipment 11217 Vehicle Loop Detection 11218 Operational Intercom System 11222 Inmate/Attorney Telephones 11224 Metal Detection Equipment 13090 Radiation Protection 15012 Coordination Drawings - Preparation 15014 Coordination Drawings 15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16111 Conduit Systems 16120 Wire and Cable 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 1 Related Sections and Descriptions 02222 02226 02830 02835 03100 03200 03300 03410 03412 03420 03490 03520 03600 04200 05180 05500 06200 07215 07530 07720 07900 08300 08410 08842 08842 10200 10270 11400 14240 15000 15175 15330 15470 15965 16155 16161 16170 16351 16605 16660 16721 16930 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Structures Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Utilities Fence And Gates Barbed Tape Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcement Cast -In -Place Concrete Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2) Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2) Insulating Concrete Decks Grout Unit Masonry Miscellaneous Structural Steel Metal Fabrications Finish Carpentry Sprayed Insulation Single Ply Roofing Roof Accessories Joint Sealers Special Doors Aluminum Entrances Security Glazing Security Glazing Louvers and Vents Access Flooring Food Service Equipment Hydraulic Elevators (BG-2) General Provisions Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans Wet -Sprinkler System Hot Water Storage Heater Building Automation System Combination Motor Starters Motor Control Centers Disconnect Switches Uninterruptible Power Supply Transient Voltage/Surge Protection (BG-2) (BG-2) for for and Pumps Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others Fire Alarm Systems Lighting Control Equipment 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 2 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of work in the specified location, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. .2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper installation of his work below grade, shall be in accordance with sections 02222 & 02226. .4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and installed by others. Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement of this contractor's work, and those that are required by governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by this contractor, to other trade contractors for installation, as an allowance. This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of access panel and door, and what material they are to be installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 3 produce the required bid item allowance. After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by others. There will be a corresponding deductive change order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors, (manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, and the costs of the door assembly and installation will be borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors not installed, from the allowance bid group that was purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit will be due the Owner. .7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his work with other multiple prime contractors both in the scheduling of field work activities and in the integration of individually furnished items into final composite installations. Coordination drawings procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to, Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist of three phases. Phase I The first phase shall constitute the routing of the precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping, fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc. Additionally, e- h trade contractor shall have specified location, siz , and type of precast embed or block out required to accommodate the installation of his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to specify interface information from trade contractors to the precast concrete contractor which will allow the 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK UUJ.Lj - -* precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin precast production. Phase II Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be notified of any additions to the following background drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to appropriate scale as directed by the Owners representative. Background Drawing Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts. 1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/411 cross sections 1" = 1' 2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _ 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411 = 1', cross sections 1" = 1' 5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"=1' 6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of enlarged scale. These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail depicting all items and features such as radius fittings, valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support details. The owner's representative may conduct job site meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing. Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract. Phase III Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling, raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors. These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 5 previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide all information necessary for installation of items furnished by their contract scope of work and which will require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or floors. The requirements of this section are separate from other drawings and submittals required in the technical specifications or record drawing sections of the contract documents. .8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within (10) working days after award of this contract, all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zone A. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast contractor. .9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would include bringing back to original condition, surfaces disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement, which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or other work. .10 Thi; contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings which are necessary to facilitate the complete installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger, 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 6 shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when adequately coordinated per items .7 and .8 above. Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast provided openings shall be borne by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). All penetrations and openings should be completed prior to the finish covering installation. In the event that penetrations are necessary after finish covering installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay for all related work necessary to provide the completed detail. .11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded, transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly unload the materials and equipment shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity and condition of the materials or equipment. The contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or loss until installation is completed and accepted by the Owner. Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then all parties in interst may assume that the damage occurred while the materials and equipment were in the care, custody and control of the receiving contractor. Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site location, on other than a charge basis in connection with the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor on consignment. All such materials not used in the 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 7 fabrication of materials or equipment required under the contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor. .12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, affected by his work, and in accordance with section 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System. .13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all housekeeping pads and equipment Rads that are required for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are not shown, but are required for the complete and proper installation of his work, shall be furnished and installed by this contractor. .14 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of expansion fittings where utilities and services cross any designated building expansion line. .16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the costs of correction. .17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'. .18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this contractor after installation of the work. .19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects as specified throughout this bid package and specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's need to standardize product sources wherever possible within this package and other divisions. .20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to the requirements of governing agencies. 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 8 .21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper lavdown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse. .24 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .25 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit for approval all 3-phase equipment required in this section of the work to the A/E for review and approval within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase equipment circuitry and device requirements of this contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor within (20) calendar days of contract award. .26 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, in accordance with section 16605, as required for the proper installation and operation of Security Systems. This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as related to equipment provided under this scope of work. Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant fabrication and submittal inclusion. .27 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock- up. .28 Section 01130 Security Project Procedures, this contractor shall furnish and install requirements 11/1y/`J1l SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 9 complete as described, including systems components. .29 Prepare Security Control Systems shop drawings suitable `• for use by installer, (other than this contractor). Drawings should show conduit size, wire sizing and quantities, location line and grade, and installation method, i.e., concealed floor, wall, exposed, etc. .30 Furnish and install all control wiring and appurtenances required for Security Systems. Make final electrical connections and adjustments of all devices to obtain a fully functional system. As soon as possible after the initial installation, and prior to startup, Security Systems contractor will institute a point-to-point verification program, to verify wiring, addresses, and device functions. After zone point-to-point verification, (3) weeks will be allowed for entire system startup. .31 Furnish, install and protect graphic control consoles, racks, tables, panels, cabinets, etc., required. Prepare and submit for approval, graphic panel, consoles, panels, etc., and coordinate with casework installer. .32 Section 08710 Door Hardware, and section 08320 Security Metal Doors and Frames: This contractor shall be responsible for all security items described in these two specification sections, complete, with the exception of door hardware that is non -security, and non -security doors and frames. Security door/frame/hardware assemblies are shown on drawings 4.73,4.74 and 4.75, and are labelled 'Security'. Elevations are shown on drawing 4.76. This contractor shall layout and install door frames. Contractor shall coordinate with, and verify masonry or other contractors wall layout. Any errors in layout causing movement after installation, shall be corrected at the expense of the contractor and Security Systems Contractor. The Security Systems Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation of frames, including bituminous coating, including providing grout holes, and providing any conduit integral to frames or raceways for electric r :)cks or door position switches as required. Assure con-uits, lock pockets, strike pockets, and other holes and penetrations are plugged to prevent grout intrusion and to facilitate subsequent installations. Security Systems Contractor shall repair grout ports. 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK UU313 - lu The Masonry Contractor shall be responsible for grouting preparations, frame grouting, grouting of frame to wall or frame to floor joints, and cleanup. .33 Section 11203 Fire Alarm Interface, contractor shall provide all requirements of section. Contractor shall also coordinate his installation and work with the Electrical Contractor, who will be providing Fire Alarm System in accordance with section 16721. .34 Contractor shall continue grounding as provided for in paragraph 3.5 A, section 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding. .35 Section 08410 Aluminum Entrances, contractor shall coordinate with the Aluminum Entrance installer, for installation of all electronic security equipment, located at, or on the aluminum entrances. .36 Section 16351 Uninterruptible Power Supply, contractor shall verify quantity and size of circuits and conductors and coordinate the same with the Electrical Contractor. .37 Lighting shall be controlled through the touch screen system. Contractor shall provide interface to the approved manufacturer's system as per section 16930 Lighting Control Equipment. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor as required for the proper installation and operation of the Lighting Control Equipment. .38 Section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators, BG-2: Perform all security work as required for the proper installation and operation of the security systems, as relates to the Hydraulic Elevators, (i.e. security cameras, intercom, alternate control, etc.). .39 Section 02830 Fence and Gates, furnish and install control wiring, control panel and make terminations at both ends, in order to complete controlling operation of gate operators. Fencing, operators, and hardware will be by fencing contractor. .40 Section 13090 Radiation Protection - Furnish and install shielding of security/communications systems, including penetration shielding. Provide warranty on radiation protective materials. .41 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages, which are necessary after being put into service or energized, shall require notice and approval prior to actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 11 outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7) days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written request for outage approval shall contain system or circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so as not to affect the work of other contractors. .42 Alternate 13-01: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 22, Metals The Security Systems bidder shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 22, Metals. This bidder is to comply with all applicable sections of the bidding documents in order to do so. The work of this alternate includes, but is not limited to: a. Section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish and install items under paragraph 2.2 D and E, and include prime painting. This also includes security grilles and bars, as shown on drawing 4.42, detail 1 and 4. Angle embeds on detail 1 are already provided, as well as angles on detail 4. b. Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule, Furnish and install security air devices, which includes security bars. On schedule, this includes, but is not limited to devices S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3. C. Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment, furnish and install specification section complete. Embeds in precast concrete cells have been provided. Verify detention furnishings with the provided embeds for proper installation and attachments. d. Section 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers, paragraph 2.7, furnish only, to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, all Barrier Grilles required in the project. Deliver to the jobsite or offsite location if grilles are to be installed in any prefabricated product. Make barrier grilles ready for installation, and welded. Provide all required fasteners, embeds, coordination drawi;w3, and instructions to installer, in order to facilitate proper installation. Coordinate with the Mechanical contractor for interface with his work. e. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish and 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 12 install item 1.1 A. h., steel security grille, grating and framework. f. Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties, furnish and install wall mounted TV brackets. .43 Alternate 13-02: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing The Security Systems bidder shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing. This bidder is to comply with all applicable sections of the bidding documents in order to do so. The work of this alternate includes, but is not limited to: a. Furnish and install all security glass and glazing for security windows, as described in specification section 08842 Security Glazing. b. Section 07900 Joint Sealers, provide all glazing, sealants, and compounds required, to complete installation of windows, borrowed lights, and door lights. .44 Alternate 13-03: Security Systems Raceways. This bidder shall provide a price to remove from his scope of work, the furnishing and installing of security systems conduit, raceways, cable trays, junction boxes, and fittings. This includes removing items pertaining to radiation protection; such as the furnish and installation of shielding security/communications systems, including penetration shielding. This also includes the provision of warranty on these radiation protective materials. This does not include the removing from the Security Systems scope of work, the requirement for security systems shop drawings, suitable for use by installer, showing conduit size, wire sizing and quantities, location line and grade, and installation method, i.e., concealed floor, wall, exposed, etc. Included as a part of the Proposal Form, is a conduit schedule showing types and sizes. The Security Systems bidder shall state the quantities of each type and size of raceway, the unit price, and make the bid extension. 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 13 .45 Owner Option No. 13-01: Zone 'F' Security Systems: At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F' Security Systems, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37 to X, and U line to 42 line. 1.3 By Others .1 Furnishing of exterior security window frames, in section 08660, and installation of those in precast concrete only. This window is detailed on drawing 4.42 and 4.51. .2 Finish painting of all material and equipment, except where the specifications call for factory finish, then the Security Systems contractor shall provide. .3 Furnishing and installing embeds in precast concrete cells. 11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK 00313 - 14 SECTION 00314 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 14 Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings, and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions 01130 Security Project Procedures 01510 Temporary Utilities (Temporary Lighting) 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System 08305 Access Panels And Doors 15000 General Provisions 15110 Heat Trace System 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16111 Conduit Systems 16120 Wire and Cable 16155 Combination Motor Starters 16161 Motor Control Centers 16170 Disconnect Switches 16199 Wiring Devices and Plates 16300 Standby Power Generation 16351 Uninterruptible Power Supply 16400 Service and Power Distribution Systems 16425 Main Service Switchboard 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding 16461 Dry Type Distribution Transformers 16470 Distribution Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type 16471 Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency Wiring 16472 Branch Circuit Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type 16500 Lighting 16601 Lightning Protection System 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection 16660 Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others 16721 Fire Alarm System 16781 Telephone Conduit Systems 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 1 16930 Lighting Control Equipment Related Sections and Descriptions 02222 02226 02733 02810 02830 03100 03200 03300 03410 03412 03420 03490 03520 03600 04200 05180 05500 06100 06200 07115 07210 07215 07530 07720 07900 08300 08320 08710 08902 09110 09200 09250 09510 09650 09680 09700 09800 09830 09900 09950 10270 11110 11160 11200 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Structures Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Utilities Sewage Pump Station Irrigation Systems Fence and Gates Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcing Cast -In -Place Concrete Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2) Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2) Insulating Concrete Decks Grout Unit Masonry Miscellaneous Structural Steel Metal Fabrications Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry Sheet Waterproofing Building Insulation Sprayed Insulation Single Ply Roofing Roof Accessories Joint Sealers Special Doors Security Metal Doors and Frames Door Hardware Aluminum Window Walls Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing System Lath and Plaster Gypsum Board Acoustical Ceilings Resilient Flooring Carpet Special Flooring Special Coatings Elastomeric Coating Painting Wallcovering Access Flooring Laundry Equipment Loading Dock Equipment (BG-2) Basic Electronic Security Requirements (BG-2) for for 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 2 1.2 11202 System Central Processing Unit 11203 Fire Alarm Interface 11204 Programmable Logic Controller 11205 Address Panels 11206 Relay Cabinets 11208 Card Access Control 11211 Situation Man -Down Equipment 11212 Closed Circuit Video Equipment 11217 Vehicle Loop Detection 11218 Operational Intercom System 11222 Inmate/Attorney Telephones 11224 Metal Detection Equipment 11400 Food Service Equipment 11704 Ice Machines 14240 Hydraulic Elevators (BG-2) 14700 Pneumatic Tube System 15050 Water Treatment 15100 Valves 15160 Pumps 15175 Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps 15242 Vibration Isolation 15330 Wet -Sprinkler System 15403 Water Booster Pumps 15404 Domestic Water Softener 15430 Plumbing Specialties 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories 15460 Sump Pumps 15470 Hot Water Storage Heater 15490 Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems 15540 Emergency Generator Auxiliaries 15684 Centrifugal Chiller 15714 Blow Thru Cooling Tower 15770 Make -Up Air Units 15785 Fan Coil Units 15855 Air Handling Units 15858 Fans 15884 Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers 15894 Air Terminal Units 15950 Automatic Temperature Control Systems 15965 Building Automation System 15995 System Balancing and Testing Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify:, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 3 work in the specified location, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. .2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper installation of his work below grade, shall be in accordance with sections 02222 & 02226. .4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety. rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and installed by others. Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement of this contractor's work, and those that are required by governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by this contractor, to other trade contractors for installation, as an allowance. This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of access panel and door, and what material they are to be installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to produce the required bid item allowance. After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated quantity of access panels and doors shall be purc'ufsed by others. There will be a corresponding deductive change order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 4 be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors, (manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, and the costs of the door assembly and installation will be borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors not installed, from the allowance bid group that was purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit will be due the Owner. .7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his work with other multiple prime contractors both in the scheduling of field work activities and in the integration of individually furnished items into final composite installations. Coordination drawings procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to, Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist of three phases. Phase I The first phase shall constitute the routing of the precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping, fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified location, size, and type of precast embed or block out required to accommodate the installation of his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to specify interface information from trade contractors to the precast concrete contractor which will allow the precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin precast production. Phase II Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be notified of any additions to the following background drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 5 appropriate scale as directed by the Owners representative. Background Drawing Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts. 1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/411 cross sections 1" = 1' 2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _ 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of enlarged scale. These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail depicting all items and features such as radius fittings, valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support details. The owner's representative may conduct job site meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing. Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract. Phase III Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling, raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors. These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide all information necessary for installation of items furnished by their contract scope of work and which will require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or floors. The requirements of this section are separate from other drawings and submittals required in the technical specifications or record drawing sections of the contract documents. 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 6 .8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of installation as the work progresses. verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within (10) working days after award of this contract, all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zone A. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast contractor. .9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This,would include bringing back to original condition, surfaces disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement, which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or other work. .10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings which are necessary to facilitate the complete installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger, shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above. Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast provided openings shall be borne by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 7 closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). All penetrations and openings should be completed prior to the finish covering installation. In the event that penetrations are necessary after finish covering installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay for all related work necessary to provide the completed detail. .11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded, transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly unload the materials and equipment shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity and condition of the materials or equipment. The contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or loss until installation is completed and accepted by the Owner. Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then all parties in interst may assume that the damage occurred while the materials and equipment were in the care, custody and control of the receiving contractor. Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site location, on other than a charge basis in connection with the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor on consignment. All such materials not used in the fabrication of materials or equipment required under the contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor. .12 it will be the full responsibility of this trade contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, affected by his work, and in accordance with section 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System. 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 8 .13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all housekeeping pads and equipment pads that are required for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are not shown, but are required for the complete and proper installation of his work, shall be furnished and installed by this contractor. .14 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of expansion fittings where utilities and services cross any designated buiding expansion line. .16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the costs of correction. .17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'. .18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this contractor after installation of the work. .19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects as specified throughout this bid package and specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's need to standardize product sources wherever possible within this package and other divisions. .20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to the requirements of governing agencies. .21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be' coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper lavdown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 9 any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse. This contractor shall furnish and install a 'spare fuse' cabinet, for spares which are to be provided by all other contractors. .24 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .25 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, in accordance with section 16605, as required for the proper installation and operation of Electrical Systems. This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as related to equipment provided under this scope of work. Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant fabrication and submittal inclusion. .26 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all raceways wiring and disconnects for all power associated with equipment furnished by others, unless otherwise indicated. Equipment furnished by others is included in, but not limited to those sections indicated as Related Sections and Descriptions, and depicted on the contract drawings. .27 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all raceways, wiring and disconnects for all power associated with equipment furnished by the Owner. .28 This contractor shall provide all 120 volt power as required to and from the security systems equipment, which includes, but is not limited to, conduit, raceways, boxes, fittings, wire and terminations. .29 Contractor shall mandril all embedded conduits and duct banks at the earliest feasible time after installation, maintaining a mandril log as provided by the CM. At any failure of the mandril to pass, the CM shall be notified. This applies to conduits which the Electrical Contractor 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 10 installs for wire pulling by others. For conduits which the Electrical Contractor installs, and will be pulling the wire, the Electrical Contractor shall mandril any that are encased or embedded. .30 Contractor shall install in every conduit described as as a spare, or where wiring is a part of another contractor's scope of work, a nylon pull string with a pulling capacity of 200 pounds or greater. .31 Contractor shall indentify each wire at all devices, junction boxes or distribution panels. Identification shall include, but not be limited to the panel identification and circuit numbers. .32 Contractor shall identify each wire at all devices, junction boxes or control panels. Identification shall include, but not be limited to the control panel identification and the terminal numbers. .33 Section 16111 Conduit Systems, paragraph 3.5 A, where conduits that pass through rated floors, walls or ceilings, use seal -off conduit bodies adjacent to one or both sides of the rated system, for total sealing of the conduit, and provide architecturally finished surfaces on both sides as required. .34 Section 16120 Wire and Cable, paragraph 2.3 C, applies to stranded conductors smaller than #6 AWG, and includes not only the specified solderless connector, but all compression type ring terminals, split fork terminals, or ferual not terminated under a mechanical type lug. .35 Temporary Utilities - This contractor shall receive in - place physical plant items provided by Bid Group 1 Site Electrical and Temporary Power Contractor, (Benson Electric, Contract No. KJ-002). This includes, under Section 01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraphs 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4. This contractor shall include in his lump sum base bid the cost of maintaining, furnishing, relocation as required by schedule and job progress, and removal of all temporary power and lighting system. Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain temper,,-.ry lighting within the structure during construction as described in section 01510, Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.6. Contractor shall remove temporary lighting at such time that permanent lighting is energized. 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 11 .36 Perform all electrical work required for the proper installation of the Hydraulic Elevators, (i.e. alternate power, lighting, fire sensing, etc.). ' .37 Furnish and install conduit, wiring, disconnects and other materials necessary to complete electrical hook-up of Food Service Equipment. Notify food service supplier 72 hours in advance to verify rough -in prior to slab pour and wall cover up. .38 Furnish and install conduit, wiring, disconnects and other materials necessary to complete electrical hook-up of Laundry Equipment. .39 Coordinate with City Electric System the ordering, delivery and setting of the main transformer. .40 This contractor shall make major equipment submittals within (10) days of contract award. .41 Section 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding, paragraph 3.6 A, Dry Type Transformers are to be grounded back to the closest point of grounding electrode system. .42 When scheduled by the CM, this contractor shall clean all fixtures, panels, devices, lenses, lamps, and equipment, prior to acceptance and turnover. .43 Section 16601 Lightning Protection System, coordinate installation with all other interfacing work and contractors. .44 Section 16470 and 16472, all circuit breakers servicing security systems shall be identified at breaker throw lever with a durable and distinct marker. .45 Notify and coordinate with the local Fire Marshall all test and inspections required during building rough -ins and at final inspections. It will be the responsibiliity of the fire alarm system installer to notify the CM of these scheduled inspections and provide a typewritten report of all test and inspections. .46 Section 02830 Fence and Gates, furnish and install conduit and power wiring, provide 120 volt power as required, and make terminations at both ends, 11, order to complete circuit, and make operable the gate operators. .47 Coordinate installation and operation of Section 16721 Fire Alarm System with Security Systems Contractor's Section 11203 Fire Alarm Interface. 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 12 .48 Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating: This contractor shall be responsible for power and hook-up of temporary equipment, in accordance w.th section 01510 Temporary Utilities. .49 Section 15110 Heat Trace System, furnish and* install complete, and make operable. Coordinate installation with plumbing contractor's installation of piping. .50 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages, which are necessary after being put into service or energized, shall require notice and approval prior to actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7) days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written request for outage approval shall contain system or circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so as not to affect the work of other contractors. .51 Provide electrical systems scope of work in mock-up cell and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-up. .52 Owner Option No. 14-01: Zone 'F' Electrical At the option'of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F' Electrical systems, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E', to include, but not be limited to conduit systems, panel boards, service distribution, lighting, lightning protection, fire alarm system and temporary power. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37 to X, and U line to 42 line. .53 Alternate 14-01: Zone D and E Electrical The Prime Electrical Contractor shall provide a complete bid to remove from his scope of work, the furnishing of all Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the work, except for fixtures, heat trace equiment, timeclock, lighting relay cabinets, and all safety disconnects. This shall consist of, but not be limited to conduit raceways and wiring for: lighting, receptacles, power, telephone raceway only, and heat trace conduit and wiring. — The Prime Electrical Contractor shall also provide a bid to remove from his scope of work the installation of Zone D and E work, which includes lighting rough -in and 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 13 finish, from the last distribution panel to end device. This shall also include installation of receptacles and power runs, terminations, telephone raceway, and heat trace system installation. 11/19/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00314 - 14 SECTION 00315 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 15 Mechanical Process and HVAC 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings, and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Specifications Sections and Descriptions 07272 08305 10200 15000 15012 15014 15050 15060 15085 15100 15130 15140 15160 15175 15242 15252 15290 15470 15490 15517 15535 15540 15552 15684 15714 15770 15785 15855 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System Access Panels And Doors Louvers and Vents General Provisions Coordination Drawings - Preparation Coordination Drawings Water Treatment Pipe and Pipe Fittings Pipe Identification Valves Thermometers and Guages Pipe Hangers and Supports Pumps Variable Speed Motor Control for Vibration Isolation Pipe And Equipment Insulation Ductwork Insulation Hot Water Storage Heater Fans and Pumps Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems Hydronic Specialties Refrigerant Specialties Emergency Generator Auxiliaries Fuel Oil Piping Systems Centrifugal Chillers Blow Thru Cooling Tower Make -Up Air Units Fan Coil Units Air Handling Units 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 1 15858 Fans 15880 Fire Dampers 15884 Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers 15885 Air Filters 15890 Ductwork 15894 Air Terminal Units 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers 15950 Automatic Temperature Control Systems 15965 Building Automation System 15992 Tests - Piping Systems 15995 System Balancing and Testing Reference for Related Work 02222 02226 02644 03100 03200 03300 03410 03412 03420 03490 03520 03600 04200 05180 05500 06200 07115 07210 07215 07530 07720 07900 09110 09200 09250 09510 09900 11110 11200 I '.:.02 11203 11204 11205 11400 13090 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Structures Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Utilities Water Mains Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcement Cast -In -Place Concrete Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2) Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2) Insulating Concrete Decks Grout Unit Masonry Miscellaneous Structural Steel Metal Fabrications Finish Carpentry Sheet Waterproofing Building Insulation Sprayed Insulation Single Ply Roofing Roof Accessories Joint Sealers Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems Lath and Plaster Gypsum Board Acoustical Ceilings Painting Laundry Equipment (BG-2) Basic Electronic Security Requirements System Central Processing Unit Fire Alarm Interface Programmable Logic Controller Address Panels Food Service Equipment Radiation Protection (BG-2) for for 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 2 1.2 14240 Hydraulic Elevators (BG-2) 15403. Water Booster Pumps 15408 Soil, Waste and Vent System 15410 Storm Drainage System 15430 Plumbing Specialties 15460 Sump Pumps 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16111 Conduit Systems 16120 Wire and Cable 16155 Combination Motor Starters 16161 Motor Control Centers 16170 Disconnect Switches 16199 Wiring Devices and Plates 16300 Standby Power Generation 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding 16471 Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency Wiring 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection 16660 Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others 16721 Fire Alarm System Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of work in the specified location, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. .2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper installation of his work below grade, shall be in accordance with sections 02222 & 02226. .4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 3 Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and installed by others. Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement of this contractor's work, and those that are required by governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by this contractor, to other trade contractors for installation, as an allowance. This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of access panel and door, and what material they are to be installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to produce the required bid item allowance. After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by others. There will be a corresponding deductive change order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors, (manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, and the costs of the door assembly and installation will be borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors not installed, from the allowance bid group that was purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit will be due the Owner. .7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his work with other multiple prime contractors both in the scheduling of field work activities and in the integration of individually furnished items into final composite installations. Coordination drawings procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to, Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist of three phases. 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 4 Phase I The first phase shall constitute the routing of the precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping, fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified location, size, and type of precast embed or block out required to accommodate the installation of his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to specify interface information from trade contractors to the precast concrete contractor which will allow the precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin precast production. Phase II Upon. review by the Owner's representative to identify congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be notified of any additions to the following background drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to appropriate scale as directed by the Owners representative. Background Drawing Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts. 1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _ 1', cross sections 1" = 1' 4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1', cross sections 1" = 1' 5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections i"= 1' 7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 5 enlarged scale. These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail depicting all items and features such as radius fittings, valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support details. The owner's representative may conduct job site meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing. Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract. Phase III Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling, raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors. These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide all information necessary for installation of items furnished by their contract scope of work and which will require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or floors. The requirements of this section are separate from other drawings and submittals required in the technical specifications or record drawing sections of the contract documents. .8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of installation as the work progresses. verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within (10) working days after award of this -;intract, all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zone A. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 6 required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast contractor. .9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would include bringing back to original condition, surfaces disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement, which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or other work. .10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings which are necessary to facilitate the complete installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger, shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above. Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast provided openings shall be borne by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). All penetrations and openings should be completed prior to the finish covering installation. In the event that penetrations are necessary after finish covering installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay for all related work necessary to provide the completed detail. .11 Materials and Equipment_ Furnished by Others - All materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation by this contractor shal upon delivery, be unloaded, transferred, stored and folly protected by the contractor until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly unload the materials and equipment shall be the responsibility of the contractor. 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 7 The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor shall complete receiving mports describing the quantity and condition of the materials or equipment. The contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or loss until installation is completed and accepted by the Owner. Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then all parties in interst may assume that the damage occurred while the materials and equipment were in the care, custody and control of the receiving contractor. Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site location, on other than a charge basis in connection with the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor on consignment. All such materials not used in the fabrication of materials or equipment required under the contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor. .12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, affected. by his work, and in accordance with section 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System. .13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all housekeeping pads and equipment bads that are required for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are not shown, but are required for the complete and proper installation of his work, shall be furnished and installed by this contractor. .14 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of expansion fittings where utilities and services cross any designated building expansion line. .16 This contractor hall schedule and provide adequate overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the costs of correction. 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 8 .17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'. .18 Any cote drilling or penetrations made by this contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this contractor after installation of the work. .19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects as specified throughout this bid package and specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's need to standardize product sources wherever possible within this package and other divisions. .20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to the requirements of governing agencies. .21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse. .24 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .25 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit ,Xor approval all 3-phase equipment required in this section of the work to the A/E for review and approval within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase equipment circuitry and device requirements of this contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 9 within (20) calendar days of contract award. .26 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, in accordance with section 16605, as required for the proper installation and operation of Mechanical Systems. This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as related to equipment provided under this scope of work. Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant fabrication and submittal inclusion. .27 Section 15470 Hot Water Storage Heater, this contractor shall furnish and install Hot Water Heater Vent Stack, under paragraph 2.2, page 2. Plumbing trade contractor shall provide other items under Part 2 - Products. .28 Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating: This contractor shall be responsible for this temporary equipment in accordance with section 01510 Temporary Utilities. .29 Perform all mechanical work required for the proper installation of the Hydraulic Elevators, (i.e. heating, cooling, ventilating, temperature controls, etc.). .30 Section 15490 Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems: a. Furnish and install systems complete. b. Contractor must be licensed and qualified with the understanding of all Laws and Codes governing the installation of tanks and equipment. C. Fill tank(s) when installed, and top -off after testing, and upon turnover to Owner. .31 Furnish and install all air devices, except for devices S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3, shown on Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule. These will be furnished by others to Mechanical Contractor for installation. .32 Section 15410 Storm Drainage System, this contractor shall furnish and install all process and condensate drains necessary for this section of work. .33 Section 15050 Water Treatment: a. Provide (1) year service contract with chemical supplier, as per paragraph 2.1 B, and 2.2 B. 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 10 b. Prior to acceptance by Owner, all requirements of paragraphs 2.1 B and 2.2 B shall be provided and maintained by Mechanical Contractor. C. Provide Owner's personnel sufficient training in the use of hazardous materials involved in and around the testing equipment as described in paragraph 2.5 C. .34 Section 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation, furnish and install insulation required for mechanical systems, which includes all piping, equipment and systems installed by this contractor. .35 Section 15890 Ductwork, Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate his duct access panels and peripheral installations with other trades. .36 Section 11110 Laundry Equipment, furnish and install vent stacks. .37 Section 15858 Fans, paragraph 2.4 D.2, disconnect devices are to be externally mounted. Prior to start-up, check all fans for alignment, and lubricate all bearings prior to operation. Disregard lubrication if bearings are sealed. If bearings are not sealed, make sure grease fittings are included and installed. .38 Install all barrier grilles under Section 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers, which are provided by others, and which require installation in the work of the Mechanical Contractor. .39 Furnish to the Roofing Contractor for installation, all roof curbs required for the equipment of this contractor. .40 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock- up. .41 Section 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding, coordinate all mechanical equipment and systems with Electrical Contractor. .42 Section 15995 System Balancing and Testing, this contractor shall select and subcontract with systems balancing and testing agency who shall be fully certified by AABC and NEBB, in accordance with paragraphs 1.3 A and C. 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 11 1.3 .43 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages, which are necessary after being put into service or energized, shall require notice and approval prior to actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7) days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written request for outage approval shall contain system or circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so as not to affect the work of other contractors. .44 Owner Option No. 15-01: Zone 'F' Mechanical Process and HVAC At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F' Mechanical Process and HVAC systems, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37 to X, and U line to 42 line. By Others .1 Furnishing of kitchen hoods. 11/19/91 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00315 - 12 SECTION 00316 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A, B, C, D, E 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings, and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System 08305 Access Panels and Doors 15000 General Provisions 15012 Coordination Drawings -Preparation 15014 Coordination Drawings 15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings 15085 Piping Identification 15100 Valves 15130 Thermometers and Guages 15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports 15242 Vibration Isolation 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation 15403 Water Booster Pumps 15404 Domestic Water Softener 15408 Soil, Waste and Vent System 15410 Storm Drainage System 15430 Plumbing Specialties 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories 15460 Sump Pumps 15470 Hot Water Storage Heater 15992 Tests - Piping Systems Related Sections and Descriptions 02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Structures 02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 1 02644 03100 03200 03300 03410 03412 03420 03490 03520 03600 04200 05180 05500 06200 07115 07210 07215 07530 07720 07900 09110 09200 09250 09300 09510 09650 09680 09700 09800 09900 11110 11400 11704 13090 15110 15252 15517 15995 16010 16155 16161 16170 16450 16660 Water Mains Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcement Cast -In -Place Concrete Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2) Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2) Insulating Concrete Decks Grout Unit Masonry Miscellaneous Structural Steel Metal Fabrications Finish Carpentry Sheet Waterproofing Building Insulation Sprayed Insulation Single Ply Roofing Roof Accessories Joint Sealers Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems Lath and Plaster Gypsum Board Tile Acoustical Ceilings Resilient Flooring Carpet Special Flooring Special Coatings Painting Laundry Equipment Food Service Equipment Ice Machines Radiation Protection Heat Trace System Pipe and Equipment Insulation Hydronic Specialties System Balancing and Testing Electrical General Provisions Combination Motor Starters Motor Control Centers Disconnect Switches Electrical Systems Grounding (BG-2) (BG-2) Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others 1.2 special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 2 .1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of work in the specified location, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. .2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper installation of below grade work, shall be in accordance with sections 02222 & 02226. .4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and,doors that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and installed by others. Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement of this contractor's work, and those that are required by governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by this contractor, to other trade contractors for installation, as an allowance. This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of access panel and door, and what material they are to be installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to produce the required bid item allowance. After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by others. There will be a corresponding deductive change order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 3 Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors, (manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, and the costs of the door assembly and installation will be borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors not installed, from the allowance bid group that was purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit will be due the Owner. .7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his work with other multiple prime contractors both in the scheduling of field work activities and in the integration of individually furnished items into final composite installations. Coordination drawings procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to, Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist of three phases. Phase I The first phase shall constitute the routing of the precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This shall be done by routing first to the sheet, metal contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping, fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified location, size, and type of precast embed or block out required to accommodate the installation of his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to specify interface information from trade contractors to the precast concrete contractor which will allow the precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin precast product rr n. Phase II Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 4 notified of any additions to the following background drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to appropriate scale as directed by the Owners representative. Background Drawing Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts. 1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _ 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of enlarged scale. These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail depicting all items and features such as radius fittings, valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support details. The owner's representative may conduct job site meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing. Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract. Phase III Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling, raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors. These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide all information necessary for installation of items furnished by their contract scope of work and which will require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or floors. The requirements of this section are separate from other drawings and submittals required in the technical 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 5 drawings and submittals required in the technical specifications or record drawing sections of the contract documents. .8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within (10) working days after award of this contract, all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zone A. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zones B, C, D and E, with timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast contractor. .9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would include bringing back to original condition, surfaces disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement, which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or other work. .10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings which are necessary to facilitate the complete installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger, shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above. Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 6 be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast provided openings shall be borne by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). All penetrations and openings should be completed prior to the finish covering installation. In the event that penetrations are necessary after finish covering installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay for all related work necessary to provide the completed detail. .11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded, transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly unload the materials and equipment shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity and condition of the materials or equipment., The contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or loss until installation is completed and accepted by the Owner. Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then all parties in interst may assume that the damage occurred while the materials and equipment were in the care, custody and control of the receiving contractor. Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site location, on other than a charge basis in connection with the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor on consignment. All such materials not used in the fabrication of materials or equipment required under the contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor. .12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 7 in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, affected by his work, and in accordance with section 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System. .13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all housekeeQing pads and equipment pads that are required for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are not shown, but are required for the complete and proper installation of his work, shall be furnished and installed by this contractor. .14 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of exMansion fittings where utilities and services cross any designated building expansion line. .16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the costs of correction. .17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'. .18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by, this contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this contractor after installation of the work. .19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects as specified throughout this bid package and specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's need to standardize product sources wherever possible within this package and other divisions. .20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to the requirements of governing agencies. .21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 8 .22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse. .24 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .25 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit for approval all 3-phase equipment required in this section of the work to the A/E for review and approval within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase equipment circuitry and device requirements of this contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor within (20) calendar days of contract award. .26 Furnish and install all LP gas distribution, connections and specialties from outside service. Shut-off and regulators shall be furnished and installed by this contractor. .27 Furnish and install hose bibb L-2, as noted in section 11110-12. .28 Furnish and install all plumbing work necessary to complete plumbing final connections of Food Service Equipment. Notify food service supplier 72 hours in advance to verify rough -in prior to slab pour and wall cover up. .29 Furnish and install plumbing work necessary to complete plumbing final connections of Laundry Equipment. .30 Section 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation, furnish and install insulation required for plumbing systems, which includes all piping, equipment and systems installed by this contractor. .31 Section 15403 Water Booster Pumps, furnish and install 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 9 1.3 pump systems complete. .32 Section 13090 Radiation Protection: Furnish and install shielding of plumbing systems, including penetration shielding. Provide warranty on radiation protective materials. .33 Provide plumbing systems scope of work in mock-up cell and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-up. .34 Provide housings and trim plates for terminal connection at service connection stations. .35 This contractor shall furnish and install the grey water system from exterior pipe provided under Bid Group 1, complete to all fixtures. This contractor shall also provide to the equipment rooms shown on drawings, a capped grey water supply for other trades connections. .36 Owner Option No. 16-01: Zone 'F' Plumbing At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F' Plumbing systems, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37 to X, and U line to 42 line. .37 Alternate No. 16-01: Zone D and E Plumbing The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall provide a complete bid to remove from his scope of work the furnishing of all Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the work, except for special valves and fixtures which are listed on Attachment "A". The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall also provide a bid to remove from his scope of work the installation of all plumbing systems in Zones D and E. By Others .1 Setting in place all food service equipment. .2 Setting in place all laundry equipmenr. .3 Finish painting of all material and equipment, except where the specifications call for factory finish, then the Plumbing Contractor shall provide. 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 10 ATTACHMENT "A" EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY BID PACKAGE NO. 16 PRIME PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Contractor is to verify count of fixtures required for performance of his work prior to bid. In the event any fixture is not listed or an error is in the required number shown it will be the responsibility of this contractor to provide and install any fixtures shown on the plans. - Fixtures and equipment listed shall include all required specialty attachment devices, wall sleeves and accessories. (Reference drawing 8.00A and 8.22 for fixture designation definitions). STANDARD FIXTURES: 07nMV L+ I WC-1 i 15 I 4 I 8 I 2 ( 2 WC-2 i 2 1 1 1 1 i UR-1 3 L-1 I 12 L-2 i 8 i 6 i 8 i 2 i 2 L-4 i 6 i 1 i 1 BT-1 i - i 1 i - S-1 i 8 i 13 i 3 i 7 I 6 CS-1 I I 1 PS-1 - I 1 1 PT-1 i - i 1 SS-1 i - i 1- I- SS-2 i 6 i 2 5 i 4 i 2 EWC-1 i 7 i 1 I 4 I 2 I 2 DF-1 i 0 i - i - 2 i 0 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 11 I I I 1 BOOST PMPI I I 1 I I I SUMP PMP I 2 I I 2 ( I C WH-1 WH-2 WH-3 I - WTR SOFT I - WP-1 - -------------- PENAL FIXTURES: I I I ---------------------------------- I I FIXTURE I(ZONE A I ZONE BI I ZONE C I I ZONE D I I ZONE E I WC-3 i 24 I I I 3 I 4 WC-4 i - i - 1 I 4 I 2 WC-5 i - i 4 i - i 92 i 94 WC-6 i 1 i 4 i 12 WC-7 4 1 UR-2 i I I I 1 I 2 L-3 i 26 I I I 2 I 2 L-5 i - i - i 4 i - SH-1 i 24 i I I 18 I 22 SH-2 i 4 i l i 2 i 4 i 2 SH-3 i - i 2 I 2 I 2 SH-4 I I I I 4 SH-5 I 2 FD-8 --------------------------- - - i 3 ------------------------ 11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 12 SECTION 00317 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 17 Fire Protection System 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings, and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System 08305 Access Panels and Doors 15000 General Provisions 15012 Coordination Drawings -Preparation 15014 Coordination Drawings 15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings 15085 Pipe Identification 15100 Valves 15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports 15330 Wet -Sprinkler System 15992 Tests - Piping Systems Related Sections and Descriptions 02644 Water Mains 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2) 03412 Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2) 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2) 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2) �1_520 Insulating Concrete Decks 33600 Grout 04200 Unit Masonry 07215 Sprayed Insulation 07530 Single Ply Roofing 07720 Roof Accessories 11/19/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK 00317 - 1 1.2 07900 Joint Sealers 09110 Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 09900 Painting 11200 Basic Electronic Security Requirements 11203 Fire Alarm Interface 15130 Thermometers and Gages 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16660 Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others 16721 Fire Alarm System Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of work in the specified location, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. .2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper installation of his work below grade, shall be in accordance with sections 02222 & 02226. .4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and installed by others. Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are 11/19/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK 00317 - 2 necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement of this contractor's work, and those that are required by governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by this contractor, to other trade contractors for installation, as an allowance. This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of access panel and door, and what material they are to be installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to produce the required bid item allowance. After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by others. There will be a corresponding deductive change order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors, (manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, and the costs of the door assembly and installation will be borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors not installed, from the allowance bid group that was purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit will be due the Owner. .7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his work with other multiple prime contractors both in the scheduling of field work activities and in the integration of individually furnished items into final composite installations. Coordination drawings procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to, Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist of three phases. Phase I The first phase shall constitute the routing of the precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping, fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who shall return the composite overview to 11/19/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK 00317 - 3 the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., •3" Greywater (611), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified location, size, and type of precast embed or block out required to accommodate the installation of his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to specify interface information from trade contractors to the precast concrete contractor which will allow the precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin precast production. Phase II Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be notified of any additions to the following background drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to appropriate scale as directed by the Owners representative. Background Drawing Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts. 1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _ i', cross sections 1" = 1' 4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of enlarged scale. These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail depicting all items and features such as radius fittings, valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support details. The owner's representative may conduct job site meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are 11/19/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK 00317 - 4 not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing. Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract. Phase III Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling, raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors. These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide all information necessary for installation of items furnished by their contract scope of work and which will require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or floors. The requirements of this section are separate from other drawings and submittals required in the technical specifications or record drawing sections of the contract documents. .8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within (10) working days after award of this contract, all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zone A. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast contractor. .9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would 11/19/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK 00317 - 5 include bringing back to original condition, surfaces disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement, which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or other work. .10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings which are necessary to facilitate the complete installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger, shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above. Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast provided openings shall be borne by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). All penetrations and openings should be completed prior to the finish covering installation. In the event that penetrations are necessary after finish covering installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay for all related work necessary to provide the completed detail. .11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded, transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly unload the materials and equipment shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor shall complete receiving reports dc-:ribing the quantity and condition of the materials or equipment. The contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or loss until installation is completed and accepted by the Owner. 11/19/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK 00317 - 6 Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then all parties in interst may assume that the damage occurred while the materials and equipment were in the care, custody and control of the receiving contractor. Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site location, on other than a charge basis in connection with the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor on consignment. All such materials not used in the fabrication of materials or equipment required under the contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor. .12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, affected by his work, and in accordance with section 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System. .13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all housekeeping pads and equipment pads that are required for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are not shown, but are required for the complete and proper installation of his work, shall be furnished and installed by this contractor. .14 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of expansion fittings where utilities and services cross any designated building expansion line. .16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the costs of correction. .17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'. .18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this contractor after installation of the work. 11/19/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK 00317 - 7 .19 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to the requirements of governing agencies. .20 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .21 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .22 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .23 Furnish and install all necessary flow switches in a timely manner so electrical connections by other trades can be performed so as not to impede the construction schedule and to insure systems are in working order. .24 Coordinate with all trade contractors who work interfaces with the fire protection system. Assure all systems placed are compatible to one another to provide a complete wet and electronically operated alarm system. .25 Notify and coordinate with the local Fire Marshall all test and inspections required during building rough -ins and at final inspections. It will be the responsibiliity of this system installer to notify the CM of these scheduled inspections and provide a typewritten report of all test and inspections. .26 Tie into stub out provided under Bid Group 1. Final connection and any necessary fittings or valves required will be t:,= responsibility of this contractor. Final connectioi- is not to proceed until underground system has been sanitized and passed a pressure test by the preceding contractor. This contractor is not to proceed until they have been supplied a copy of all reports and so directed by the CM. 11/19/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK 00317 - 8 .27 No modifications are to be made to the designed system with out prior approval by the A/E. .28 Coordinate testing and finish head installation with ceiling and wall contractors so as not to impede progress. .29 This contractor shall install typical Fire Protection System, in order to fully develop installation of mock-up cell and chase. .30 In accordance with section 01510 Temporary Utilities, paragraph 2.10, supply temporary fire protection stations. This shall include plywood backing on suitable support, which will hold type ABC fire extinguisher. Provide suitable markings on plywood in order to make station visible. Per governing codes and regulations, supply number of stations required. At a minimum, supply two stations per floor, in each of Zones A,B,C,D, and E. Maintain stations until wet -sprinkler system is brought on-line, and then remove. .31 Maintain temporary hose bibbs, (2 each) that have been installed by others, on fire water loop, at locations of fire hydrants. As directed by CM at the proper time, remove and turn over to the Owner. .32 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages, which are necessary after being put into service or energized, shall require notice and approval prior to actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7) days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written request for outage approval shall contain system or circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so as not to affect the work of other contractors. .33 Owner Option No. 17-01: Zone 'F' Fire Protection At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Fire Protection System for Zone 'F', complete, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37 to X, and U line to 42 line. 1.3 By Others .1 Finish painting. .2 Wiring of signal and alarm devices. 11/19/91 FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK 00317 - 9 SECTION 00318 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 18 Food Service Equipment 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment,' tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Specification Sections and Descriptions 11400 Food Service 11704 Ice Machines 15012 Coordination 15014 Coordination 15890 Ductwork Equipment Drawings - Preparation Drawings Related Specification Sections and Descriptions 15000 General Provisions 15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings 15085 Pipe Identification 15100 Valves 15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports 15242 Vibration Isolation 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation 15858 Fans 15992 Tests - Piping Systems 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16111 Conduit Systems 16120 Wire and Cable 16170 Disconnect Switches 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding 16660 Wiring For Equipment Furnished 16721 Fire Alarm System By Others 11/19/91 FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK 00318 - 1 1.2 Primary Drawings FS-1 Food Service Equipment Schedule FS-2 Food Service Equipment Plan FS-3 Food Service Mechanical Plan FS-4 Food Service Electrical Plan FS-5 Food Service Plumbing Plan FS-6 Food Service Equipment Details FS-7 Food Service Equipment Details 4.61 Interior Building Plan Second Floor, Zone C 4.65 Building Sections 8.35 Plumbing Kitchen Plan 10.15 HVAC Plan Second Floor Zone C 11.40 Electrical Enlarged Kitchen Plan Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Furnish and install all food service equipment, including setting and levelling per approved shop drawings. This contractor is to assure all equipment is in an acceptable operating condition. .2 Furnish only, to Mechanical Contractor, equipment hoods and fans that comply with NFPA No. 96, including appendix A. .3 Furnish and install kitchen hood fire suppression system complying with NFPA No. 12. .4 This contractor will be required to visit jobsite prior to slab and wall cover-up to review rough -in of Plumbing and Electrical Contractors. .5 Provide Mechanical and Electrical Trade Contractors with shop drawings, and catalog or cut sheets of equipment related to their scope of work. .6 Trough frame is to be ordered with (10) days of notice of award of this contract, in order to not delay the installation work by the Cast -in -Place Concrete Contractor. .7 Furnish and install remote verification units complete with controls, piping and insulation. .8 Provide on -site operating and maintenance instructions to 11/19/91 FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK 00318 - 2 Owner representatives as scheduled by the CM. .9 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .10 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects as specified throughout this bid package and specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's need to standardize product sources wherever possible within this package and other divisions. .11 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper lavdown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .12 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse. .13 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit for approval all 3-phase equipment required in this section of the work to the A/E for review and approval within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase equipment circuitry and device requirements of this contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor within (20) calendar days of contract award. 1.3 By Others .1 Installation of equipment hoods will be the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor. .2 Hook-ups for electrical and plumbing services and final tie-ins will be the responsibility of the appropriate Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing Contractors. 11/19/91 FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK 00318 - 3 SECTION 00319 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 19 Laundry Equipment 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions 11110 Laundry Equipment Related Sections and Descriptions 15000 General Provisions 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation 15992 Tests - Piping Systems 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding 16660 Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others Primary Drawings L-1 Laundry Equipment Plan and Schedule L-2 Laundry Mechanical Plan L-3 Laundry Electrical Plan L-4 Laundry Plumbing Plan 4.54 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone B 4.66 Building Sections 8.08 Plumbing First Floor Zone B 10.08 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone B 11.41 Electrical1 Enlarged Laundry Plan 11/19/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF WORK 00319 - 1 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Laundry Equipment Contractor shall furnish, deliver, unload, set -in -place and make operational all laundry Equipment. .2 This contractor will be required to visit jobsite prior to slab and wall cover ups, to review Mechanical and Electrical rough -ins. .3 Delete hose bibb (item L-2) from equipment to be supplied. Equipment will be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor. .4 Deliver trough frame to Cast -in -Place Concrete Contractor (10) working days after notice of award of contract. .5 Provide Mechanical and Electrical trade contractors with shop drawings, catalogs or cut sheets of equipment that is related to their scope of work. .6 Provide on -site operating and maintenance instructions to Owner representatives as scheduled by the CM. .7 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .8 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. 1.3 By Others .1 Hook-up-. -'or electrical and plumbing services end final tie-ins will be the responsibility of the appropriate Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing Contractors. 11/19/91 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF WORK 00319 - 2 SECTION 00320 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 20 Loading Dock Equipment 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions 11160 Loading Dock Equipment Related Sections and Descriptions 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16111 Conduit Systems 16660 Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others Primary Drawings 7.00 Standard Mounting Heights 7.03 Equipment Plan Ground Floor Zone C 11.03 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor Zone C Reference Drawings, available at the Construction Manager's Office. 3.03 Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone C 3.31 Foundations Sections and Details 11/19/91 LOADING DOCK SCOPE OF WORK 00320 - 1 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Coordinate installation of embeds, angles, anchors, plates, blockouts, etc. with the structural concrete contractor. .2 Coordinate installation of conduit, boxes, and electrical connections with the Electrical Contractor. .3 Provide shop drawings/catalog cuts of equipment to Electrical and Structural Concrete contractors prior to rough -ins and concrete placement. .4 It is the responsibility of this contractor to verify rough -ins prior to the installation of loading dock equipment. .5 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .6 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects as specified throughout this bid package and specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's need to standardize product sources wherever possible within this package and other divisions. .7 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .8 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse. 11/19/91 LOADING DOCK SCOPE OF WORK 00320 - 2 SECTION 00321 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 21 Pneumatic Tube System 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions 07272 Firestop And Penetration Sealing System 08305 Access Panels And Doors 14700 Pneumatic Tube System Related Sections and Descriptions 07215 Sprayed Insulation 07900 Joint Sealers 15000 General Provisions 15012 Coordination Drawings -Preparation 15014 Coordination Drawings 15140 Pipe Hangers And Supports 15242 Vibration Isolation 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16111 Conduit Systems 16120 Wire and Cable 16660 Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others Primary Drawings 3.07 Framing Plan First Floor Zone A 3.08 Framing Plan First Floor Zone B 3.09 Framing Plan First Floor Zone C 4.53 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone A 4.54 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone B 4.55 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone C 11/19/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK 00321 - 1 1.2 4.59 Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A 4.65 Building Sections 4.66 Building Sections 8.07 Plumbing First Floor Zone A 8.08 Plumbing First Floor Zone B 8.09 Plumbing First Floor Zone C 10.07 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone A 10.08 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone B 10.09 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone C 11.11 Power Plan First Floor Zone C 11.19 Power Plan Second Floor Zone A Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .2 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .3 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and installed by others. Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement of this contractor's work, and those that are required by governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by this contractor, to other trade contractors for installation, as an allowance. This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of access panel and door, and what material they are to installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extensi)n shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to produce the required bid item allowance. After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated 11/19/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK 00321 - 2 quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by others. There will be a corresponding deductive change order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of the aftess panels and doors from his contract, and at the Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors, (manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, and the costs of the door assembly and installation will be borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors not installed, from the allowance bid group that was purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit will be due the Owner. .4 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within (10) working days after award of this contract, all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zone A. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast contractor. .5 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the CM, prior to installation of follow -are work. This would include bringing back to original ;ondition, surfaces disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement, which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or other work. 11/19/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK 00321 - 3 .6 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all raceways and wiring for all controls associated with the work of Pneumatic Tube System. .7 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast -in - place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other inserts and devices required as part of the work in this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify locations with the appropriate Trade Contractor. For precast, contractor will make the necessary trips to the precaster's fabrication plant, in order to ascertain that installations are being performed correctly. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within (10) working days after award of this contract, all required sleeves, inserts and coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components. .8 Replace any safety rails and barricades removed by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .9 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. .10 It will be the full responsibility of this trade contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, affected by his work, and in accordance with section 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System. .11 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .12 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of expansion fittings where utilities and services cross any designated building expansion line. .13 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the costs of correction. .14 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this contractor after installation of the work. 11/19/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK 00321 - 4 .15 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects as specified throughout this bid package and specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's need to standardize product sources wherever possible within this package and other divisions. .16 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to the requirements of governing agencies. .17 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .18 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .19 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .20 The Pneumatic Tube System Contractor shall coordinate with Electrical Contractor all final tie-ins to assure operation of equipment. 11/19/91 PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK 00321 - 5 SECTION 00322 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 22 Metals 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings, and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work 05500 Metal Fabrications 10200 Louvers and Vents 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties 11197 Security/Detention Equipment 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers Related Sections and Descriptions 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks 03412 Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2) 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2) 03520 Insulating Concrete Decks 03600 Grout 04200 Unit Masonry 15000 General Provisions 15012 Coordination Drawings - Preparation 15014 Coordination Drawings 15880 Fire Dampers 15884 Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers 15890 Ductwork (BG-2) (BG-2) 11/19/91 METALS SCOPE OF WORK 00322 - 1 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of work in the specified location, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. .2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings" (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .3 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .4 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .5 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. .6 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would include bringing back to original condition, surfaces disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement, which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or 11/19/91 METALS SCOPE OF WORK 00322 - 2 other work. .7 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper lavdown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .8 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .9 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .10 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock- up. .11 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish and install items under paragraph 2.2 D and E, and include prime painting. This also includes security grilles and bars, as shown on Bid Group 2 drawing 4.42, detail 1 and 4. Angle embeds on detail 1 are already provided, as well as angles on detail 4. .12 Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule, Furnish and install security air devices, which includes security bars. On schedule, this includes, but is not limited to devices S- 9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3. .13 Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment, furnish and install specification section complete. Embeds in precast concrete cells have been provided. Verify detention furnishings with the provided embeds for proper installation and attachments. .14 Section 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers, paragraph 2.7, furnish only, to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, all Barrier Grilles required in the project. Deliver to the jobsite or offsite location if grilles are to be installed in any 11/19/91 METALS SCOPE OF WORK 00322 - 3 prefabricated product. Make barrier grilles ready for installation, and welded. Provide all required fasteners, embeds, coordination drawings, and instructions to installer, in order to facilitate proper installation. Coordinate with the Mechanical contractor for interface with his work. .15 Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish and install item 1.1 A. h., steel security grille, grating and framework. .16 Section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties, furnish and install wall mounted TV brackets. .17 Owner Option No. 22-01: Zone 'F' Metals: At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F' Metals, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37 to X, and U line to 42 line. 11/19/91 METALS SCOPE OF WORK 00322 - 4 SECTION 00323 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 23 Security Glass and Glazing 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work 08842 Security Glazing Related Sections and Descriptions 07900 Joint Sealers 08320 Security Metal Doors and Frames 08660 Security Windows Primary Drawings 0.01 Index of Drawings Rev 11/11/91 4.03A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 4.07 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone A 4.08 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone B 4.10 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone D 4.11 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone E 4.12 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone F 4.14 Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone B 4.16 Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D 4.17 Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E 4.18 Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F 4.28 Exterior Elevations 4.29 Exterior Elevations 4.30 Exterior Elevations 4.32 Exterior Elevations 4.33 Exterior Elevations 4.33A Exterior Elevations 4.34 Wall Sections 11/19/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING SCOPE OF WORK 00323 - 1 1.2 4.35 4.37. 4.41B 4.42 4.51 4.53 4.54 4.55 4.56 4.57 4.58 4.59 4.60 4.61 4.62 4.63 4.64 4.65 4.66 4.67A 4.73 4.74 4.75 4.76 4.77 Wall Sections Wall Sections Exterior Details Metal Door & Window Door Schedule Enlarged Cell - Plans Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Interior Building Plan Building Sections Building Sections Partition Types Door Schedule Door Schedule Door Schedule H.M. Elevations Door and Window Detail Frame Elevations & Details, & Elevations First Floor Zone A First Floor Zone B First Floor Zone C First Floor Zone D First Floor Zone E First Floor Zone F Second Floor Zone A Second Floor Zone B Second Floor Zone C Mezzanine Level D Mezzanine Level Zone E Mezzanine Level Zone F s and Buck Types Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of work in the specified location, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. .2 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .3 Contractor is to review LU:,;sion 1 General Requirements for additional responsibi ities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as 11/19/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING SCOPE OF WORK 00323 - 2 scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .4 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .5 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .6 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .7 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock- up. .8 Owner Option No. 23-01: Zone 'F' Security Glass and Glazing: At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F' Security Glass and Glazing, similar to Zones ' D' and ' E' . This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37 to X, and U line to 42 line. 11/19/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING SCOPE OF WORK 00323 - 3 SECTION 00324 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 24 Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings, and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work 08410 Aluminum Entrances 08800 Glazing 08902 Aluminum Window Walls 13090 Radiation Protection Related Sections and Descriptions 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2) 03412 Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2) 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2) 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2) 07900 Joint Sealers 08100 Metal Doors and Frames Primary Drawings 0.01 Index of Drawings 4.13 Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A 4.28 Exterior Elevations 4.30 Exterior Elevations 4.34 Wall Sections 4.37 Wall Sections 4.38 Exterior Details 4.41A Exterior Details 4.42 Metal Door & Window Frame Elevations & Details, Door Schedule 4.59 Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A 11/19/91 ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK 00324 - 1 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of work in the specified location, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. .2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .3 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .4 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .5 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of installation as the work progresses. verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. .6 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown staging and stockings areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. 11/19/91 ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK 00324 - 2 .7 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .8 Section 13090 Radiation Protection, furnish and install lead glass. .9 Section 07900 Joint Sealers, provide all glazing, sealants, and compounds required, to complete installation of windows and lights. .10 It is the responsibility of this contractor to coordinate his shop drawings so they coincide with the precast concrete supplier's shop drawings regarding opening sizes. .11 Field verify opening dimensions and reflect any changes on shop drawings and forward copy to CM prior to assembly. .12 Alternate 24-01: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing The Aluminum Window Walls and Glass and Glazing bidder shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing. This bidder is to comply with all applicable sections of the bidding documents in order to do so. The work of this alternate includes, but is not limited to: a. Furnish and install all security glass and glazing for security windows, as described in specification section 08842 Security Glazing. b. Section 07900 Joint Sealers, provide all glazing, sealants, and compounds required, to complete installation of windows, borrowed lights, and door lights. .12 Owner Option No. 24-01: Zone 'F' Non -Security Glass anO Glazing• At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F' Non -Security Glass and Glazing, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'. 11/19/91 ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK 00324 - 3 This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37 to X, and U line to 42 line. 11/19/91 ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK 00324 - 4 SECTION 00325 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 25 Plumbing Contract Zones D and E 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems in Zones D and E only. This shall include proper execution and completion of all work specified on the drawings, in the bid package and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings and specification sections that are not specifically listed for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. This contractor as part of his scope of work will furnish all Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the work, except for fixtures or equipment as listed in Attachment "A", Zones D and E. Attachment "A" Zones D and E items include all specialty attachment or mounting accessories, and will be furnished by Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contractor, to the Bid Package No. 25 Plumbing Contractor for installation. It will be the full responsibility of this contractor to perform all rough -ins and make final terminations to assure a complete operating system. Primary Sections and Descriptions 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System 08305 Access Panels and Doors 15000 General Provisions 15012 Coordination Drawings -Preparation 15014 Coordination Drawings 15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings 15085 Piping Identification 15100 Valves 15130 Thermometers and Guages 15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports 15242 Vibration Isolation 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation 15403 Water Booster Pumps 15404 Domestic Water Softener 15408 Soil, Waste and Vent System 15410 Storm Drainage System 15430 Plumbing Specialties 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 1 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories 15460 Sump Pumps 15470 Hot Water Storage Heater 15992 Tests - Piping Systems Related Sections and Descriptions 02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Structures 02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting Utilities 02644 Water Mains 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2) 03412 Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2) 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2) 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2) 03520 Insulating Concrete Decks 03600 Grout 04200 Unit Masonry 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel 05500 Metal Fabrications 06200 Finish Carpentry 07115 Sheet Waterproofing 07210 Building Insulation 07215 Sprayed Insulation 07530 Single Ply Roofing 07720 Roof Accessories 07900 Joint Sealers 09110 Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems 09200 Lath and Plaster 09250 Gypsum Board 09300 Tile 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09680 Carpet 09700 Special Flooring 09800 Special Coatings 09900 Painting 11110 Laundry Equipment 11400 Food Service Equipment 11704 Ice Machines 13090 Radiation Protection. 15110 Heat Trace System 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation 15517 Hydronic Specialties 15995 System Balancing and Testing 16010 Electrical General Provisions 16155 Combination Motor Starters for for 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 2 16161 Motor Control Centers 16170 Disconnect Switches 16450 -Electrical Systems Grounding 16660 %.Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of work in the specified location, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. .2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings. (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper installation of his work below grade, shall be in accordance with sections 02222 & 02226. .4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and installed by others. Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement of this contractor's work, and those that are required by, governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by this contractor, to other trade contractors for installation, as an allowance. 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 3 This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of access panel and door, and what material they are to be installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to produce the required bid item allowance. After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by others. There will be a corresponding deductive change order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors, (manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, and the costs of the door assembly and installation will be borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors not installed, from the allowance bid group that was purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit will be due the Owner. .7 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his work with other multiple prime contractors both in the scheduling of field work activities and in the integration of individually furnished items into final composite installations. Coordination drawings procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to, Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist of three phases. Phase I The first phase shall constitute the routing of the precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping, fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noteC aach service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified location, size, and type of precast embed 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 4 or block out required to accommodate the installation of his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to specify interface information from trade contractors to the precast concrete contractor which will allow the precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin precast production. Phase II Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be notified of any additions to the following background drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to appropriate scale as directed by the Owners representative. Background Drawing Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts. 1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _ 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 111= 1' 7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of enlarged scale. These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail depicting all items and features such as radius fittings, valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support details. The owner's representative may conduct job site meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are not answered during drawing 'ove-,lay' routing. Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract. Phase III 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 5 Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling, raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors. These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide all information necessary for installation of items furnished by their contract scope of work and which will require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or floors. The requirements of this section are separate from other drawings and submittals required in the technical specifications or record drawing sections of the contract documents. .8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within (10) working days after award of this contract, all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zone A. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zones D and E with timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast contractor. .9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would include bringing back to riginal condition, surfaces disturbed by welding, bu:zing, or other disfigurement, which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or other work. .10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 6 which are necessary to facilitate the complete installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger, shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above. Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast provided openings shall be borne by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). All penetrations and openings should be completed prior to the finish covering installation. In the event that penetrations are necessary after finish covering installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay for all related work necessary to provide the completed detail. .11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others - All materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded, transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly unload the materials and equipment shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity and condition of the materials or equipment. The contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or loss until installation is completed and accepted by the Owner. Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of damage in the ,:P:�eiving report as indicated above, then all parties in interst may assume that the damage occurred while the materials and equipment were in the care, custody and control of the receiving contractor. Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 7 location, on other than a charge basis in connection with the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor on consignment. All such materials not used in the fabrication of materials or equipment required under the contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor. .12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, affected by his work, and in accordance with section 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System. .13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all housekeeping gads and equipment pads that are required for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are not shown, but are required for the complete and proper installation of his work, shall be furnished and installed by this contractor. .14 All equipment installed shall be verified for installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of expansion fittings where utilities and services cross any designated building expansion line. .16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the costs of correction. .17 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'. .18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this contractor after installation of the work. .19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects as spec_ r :ed throughout this bid package specifications. This c ntractor shall assist the Owner's need to standardize product sources wherever possible within this package and other divisions. .20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 8 adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to the requirements of governing agencies. .21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .23 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .24 Section 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation, furnish and install insulation required for plumbing systems, which includes all piping, equipment and systems installed by this contractor. .25 Provide plumbing systems scope of work in mock-up cell and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-up. .26 This contractor shall furnish and install the grey water system from valves located in Zones A and B provided by Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contractor, complete to all fixtures. .27 This contractor shall furnish and install the domestic water system from valves located in Zones A and D provided by Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contractor, complete to all fixtures. .28 Provide housings and trim plates for terminal connection at service connection stations. 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 9 1.3 By Others .1 Finish painting of all material and equipment, except where the specifications call for factory finish, then the Plumbing Contractor shall provide. .2 The furnishing of fixtures per Attachment "A". 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 10 ATTACHMENT "A" EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BYID PACKAGE NO. 16 PRIME PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Contractor is to verify count of fixtures required for performance of his work prior to bid. In the event any fixture is not listed or an error is in the required number shown it will be the responsibility of this contractor to provide and install any fixtures shown on the plans. Fixtures and equipment listed shall include all required specialty attachment devices, wall sleeves and accessories. (Reference drawing 8.00A and 8.22 for fixture designation definitions). STANDARD FIXTURES: L+TV1TTT-nv I r7e%xTv T I an*ro m l WC-1 i 15 i 4 I 8 I 2 I 2 WC-2 i 2 i 1 i 1- UR-1 3 1 L-1 I 12 L-2 i 8 i 6 i 8 i 2 i 2 L-4 i 6 i 1 i 1 BT-1 i - i 1 1 S-1 i 8 i 13 i 3 i 7 i 6 CS-1 I I 1 1 PS-1 I I 1 1 PT-1 - I 1 SS-1 i - i 1 1 SS-2 i 6 i 2 i 5 i 4 i 2 EWC-1 i 7 i 1 i 4 i 2 i 2 DF-1 0 i - i - i 2 i 0 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 11 BOOST PMPI - I I 1 SUMP PMP I 2 I - I 2 WH-1 WH-2 WH-3 WTR SOFT WP-1 -------------------------------------------------- PENAL FIXTURES: FIXTURE ZONE A ZONE BI ZONE C ZONE D ZONE E! WC-3 i 24 i - i - i 3 i 4 WC-4 i I I 1 I 4 I 2 WC-5 i - i 4 i - i 92 i 94 WC-6 i 1 i 4 i 12 WC-7 i 4 UR-2 I I I 1 I 2 L-3 i 26 I I I 2 I 2 L-5 i - i - i 4 i - SH-1 i 24 I I I 18 I 22 SH-2 i 4 i 1 i 2 i 4 i 2 SH-3 i - 2 I 2 ( 2 SH-4 I I I I 4 SH-5 I 2 FD-8 --------------------------- - i - i 3 ------------------------ 11/19/91 D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00325 - 12 SECTION 00326 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 26 Electrical Contract Zones D and E 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and protection, to install complete operating systems in Zones D and E. This shall include proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings, and specification sections that are not specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope of work described herein. This contractor as part of his scope of work will furnish all Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the work, except for fixtures, heat trace equiment, timeclock, lighting relay cabinets, and all safety disconnects. These fixtures and equipment will be furnished by Bid Package No. 14 Prime Electrical Contractor, to Bid Package No. 26 Electrical Contractor for installation. This Bid Package No. 26 Electrical Contractor shall make installations of systems, but not be limited to, conduit raceways, wiring, and terminations for: lighting, receptacles, power, telephone raceway only, and heat trace wiring and conduit. Primary Sections and Descriptions 07272 08305 15000 15110 16010 16111 16120 16199 16400 16471 16500 16660 16781 16930 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System Access Panels And Doors General Provisions Heat Trace System Electrical General Provisions Conduit Systems Wire and'Cable Wiring Devices and Plates Service and Power Distribution Feeder and Branch Circuits and Lighting Wiring for Equipment Furnished Telephone Conduit Systems Lighting Control Equipment Systems Emergency Wiring by Others 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 1 Related Sections and Descriptions 01130 01510 03100 03200 03300 03410 03412 03420 03490 03520 03600 04200 05180 05500 06100 06200 07115 07210 07215 07530 07720 07900 08300 08320 08710 08902 09110 09200 09250 09510 09650 09680 09700 09800 09830 09900 09950 10270 11200 11202 11203 11204 11205 11206 11208 11211 11212 11218 Security Project Procedures Temporary Utilities (Temporary Lighting) Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcing Cast -In -Place Concrete Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2) Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2) Insulating Concrete Decks Grout Unit Masonry Miscellaneous Structural Steel Metal Fabrications Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry Sheet Waterproofing Building Insulation Sprayed Insulation Single Ply Roofing Roof Accessories Joint Sealers Special Doors Security Metal Doors and Frames Door Hardware Aluminum Window Walls Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing System Lath and Plaster Gypsum Board Acoustical Ceilings Resilient Flooring Carpet Special Flooring Special Coatings Elastomeric Coating Painting Wallcovering Access Flooring (BG-2) Basic Electronic Security Requirements System Central Processing Unit Fire Alarm Interface Programmable Logic Controller Address Panels Relay Cabinets Card Access Control Situation Man -Down Equipment Closed Circuit Video Equipment Operational Intercom System (BG-2) 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 2 1.2 11222 Inmate/Attorney Telephones 11224 Metal Detection Equipment 15050 Water Treatment 15100 Valves 15160 Pumps 15175 Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps 15242 Vibration Isolation 15330 Wet -Sprinkler System 15403 Water Booster Pumps 15404 Domestic Water Softener 15430 Plumbing Specialties 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories 15470 Hot Water Storage Heater 15540 Emergency Generator Auxiliaries 15770 Make -Up Air Units 15785 Fan Coil Units 15855 Air Handling Units 15858 Fans 15884 Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers 15894 Air Terminal Units 15950 Automatic Temperature Control Systems 15965 Building Automation System 15995 System Balancing and Testing 16155 Combination Motor Starters 16161 Motor Control Centers 16170 Disconnect Switches 16300 Standby Power Generation 16351 Uninterruptible Power Supply 16425 Main Service Switchboard 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding 16461 Dry Type Distribution Transformers 16470 Distribution Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type 16472 Branch Circuit Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type 16601 Lightning Protection System 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection 16721 Fire Alarm System Special Provisions The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All licenses required in ordei to perform the scope of work in the specified locaticn, shall be procurred and maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors. Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction Manager. 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 3 .2 Contractor shall maintain As -Built drawings, (Record Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A 50% progress of field work submittal, will be required. .3 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor during the process of work, or during deliveries of materials or equipment. .4 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. Contractor shall pay particular attention to section 01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the completion of the project. .5 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and installed by others. Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement of this contractor's work, and those that are required by governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by this contractor, to other trade contractors for installation, as an allowance. This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of access panel and door, and what material they are to be installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to produce the required bid item allowance. After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by others. There will be a corresponding deductive change order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors, (manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the appropriate installing contractor for installation, and the costs of the door ��iembly and installation will be borne by this contract r. Any access panels and doors not installed, from the allowance bid group that was purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit will be due the Owner. 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 4 .6 Utility Routing and Coordination of the Work This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his work with other multiple prime contractors both in the scheduling of field work activities and in the integration of individually furnished items into final composite installations. Coordination drawings procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to, Utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers Drawings. The Utility Routing coordination shall consist of three phases. Phase I The first phase shall constitute the routing of the precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility routing 'over -lay' of each trade contractor's work. This shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping, fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security contractor, who shall return the composite overview to the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3" Greywater (611), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1" Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall have specified location, size, and type of precast embed or block out required to accommodate the installation of his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to specify interface information from trade contractors to the precast concrete contractor which will allow the precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin precast production. Phase II Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be notified of any additions to the following background drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to appropriate scale as directed by the Owners representative. Background Drawing Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts. 1. Corridors and hallways -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 5 2. Kitchen -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 3. Housing chases and plenums -Plan & Elevation 1/4" _ 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 4. Mechanical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross sections 1" = 1' 5. Laundry -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 6. Electrical rooms -Plan & Elevation 1/411= 11, cross sections 1"= 1' 7. All other areas -conventional scale with chases of enlarged scale. These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One drawings, except 'over -lay' work shall show more detail depicting all items and features such as radius fittings, valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support details. The owner's representative may conduct job site meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are not answered during drawing 'over -lay' routing. Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract. Phase III Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and submitted by the masonry, non -load bearing wall, ceiling, raised floor, and cast -in -place concrete contractors. These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide all information necessary for installation of items furnished by their contract scope of work and which will require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or floors. The requirements of this section are separate from other drawings and submittals required in the technical specifications or record drawing sections of the contract documents. .7 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for installation in precast concrete, non -load bearing walls, masonry, and cast -in -place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for location and size suitable for field location and installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 6 installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to casting in form work, or during line and grade installation of major feature progress. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within (10) working days after award of this contract, all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zone A. Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast contractor. .8 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would include bringing back to original condition, surfaces disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement, which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or other work. .9 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings which are necessary to facilitate the complete installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger, shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above. Other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast provided openings shall be borne by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). All penetrations and openings should be completed prior to the finish covering installation. In the event that penetrations are necessary after finish covering installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay for all related work necessary to provide the completed 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 7 detail. .10 Materials and Ectuipment Furnished by Others - All materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded, transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly unload the materials and equipment shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity and condition of the materials or equipment. The contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or loss until installation is completed and accepted by the Owner. Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then all parties in interst may assume that the damage occurred while the materials and equipment were in the care, custody and control of the receiving contractor. Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off -site location, on other than a charge basis in connection with the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor on consignment. All such materials not used in the fabrication of materials or equipment required under the contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor. .11 It will be the full responsibility of this trade contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, affected by his work, and in accordance with section 07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System. .12 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all housekeeping pads and equipment pads that are required for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are not shown, but are required for the complete and proper installation of his work, shall be furnished and installed by this contractor. .13 All equipment installed shall be verified for 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 8 installation to provide adequate clearances for maintenance and service. .14 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of expansion fittings where utilities and services cross any designated buiding expansion line. .15 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate overhead hangers and supports to prevent spray on insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the costs of correction. .16 Provide any necessary capped stub -outs, sleeves, or tees as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'. .17 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this contractor after installation of the work. .18 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects as specified throughout this bid package and specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's need to standardize product sources wherever possible within this package and other divisions. .19 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to the requirements of governing agencies. .20 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order that proper laydown, staging and stocking areas are developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas will be authorized in writing. .21 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping requirements in any area of the bidding documents, technical specifications, or drawings, the most stringent condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right to make appropriate decisions. .22 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of f:r-:es of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse. This contractor shall furnish and install a 'spare fuse' cabinet, for spares which are to be provided by all other contractors. 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 9 .23 This contractor is reminded of security areas and perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices, fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care and construction is performed in accordance with the standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory agencies governing jails. .24 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, in accordance with section 16605, as required for the proper installation and operation of Electrical Systems. This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as related to equipment provided under this scope of work. Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant fabrication and submittal inclusion. .25 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all raceways wiring and disconnects for all power associated with equipment furnished by others, unless otherwise indicated. Equipment furnished by others is included in, but not limited to those sections indicated as Related Sections and Descriptions, and depicted on the contract drawings. .26 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all raceways, wiring and disconnects for all power associated with equipment furnished by the Owner. .27 This contractor shall provide all 120 volt power as required to and from the security systems equipment, which includes, but is not limited to, conduit, raceways, boxes, fittings, wire and terminations. .28 Contractor shall mandril all embedded conduits and duct banks at the earliest feasible time after installation, maintaining a mandril log as provided by the CM. At any failure of the mandril to pass, the CM shall be notified. This applies to conduits which the Electrical Contractor installs for wire pulling by others. For conduits which the Electrical Contractor installs, and will be pulling the wire, the Electrical Contractor shall mandril any that are encased or embedded. .29 Contractor shall install in every conduit des.:xibed as as a spare, or where wiring is a part of another contractor's scope of work, a nylon pull string with a pulling capacity of 200 pounds or greater. 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 10 .30 Contractor shall indentify each wire at all devices, junction boxes or distribution panels. Identification shall include, but not be limited to the panel identification and circuit numbers. .31 Contractor shall identify each wire at all devices, junction boxes or control panels. Identification shall include, but not be limited to the control panel identification and the terminal numbers. .32 Section 16111 Conduit Systems, paragraph 3.5 A, where conduits that pass through rated floors, walls or ceilings, use seal -off conduit bodies adjacent to one or both sides of the rated system, for total sealing of the conduit, and provide architecturally finished surfaces on both sides as required. .33 Section 16120 Wire and Cable, paragraph 2.3 C, applies to stranded conductors smaller than #6 AWG, and includes not only the specified solderless connector, but all compression type ring terminals, split fork terminals, or ferual not terminated under a mechanical type lug. .34 This contractor shall make major equipment submittals within (10) days of contract award. .35 When scheduled by the CM, this contractor shall clean all fixtures, panels, devices, lenses, lamps, and equipment, prior to acceptance and turnover. .36 Section 15110 Heat Trace System, furnish conduit, wiring and terminations, and install complete, and make operable. Heat trace tape, controls and panels will be furnished by Bid Package No. 26 Prime Electrical Contractor to this contractor for installation. Coordinate installation with plumbing contractor's installation of piping. .37 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages, which are necessary after being put into service or energized, shall require notice and approval prior to actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7) days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written request for outage approval shall contain system or circuits of service, areas- that will be affected, and time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so as not to affect the work of other contractors. .38 Provide electrical systems scope of work in mock-up cell 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 11 and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-up. 11/19/91 D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK 00326 - 12 SECTION 00350 MILESTONE SCHEDULE The bar graph schedule presented in this section depicts the approximate duration, sequence, and flow of work of major work groups. Not all activities are shown and groupings are subjective. A more definitive and detailed precedence schedule is availabe for bidders review, at the Office of the Construction Manager. This schedule will be made available to bidders for review at the scheduled pre -bid meeting. Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and completion dates as presented in the Master Project Schedule. The Contractors are to note the following special items. a. Bid Due Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01/03/92 b. Award Date (Anticipated) . . . . . . . .01 29/92 C. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .01/29/92 11/20/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE 00353 - 1 r cr a o ma rn a m w a y oo I y o ZoZ$ UCLL O O C3- Ba !n y ro y f- C 3 a ~ U CD O O a o y, ro E y W W N w H •--� UL: p Car f c LL O c L W p W OLD C 2 C Q Lo L Y U O U lL V7 O 4- ' QJ H L p '- 4--I CD CD m C C M .-� cpn L U A d Z m o +- o a ¢ QJ C O Q :D cl- m C U C CD� } H c o ° � o co L C Q U L I] � W O U cr C Q W O y d O O c 7 ^ C O V1 tD COLu C J C p w N L N L O L C� U u QN C U 0 0 E O p O � N OJ U U C p U O L W d U p L � H I Lj Qcn C Z cn Ln O i W N W C U u v v' Q crl CD _ m CD cn �J W v U cn d m THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 0 A/A Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Dollars ($ ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for (Here insert full name, address and description of project) NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance %%ith the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor ---1 .natnrial f.;rnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the fa !Lre of the Principal to ent, - s�ch Contract and Five such bona or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference r,)t to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this day of 19 (Principal) (Sea (Witness) (Title) (Surety) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) AIA DOCUMENT A310 • BID BOND • AIA S • FEBRUARY 1970 ED • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20DD6 SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3)(a), AL FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORI2ED TO ADMINISTER OATHS. 1. This sworn statement is submitted with Bid, Proposal or Contract No. for 2. This sworn statement is submitted by (Name of entity submitting sworn statement) whose business address is and ( if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement: 3. My name is and my relationship to the entity named above is 4. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States, including, but not limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. 5. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133 (1) (b) , Florida Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-1 a jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. 6. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means: 1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime: or 2. An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 7. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in management of an entity. 8. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.] Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been char,,•d with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to J ily 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-2 more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989, AND [Please indicate which additional statement applies.] There has been a proceeding concerning the conviction before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer did not place the person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list. there has been a subsequent proceeding before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in the public interest to remove the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken by or pending with the Department of General Services.] [Signature] Date• STATE OF COUNTY OF PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, who, after first being sworn by me, [name of individual signing] affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this day of , 19 NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires: Form PUR 7068(Rev. 11/89) 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-3 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 010-1990 MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA of of (Company) "... warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had act on its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to the prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any County officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of Ordinance No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the former County officer or employee". Date: STATE OF COUNTY OF (Signature) PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, who, after first being sworn by me, affixed his/her signature (name of individual signing) in the space provided above on this day of , 19_. NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires; 07/25/91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE 00425 - 1 Non -Collusion Affidavit I, of the city of according to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, and say that; depose l.) I am of the firm of , the bidder making the Proposal for the project described in the notice for calling for bids for , and that I executed the said proposal with full authority to do so; 2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such proces with any other bidder or with any competitor; 3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor; and 4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit, or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competition; 5.) the statements contained in this affidavit are true and correct, and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies upon the truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in awarding contracts for said project. STATE OF COUNTY OF (Signature of Bidder) DATE PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, _ who, after first being sworn by me, (name of individual signing) affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this day of , 19 NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires: 11/20/91 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00430 - 1 SECTION 00440 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 1. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: �. 2. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: $. 3. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: �. 4. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: %. 11/20/91 SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 00440 - 1 T H E A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T AIA Document A305 Contractor's Qualification Statement 1986 EDITION This form is approved and recommended by The American Institute of Architects (AIA) and The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) for use in et valuat- ing the qualifications of contractors. No endorsement of the submitting party or i,erification of the information is made by the AIA or AGC. The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and suffi- ciently complete so as not to be misleading. SUBMITTED TO: ADDRESS: SUBMITTED BY: Corporation NAME: Partnership ADDRESS: Individual PRINCIPAL OFFICE: Joint Venture Other NAME OF PROJECT Iif ap1,:,�.Ihle): TYPE OF WORK (file separate form for each Classification of Work): General Construction HV-1C Plumbing Electrical Other (please specify) Copyright 196-1. 1969. 19�9, S 1986 by The An)crican Institute of Architects. I -ii Next fork Axcnue, N.W.. %Xa,hing- ton, t) C. 0006. Reproduction of the n)atcrial herein or,uc h,uttial quotation of it, pro i,ions \X ithout \rrittcn ,i permison of the AIA Violates the co f) "right IaR s Of the t'nitcd SUt(CS and N\ ill he suhjcct to lugal pro,ecution. AIA DOCUMENT A305 • ('ONlJRAC"rOR, O1 ALIFICA"IlON,TAI"L\IE.\l • 198(, EDI IIOX -A IA - 198o II11:: AM1".RWAN IN,,-] IT1 IT OF ARCIIITF.(.1:,. I - ice Nr:u YORK A\-ENI F. N.\x. %X.A"IIIX(rrO�. a c. _nnn" A305-1986 1 1. ORGANIZATION 1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? 1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated? 1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: 1.3.1 Date of incorporation: 1.3.2 State of incorporation: 1.3.3 President's name: 1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s): 1.3.5 Secretary's name: 1.3.6 Treasurer's name: 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: 1.4.1 Date of organization: 1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable): 1.4.3 Na1ne(s) of general partner(s): 1.5 If your organization is individually o«vned, answer the follo,ving: 1 .5.1 Date of organization: 1.5.2 Name of owner: AIA DOCUMENT A305 - CONTRACT OR, Qt AL]FICAiION STATEMENT - 1986 EDITION - AW - ._ 1980 THE AMERICAN 1tiT]ITTF. OF ARCHITECTS. 1-3i NE%X PORK A\"ENIE. N.0 %XASHINGTON. D.C. 2IAllN1 A305-1986 2 V 1.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals: 2. LICENSING 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable. 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. 3. EXPERIENCE 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. 3.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details.) 3.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? 3.2.2 Are there any judf nents, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers? 3.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration 'With regard to construc- tion contracts vvithin the last five years? 3.3 Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.) AIA DOCUMENT A305 • CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT • 19Wi EDITION • AIP • L, 19W, THE AUERICAN INSTITI'TE OF ARCHITECTS, I';�; NEW YORK AVENUE, N.V., WASHINGTON. D C. 20000 A305 -1986 3 3.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date. 3.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract: e 3.5 Ori a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces. 3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years: 3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individ- uals of your organization. 4. REFERENCES 4.1 Trade References: -1.2 Bank References: 4.3 Surety: 4.3.1 Name of bonding company: 4.3.2 Name and address of agent: AIA DOCUMENT A305 - CONTRACTOR S dl'AEIFICA110N SIATEMENT - 19S(, EDITION - .AIA` - 'C IYNh I HE AMERICAN 11S"FITt'TE OF AR(HITECTS. 1-3S NEIX ) ORK A%ENI E. X %X , \1ASHl%(;I' N, 1).C. 200(K) A305-1986 4 S. FINANCING 5.1 Financial Statement. 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses); Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, pro- vision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes); Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof. 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent -subsidiary). 5.2 %Vill the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for con- struction? AIA DOCUMENT A305 • CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT • 1986 EDITION • AW • S, 1986 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF .ARCH]' ::TS. 1-15 NEuYORK .A\ ENI'E. N W. IY'ASHINGTON, D.C. OO(X, A305-1986 5 6. SIGNATURE 6.1 Dated at this Name of Organization: La Title: 6.2 19 day of M being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. Subscribed and sworn before me this 19 Notary Public: My Commission Expires: day of AIA DOCUMENT A306 - CONTRACT(M', Q( AI.IFICA"i'fO\ S'1 \1 EMI NT - 1')80 FDIIION - .\IA' - 11)8(, IIIF A\IF.K]CAN INSITII TF. OF AK(AIIIFCI.,. I - i 9 \E\X )Oxh AVENI E. \u.. VCASIIIN(;TON. D.C.=(iu(u, A305-1986 6 i THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A101/CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM 1980 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AIA Documents A201/CM,1980; B141/CM,1980; and B801, 1980. AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of Nineteen Hundred and BETWEEN the Owner: and the Contractor: the Project: the Construction Manager: the Architect: The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below Copyright 1975, © 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Re- production of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A1011CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITIO' • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITE�iS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM-1980 1 ARTICLE I THE CONTRACr DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary ant other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for (Here insert the caption descriptive of the Work as used on other Contract Documents.) ARTICLE 3 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Work shall be achieved not later than (Here insert any special provisions for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time.) AIA DOCUMENT A1011C1M • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • )UNE 1980 EDITION • AIAe • ©1980 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM —1980 2 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of The Contract Sum is determined as follows: (State here the base bid or other lump sum amount, accepted alternates and unit prices, as applicable.) ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the day of each month as follows: Not later than days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment, percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipment incorporated in the Work and percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to percent ( %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents. (If not covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents, here insert any provision for limiting or reducing the amount retained after the Work reaches a certain stage of completion.) Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate entered below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. (Here insert any rate of interest agreed upon.) (Usury laws and requirements under the federal Truth in [ending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Specific legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletion, modification or other requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIAO • 01980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM —1980 3 ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor when the MID& has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project Certificate for Payment wihich approves the final payment due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. 7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: (List below the Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract [General, Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, and any Addenda and accepted alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable.) AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIAe • ©1980 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM —1980 4 7.3 Temporary facilities and services: (Here insert temporary facilities and services which are different from or in addition to those included elsewhere in the Contract Documents) 7.4 Working Conditions: (Here list any special conditions affecting the Contract.) This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first Britten above. OWNER CONTRACTOR AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM-1980 5 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND BY THIS BOND, We , as Principal and , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to herein called Owner, in the sum of $ for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Performs the contract dated , 19 , between Principal and Owner for construction of the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and at the 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Principal under the contract; and 4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond. DATE ON , 19 BY (NAME OF PRINCIPAL) (AS ATTORNEY IN FACT) (NAME OF SURETY) 11/20/91 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 00610 - 1 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS A/A Document A2011CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED. 1980 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8. TIME 2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION CONTRACT 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND 3. OWNER PROPERTY 4. CONTRACTOR 11. INSURANCE 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. CHANGES IN THE 1VORK 6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY 13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION SEPARATE CONTRACTORS OF WORK 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRAS-T Copyright 1975, ^ 1980, by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT .A20VCM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION :AtANAGESIENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION AIAS • C 1930 • THE A,MERIC.AN INSTITCTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW NORK AVE., N.W. •WASHINGTON, D.C. 200% A201/CM — 1980 1 INDEX Acceptance of Defective of Non -Conforming Work ..6.2.2, 13.3 Acceptance of Work ..................9.5.5, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 9.9.3 Access to Work.................................2.3.6, 6.2.1 Accident Prevention ........ ..2.3.5, 10 ..................... Acts and Omissions ..............4.18.3, 7.4, 7.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.5 Addenda, Definition of ............................... •1.1.1 Additional Costs, Claims for ...........................12.3 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ..............2, 4.3.3 Agreement, Extent of...............................1.1,1.2 All Risk Insurance...................................11.3.1 Allowances...........................................4.8 Applications for Payment, Contractor's .......2.3.8, 9.2.1, 9.3.11 9.3.3., 9.5.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 9.9.5, 11.3.1, 14.2.2 Applications for Payment, Project .................2.3.8, 2.3.9, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.6.1, 9.7.1 Approvals ...................... 2.3.18, 3.4, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.12.4, 4.12.5, 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 4.13.2, 7.7, 9.3.2 Arbitration ..2.3.15, 2.3.23, 6.2.5, 7.9, 8.3.1, 11.3.7, 11.3.8 Architect, Definition of ............................... 2.1 Architect, Extent of Authority ........2.3, 3.4, 4.12.8, 5.2, 7.7.2, 8.1.3, 8.1.4, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5.3, 9.6, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1, 12.4.1, 13.1, 13.2.1, 13.2.5, 14.2 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility .....2.3.2 through 2.3.5, 2.3.13 through 2.3.18, 2.3.22, 4.12.6, 5.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.5.5, 12.4 Architect's Additional Services ...3.4, 7.7.2, 13.2.1, 13.2.5, 14.2.2 Architect's Approvals .. ..2.3.18, 3.4, 4.5, 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 4.18.3 Architect's Authority to Reject Work ....2.3.16, 4.5, 13.1.2, 13.2 Architect's Copyright ................................. Architect's Decisions ..............2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2, 7.9.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.6.2, 9.8.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1 Architect's Inspections .........2.3.16, 2.3.21, 9.4.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Architect's Instructions ..........2.3.16, 2.3.19, 7.7.2, 12.4, 13. 1. Architect's Interpretations .........2.3.10 through 2.3.13, 12.3.2 Architect's On -Site Observations . • • • • •'2.3. 42.3.6, ..9, .7. 9I1 Architect's Relationship with Contractor ......1.1.2, 2.3.5, 2.3.6, 2.3.13, 2.3.16, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.18, 11.3.6 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors ..................1.1.2, 2.3.16, 9.5.3, 9.5.4 ,Architect's Representations .................9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Artistic Effect ....................... 1.2.3, 2.3.14, 2.3.15, 7.9.1 Attorneys' Fees...........................4.18.1, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Award of Separate Contracts ............ .............6.1.1 \�+ard of SLJ)0)ntrac; and O;ht. t c nuait. Tor 2 Portluns of the 1%'urk ....... ...... Boiler and ,Ntachinen Insurance .......................11.32 Bonds, Lien....................................9.3.3, 9.9.2 Bonds, Performance, Labor and :10at-vial Payment .....7.5, 9.9.3 Building Permit ....."' • ' • .."' Certificate of Substantial Completion ....9.8.1, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.8.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval • • • •:.9 3.2. 7.7.3 , 11 1 Certificates of Insurance ...................... Certificates for Payment, Project ........2.3.9, 2.3.21, 9.4, 9.5.' 9.5.5, 9.6.1, 9.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.4, 14.1.1, 14.2.2 Change Orders ...............1.1.1, 2.3,19, 3.4, 4.8.2.3, 4.11.1, 5.2.3, 7.7.2, 8.3.1, 9.7, 9.9.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.3.1, 13.1.2, 13.2.5, 13.3.1 Change Orders, Definition of .........................12.1.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK ..................2.3.19, 4.11.1, 12 Claims for Additional Cost or Time .....8.3.2, 8.3.3, 12.2.1, 12.3 Claims for Damages ...............6.1.1, 6.2.5, 7.4, 8.3, 9.6.1.2 Claims and Disputes Between Contractor and Owner ..............2.3.12, 2.3.15, 2.3.23, 4.18.2, 7.9 Cleaning Up ................................ .....4.15,6.3 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to .3.2.1, 4.2, 4.7.1, 4.10, 5.2.1, 6.2.2, 7.5, 9.2, 11.1, 11.3.4 Communications ......................2.3.2, 3.2.6, 4.9.1, 4.16 Completion, Conditions Relating to ...2.3.21, 4.11, 4.15, 9.4.2, 9.9, 13.2.2 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND .......................... Completion of the Project, Substantial .......8.1.4, 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 9.9.6, 13.2.1, 13.2.2 Completion of the Work, Substantial ........ . 422, 8.1.1, 9 .1 81. , Compliance with Laws ............1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6, 4.7, 4.13, 7.1, 7.6.1, 7.7.1, 10.2.2, 14.2.1 Concealed Conditions.................................12.2 Consent, Written 2.3.22, 4.14.2, 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.2, 9.9.3, 11.3.9 Construction Manager, Definition of .....................2.2 Construction Manager's Approval 4.10.1, 4.13.2 Construction Manager's Additional Services .........3.4, 7.7.2, 13.2.1, 13.2.5, 14.2.2 Construction Manager's Authority and Responsibility .....2.3.3, 2.3.5, 2.3.16, 2.3.10, 2.3.22, 4.8.1, 4.17.1, 4.18.3, 7.7.4, 9.2, 10.2.5, 11.3.6, 12.1.4, 14.1.1 Construction Manager's Confirmation .... ..............9.9.3 Construction Manager's Consultation with the Architect .2.3.12, 2.3.16, 2.3.19, 2.3.21, 3.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.8.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1, 14.2.1 Construction Manager's Coordination an317c hed ling ....2 .7, Construction Manager's Decisions ..................6.3, 8.3.1 Construction Manager's Determinations ..2.3.3; 6.3.1, 7.7.2, 8.3.1 Construction Manager's Interests ................11.3.1, 11.3.2 Construction Manager's Recommendations ....2.3.8, 2.3.9, 9.3.1, 9.4.1, 9.7.1, 9.9.1, 12.1.1 Construction Manager's Relationship with Architect ...................1.1.2, 2.3.1, 2.3.3, 2.3.21 Construction ,Manager's Relationship with Contractor .....1.1.2, 2.3.15, 2.3.16, 3.2.6, 4.2.1, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.3, 4.11.1_ 4 1 'q 13, 7.9.6 4.16.1, 4,17.1, 4.18, 5.2, 62.1, 6.2.2, 7.6.2, , - - 8.3.1, 8.3.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.4, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 1n.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.6 Construction Manager's Relationship 1 2 ,sith Subcontractors .................. ( •.t,tructlon `1anaeer's Revie�% ............. 2.3,3 2 5.2.1 Construction Schedule, Contractors ... • • . • • .. • • .• . •1 1 2 10 Contract, Definition of ................................ Contract ,Administration ..2.3, 4.3.3 ......................... Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to ......4.7.1, 4,10, 5.2, 7.5, 11.1, 11.3.4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS...............................1 Contract Documents, 1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Copies Furnished and Use of .............. 1-1-1 Contract Documents, Definition of ................... Contract Modifications 1.1.1, 12 Contract Sum, Definition of ...........................9' Contract Termination...................................14 Contract Time, Definition of...........................B-1.1 CONTRACTOR.........................................4 Contractor, Definition of ........................ • •4.1, 6.1.2 Contractor's Construction Schedule .....................4.10 AIA DOCUMENT A201lCh4 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA*' • �: 1980 • THE 2 A201/CM-1980 A.MERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 YORK AVE., N W , \N'ASHINGTON, D.C. i Contractor's Employees ......4.3.2, 4.4.2, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance .........................11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Architect ......1.1.2, 2.3.5, 2.3.6, 2.3.13, 2.3.16, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.18, 11.3.6 Contractor's Relationship with Construction Manager .....1.1.2, 2.3.15, 2.3.16, 3.2.6, 4.2.1, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.2, 4.11.1, 4.12.4, 4.12.6,4.16.1,4.17.1,4.18,5.2,6.2.1,6.2.2,7.6.2,7.7,7.9.1, 7.9.2, 8.3.1, 8.3.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.4, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.6 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces............................3.2.7, 6 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors ..........1.2.4, 5.2, 5.3, 9.5.2, 11.3.3, 11.3.6 Contractor's Representations ...........1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.3.3 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work .....................4.3.2, 4.18, 10 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents ....1.2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work .....................9.7 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract .............14.1 Contractor's Submittals ...............2.3.18, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.1, 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Contractor's Superintendent .......................4.9, 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures ..........1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3, 4.4, 10 Contractual Liability Insurance ........................11.1.3 Coordination and Correlation .........1.2.2, 1.2.4, 4.3.1, 4.10.1, 4.12.5, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications ..1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Correction of Work .....................3.3, 3.4, 10.2.5, 132 Cost, Definition of..................................12.1.4 Costs .......3.4, 4.8.2, 4.15.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.7.1, 7.7.2, 9.7, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 12.1.3, 12.1.4, 12.3, 13.1.2, 13.2, 14.2.2 Cutting and Patching of Work ..........................4.14 Damage to the Work ............4.14.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.7, 11.3.1 Damage to Work .............4.14.2, 4.18.1, 6.2.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.15, 10.2.1.3, 10.2.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 13.2.6 Damages, Claims for ..................6.1.1, b.2.5, 7.4, 9.6.1.2 Damages for Delay..........................6.1.1, 8.3.4, 9.7 Day, Definition of .......................... .........8.1.5 Decisions of the Architect .........2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2, 7.9.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.6.1, 9.8.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1 Decisions of the Construction Manager ..............6.3, 8.3.1 Defective or Non -Conforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of ......2.3.4, 2.3.16, 3.3, 3.4, 4.5, 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 9.6.1.1, 9.9.4.2, 13 Definitions ...............1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 4.1, 4.12.1 through 4.12.3, 5.1, 6.1.2, 8.1, 9.1.1, 12.1.1, 12.1.4 Delays and Extensions of Time ..........................8.3 Disputes .................2.3.12, 2.3.15, 2.3.23, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.9.1 Documents and Samples at the Site .....................4.11 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of ................1.3, 3.2.5, 4.11, 5.3 Easements...........................................3.2.3 Emergencies.........................................10.3 Employees, Contractor's ...........4.3.2, 4.4.4, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and ......1.1.1, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.6.1.3, 9.9.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 12.1.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work .........1.1.3, 1.2.3, 2.3.4, 2.3.5, 2.3.11, 4.2, 4.4.1, 4.5, 4.7.1, 6.2.2, 7.9.3, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 8.3.2, 9.6.1, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, 14.2 Execution, Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents ......................1.2, 4.7.1 Extensions of Time ........................8.3, 12.1.1, 12.1.2 Failure of Payment by Owner .......................9.7, 14.1 Failure of Payment of Subcontractors ......9.6.1.3. 9.9.2, 14.2.1 Failure to Carry out the Work ..........................2.3.5 Final Completion and Final Payment ...2.3.15, 2.3.21, 9.9, 13.3.1 Financial Arrangements, Owner's .......................3.2.1 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance .................11.3.1 Governing Law........................................7.1 Indemnification .............. :......... 4.17, 4.18, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Identification of Contract Documents ...................1.2.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers ............5.2.1 Information and Services Required of the Owner .........................3.2, 6.1, 9, 11.2, 11.3 Inspections ..............2.3.16, 2.3.21, 4.3.3, 7.7, 12.1.2, 9.9.1 Instructions to Bidders................................1.1.1 Instructions to the Contractor ..........2.3.2, 3.2.6, 4.8.1, 7.7.2, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 INSURANCE .............. .......................9.8.1,11 Insurance, Contractor's Liability ........................11.1 Insurance, Loss of Use ...............................11.4 Insurance, Owner's Liability............................11.2 Insurance, Property .................................11.3 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery .......................11.3.2 Insurance, Special Hazards . . .........................11.3.5 Insurance, Stored Materials ......................9.3.2, 11.3.1 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy .....11.3.9 Insurance Companies, Settlement With .................11.3.8 Intent of the Contract Documents ..............1.2.3, 2.3.10, 2.3.13, 2.3.14, 12.4 Interest..............................................7.8 Interpretations, Written ........1.1.1, 2.3.11, 2.3.12, 2.3.13, 12.4 Labor, Materials and Equipment .......1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.6.1.3, 9.2.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 12.1.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Labor and Material Payment Bond .......................7.5 Labor Disputes.......................................8.3.1 Laws and Regulations .............1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6, 4.7, 4.13, 7.1, 7.6.1, 7.7.1, 10.2.2, 14 Liens ...... ... .......................9.3.3, 9.9.2, 9.9.4.1 Limitations of Authority ..................2.3.2, 11.3.8, 12.4.1 Limitations of Liability ...........2.3.13, 2.3.16, 2.3.18, 3.3, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.17, 4.18, 6.2.2, 7.6.2, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.3.6 Limitations of Time, General ........2.3.11, 2.3.18, 3.2.1, 3.2.4, 4.2,4.7.1,4.7.3,4.12.4,4.15.1,5.2.1,5.2.3,6.2.2,7.4, 7.7, 7.9.2, 8.2, 9.5.2, 9.6.1, 9.8, 9.9, 11.3.1, 11.3.4, 11.3.9,12.1.4,12.4,13.2.1, 13.2.2, 13.2.5 Limitations of Time, Specific .........3.4, 4.10, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 11.1.4, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 13.2.7, 14.1, 14.2.1 Limitations, Statutes of ...................7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 Lossof Use Insurance.................................11.4 AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • ►UNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® . © 19W • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201/CM-1980 3 Materials, Labor and Equipment .......1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.6.1.3, 9.9.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 12.1.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Material Suppliers ........................4.12.1, 5.2.1, 9.3.3 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and and Procedures of Construction .........2.3.5, 4.3.1, 9.4.2 Minor Changes in the Work ................1.1.1, 2.3.19, 12.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ...........................7 Modifications, Definition of...........................1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract ........1.1.1, 1.1.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.22, 4.11.1, 4.7.3, 12 Mutual Responsibility ..................................6.2 Non -Conforming Work, Acceptance of Defective or .......13.3 Notice, Written ............2.3.11, 2.3.15, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4, 4.9, 4.12.6, 4.12.7, 5.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.9.2, 8.1.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.9.1, 9.9.5, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Notices, Permits, Fees and .............2.3.2, 4.7, 4.13.1, 10.2.2 Notice of Testing and Inspections ........................7.7 Notice to Proceed....................................8.1.2 Observations, Contractor's .......................1.2.2, 4.7.3 Occupancy .........................8.1.3, 8.1.4, 9.5.5, 11.3.9 On -Site Inspections by the Architect ...........2.3.16, 2.3.21, 9.4.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 On -Site Observations by the Architect ........2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9, 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Orders, Written ..................3.3, 4.9, 12.1.4, 12.4.1, 13 1 OWNER........................................... .3 Owner, Definition ...................................3.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the ..........3.2, 4.7.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9, 11.2, 11.3 Owner's Authority ..................2.3.21, 7.7.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.8.1, 11.3.8, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 Owner's Financial Capability ..........................3.2.1 Owner's Liability Insurance............................11.2 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors ..........1.1.2, 9.5.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work ..............3.4, 13.2.4 Owner's Right to Clean Up .......................4.15.2, 6.3 Owner's Right to Perform Work and to Award Separate Contracts ...........................6.1 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract .................14.2 Owner's Right to Stop the Work .........................3.3 Ownership and Use of Documents ..............1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Patching of Work, Cutting and .........................4.14 Patents, Royalties and................................4.17.1 Payment Bond, Labor and Material .......................7.5 Payment, Contractor's Applications for ......2.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.3, 9.6.1, 9.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.5, 14.2.2 Payment, Project Certificates for ........2.3.9, 2.3.21, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5.5, 9.6.1, 9.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.4, 14.1.1, 14.2.2 Payment, Failure of ................9.5.2, 9.6.1.3, 9.7, 9.9.2, 14 Payment, Final .................... 2.3.15, 2.3.21, 9.9, 13.3.1 Payments, Progress ..........7.8, 7.9.3, 9.5.5, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 12.1.4 PAYMENTS AND Cj, XLETION .............. ..... .....9 Payments to Subco, tractors ..........9.5.2, 9.5.3, 9.5.4, 9.6.1.3, 11.3.3, 14.2.1 Payments Withheld....................................9.6 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond ...7.5 Permits, Fees and Notices ..............3.2.3, 4.7, 4.13, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF ..............10 Product Data, Definition of..........................14.2.2 Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and ...2.3.18, 4.2.1, 4.12 Progress and Completion ....................2.3.4, 7.9.3, 8.2 Progress Payments ..........7.8, 7.9.3, 9.5.5, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 12.1.4 Project, Definition of................................1.1.4 Project Construction Schedule ..........................4.10 Property Insurance....................................11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ..............10 Record Documents...................................4.11 Regulations and Laws ...............1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6, 4.7, 4.13.1, 7.1, 10.2.2, 14 Rejection of Work ........................2.3.16, 4.5.1, 13.2 Releases of Waivers and Liens ....................9.9.2, 9.9.4 Representations ............1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Representatives ....2.1, 2.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.22, 3.1, 4.1, 4.9, 5.1, 9.3.3 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work .....2.3.5, 4.3.2, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9.8.1 Retainage ......................9.3.1, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Review of Contract Documents by the Contractor .......1.2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 Reviews of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect ...............2.3.18, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2 Rights and Remedies .............1.1.2, 2.3.15, 2.3.16, 3.3, 3.4, 5.3, 6.1, 6.3, 7.6, 7.9, 8.3.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 10.3, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.2.2, 14 Royalties and Patents.................................4.17 Safety of Persons and Property .........................10.2 Safety Precautions and Programs ..................2.3.5, 10.1 Samples, Definition of...............................4.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and ......2.3.17, 2.3.18, 4.2, 4.12 Samples at the Site, Documents and ....................4.11 Schedule, Contractor's Construction .....................4.10 Schedule, Project Construction .........................4.10 Schedule of Values....................................9.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors .....4.14.2, 6, 11.3.6, 13.1.2 Shop Drawings, Definition ........................... 4:12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples .............2.3.17, 2.3.18, 4.2, 4.12 Site, Use of.....................................4.13, 6.2.1 Site Inspections ............1.2.2, 2.3.4, 2.3.21, 7.7, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Site Visits, Architect's .................2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9, 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Special Inspection and Testing ....................2.3.16, 7.7 Special Hazards Insurance............................11.3.5 Specifications...............................1.1.1, 1.2.4, 1.3 Statutes of Limitations ....................7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 Stopping the Work ......................3.3, 9.7.1, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials ............6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 13.2.5 SUBCONTRACTORS....................................5 Subcontractors, Definition of ..........................5.1.1 Subcontractors, Work b) . ..............1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3.1, 4.3.2 Subcontractual Relations...............................5.3 Submittals ..................1.3, 2.3.18, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 9.9.3 AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA* • ©1980 • THE A201/CM-1980 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Subrogation, Waiver of..............................11.3.6 Substantial Completion of the Project ........8.1.4, 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 9.9.6, 13.2.1, 13.2.2 Substantial Completion of the Project, Definition of ......8.1.4 Substantial Completion of the Work ........2.3.21, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.3, 11.3.9 Substantial Completion of the Work, Definition of ........8.1.3 Substitution of Subcontractors ....................5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of the Architect..........................2.3.23 Substitution of the Construction Manager ..............2.3.23 Substitutions of Materials ........................4.5, 12.1.4 Sub -subcontractors, Definition of .......................5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions...............................12.1.1 Successors and Assigns.................................7.2 Supervision and Construction Procedures ..........1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3, 4.4, 10 Superintendent, Contractor's ......................4.9, 10.2.6 Surety, Consent of..............................9.9.2, 9.9.3 Surveys.......................................3.2.2, 4.18.3 Taxes.............................................. .4.6 Termination by the Contractor .........................14.1 Termination by the Owner.............................14.2 Termination of the Architect .........................2.3.23 Termination of the Construction Manager ..............2.3.23 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT ......................14 Tests ................................ 2.3.16, 4.3.3, 7.7 , 9.4.2 TIME ........... Time, Definition of....................................8.1 Time, Delays and Extensions of ..........8.3, 12.1, 12.3, 13.2.7 Time Limits, Specific ...............3.4, 4.10, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 11.1.4, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 13.2.7, 14.1, 14.2.1 Title to Work..................................9.3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK .............13 Uncovering of Work..................................13.1 Unforseen Conditions............................8.3.1, 12.2 Unit Prices.................................12.1.3.2, 12.1.5 Use of Documents............................1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Use of Site.....................................4.13, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of....................................9.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor ....7.6.2, 8.3.2, 9.9.5, 11.3.6 Waiver of Claims by the Owner ......7.6.2, 9.9.4, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Waiver of Liens......................................9.9.2 Warranty and Warranties ..............2.3.21, 4.5, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 Weather Delays......................................8.3.1 Words, Recognized Meaning of ........................1.2.3 Work, Definition of..................................1.1.3 WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS .......6 Written Consent ..........2.3.22, 4.14.2, 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.3 Written Interpretations ...................1.1.1, 2.3.11, 12.3.2 Written Notice .......2.3.11, 2.3.15, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4, 4.9, 4.12.6, 4.12.7, 5.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.7.2, 7.9.2, 8.1.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.1,11.3.5,11.3.7, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Written Orders ...................3.3, 4.9, 12.1.4, 12.4.1, 13.1 AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • © 1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201/CM-1980 5 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Owner -Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Sup- plementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub- paragraph 2.3.11, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invita- tion to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any of these, or any other documents unless specifically enu- merated in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc- tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modi- fied only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph 1.1.1. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create any contractual relationship of any kind between the Architect and the Contractor, between the Construc- tion Manager and the Contractor or between the Archi- tect and the Construction Manager, but the Architect and the Construction Manager shall be entitled to perform- ance of the obligations of the Contractor intended for their benefit and to enforcement thereof. Nothing con- tained in the Contract Documents shall create any con- tractual relationship between the Owner, the Construc- tion Manager or the Architect and any Subcontractor or Sub -subcontractor. 1.1.3 THE WORK The Work comprises the completed construction required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and in- cludes all labor necessary to produce such construction, and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project, as defined in the Owner -Contractor Agree- ment, is the total construction of which the Work per- formed under the Contract Documents is a part. 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed in not less than quadruplicate by the Owner and the Contractor. If either the Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign the Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications or any of the other Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such Documents. 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, be- come familiar with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and has correlated personal observations with the requirements of the Contract Docu- ments. 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and comple- tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple- mentary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. Work not covered in the Contract Documents will not be required unless it is con- sistent therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the intended results. Words and abbreviations which have well-known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.2.4 The organization of the Specifications into divi- sions, sections and articles, and the arrangement of Draw- ings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS 1.3.1 All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Architect are and shall remain the prop- erty of the Architect. They are to be used only with re- spect to this Project and are not to be used on any other project. With the exception of one contract set for each party to the Contract, such documents are to be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect on request at the completion of the Work. Submission or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other pur- poses in connection with the Project is not to be con- strued as publication in derogation of the Architect's common law copyright or other reserved rights. ARTICLE 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 2.1 THE ARCHITECT 2.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing ar- chitecture, identified as such in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. The term Architect means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 2.2 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 2.2.1 The Construction Manager is the person or entity identified as such in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. The term Construction Manager means the Construction Manager or the Construction Manager's authorized representative. 2.3 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 2.3.1 The Architect and the Construction Manager will AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION A201/CM —1980 6 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIAa - © 1980 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 provide administration of the Contract as hereinafter described. 2.3.2 The Architect and the Construction ,Manager will be the Owner's representatives during construction and until final payment to all contractors is due. The Archi- tect and the Construction Manager will advise and con- sult with the Owner. All instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded through the Construction Manager. The Architect and the Construction Manager will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with Sub- paragraph 2.3.22. 2.3.3 The Construction Manager will determine in gen- eral that the Work of the Contractor is being performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and will en- deavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficien- cies in the Work of the Contractor. 2.3.4 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro- priate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine in general if the Mork is proceeding in accord- ance with the Contract Documents. However, the Archi- tect will not be required to make exhaustive or con- tinuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quan- tity of the Work. On the basis of on -site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor. 2.3.5 Neither the Architect nor the Construction Man- ager will be responsible for or have control or charge of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, and neither will be respon- sible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Neither the Architect nor the Construction Manager will be respon- sible for or have control or charge over the acts or omis- sions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their agents or emplovees, or anv other persons performing any of the Work. 2.3.6 The Architect and the Construction Manager shall at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so that the Architect and the Construction Manager may perform their functions under the Contract Documents. 2.3.7 The Construction Manager will schedule and coor- dinate the Work of all contractors on the Project includ- ing their use of the site. The Construction Manager will keep the Contractor informed of the Project Construction Schedule to enable the Contractor to plan and perform the Work properly. 2.3.8 The Construction Manager will review all Applica- tions for Payment by the Contractor, including final pay- ment, and will assemble them with similar applications from other contractors on the Project into a combined Project Application for Payment. The Construction Man- ager will then make recommendations to the Architect for certification for payment. 2.3.9 Based on the Architect's observations, the recom- mendations of the Construction Manager and an evalua- tion of the Project Application for Payment, the Architect will determine the amount owing to the Contractor and will issue a Project Certificate for Payment incorporating such amount, as provided in Paragraph 9.4. 2.3.10 The Architect will be the interpreter of the re- quirements of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder by both the Owner and the Contractor. 2.3.11 The Architect will render interpretations neces- sary for the proper execution or progress of the Work, with reasonable promptness and in accordance with agreed upon time limits. Either party to the Contract may make written request to the Architect for such interpreta- tions. 2.3.12 Claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. After consultation with the Construction .Manager, the Architect will render a deci- sion in writing within a reasonable time. 2.3.13 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in- ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ- ing or in graphic form. In this capacity as interpreter and judge, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful per- formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will not be liable for the result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 2.3.14 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. 2.3.15 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question between the Contractor and the Owner referred to the Architect through the Construction ,Manager, except those relating to artistic effect as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.14 and those which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in Subpara- graphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6, inclusive, shall be subject to arbitration upon the written demand of either party. However, no demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter may be made until the earlier of 111 the date on which the Architect has rendered a writ- ten decision, or (2) the tenth day after the parties have presented their evidence to the Architect or have been given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a written decision by that date. When such a written decision of the Architect states (1) that the decision is final but subject to appeal, and (2) that any demand for arbitration of a claim, dispute or other matter covered by such decision must be made within thirty days after the date on which the party making the demand re- ceives the written decision, failure to demand arbitration within said thirty day period will result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not super- sede any arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1960 EDITION • AIAe • ® 1980 • THE 7 A201/CM —1980 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 200D6 2.3.16 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents, and to require special inspection or testing, but will take such action only after consultation with the Construction .Man- ager. Subject to review by the Architect, the Construction .Manager will have the authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever, in the Construction Manager's opinion. it is considered necessary or advisable for the implementation of the in- tent of the Contract Documents, the Construction Man- ager will have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraph 7.7.2 whether or not such Work be then fabricated, in- stalled or completed. The foregoing authority of the Con- struction Manager will be subject to the provisions of Subparagraphs 2.3.10 through 2.3.16, inclusive, with re- spect to interpretations and decisions of the architect. However, neither the Architect's nor the Construction Manager's authority to act under this Subparagraph 2.3.16. nor any decision made by them in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to am duty or responsibility of the Architect or the Con- struction Manager to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or emplovees. or anv other person performing any of the Work. 2.3.17 The Construction Manager will receive from the Contractor and review all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, coordinate them with information contained in related documents, and transmit to the Architect those recommended for approval. 2.3.18 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Work and the information given in the Contract Docu- ments. Such action shall be taken with reasonable prompt- ness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 2.3.19 Following consultation with the Construction Manager, the Architect will take appropriate action on Change Orders in accordance with Article 12, and will have authority to order minor changes in the Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.4.1. 2.3.20 The Construction Manager will maintain at the Project site one record copy of all Contracts, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modi- fications pertaining to the Project, in good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to the Archi- tcct and the Contractor, and shall be delivered to the Architect for the Owner upon completion of the Project. 2.3.21 The Construction Manager will assist the Archi- tect in conducting inspections to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and final completion, and will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor. The Architect will issue a final Project Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 9.9. 2.3.22 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect and the Construction Manager as the Owner's representatives during construction as set forth in the Contract Documents. %%ill not be modified or extended without written consent of the 0%%ner, the Con- tractor, the Architect and the Construction Manager, which consent shall not be unreasonably %%ithheld. Failure of the Contractor to respond within ten da%s to a written request shall constitute consent b% the Contractor. 2.3.23 In case of the termination of the employment of the Architect or the Construction ,`tanager. the Owner shall appoint an architect or a construction manager against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec- tion and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect or construction man- ager, respectively. Any dispute in connection with such appointments shall be subject to arbitration. ARTICLE 3 OWNER 3,1 DEFINITION 3.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. The term Owner means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 3,2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 3.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, at the time of execution of the Owner -Contractor Agree- ment furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished. the Contractor is not required to execute the Owner -Contractor Agreement or to commence the Work. 3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility loca- tions for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 3.2.3 Except as provided in Subparagraph 4.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, ease- ments, assessments and charges required for the construc- tion, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 3.2.4 Information or services under the 0%%ner's control shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable prompt- ness to avoid.delay in the orderly progress of the Work. 3.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, the Contractor will be furr;shed, free of charge, all copies of Drawings and Speci, _.tions reasonably nec- essary for the execution of the bN vrk. 3.2.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the Contractor through the Construction Manager, with simul- taneous notification to the Architect. 3.2.7 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and es- pecially those in respect to Work By Owner or By Sepa- rate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and Insur- ance in Articles 6, 9 and 11, respectively. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIA9 - 01980 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201/CM —1980 8 3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 3.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as required by Paragraph 13.2, or persistently fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments, the Owner, by a written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con- tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 3.4.1. If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, after seven days following receipt by the Contractor of an additional written notice and without prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have, make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the pay- ments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or fail- ure. Such action by the Owner and the amount charged to the Contractor are both subject to the prior approval of the Architect, after consultation with the Construction Manager. If the payments then or thereafter due the Con- tractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Con- tractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACTOR 4.1 DEFINITION 4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. The term Con- tractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's author- ized representative. 4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the Architect and the Construction Manager any error, incon- sistency or omission that may be discovered. The Con- tractor shall not be liable to the Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager for any damage resulting from any such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Con- tract Documents. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures; and shall coordinate all portions of the Work under the Contract, subject to the overall coordination of the Con- struction Manager. 4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and any other persons performing any of the Work under a con- tract with the Contractor. 4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from the Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accord- ance with the Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of the Construction Manager or the Architect in their administration of the Contract, or by inspections, tests or approvals required or performed under Paragraph 7.7 by persons other than the Contractor. 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or per- manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor- porated in the Work. 4.4.2 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict dis- cipline and good order among the Contractor's em- ployees and shall not employ on the Work any unfit per- son or anyone not skilled in the task assigned them. 4.5 WARRANTY 4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner, the Archi- tect and the Construction Manager that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new un- less otherwise specified, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not prop- erly approved and authorized, may be considered defec- tive. If required by the Architect or the Construction Man- ager, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of Paragraph 13.2. 4.6 TAXES 4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at the time bids are received, whether or not het effective. 4.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 4.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, the Owner shall secure and pay fr; he building permit and the Contractor shall secure a Id pay for all other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspec- tions necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execu- tion of the Contract and which are legally required at the time bids are received. 4.7.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the perform- ance of the Work. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 19W EDITION - AIAe - 4D19W - THE 9 A201/CM —1980 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord- ance with applicable laws, statutes, building codes and regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any re- spect, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and the Construction Manager in writing, and any neces- sary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regula- tions, and without such notice to the Architect and the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs attributable thereto. 4.8 ALLOWANCES 4.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons as the Construction Man- ager may direct, but the Contractor will not be required to employ persons against whom the Contractor makes a reasonable objection. 4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments: .1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the materials and equipment required by the allowance, delivered at the site, and all appli- cable taxes; .2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and han- dling on the site, labor, installation costs, over- head, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowance; .3 whenever the cost is more or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order, the amount of which will recognize changes, if any, in han- dling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses. 4.9 SUPERINTENDENT 4.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superin- tendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attend- ance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important commu- nications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communi- cations shall be so confirmed on written request in each case. 4.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 4.10.1 The Contractor, immediately after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Construc- tion Manager's approval a Contractor's Construction Schedule for the Work which shall provide for expedi- tious and practicable execution of the Work. This sched- ule shall be coordinated by the Construction Manager with the Project Construction Schedule. The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work and the Project, subject to the Construction Manager's approval. 4,11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 4.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the Project site, on a current basis, one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modi- fications, in good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to the Architect and the Construction Manager. The Contractor shall advise the Construction Manager on a current basis of all changes in the Work made during construction. 4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 4.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate a material, product or system for some portion of the Work. 4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 4.12.4 The Contractor shall prepare, review, approve and submit through the Construction Manager, with reason- able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no de- lay in the Work or in the work of the Owner or any sepa- rate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by the Contract Documents. The Con- tractor shall cooperate with the Construction Manager in the Construction Manager's coordination of the Contrac- tor's Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples with those of other separate contractors. 4.12.5 By preparing, approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, the Contractor rep- resents that the Contractor has determined and verified all materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so with reasonable promptness, and has checked and coordinated the infor- mation contained within such submittals with the require- ments of the Work, the Project and the Contract Docu- ments. 4.12.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibil- ity for any deviation from the requirements of the Con- tract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph 2.3.18, unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect and the Construction Manager in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the Archi- tect has given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples by the Architect's approval of them. 4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIAO - C 1980 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 10001, A201/CM —1980 10 4.12.8 No portion of the Work requiring submission of a Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall be com- menced until the submittal has been approved by the Architect as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.18. All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with ap- proved submittals. 4.13 USE OF SITE 4.13.1 1 he Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encum- ber the site with any materials or equipment. 4.13.2 The Contractor shall coordinate all of the Contrac- tor's operations with, and secure approval from, the Con- struction ',,tanager before using an% portion of the site. 4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK 4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching that may be required to complete the Work or to make its several parts fit together properly. 4.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering any work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any separate contractor except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any separate contractor consent to cutting or otherwise alter- ing the Work. 4.15 CLEANING UP 4.15.1 The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by the Contractor's operations. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all the Contrac- tor's waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as all the Contractor': tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the comple- tion of the Work, the Owner may do so as prodded in Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 4.16 COMMUNICATIONS 4.16.1 The Contractor shall forward all communications to the Owner and the Architect through the Construction Manager. 4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 4.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Con- struction Manager harmless from loss on account thereof, except that the Owner, or the Construction Manager as the case may be, shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, process or the product of a par- ticular manufacturer or manufacturers is selected by such person or such person's agent. If the Contractor, or the Construction Manager as the case may be, has reason to believe that the design, process or product selected is an infringement of a patent, that party shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly given to the others and also to the Architect. 4,18 INDEMNIFICATION 4.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Con- tractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Architect, the Construction ,Manager. and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that anv such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, dis- ease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property tother than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and 12� is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, anv Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge or otherwise reduce anv other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Paragraph 4.18. 4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner, the Archi- tect, the Construction Manager or anv of their agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Sub- contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts anv of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Para- graph 4.18 shall not be limited in any way by any limita- tion on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Sub- contractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other emplovee benefit acts. 4.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para- graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect or the Construction !,,tanager, their agents'or employees, arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, de- signs or specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect or the Construction Manager, their agents or employees, pro- vided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITION 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor means a Sub- contractor or a Subcontractor's authorized representative. The term Subcontractor does not include any separate cc tractor or any separate contractor's subcontractors. 5.'1.2 A Sub -subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to per- form any of the Work at the site. The term Sub -subcon- tractor means a Sub -subcontractor or an authorized rep- resentative thereof. 5.2 AWARDS OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu- AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIA® - ©1980 - THE 11 A201/CM —1980 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 ments or the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after the award of the Contract, shall fur- nish to the Construction Manager in writing for review by the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Man- ager, the names of the persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal por- tions of the Work. The Construction Manager will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner, the Architect or the Con- struction Manager, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Construction Manager to reply promptly shall con- stitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such proposed person or entity to whom the Owner, the Ar- chitect or the Construction Manager has made reasonable objection under the provisions of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has a reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager have no reasonable objection, and the Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu- tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re- sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara- graph 5.2.1. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager makes reasonable objection to such substitution. 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume to- ward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibili- ties which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided c.n. rwise in the Contractor -Subcontractor Agreement, he benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu- ments, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with their Sub -subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Sub- contractor, prior to the execution . of the Subcontract, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcon- tractor will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identify tc the Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the pro- posed Subcontract which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make copies of such Documents available to their Sub - subcontractors. ARTICLE 6 WORK BY OWNER %OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re- lated to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other por- tions of the Project or other work on the site under these or similar Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that delay, damage or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner - Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the %vork of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the,Owner, the Con- struction Manager and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their ma- terials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall connect and coordinate the Work with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Con- struction Manager any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acceptance of the Owner's or separate contractor's work as fit and proper to receive the Work, except as to defects which may subsequently become apparent in such work by others. 6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to the work or property of the Owner, or to other work or property on the site, the Contractor shall promptly rem- edy such damage as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully delay or cause damage to the work or property of any separate contrac- tor, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, promptly at- tempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement, or otherwise to resolve the dispute. If such separate con- tractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against the Owner on account of any delay or damage alleged to have been caused by the Contractor, the Owner shall AIA DOCUMENT A201ICM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1900 EDITION - AIAe - O 1980 - THE A201JCM —1980 12 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2000G notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's expense, and if any judgment or award against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorneys' fees and court or arbitration costs which the Owner has incurred. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up as required by Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to the contractors respon- sible therefor as the Construction Manager shall deter- mine to be just. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 GOVERNING LAW 7.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 7.2.1 The Owner and the Contractor, respectively, bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to the part- ners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party with respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other. 7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 7.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or mem- ber of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corpora- tion for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving the notice. 7.4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES 7.4.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any act or omis- sion of the other party or of any of the other party's employees, agents or others for whose acts such party is legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to such other party within a reasonable time after the first observ- ance of such injury or damage. 7.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.6.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, the Ar- chitect, the Construction Manager or the Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 7,7 TESTS 7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having juris- diction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect and the Construction Manager timely notice of its readi- ness so the Architect and the Construction Manager may observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Con- tractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless other- wise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of other in- spections, tests or approvals. 7.7.2 If the Architect or the Construction Manager deter- mines that any Work requires special inspection, testing or approval which Subparagraph 7.7.1 does not include, the Construction Manager will, upon written authoriza- tion from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Con- tractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph 7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con- tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including compensation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional services made nec- essary by such failure; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. 7.7.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or ap- proval shall be secured by the Contractor and the Con- tractor shall promptly deliver them to the Construction Manager for transmittal to the Architect. 7.7.4 If the Architect or the Construction Manager wishes to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents, they will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply. 7.8 INTEREST 7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Doc- uments shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. 7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the 7.9 ARBITRATION Contractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful perform- 7.9.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question ante of the Contract ar, j the payment of all obligations between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of or arising thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Doc- relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof, uments or the Contract Documents. except as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.14 with respect to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to artistic 7.6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES effect, and except for claims which have been waived by 7.6.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Con- the making or acceptance of final payment as provided tract Documents and the rights and remedies available by Subparagraphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6, inclusive, shall be thereunder shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construc- any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise im- tion Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitra- posed or available by law. tion Association then obtaining unless the parties mutually AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIA® - Q 1980 9 THE 13 A201/CM —1980 AMCRICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 agree otherwise. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolida- tion, joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Construction Manager, their employees or consultants except by written consent containing a specific reference to the Owner -Contractor Agreement and signed by the Architect, the Construction Manager, the Owner, the Contractor and any other person sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, the Contractor and any other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law, whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi- tration. No person other than the Owner or the Contrac- tor shall be included as an original third party or addi- tional third party to an arbitration whose interest or re- sponsibility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration involving an additional person or persons shall not con- stitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not described therein or with any person not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement to arbitrate with an additional person or persons duly consented to by the parties to the Owner - Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be en- tered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 7.9.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Owner -Contractor Agreement and with the American Arbitration Associa- tion, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect and the Construction Manager. The demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraph 2.3.15 where applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen; and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable pro- ceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 7.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during any arbitration proceedings, and the Owner shall con- tinue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work as defined in Sub- paragraph 8.1.3, including authorized adjustments thereto. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in a notice to proceed. If there is no no- tice to proceed, it shall be such other date as may be established in the Owner -Contractor Agreement or else- where in the Contract Documents. 8.1.3 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect when construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Owner or separate contractors can occupy or utilize the Work or a designated portion thereof Ibr the use for which it is intended. 8.1.4 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect when construction is sufficiently complete so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Project or designated portion thereof for the use for which it was intended. 8.1.5 The term day as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless specifically designated otherwise. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. The Contractor shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Com- pletion of the Work within the Contract Time. 8,3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner, the Architect, the Construction Manager, any of their em- ployees, any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather condi- tions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties, any causes beyond the Contractor's control, delay author- ized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by any other cause which the Construction ,Manager determines may justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex- tended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may determine. 8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Construction Manager not more than twenty days after the commencement of the delay; other- wise it shall be waived. In the case of a continuing delay only one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of the probable effect of such delay on the progress of the Work. 8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon which interpretations as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.11 shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpreta- tions until fifteen days after written request is made for them, and not then unless such claim is reasonable. 8.3.4 This Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provi- sions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9,1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner -Contrac- tor Agreement and, including authorized adjustments thereto, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIA® - ©1980 - THE A201/CM —1980 14 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Con- tractor shall submit to the Construction Manager a schedule of values allocated to the various portions of the Work. prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect and the Con- struction ".tanager may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Construction Manager or the Architect, shall be used only as a basis for the Contractor's Applica- tions for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least fifteen days before the date for each progress payment established in the Owner -Contractor Agreement, the Contractor shall submit to the Construc- tion Manager an itemized Application for Payment, notar- ized if required, supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner, the Ar- chitect or the Construction Manager may require, and re- flecting retainage, if any, as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Construction Manager will as- �emble the Application with similar applications from other contractors on the Project into a combined Project Application for Payment and forward it with recommen- dations to the Architect within seven days. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, payments will be made on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site and, if approved in advance by the Owner, payments may similarly be made for mate- rials or equipment suitably stored at some other loca- tion agreed upon in writing. Payments for materials or equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to estab- lish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, including applica- ble insurance and transportation to the site for those materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Pavment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the construction or upon receipt of payment by the Contractor, whichever occurs first, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances, herein- after referred to in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that no Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application for Pavment will have been acquired by the Contractor. or by any other person performing Work at the site or furnishing materials and equipment for the Project, sub- ject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or oth- erwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after the re- ceipt of the Project Application for Payment with the rec- ommendations of the Construction Manager, review the Project Application for Payment and either issue a Project C the reasons for withholding a Certificate as provided in Subparagraph 9.6.1. Such notification will be forwarded to the Contractor by the Construction Manager. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Project Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner that, based on the Architect's observations at the site as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.4 and the data com- prising the Project Application for Payment, the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments (subject to an evaluation of the Work for conform- ance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion of the Work, to the results of any subsequent tests required by or performed under the Contract Docu- ments, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion, and to any specific quali- fications stated in the Certificates; and that the Contrac- tor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. How- ever, by issuing a Project Certificate for Payment, the Ar- chitect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on -site in- spections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, has reviewed the construction means, methods, tech- niques, sequences or procedures, or has made any exam- ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- tor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.5.1 After the Architect has issued a Project Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the man- ner and within the time provided in the Contract Docu- ments. 9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon- tractor upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's Work, the amount to which said Subcon- tractor is entitled, reflecting the percentage actually re- tained, if any, from payments to the Contractor on ac- count of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to their Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at the Archi- tect's discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if prac- ticable, information regarding the percentages of com- pletion or the amounts applied for by the Contractor and the action taken thereon by the Architect on account of Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.5.4 Neither the Owner, the Architect nor the Construc- tion Manager shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to any Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.5.5 No certification of a progress payment, any prog- ress payment, or any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an accept- ance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. ertlticate for Payment to the Owner with a copy to the Construction Manager for distribution to the Contractor 9.6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD for such amounts as the Architect determines are prop- 9.6.1 The Architect, following consultation with the erly due, or notify the Construction Manager in writing of Construction Manager, may decline to certify payment AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 15 A201/CM —1980 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIA9 - © 1980 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 and may withho!d the Certificate in whole or in part to the extent necessary to reasonably protect the Owner, if, in the Architect's opinion, the Architect is unable to make representahions to the Owner as provided in Subpara- graph 9.4.2. If the Architect is unable to make representa- tions to the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2, and to certify payment in the amount of the Project Ap- plication, the Architect will notify the Construction Man- ager as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Project Certificate for Pav- ment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also decline to certify payment or, because of subse- quently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, the Architect may nullify the whole or any part of any Project Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary, in the Architect's opinion, to protect the Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence in- dicating probable filing of such claims; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- erly to Subcontractors, or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord- ance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.2 When the grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 above are removed, payment shall be made for amounts with- held because of them. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Construction Manager should fail to issue recommendations within seven days of receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if, through no fault of the Contractor, the Architect does not issue a Project Certificate for Payment within seven days after the Architect's receipt of the Project Application for Pay- ment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Doc- uments any amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager, stop the Work until pay- ment of the amount owing has been received. The Con- tract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Con- tractor's reasonable costs of shut -down, delay and start- up, which shall be effected by appropriate Change Order in accordance with Paragraph 12.3. 9,8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara- graph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for the Construc- tion Manager a list of items to be completed or cor- rected. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of inspection and con- sultation with the Construction Manager. determines that the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work which shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work, shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall complete the items listed therein. The Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. 9.8.2 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or desig- nated portion thereof, and upon application by the Con- tractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Con- tract Documents. 9.8.3 When the Architect. on the basis of inspections, determines that the Project or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Project which shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project and fix the time within which the Contrac- tor shall complete any uncompleted items on the Certif- icate of Substantial Completion of the Work. 9.8.4 Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or designated portion thereof unless other- wise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple- tion of the Work or designated portion thereof. 9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.9.1 Following the Architect's issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated por- tion thereof, and the Contractor's completion of the Work, the Contractor shall forward to the Construction Manager a written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, and shall also forward to the Construction Manager a final Application for Payment. Upon receipt, the Construction Manager will make the necessary evaluations and forward recommendations to the Architect who will promptly make such inspection. When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per- formed, the Architect will issue a Project Certificate for Payment which will approve the final payment due the Contractor. This approval will constitute a representation that, to the best of the Arc' :. ct's knowledge, informa- tion and belief, and on the asis of observations and in- spections, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the Contract Docu- ments and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, and noted in said Certificate, is due and pay- able. The Architect's approval of said Project Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being en- titled to final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2 have been fulfilled. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIA* - m 1980 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201/CM —1980 16 9.9.2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining retain - age shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect, through the Construction Manager, (1) an affi- davit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satis- fied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final payment, and (3) if required by the Owner, other data establishing pay- ment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as re- ceipts, releases and waivers of liens arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be desig- nated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor refuses to fur- nish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Con- tractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any such lien. If any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. 9.9.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Construction Manager so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipu- lated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished as provided in Paragraph 7.5, the written con- sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Construction Manager prior to certification of such payment. Such pay- ment shall be made under the Terms and Conditions gov- erning final payments, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 9.9.4 The making of final payment shall, after the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project, constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 unsettled liens; .2 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substan- tial Completion of the Work; .3 failure of the Work to comply with the require- ments of the Contract Documents; or .4 terms of any special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 9.9.5 The acceptance of final payment shall, after the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project, constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and identified by the Contrac- tor as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Payment. 9.9.6 All provisions of this Agreement, including with- out limitation those establishing obligations and proce- dures, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstand- ing the making or acceptance of final payment prior to the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precau- tions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 all employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of the Contractor's Subcon- tractors or Sub -subcontractors; .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in- cluding trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction; and .4 the work of the Owner or other separate contrac- tors. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re- quired by existing conditions and the progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety'and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. 10.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage or loss (other than damage or loss insured under Para- graph 11.3) to any property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contrac- tor, any Subcontractor, any Sub -subcontractor, anyone di- rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- one for whose acts any of them may be liable, and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to the acts or omissions of the Owner, the Architect, the Con- struction Manager or anyone directly r indirectly em- ployed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obliga- tions of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 17 A201/CM-1980 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIA• - 01980 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and the Construction Manager. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insur- ance for protection from the claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's opera- tions under the Contract, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor, or by anyone di- rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- one for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensa- tion, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occu- pational sickness or disease, or death of the Con- tractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- ness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in- jury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such per- son by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than any limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever is greater. 11.1.3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 1.1.1 shall include contractual liability insurance applicaole to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18. 11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for trans- mittal to the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining Owner liability insurance and, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain insurance for protection against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur- chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Construction Manager, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the Work, and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, van- dalism and malicious mischief. If the Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance for the full insurable value of the entire Work, the Owner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, the Contrac- tor's Subcontractors and the Sub -subcontractors jn the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is dam- aged by failure of the Owner to purchase or maintain such insurance and to so notify the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributa- ble thereto. If not covered under the all risk insurance or otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. the Contractor shall effect and maintain similar property in- surance on portions of the Work stored off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be in- cluded in an Application for Pavment under Subpara- graph 9.3.2. 11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance as may be required by the Contract Documents or by law. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner. the Construction .tan- ager, the Contractor. Subcontractors and Sub -subcontrac- tors in the Work. 11.3.3 Anv loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to be adjusted with the 0%%ner and made payable to the Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.8. The Con- tractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance monies received by the Contractor, and by ap- propriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, shall require each Subcontractor to make pay- ments to their Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.4 The Owner shall file a copy of all policies with the Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur. 11.3.5 If the Contractor requests in writing that insur- ance for risks other than those described in Subpara- graphs 11.3.1 and 11.3.2, or other special hazards, be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner Shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - 1UNE 1980 EDITION - AIA® - 01980 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A201/CM —1980 18 11.3.6 The Owner and the Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and the Subcontractors, Sub -sub- contractors, agents and employees of each other, and (2) the Architect, the Construction Manager and separate con- tractors, if any, and their subcontractors, sub -subcontrac- tors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered b, insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or any other property in- surance applicab!e to the Work, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. The foregoing waiver afforded the Architect, the Construction Manager, their agents and employees shall not extend to the liability imposed by Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, the Construc- tion Manager, separate contractors, Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors by appropriate agreements, written Where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of all other parties enumerated in this Sub- paragraph 11.3.6. 11.3.7 If required in writing by any party in interest, the Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an in- sured loss, give bond for the proper performance of the Owner's duties. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an award by arbitration in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Para- graph 7.9. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged Work shall be covered by an appropriate Change Order. 11.3.8 The Owner, as trustee, shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object, in writing within five days after the occurrence of loss, to the Owner's exercise of this power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in accordance with the directions of such arbi- trators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbi- tration is required, the arbitrator, %%ill direct such dis- tribution 11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion thereof, such occupancy shall not commence pricy to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor and to which the insurance company or com- panies providing the property insurance have consented by endorsement to the policy or policies. This insurance shall not be canceled or lapsed on account of such partial occupancy. Consent of the Contractor and of the insur- ance company or companies to such occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. — 11.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE 11.4.1 The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain insurance for protection against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused, to the extent covered by insurance under this Paragraph 11.4. ARTICLE 12 CHANGES IN THE WORK 12.1 CHANGE ORDERS 12.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Con- tractor signed to show the recommendation of the Con- struction Manager, the approval of the Architect and the authorization of the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjust- ment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement there- with, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. 12.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu- ments. 12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: .1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. 12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses 12.1.3.1, 12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac- tor, provided a written order signed by the O%%ner is re- ceived, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the Architect, after consultation with the Construction Man- ager, on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in the case of an increase in the Con- tract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and 12.1.3.4 above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Owner, the Architect or the Construc- tion Manager may prescribe, an itemized accounting to- gether with appropriate supporting data for inclusion in a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in the Con- tract Documents, cost shall be limited to the following: cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery; cost of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits required by agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's compensa- tion insurance; bond premiums; rental value of equip- ment and machinery; and the additional costs of super- vision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Ar- chitect's approval of a Project Certificate for Payment. AIA DOCUMENT A2011CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1960 EDITION - AIA® - m 1980 - THE 19 A201/CM —1980 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for any deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum will be the amount of the actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect after consultation with the Construction Manager. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitu- tions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 12.15 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Docu- ments or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS 12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the performance of the Work below the surface of the ground or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical conditions below the surface of the ground or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing struc- ture of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as in- herent in work of the character provided for in this Con- tract, be encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equita- bly adjusted by Change Order upon claim by either party made within twenty days after the first observance of the conditions. 12.3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST 12.3.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall give the Architect and the Construction Manager written no- tice thereof within twenty days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or prop- erty in which case the Contractor shall proceed in ac- cordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Contractor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, it shall be determined by the Architect after consultation with the Construction Manage:. Any change in the Contract Sum resulting from such claim shall be authorized by Change Order. 12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is in- volved because of, but not limited to, (1) any written in- terpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.3.11, (2) any or- der by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para- graph 3.3 - ,ere the Contractor was not at fault, or any such ordr• by the Construction Manager as the Owner's agent, (3) any written order for a minor change in the Work issued pursuant to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7, the Contractor shall make such claim as provided in Sub- paragraph 12.3.1. 12.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 12.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order issued through the Construction Manager, and shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 13 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Architect or the Construc- tion Manager, or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by either, be uncovered for their observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 13.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been cov- ered which the Architect or the Construction Manager has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, either may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it be found that this condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor as provided in Article 6, in which event the Owner shall be responsible for the payment of such costs. 13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work rejected by the Architect or the Construction Manager as defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Docu- ments whether observed before or after Substantial Com- pletion of the Project and whether or not fabricated, in- stalled or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including compensa- tion for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional services made necessary thereby. 13.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or designated portion thereof, or within one year after acceptance by the Owner of designated equipment, or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Docu- ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previ- ously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. This obligation shall survive both final payment for the Work or designated portion thereof and termina- tion of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. 13.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site all portions of the Work which are defective or nonconform- ing and which have not been corrected under Subpara- graphs 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, unless removal is waived by the Owner. 13.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or non- conforming Work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5.1, AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIAe - ® 1980 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NCW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20W6 A201/CM —1980 20 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 3.4. 13.2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor- rection of such defective or nonconforming Work withip a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi- tect issued through the Construction Manager, the Owner may remove it and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may, upon ten additional days' written notice, sell such Work at auction or at pri- vate sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should have been borne by the Contractor, including compensation for the Archi- tect's and the Construction Manager's additional services made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs which the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the differ- ence to the Owner. 13.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of the Owner or separate contractors de- stroyed or damaged by such correction or removal. 13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to any other obligation which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5 hereof. The establishment of the time periods noted in Subparagraph 13.2.2, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any warranty required by the Contract Documents, relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the Contractor's obligation to comply with the Contract Doc- uments may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to estab- lish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contrac- tor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NONCONFORMING WORK 13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- conforming Work, the Owner may do so instead of requir- ing its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order will be issued to reflect a reduction in the Contract Sum where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days under an order of any court or other public authority having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government such as a declaration of a national emergency making materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the Con- tractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor, or if the Work should be stopped for a period of thirty days by the Contractor be- cause of the Construction Manager's failure to recom- mend or the Architect's failure to issue a Project Certifi- cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable profit and damages. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER 14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of the Contrac- tor's insolvency, or if the Contractor persistently or re- peatedly retuses or fails, except in cases for which exten- sion of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, or fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having juris- tion, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contract Documents, and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice to commence and continue correction of such default, neglect or viola- tion with diligence and promptness, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect after consultation with the Construction Manager that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, after seven days following receipt by the Contractor of an additional written notice and with- out prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may finish the Work by whatever methods the Owner may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. 14.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum ex- ceeds the costs of finishing the Work, including compen- sation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional services made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or to the Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, in the manner provided in Paragraph 9.4, and this obligation for payment shall survive the termination of the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIAO - 01980 - THE 21 A201/CM —1980 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 SECTION 00800 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND OWNER ACCEPTANCE Bid Group 2, and Bid Group 3 Contractors shall turn over care, custody and control of their work to the Owner as defined in the issuance of the A/E's Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Project. All contracts in these bid groups shall exchange as a group and in unison, possession, maintenance and security responsibilities with the Monroe County Officials. Any portion of the work which is in non-conformance with the contract documents or elements which prevent the Owner's use of the facilities for its intended use shall be excluded from acceptance. The contractor shall be responsible for all work performed, equipment, and materials furnished to, or by the contractor under this contract until the contractors work is completed and has been accepted by the Owner as stated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. In the event of loss, damage or destruction of such work, equipment, or materials, the contractor at his sole expense shall promptly repair, restore, or replace such, to the conditions required by the contract documents. All warranties and guarantees shall commence as stated on the A/E's Certificate of Substantial Completion. Substantial Completion Certificates for portions of the project or portions of the work may be used to reduce retention. This partial certification shall only be used for the purpose of reducing retention. The implementation and amounts of reduction shall be at the Owner's sole discretion. In the event of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract documents, specifications, and/or drawings, this section will take precedence over the Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, General Requirements, technical specifications and drawings. 11/20/91 OWNER ACCEPTANCE 00800 - 1 SECTION 00805 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Information contained in this Supplementary Conditions amends, supplements or clarifies the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Construction Management Edition, AIA Document A201/CM dated June 1980 Edition. In cases of conflict between the General Conditions and these Supplementary Conditions, wording of this Section shall govern. ARTICLE 1 1. Subparagraph 1.1.3 - third line -after the word "construction," delete the remaining words and insert the following: "and all supplies, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities, services, and incidentals necessary for the proper execution and completion of such construction; except as expressly noted in the Scope of Work or the General Requirements of the Contract." 2. Subparagraph 1.2.1 - delete in its entirety. 3. Subparagraph 1.2.3 - after the last word "meanings" in the paragraph add the following sentence: "In case of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract documents, specifications, and/or drawings, the ORDER OF PRECEDENCE shall be: Contract Agreement The addenda as issued The Supplementary General Conditions General Conditions The General Requirements The Technical Specifications The Drawings (Large scale detail d.r:wings take precedence over smaller scale general drawings). 4. Add new subparagraph 1.2.5 as follows: "Where on any of the drawings a portion of the Work is drawn 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 1 out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the parts drawn out shall also apply to all other like portions of the Work." 5. Add new subparagraph 1.3.2 as follows: "Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Trade Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, all copies of Drawings and Specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work." ARTICLE 2 1. Subparagraph 2.2.1 - after the word "representative", add: "The Construction Manager is not the General Contractor and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, does not asssume any of the traditional duties of a General Contractor. The term Construction Manager means the Construction Manager acting through his authorized representative." 2. Subparagraph 2.3.4 - first sentence after the word "Architect," add "along with the Construction Manager." 3. Subparagraph 2.3.7 - after the word "properly," add: "It is the intent of the Contract Documents to allow the Construction Manager to schedule the performance of all Work and the contractors are expected to follow all such schedule direction. Should a contractor, either in person or through his subcontractor, supplier, or vendor, fail to maintain progress according to the Project Schedule and approved Contractor's Schedule, or cause delay to another Contractor: he shall furnish additional labor and/or services such as overtime as may be necessary to bring his operations up to schedule all at no additional cost to the Owner." 4. Subparagraph 2.3.15 - delete in its entirety. 5. Subparagraph 2.3.18 - delete the word "reasonable" in the sixth line. After the word "promptness", add "consistBnt with the constraints of the project schedule so as to cause no delay." 6. Subparagraph 2.3.21 - first line - delete the words "the Construction Manager will assist the Architect", and 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 2 substitute, "The Architect will assist the Construction Manager." 7. Subparagraph 2.3.23 - delete the phrase "against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and." Also, delete the last sentence in the subparagraph in its entirety. ARTICLE 3 1. Subparagraph 3.4.1 - substitute three (3) days notice in each case for the seven (7) day notices stipulated. Add at end of subparagraph the following: "In the event of clean- up issues, Owner has right to provide a minimum of 24 hours notice. In the event of safety issues determined to be of a serious nature, as determined by the CM, notice will given, and contractor is required to rectify deficiency immediately." 2. Subparagraph 3.2.1 - delete in its entirety. ARTICLE 4 1. Subparagraph 4.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Contractor is the same person or entity identified as the Trade Contractor. A Trade Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement between the Owner or Construction Manager and a Trade Contractor. The term Trade Contractor includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design but does not include one who furnishes material not so worked and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term Trade Contractor means the Trade Contractor or his authorized representative." 2. Add new subparagraph 4.4.3 as follows: "The Contractor is responsible for the conduct of his employees at all times. Misconduct, destruction of property, unsafe practices, or violation of any Federal or State regulatio,is, including abuse of alcohol or drugs, will be cause for permanent dismissal from the project. If any Contractor employee is determined to be detrimental to the Project, as deemed by the Construction Manager, the Contractor wil remove and/or replace the employee at the request of the Construction Manager. Employees dismissed 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 3 from the project will be transported from the jobsite at the Contractor's expense." 3. Add new subparagraph 4.4.4 as follows: "The Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment." 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 4 4. Add new subparagraph 4.4.5 as follows: "The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for complete, timely and accurate field measurements as necessary for proper coordination, fabrication and installation of his materials and equipment. The Trade Contractor agrees to cooperate with the Construction Manager, if required, to accommodate any discovered variations or deviations from the Drawings and Specifications so that the progress of the Work is not adversely affected." 5. Subparagraph 4.9.1 - add the following sentence: "The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Construction Manager and shall not be changed except with the consent of the Construction Manager, unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Trade Contractor or ceases to be in his employ." 6. Subparagraph 4.10.1 - add the following sentence: "This schedule, to be submitted within three (3) days after Contract Award, shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various stages of construction, shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, and shall be subject to the Construction Manager's approval." 7. Add new subparagraph 4.10.2: "The Construction Manager will conduct a weekly scheduling meeting which the Contractor shall attend. At this meeting, the parties can discuss jointly such matters as progress, scheduling, and problems." 8. Add new subparagraph 4.12.9: "If materials specified in the Contract Documents are not available on the present market, the Trade Contractor may submit data on substitute materials through the Construction Manager to the Architect/Engineer for approval by the Owner." 9. Subparagraph 4.14.1 - add at line 3 after "properly": "He shall also provide protection of existing work as required." 10. Subparagraph 4.14.2 - at end of paragraph, add: 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 5 "When structural members are involved, the written consent of the Architect/Engineer shall also be required. The Trade Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Construction Manager or any separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work." 11. Add new subparagraph 4.14.3: "The Trade Contractor shall arrange for any blockouts, cutouts, or opening required for the installation of his materials and equipment and the execution of his work, whether or not shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Trade Contractor shall be further responsible for sealing and/or finishing, in an acceptable fashion and meeting any applicable code requirements, any such blockout, cutout opening, or other hole in any fire -rated floor, ceiling, wall, security wall, or any other finished surface". 12. Subparagraph 4.15.1 - at end of paragraph, add: "Clean up shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner or Construction Manager." 13. Add new subparagraph 4.16.2: "The Trade Contractor shall promptly return telephone calls or respond to any other form of communication initiated by the Construction Manager. Failure to promptly do so shall be considered a lack of performance on the part of the Trade Contractor, and may be considered grounds for replacement of site personnel." 14. Add new Subparagraph 4.16.3: "All written correspondence to the Construction Manager shall be serialized, dated, and signed by an authorized representative of the Trade Contractor. The correspondence shall be directed to: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O. Box 5283 Key West, Florida 33040 Attn: Doug Fuller or hand delivered to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' office located at 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Florida 33040. 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 6 Serialization procedures will be provided to the Trade Contractor in the pre -construction meeting." Each trade contractor shall be required to check his designated mailbox regularly. This mailbox will be made available, and located by the Construction Manager. ARTICLE 5 1. Subparagraph 5.2.3 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Owner or Construction Manager refuses to accept any person or entity on a list submitted by the Trade Contractor in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Trade Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute; however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitution." ARTICLE 6 1. Subparagraph 6.1.1 - delete the last sentence. 2. Subparagraph 6.1.3 - delete in its entirety, and insert the following: "It shall be the responsibility of each contractor to coordinate his work with the work of other contractors on the site. The Owner and Construction Manager shall be held harmless of any and all costs associated with improper coordination." 3. Subparagraph 6.2.5 - sixth line, after the word "initiates," delete the words "an arbitration proceeding" and substitute "a claim;" tenth line, delete the words "at the Owner's expense, and"; thirteenth line, after the words "and court or," delete the word "arbitration" and substitute "claim." 4. Add new subparagraph 6.2.6: "Should the Contractor contend that he is entitled to an extension of time for completion of any portion or portions of the work, he shall, within (72) hours of the occurrence of the cause of the delay, notify the Construction Manager in writing, of his contention: Setting forth (A) The cause for the delay, (B) A description of the portion or portions of work affected 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 7 thereby, and (C) all details pertinent thereto. A subsequent written application for the specific number of days of extension of time requested shall be made by the Contractor to the Construction Manager with (72) hours after the delay has ceased to exist. It is a condition precedent to the consideration or prosecution of any claim for an extension of time that the foregoing provisions be strictly adhered to in each instance and, if the Contractor fails to comply, he shall be deemed to have waived the claim. The Contractor agrees that whether or not any delay, regardless of cause, shall be the basis for an extension of time he shall have no claim against the Owner or Construction Manager for an increase in the contract price, nor a claim against the Owner or Construction Manger for a payment or allowance of any kind for damage, loss or expense resulting from delays: Nor shall the Contractor have any claim for damage, loss or expense resulting from interruptions to, or suspension of, his work to enable other contractors to perform their work. The only remedy available to the Contractor shall be an extension of time." ARTICLE 7 1. Subparagraph 7.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Venue for any claims or disputes arising under this contract shall be in the Circuit Court of the 16th Judicial Circuit of the State of Florida." 2. Subparagraph 7.2.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Owner or Construction Manager (as the case may be) and the Trade Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other party in respect to all covena...s, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other." 3. Add new Subparagraph 7.2.2: 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 8 "The Trade Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to become due under this Contract without prior written consent of the Owner or Construction Manager." 4. Subparagraph 7.8.1 - delete in its entirety. 5. Paragraph 7.9 'Arbitration' and all associated subparagraphs 7.9.1, 7.9.2, & 7.9.3 - delete in their entirety. ARTICLE 8 1. Subparagraph 8.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Trade Contractor is delayed, at any time, in the progress of the Work, by any act or neglect of the Owner, Construction Manager, or the Architect/Engineer, or by any employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by fire, unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Trade Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner, Construction Manager, or by any other cause which the Construction Manager determines may justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by no cost Change Order for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may determine, in accordance with" subparagraph 6.2.6." 2. Subparagraph 8.3.2 - replace the remainder of the Paragraph after the word "waived" in line 4 with the following: "Any claim for extension of time shall state the cause of the delay and the number of days of extension requested. If the cause of the delay is continuing, only one claim is necessary, but the Trade Contractor shall report the termination of the cause for the delay within twenty (20) days after such termination; otherwise, any claim for extension of time based upon that cause shall be waived." 3. Subparagraph 8.3.4 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "It shall be recognized by the Trade Contractor that he may reasonably anticipate that as the job progresses, the Construction Manager will be making changes in, and updating Construction Schedules. No claim for an increase in the 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 9 4. 1. 2. Contract Sum for either acceleration or delay will be allowed for extensions of time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.3 or for other changes in the Construction Schedules which are of the type ordinarily experienced in projects of similar size and complexity." Add new subparagraph 8.3.5: "If the Project is delayed as a result of the Trade Contractor's refusal or failure to begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in paragraph 8.1.2, or his refusal or failure to carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces, the Trade Contractor causing the delay shall be liable, but not limited to, delay claims from other Trade Contractors which are affected." ARTICLE 9 Subparagraph 9.3.3 - add at line 14 after the word "person": "All Trade Subcontractors and execute an agreement stating their receipt of payment from Subparagraph 9.5.1 - add: Trade Subsubcontractors shall that title will so pass, upon the Trade Contractor." "From the total of the amount determined to be payable'on a progress payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until final payment is made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Owner may, at his/her discretion (and with the consent of the surety), prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, (whichever is greater), of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitle('' to demand or receive progress payment based on quantl.:ies of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Construction Manager to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 10 No progress payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place, as to quality or quantity. All progress payments are subject to correction at the time of final payments. 3. Add new subparagraph 9.5.6: "All material and work covered by partial payments made shall thereupon become the sole property of the Owner, and by this provision shall not be construed as relieving the Trade Contractor from the sole responsibility for the materials and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration for any damaged material, or as a waiver to the right of the Owner or Construction Manager to require the fulfillment of all the terms of the Contract." 4. Add new subparagraph 9.5.7: "Except in case of bonafide disputes, or where the Trade Contractor has some other justifiable reason for delay, the Trade Contractor shall pay for all transportation and utility services not later than the end of the calendar month following that in which services are rendered and for all materials, tools, and other expendable equipment which are delivered at the site of the Project. The Trade Contractor shall pay, to each of his Trade Subcontractors, not later than the end of the calendar month in which each payment is made to the Trade Contractor, the representative amount allowed the Trade Contractor on account of the work performed by his Trade Subcontractor interest therein. The Trade Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each Trade Subcontractor, also require each Trade Subcontractor to make payments to his suppliers and Trade Subsubcontractors in a similar manner." 5. Subparagraph 9.6.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Construction Manager/Architect may decline to approve an Application for Payment if, in his opinion, the application is not adequately supported. If the Trade Contractor and Construction Manager cannot agree on a revised amount, the Construction Manager shall process the Application for the amount he deems appropriate. The Construction Manager may also decline to approve any Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, he may nullify, in whole or part, any approval previously made to 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 11 such extent as may be necessary in his opinion because of: (1) defective work not remedied; (2) third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; (3) failure of the Trade contractor to make payments properly to Trade Subcontractors or for labor, materials, or equipment; (4) reasonable evidence that the work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; (5) damage to the Construction Manager, the Owner, or another contractor working at the project; (6) reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the contract time; (7) persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.1.1 No payment shall be made to the Trade Contractor until certificates of insurance or other evidence of compliance by the Trade Contractor, within all the requirements of Article 12, have been filed with the Owner and Construction Manager. Further, no payments on the basis of work performed by a Trade Subcontractor shall be paid until copies of all bonds required by Paragraph 7.5 and any certificates of insurance required of the Trade Subcontractors under Article 12 have been filed with the Owner." 6. Subparagraph 9.7 - delete in its entirety. ARTICLE 11 1. Add new subparagraph 11.1.2.1: The following coverages are required to be maintained by all Trade Contractors and subcontractors in any tier throughout the entire length of the contract and any extensions thereof. 1. Premises and Operation Liability Insurance: Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be obtained in amounts of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence. Coverage shall specifically include: a. Bodily injury and property damage liability coverage for premises and operations. b. Products and completed operations. 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 12 C. Independent contractor's exposures. d. Property damage resulting from explosion, collapse, or underground (x,c,u) exposures. e. Blanket contractual liability covering this contract. f. Personal injury liability. g. Broad form property damage liability. 2. Automobile Liability Insurance: Comprehensive automobile liability insurance shall include coverage for bodily injury and property damage liability for a minimum limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence and shall cover use of owned, non -owned, and hired vehicles, and include employers' non -ownership liability coverage. 3. Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance: Statutory Workers' Compensation coverage including Employers Liability coverage with limits of not less than $100,000 per person per accident and $500,000 per person per occurrence for disease. Coverage shall be provided to cover operations in the State of Florida and the Voluntary Compensation endorsement shall be provided. Coverage for deferally enacted benefits shall be provided where applicable. All insurance policies except the Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance policy, are required in the name of Monroe County Board of County Commissioners and Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits as Additional Insured, and provide a minimum of sixty (60) days notice in the event of termination, non -renewal or reduction in coverage. Policy language shall be modified to provide liability coverage for Cross Liability Suits between insureds without increasing the total policy limits. Monroe County reserves the right to require additional insurance as may be deemed necessary for any specific project or work. Insurers providing coverage(s) must be financially stable and authorized to do business in the State of Florida. The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners reserves the right to reject any insurer that it believes to be 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 13 unacceptable. Failure to maintain required insurance coverage in effect will provide Monroe County, Florida with the option of terminating the contract upon written notice to the Construction Manager. Certificates expiring during the term of the contract shall be replaced with new certificates prior to the expiration of the original certificates. Complete and certified copies of all insurance contracts shall be furnished to The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners if requested. The Certificate Holder on all insurance policies is required to be as follows: Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, or Monroe County, c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O. Box 5283 Key West, FL 33040 ARTICLE 12 1. Subparagraph 12.1.4 - replace the remainder of the paragraph, after the word "change" in line 25, with the following: "Pending final determination of cost, payments on account shall be made as determined by the Construction Manager. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Trade Contractor for any deletion or change, which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum, will be the amount of the actual net cost as confirmed by the Construction Manager. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change." 2. Add new subparagraph 12.1.6: "The actual cost of Changes in the Work may include all items of labor or material, power tools, and equipment 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 14 actually used, utilities, pro rata charges for foreman, and all payroll charges such as Public Liability and Workman's Compensation Insurance. No percentage for overhead and profit shall be allowed on items of Social Security and Sales Tax. If deductions are ordered, the credit shall be the net cost. Items considered as overhead shall include insurance other than that mentioned above, bond or bonds, superintendent, timekeeper, clerks, watchmen, use of small tools, incidental job costs, and general office expenses. The actual cost of Changes in the Work (other than those covered by unit prices set forth in the Contract Documents) shall be computed as follows: 12.1.6.1 If the Trade Contractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). 12.1.6.2 If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the Work, the maximum mark up for managing this work will be ten percent (10%). 12.1.6.3 If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade Contractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. 3. Add new subparagraph 12.1.7: "The Trade Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Construction Manager, an itemized breakdown of the quantities and prices used in computing the value of any change that might be ordered." 4. Subparagraph 12.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Trade Contractor claims that any instructions given to him by the Construction Manager, by drawings or otherwise, involve extra work not covered by the Contract, he shall give the Construction Manager written notice thereof within three (3) days after the receipt of such 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 15 instructions and before proceeding to execute the work, except in emergencies endangering life or property, in which case the Trade Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3." Should it not be clear to the Trade Contractor that a change will involve extra work, written notice given within three (3) days that the change may involve extra work will be sufficient notice. If it is later determined that the work involved in such instruction shall be recognized as an extra, the amounts of additional compensation to be paid therefore should be determined in accordance with Paragraph 13.1. Except as otherwise specifically provided, no claim for additional cost shall be allowed unless the notice specified by this Subparagraph is given by the Trade Contractor. If the Contractor considers that the changed work involves extra costs, the costs shall be accounted for, and presented in accordance with subparagraph 12.1.3. All claims shall be submitted to the Owner through the Construction Manager." 5. Subparagraph 12.3.2 - change the word 'agent' in the 7th line, to 'representative'. 6. Add new subparagraph 12.3.3: "Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during any dispute or claim proceeding, and Owner shall continue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. Disputes unresolved shall be settled in accordance with subparagraph 7.1.1." ARTICLE 14 1. Subparagraph 14.2.1 - change the words 'seven days' in the 13th and 18th line, to 172 hours'. 11/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 16 i O z C d z 72 C O H c 0 c w z 2 LLJ O 0 N O Q U Z p ~ U v O W ce w a. Q a. I ce 0 U ad Z O U i O cc W- 0-0 <u I I !H V" %Fi W C Q W v -CC W o Q V Q E In V H O a O M -30 U M m W H W i a O C LA 61 O F L F- E -}' Q J 7 J C VC W Z O' av Up`�' C _ - aj ]F' QW C O Z 0 C V ui o E rp Z a o E c E W W Q C Q O 7< U 7 e �o W Z V VL~-iUZ U 0 w U��°cQ �za < I Iv� `� �Q ~ F- OV O W O Z o"'t o !—' ,- N r'; I, 'I Z I it Z jp fi5i I lit C N dL d L oc m U W L L p K C CU O Z :J = U L U Q. C C Z Z o %o W _ z W r W S LAI U :J U C� U ^ ¢ LL Q J UQ Q�pZW �W000 �rv?Z) 0 0 x W S`W V f z /1 u r W _ C J I � I �s z O I Z o I w C , F-z WNER CONTRACTOR'S AO CHITECT p AFFIDAVIT OF CONTRACTOR ❑ SURETY ❑ PAYMENT OF OTHER DEBTS AND CLAIMS AIA Document G706 TO (Owner) L PROJECT: (name, address) State of: ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: CONTRACT FOR: I CONTRACT DATE: County of: The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, hereby certifies that, except as listed below, he has paid in full or has otherwise satisfied all obligations for all materials and equipment furnished, for all work, labor, and services performed, and for all known indebtedness and claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the performance of the Contract referenced above for which the Owner or his property might in any way be held responsible. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.) SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. Whenever Surety is involved, Consent of Surety is required. AIA DOCUMENT G707, CONSENT OF SURETY, may be used for this purpose. Indicate attachment: (yes ) (no ). The following supporting documents should be at- tached hereto if required by the Owner: 1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, condi- tional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Sub- contractors and material and equipment sup- pliers, to the extent required by the Owner, ac- companied by a list thereof. 3. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AIA DOCUMENT G706A). CONTRACTOR: Address: BY: Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of Notary Public: My Commission Expires: 19 AIA DOCUMENT G706 • CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS ' APRIL 1970 EDITION ONE PAC_ -i • 19-0 • THE °.\' RIC\N INSTITL;TF OF ARCHITECTS, 17?; NEWYORK AVE., N\V, WASHINGTON, D.C.'_0006 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS PROJECT: (name, address) State of: County of: CONTRACT DATE: The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work, labor or services who have or may have liens against any property of the Owner or claims against the public construction bond arising in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced above. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, Write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.) SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: CONTRACTOR: 1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Address Liens from Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers, to the extent required by the Owner, accompanied by a list thereof. BY: Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 19 Notary Public: My Commission Expires: 11/20/91 AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS 00908 - 1 CONSENT OF ARCHITECT ❑ SURETY COMPANY SURETY ❑❑ TO FINAL PAYMENT OTHER AIA DOCUMENT G707 PROJECT: (name, address) TO (Owner) ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: CONTRACT FOR: L CONTRACT DATE: CONTRACTOR: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the (here insert name and address of Surety Companyi , SURETY COMPANY, on bond of (here insert name and address of Contractor) CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to (here insert name and address of Owner) as set forth in the said Surety Company's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has herewito set its hand this Attest: (Seal): day of Surety Company Signature of Authorized Representative Ti , O%VNER, 19 NOTE: This form is to be used as a companion document to AIA DOCUMENT G706, CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS, Current Edition AIA DOCUMENT C707 - CONSE�'" OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT • APRII 1970 EDITION AIA'!) ONE PAGE MONROE COUNTY c/o MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS AFFIDAVIT AND PARTIAL RELEASE OF LIEN APPLICATION NUMBER: PERIOD ENDING DATE: APPLICATION DATE: KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, for and in consideration of the payment of the sum $ , to be paid to the undersigned, hereby releases, acquits, satisfies and forever discharges, MONROE COUNTY, OWNER, their successors and assigns from all suits, causes of action, liens, lien rights, claims or demands of any kind whatsoever, to the extent of the payment to date on account of the furnishing of labor, material or services for the improvement of the following described property: NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY As part of this PARTIAL RELEASE. THAT UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES the following: THAT the contract of the undersigned, as adjusted by all increases and decreases, is in the amount of $ , as of the date of the Partial Release and the undersigned has received $ as payment on the adjusted contract amount as of the date of this Partial Release. THAT all supplies of labor, material or services furnished to, or for the benefit of the undersigned for improvement to the subject property have been paid in full. Any and all suppliers of labor, material or services for improvement to the subject property, who have not been paid in full are listed below with the amount owing each, claimed by each and the reason for nonpayment: (If none, write "None") CLAIMANT AMOUNT DUE AMOUNT CLAIMED REASON FOR NONPAYMENT THAT all taxes imposed by all government agencies have been paid and discharged. THAT all funds have been collected for F.I.C.A. and withholding taxes have been properly deposited with appropriate agencies or paid to the government as required by law. THAT the undersigned has no other claims for money against the OWNER other than those subcontractors/suppliers amounts remaining due and owing on the adjusted contract balance as reflected above. THAT the undersigned further certifies that if there is a Guarantee, Warranty or Maintenance Agreement in connection with the labor and material furnished by it, that this payment and PARTIAL RELEASE shall not release the undersigned from any obligations under such Guarantee, Warranty or Maintenance Agreement. WITNESS MY HAND THIS day of , 19_ Witness Name of Company Witness Signature, Title 11/21/91 Partial Release 00915-1 SECTION 00970 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 1.1 REGULATIONS AND POLICIES 1.1.1 Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed on the Project shall comply with all applicable local, State, and Federal safety and health regulations and with Morrison-Knudsen Company, Inc. safety and health policies as described herein. 1.2 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS 1.2.1 It is recognized that it is good business and evidence of competent leadership to prevent the occurrence of incidents that lead to occupational injuries or illnesses. Safety and health requirements on this project include, but are not limited to, the following: .1 In general, this accident prevention policy is based on a sincere desire to eliminate personal injuries, occupational illnesses, and equipment and property damage; and to protect the general public exposed to or associated with the work. .2 The importance of the safety of all workers,on the project shall be recognized and accident prevention shall be an integral part of all operations. .3 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall conduct work in a safe and practical manner in conformance with the OSHA Safety and Health Regulations and the latest edition of the Manual of Accident Prevention, Associated General Contractors of America. .4 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall observe all applicable Federal, State, local and project laws and regulations pertaining to safety and health, pollution._ control, water supply, fire protection, sa,iitation facilities, waste disposal and other related items. .5 The Mandatory Safety and Health Rules shall be posted in a conspicuous location along with the OSHA and Emergency Phone Number posters. 11/21/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 1 .6 A record of all occupational injuries and illnesses shall be maintained. Medical and lost time cases shall be properly recorded on the OSHA log, and reported to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS. A copy of the insurance report for workmen compensation cases shall be provided to MORRISON- KNUDSEN/GERRITS. .7 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall provide or arrange for adequate first aid facilities, emergency transportation and persons qualified in first aid. .8 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall cooperate fully with all other contractors in their respective safety and health programs. .9 Good housekeeping shall be observed at all times. Waste, debris, and garbage shall be removed daily or placed in appropriate waste containers. All materials, tools, and equipment shall be stored in a safe and orderly fashion. Each contractor shall donate 10%,of their staff to a crew that will convene every Friday at 1:OOpm for a joint site clean-up effort not to exceed a duration of three hours. In summary, there will be a 3-part clean-up plan. The first part consists of the contractor cleaning up on a daily basis, his workstations, and his trade work. The second part consists of the general clean-up, the concerted effort by all trade contractors working on the project. A minimum of (1) crew is to be utilized by each contractor, or 10%, whichever is more. The third part consists of the Owner cleaning up for a particular trade contractor should adequate notice not compel him to clean up his work. In this case, the appropriate contractors will be backcharged. .10 This project shall be a Hard Hat job and all supervisors, employees and visitors shall be required to wear a suitable hard hat while on the project site. .11 Other appropriate personal protective equipment shall be provided and worn as required including 11/21/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 2 but not limited to long pants, shirts with sleeves and appropriate leather work boots. .12 Temporary construction aids such as ladders, scaffolds, stairs, railings, etc. shall be provided to facilitate access or working conditions in a manner that shall conform to the safety standards specified by Federal, State, Local or manufacturer's recommendations or stipulations. .13 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall be expected to indoctrinate his employees as to the safety and health requirements of this project and to enforce adherence to safe work procedures. .14 If MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS notifies any Trade Contractor of any noncompliance with the provisions of this program, the Trade Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to immediately correct the unsafe conditions or acts. Satisfactory corrective action shall be taken within the specified time. If a Trade Contractor or Trade Subcontractor refuse to correct unsafe or unhealthy conditions or acts, MORRISON- KNUDSEN/GERRITS shall take one or more of the following steps: a. Cease the operation or a portion thereof. b. Stop payment for the work being performed. C. Correct the situation using other forces and back charge the Trade Contractor expenses incurred. d. Increase withholding in proportional increments for that given pay period. .15 All Trade Contractor's Superintendents shall be required to attend and participate in all general project safety meetings. These meetings will be included in the weekly coordination meetings as previously specified or on an as needed basis. .16 All Trade Contractors shall conduct Weekly Tool Box Safety Training Meetings, and shall document 11/21/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 3 the minutes on the forms provided. These forms are to be transmitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on a weekly basis. All employees working at the project site shall be required to attend and participate in the meetings. .17 Shortly after the award of the contract and prior to the beginning of work, an Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan) shall be prepared by the contractor and submitted to Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits for approval. The analysis will address the hazards for each activity to be performed in that phase and will present the procedures and safeguards necessary to eliminate the hazards or reduce the risk to an acceptable level. A phase is defined as an operation involving a type of work presenting hazards not experienced in previous operations or where a new subcontractor or work crew is to perform work. The analysis will be discussed by the contractor and Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on -site representatives at the Preparatory Inspection Meeting. Work will not proceed on that phase until the Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan) has been accepted by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. .18 No personal radios or stereos will be allowed on the job -site. 1.3 FIRE PROTECTION 1.3.1 Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed on the Project shall exercise good construction practices to prevent fire. It shall be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor to insure that general fire protection facilities are adequate for his work and to provide additional fire protection facilities and devices, including fire extinguishers as required by their scope of work. 1.4 WORK NEAR ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES 1.4.1 It shall be the Trade Contractor's sole and exclusive responsibility (a) to provide personnel capable of working adjacent to energized electrical lines or other utilities; (b) to provide adequate, safe and properly maintained equipment; (c) to conduct all of his work in accordance with the safety rules and regulations 11/21/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 4 prescribed by the National Electric Code, National Electric Safety Code, H30, and Safety Rules for Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Supply and Communication Lines Hand Book 81, Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as well as other safety codes in effect at the site of construction and as specified elsewhere herein, or as are generally applicable to the type of work being performed; and (d) to continuously supervise and inspect the work being performed to assure that the requirements of (a), (b), and (c) above are complied with and nothing in these Contract Documents shall be held to mean that any such responsibility is the obligation of the Owner or the Architect or the Construction Manager. 1.5 BARRICADES, WARNING DEVICES AND LIGHTING 1.5.1 The Trade Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing temporary ladders, guard rails, warning signs, barricades, night guard lights, and deck or floor closures required in connection with his work to comply with Federal, State and local safety requirements. The Trade Contractor shall be solely and exclusively responsible for the design, construction, inspection and maintenance of such facilities at all times. 1.5.2 It shall be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor to provide additional temporary lighting, if needed to maintain safe conditions. 1.5.3 It shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Trade Contractor to provide a safe place to work for all laborers and mechanics and other persons employed on or in connection with the project, and nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed to give any of such responsibility to the Owner, the Architect, or the Construction Manager. 11/21/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 5 SECTION 00980 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 1.1 MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.1.1 The Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will monitor all work performed by the Trade Contractor and assist the Trade Contractor with his conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.2 TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.2.1 The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of the work performed by his work force on this project as well as the quality of the material, equipment and supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the work. 1.2.2 The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control Representative who will be on site at all times while the respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress and will have the authority and responsibility to accept or reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative may delegate his duties but the primary responsibility and authority will rest on him. 1.2.3 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings, product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. Any submittal that is a variance to the contract requirements must be identified as such and transmitted to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1.2.4 The Trade Contractor will bear the responsibility of notifying the designated material -testing laboratory, whether Monroe County or Contractor is required to perform testing of materials as required by the contract drawings and specifications in a timely fashion to prevent needless cancellations and delays of work activities. Any costs caused by untimely 11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 1 notification shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.2.5 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will review his drawings, procurement documents and contracts to insure that the technical information provided and all work performed is in_accordance with the latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.2.6 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of the work of all materials, equipment and supplies including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes from this inspection will be filled out on the appropriate form and included with the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. Items which are damaged or not in conformance with the respective submittals, quality standards, contract drawings and specifications shall be brought to the attention of Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' representative on site and then will be identified and segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified will not be incorporated into the work until corrective action acceptable to Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits is completed. Items determined unsalvageable will be removed from the job site. These items shall be noted as deficient in the applicable section of the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. 1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING 1.3.1 INSPECTION PLAN Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a multi -point inspection plan for each separate feature of work to be performed under this Trade Contract, i.e., work described by each division of the technical provision section of the contract specifications. This plan consists of the following: .1 Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative wi)' meet with Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' uperintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: (a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals. 11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 2 (b) Approval of inspection and test reports of materials and equipment to be utilized. (c) Completion of previous operations of preliminary work. (d) Availability of materials and equipment required. (e) Potential utility outages. (f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon the particular operation. (g) Quality standards. (h) Safety or environmental precautions to be observed. (Phase Hazard) Note: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly. .2 Initial inspection - Upon completion of a representative sample of a given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with the Morrison-, Knudsen/Gerrits Superintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: (a) Workmanship to established quality standards. (b) Configuration to contract drawings and specifications. (c) Construction methods, equipment and tools utilized. (d) Materials and articles utilized. (e) Adequacy of testing: --methods. (f) Adequacy of shop drawings. (g) Adequacy of safety or environmental precautions. 11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 3 Note: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly. .3 Follow-up Inspections - The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will inspect the work daily to assure the continuing conformance of the.work to the workmanship standards established during the preparatory and initial inspections. Additionally, as a part of the follow-up inspection, sign -off sheets will be utilized as often as possible. The intent of these sheets is to achieve concurrence from other trade contractors and responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed commence over underlying work. This will prevent oversights and omissions which could elevate costs. Sign -off sheets shall be used for, but not be limited to, concrete, drywall, ceilings, painting, roofing substrates and flooring. These reports are to be generated by the applicable Trade Contractor and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent for approval prior to the start-up of work. - Failure to generate a sign -off sheet or to attain proper signatures prior to covering up underlying work may affect payment for that piece of work if ensuing problems are detected or not. This disciplinary action shall be carried out via the Nonconformance Report. (See Section 1.4.2 of this plan.) Note: The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to record these inspections and all other project related activities encountered throughout the day on the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. .4 Completion Inspections - Upon completion of a given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent, if he so desires to attend, to perform an inspection of the completed work. Non -conforming items will be identified and corrected prior to commencement of the next operation. Note: The Trade Contractor shall conduct and report corrections of this inspection which shall be a 11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 4 required submittal. 1.3.1.5 Follow -On Inspections - Upon execution of the contractor's completion inspection in elements of the work which result in concealment; such as, ceiling and drywall installations, MK/G shall schedule and conduct multi -trade or singular inspections prior to covering installation. Note: MK/G will record the minutes to this inspection meeting. 1.3.1.6 Pre -Final Inspection - Upon substantial completion of the project work MK/G shall coordinate and conduct a universal inspection of all areas and elements of the work. The Architect/Engineer may be represented if he so desires. This inspection shall be completed at least (15) days prior to the final substantial completion inspection which shall be conducted by the A/E. All deficiencies and incomplete work should be completed prior to the final substantial completion inspection. 1.3.2 OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING The Trade Contractor will provide personnel and equipment to perform the operational tests and checkout of the equipment, facilities or equipment constructed, fabricated or installed under this Trade Contract. Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and witness all such tests. Notification should be given at least ten (10) days in advance of the scheduled tests. 1.3.3 FINAL INSPECTION and issuance of the A/E CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and attend all final inspections of the work by the Architect/Engineer. Prior to requesting a final inspection, all tests for the equipment and systems must be completed. Upon completion of the A/E's inspection, the A/E will publish outstanding items and issue a Project Certificate of Substantial Completion, which will define the date of 'Turn -Over' to the Owner the care, control and custody. Reference Section 00800, 11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 5 Substantial Completion. 1.4 REPORTING Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is extremely important in the Quality Assurance Program. These records will act as a main source of information in the present and in the future for the entire project management team. The main report that will be utilized to provide this information is the Daily Quality Control Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be issued. 1.4.1 DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to document the summary of daily inspection activities performed by the Trade Contractor's designated Quality Control Representative. It shall include any of the steps of inspection that are performed that day, all test monitoring and any rework of nonconforming items. The daily Quality Control Report section of the Daily Superintendent's Report will be routinely used for daily reporting requirements. When the magnitude or complexity necessitates such, a more separate and comprehensive form will be used. Reference Contractor's Daily Report, and as needed Contractor Daily Quality Control Report, section 01385. 1.4.2 NONCONFORMANCE REPORT Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is found to be in nonconformance with the contract documents or the referenced quality standards. The report will be issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after normal enforcement standards have been exhausted, or if the work performed is a detriment to the project. A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be forwarded to the Project Manager for his information and/or action. It should also be included in the Trade Contractor's Daily Quality Report package for general review. Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the 11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 6 deficient item or items have adequately been corrected. This will be done by the issuing Superintendent and Project Manager. These sign -offs will be included with a corresponding corrective action taken. Significant nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent recurrence. The signed -off report will also be submitted for review. Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report will proportionally counteraffect payments. Whether that be partial or full retainage will be left up to the discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' management team. 1.5 NOT USED 1.6 AUDITS 1.6.1 Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option to perform Trade Contractor audits of their Contractor Quality Control Plan at any time. Reports of these audit results will be forwarded to the Project Manager .for his action. Any action items noted during an audit for the Trade Contractor will be followed up and documented to insure compliance and avoid recurrence. 1.7 SUMMARY The intention of this plan is to create a system of checks and balances that will minimize delays caused by rework and a lack of planning and maximize production and insure that the finished product is one that the entire construction team can pride themselves in. These goals can be achieved by giving the Owner exactly what he has bought. The owner will expect no more and through Quality Assurance, the construction team will provide no less. 11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 7 SECTION 00993 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS DRAWING LATEST NUMBER DRAWING TITLE REVISION DATE 0.00 Cover 0.01 Index of Drawings Rev 11/11/91 0.02A Symbols and Abbreviations (Architectural) 1 Rev 11/11/91 0.03 Life Safety Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91 0.04 Life Safety Plan First Floor BG3 10/15/91 0.05 Life Safety Plan 2nd Floor BG3 10/15/91 1.00A Existing Conditions North 1 Rev 11/11/91 1.00B Existing Conditions Central 1 Rev 11/11/91 1.00C Existing Conditions South 1 Rev-11/11/91 1.O1A Not Used -- 1.02A Not Used -- 1.03A Final Site Layout Central 1 Rev 11/11/91 1.04A Final Site Layout and Grading South BG3 10/15/91 1.05A Final Grading North 1 Rev 11/11/91 1.06A Final Grading and Drainage Central BG3 10/15/91 1.07A Not Used -- 1.08A Final Site Utilities Central 1 Rev 11/11/91 1.09A Not Used -- 1.10 Entrance Enlargement Not Her= 1.11 Landscape Plan North BG3 10/15/91 1.12 Landscape Plan Central BG3 10/15/91 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 1 1.13 Landscape Plan South BG3 10/15/91 1.14 Irrigation Plan North BG3 10/,15/91 1.15 Irrigation Plan Central BG3 10/15/91 1.16 Irrigation Plan South BG3 10/15/91 1.17 Pump Station Grinder Details 1 Rev 11/11/91 1.18 Not Used -- 1.19 Not Used -- 1.20 Site Details Fencing and Paving 1 Rev 11/11/91 1.21 Landscape Irrigation Details BG3 10/15/91 1.22 Civil Details BG3 10/15/91 3.01 Not Used -- 3.02 Not Used -- 3.03 Not Used -- 3.04 Not Used -- 3.05 Not Used -- 3.06 Not Used -- 3.07 Framing Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 11/11/91 3.08 Framing Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 11/11/91 3.09 Framing Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 11/11/91 3.10 Framing Plan First Floor Zone D BG3 11/11/91 3.11 Framing Plan First Floor Zone E BG3 11/11/91 3.12 Framing Plan First Floor Zone F Alternate BG3 11/11/91 3.13 Framing Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 11/11/91 3.14 Framing Plan Second ,:loor Zone B BG3 11/11/91 3.15 Framing Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 11/11/91 3.16 Framing Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D BG3 11/11/91 00993 - 2 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 3.17 Framing Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E BG3 11/11/91 3.18 Framing Plan Mezzanine Floor Zone F BG3 11/11/91 Alternate 3.19 Framing Plan Mechanical Plenum Zone D BG3 11/11/91 3.20 Framing Plan Mechanical Plenum Zone E BG3 11/11/91 3.21 Framing Plan Mechanical Plenum Zone F BG3 11/11/91 Alternate 3.22 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone A BG3 11/11/91 3.23 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone B BG3 11/11/91 3.24 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone C BG3 11/11/91 3.25 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone D BG3 11/11/91 3.26 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone E BG3 11/11/91 3.27 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone F Alternate BG3 11/11/91 3.28 Not Used -- 3.29 Not Used -- 3.30 Not Used -- 3.31 Not Used -- 3.32 Typical Details BG3 11/11/91 3.33 Sections & Details BG3 11/11/91 3.34 Sections & Details BG3 11/11/91 3.35 Precast Wall Schedule & Details BG3 11/11/91 3.36 Precast Column Schedule & Details BG3 11/11/91 3.37 General Notes & Abbreviations & Typical BG3 11/11/91 Details 3.38 Sections & Details BG3 11/11/91 3.39 Sections & Details BG3 11/11/91 4.01 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone A BG3 11/11/91 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 3 4.O1A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 4.02 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone B BG3 11/11/91 4.02A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 4.03 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 11/11/91 4.03A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 4.04 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone D BG3 11/11/91 4.04A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 4.05 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone E BG3 11/11/91 Housing 4.05A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 4.06 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone F BG3 11/11/91 Housing Alternate 4.06A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 4.07 Exterior Building P1an.First Floor Zone A BG3 11/11/91 4.08 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 11/11/91 4.09 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 11/11/91 4.10 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone D BG3 11/11/91 Housing 4.11 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone E BG3 11/11/91 Housing 4.12 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone F BG3 11/11/91 Housing Alternate 4.13 Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 11/11/91 4.14 Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 11/11/91 4.15 Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 11/11/91 4.16 Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 11/11/91 Zone D Housing 4.17 Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 11/11/91 Zone-E Housing 00993 - 4 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 4.18 Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 11/11/91 Zone F Housing Alternate 4.19 Mechanical Plenum Plan Zone D BG3 11/11/91 4.20 Mechanical Plenum Plan Zone E- BG3 11/11/91 4.21 Mechanical Plenum Plan Zone F Alternate BG3 11/11/91 4.22 Building Plan Roof Level Zone A BG3 11/11/91 4.23 Building Plan Roof Level Zone B BG3 11/11/91 4.24 Building Plan Roof Level Zone C BG3 11/11/91 4.25 Building Plan Roof Level Zone D BG3 11/11/91 4.26 Building Plan Roof Level Zone E BG3 11/11/91 4.27 Building Plan Roof Level Zone F Alternate BG3 11/11/91 4.28 Exterior Elevations BG3 11/11/91 4.29 Exterior Elevations BG3 11/11/91 4.30 Exterior Elevations BG3 11/11/91 4.31 Exterior Elevations BG3 11/11/91 4.32 Exterior Elevations BG3 11/11/91 4.33 Exterior Elevations BG3 11/11/91 4.33A Exterior Elevations BG3 11/11/91 4.34 Wall Sections 3 Rev 11/11/91 4.35 Wall Sections BG3 11/11/91 4.36 Wall Sections BG3 11/11/91 4.37 Wall Sections BG3 11/11/91 4.38 Exterior Details 3 Rev 11/11/91 4.39 Exl:,:�rior Details 3 Rev 11/11/91 4.40 Exterior Details 4 Rev 11/11/91 4.41 Exterior Details BG3 11/11/91 00993 - 5 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 4.41A Exterior Details BG3 11/11/91 4.41B Exterior Details . BG3 11/11/91 4.42 Metal Door & Window Frame Elevations & BG3 11/11/91 Details, Door Schedule 4.43 Not Used -- 4.44 Not Used -- 4.45 Not Used -- 4.46 Stair Plans & Sections BG3 11/11/91 4.47 Stair Plans & Sections BG3 11/11/91 4.47A Stair Plans & Sections BG3 11/11/91 4.48 Stair Details BG3 11/11/91 4.49 Elevator Plans & Sections BG3 11/11/91 4.50 Elevator Details BG3 11/11/91 4.51 Enlarges} Cell - Plans & Elevations BG3 11/11/91 4.52 Not Used -- 4.53 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 4.54 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone B 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.55 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone C 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.56 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone D BG3 10/15/91 Housing 4.57 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone E 1 Rev 11/11/91 Housing 4.58 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone F BG3 10/15/91 Housing Alternate 4.59 Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.60 Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone B 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.61 Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone C 1 Rev 11/11/91 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 6 4.62 Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level D BG3 10/15/91 Housing 4.63 Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level 1 Rev 11/11/91 Zone E Housing 4.64 Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 10/15/91 Zone F Housing Alternate 4.65 Building Sections BG3 10/15/91 4.66 Building Sections 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.67 Not Used -- 4.67A Partition Types 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.68 Interior Details 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.69 Interior Details BG3 10/15/91 4.70 Interior Details 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.71 Interior Details BG3 10/15/91 4.72 Interior Details 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.73 Door Schedule BG3 10/15/91 4.74 Door Schedule 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.75 Door Schedule BG3 10/15/91 4.76 H.M. Elevations BG3 10/15/91 4.77 Door and Window Details and Buck Types BG3 10/15/91 4.78 Finish Schedule 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.79 Finish Schedule 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.79A Finish Schedule 1 Rev 11/11/91 4.80 Miscellaneous Details BG3 10/15/91 6.01 Reflected Ceiling Plan Ground Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 6.02 Not Used -- 6.03 Reflected Ceiling Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 7 6.04 Not Used -- 6.05 Not Used -- 6.06 Not Used -- 6.07 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 6.08 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 6.09 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 6.10 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor D Housing BG3 10/15/91 6.11 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone E BG3 10/15/91 Housing 6.12 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone F BG3 10/15/91 Housing Alternate 6.13 Reflected Ceiling Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 6.14 Reflected Ceiling Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 6.15 Reflected Ceiling Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 6.16 Reflected Ceiling Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 10/15/91 Zone D Housing 6.17 Reflected Ceiling Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 10/15/91 Zone E Housing 6.18 Reflected Ceiling Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 10/15/91 Zone F Housing Alternate 6.19 Ceiling Details 1 Rev 11/11/91 6.20 Ceiling Details BG3 10/15/91 7.00 Standard Mounting Heights 1 Rev 11/11/91 7.01 Not used -- 7.02 Not used -- 7.03 Equipment Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 7.04 Not Used -- 7.05 Not Used -- 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 8 7.06 Not Used -- 7.07 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone A 1 Rev 11/11/91 7.08 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 7.09 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 7.10 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone D Housing 1 Rev 11/11/91 7.11 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone E Housing 1 Rev 11/11/91 7.12 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone F Housing 1 Rev 11/11/91 Alternate 7.13 Equipment Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 7.14 Equipment Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 7.15 Equipment Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 7.16 Equipment Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D BG3 10/15/91 Housing 7.17 Equipment Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E BG3 10/15/91 Housing 7.18 Equipment Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F BG3 10/15/91 Housing Alternate 7.19 Enlarged Toilet/Shower Equipment Plan BG3 10/15/91 7.20 Enlarged Plans BG3 10/15/91 7.21 Millwork Elevations BG3 10/15/91 7.22 Millwork Elevations BG3 10/15/91 7.23 Millwork Elevations BG3 10/15/91 7.24 Millwork Elevations BG3 10/15/91 7.25 Millwork Details BG3 10/15/91 7.26 Millwork Details 1 Rev 11/11/91 FS-1 Food Service Equipment Schedule BG3 10/15/91 FS-2 Food Service Equipment Plan BG3 10/15/91 FS-3 Food Service Mechanical Plan BG3 10/15/91 00993 - 9 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS FS-4 Food Service Electrical Plan BG3 10/15/91 FS-5' Food Service Plumbing Plan BG3 10/15/91 FS-6 Food Service Equipment Details BG3 10/15/91 FS-7 Food Service Equipment Details BG3 10/15/91 L-1 Laundry Equipment Plan and Schedule BG3 10/15/91 L-2 Laundry Mechanical Plan BG3 10/15/91 L-3 Laundry Electrical Plan BG3 10/15/91 L-4 Laundry Plumbing Plan BG3 10/15/91 Vol.II 0.00 Cover 0.01 Index of Drawings Rev 11/11/91 8.00 Plumbing Legend BG3 10/15/91 8.00A Plumbing Schedules BG3 10/15/91 8.01 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 8.02 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 8.03 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone C 1 Rev 11/11/91 8.04 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 8.05 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 8.06 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone F Housing 1 Rev 11/11/91 Alternate 8.07 Plumbing First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 8.08 Plumbing First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 8.09 Plumbing First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 8.10 Plumbing First Flo,- Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 8.11 Plumbing First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 8.12 Plumbing First Floor Zone F Housing 1 Rev 11/11/91 Alternate 00993 - 10 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 8.13 Plumbing Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 8.14 Plumbing Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 8.15 Plumbing Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 8.16 Plumbing Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 8.17 Plumbing Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 8.18 Plumbing Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 8.19 Plumbing Plenum Plan Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 8.20 Plumbing Plenum Plan Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 8.21 Plumbing Plenum Plan Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 8.22 Plumbing Schedules and Details BG3 10/15/91 8.23 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.24 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.25 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.26 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.27 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.28 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.29 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.30 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.31 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.32 Plumbing Riser Diagram 1 Rev 11/11/91 8.33 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.34 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 8.35 Plumbing Kitchen Plan BG3 10/15/91 9.01 Not Used -- 9.02 Not Used -- 00993 - 11 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 9.03 Not Used -- 9.04 Not Used -- 9.05 Not used -- 9.06 Not Used -- 9.07 Piping Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 9.08 Piping Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 9.09 Piping Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 9.10 Piping Plan First Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 9.11 Piping Plan First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 9.12 Piping Plan First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 9.13 Piping Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 9.14 Piping Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 9.15 Piping Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 9.16 Piping Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 9.17 Piping Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 9.18 Piping Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 9.19 Not Used -- 9.20 Not Used -- 9.21 Fuel Oil Details BG3 10/15/91 9.22 Piping Diagrams BG3 10/15/91 10.01 Not Used -- 10.02 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 10.�3 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 10.04 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 10.05 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 00993 - 12 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 10.06 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 10.07 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone A - BG3 10/15/91 10.08 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 10.09 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 10.10 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 10.11 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 10.12 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 10.13 HVAC Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 10.14 HVAC Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 10.15 HVAC Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 10.16 HVAC Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 10.17 HVAC Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 10.18 HVAC Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 10.19 HVAC Plenum Plan Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 10.20 HVAC Plenum Plan Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 10.21 HVAC Plenum Plan Zone F Housing Alternate BG3 10/15/91 10.22 Not Used -- 10.23 Not Used -- 10.24 HVAC Plan Roof Level Zone C BG3 10/15/91 10.25 Not Used -- 10.26 Not Used -- 10.27 Not Used -- 10.28 Enlarged Mechanical Room Plan BG3 10/15/91 10.29 HVAC Details BG3 10/15/91 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 13 10.30 HVAC Details BG3 10/15/91 10.31 HVAC Details BG3 10/15/91 10.32 HVAC Schedules BG3 10/15/91 10.33 HVAC Schedules 1 Rev 11/11/91 10.34 HVAC Schedules BG3 10/15/91 10.35 Central Plant Control Diagrams BG3 10/15/91 10.36 HVAC Temperature Control BG3 10/15/91 10.37 HVAC Smoke Control BG3 10/15/91 11.00 Electrical Symbols and Notes BG3 10/15/91 11.00A Electrical Site Lighting Plan BG3 10/15/91 11.01 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91 Zone A 11.02 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91 Zone B 11.03 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91 Zone C 11.04 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91 Zone D Housing 11.05 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91 Zone E Housing 11.06 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91 Zone F Housing Alternate 11.07 Power Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 11.08 Lighting Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 11.09 Power Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 11.10 Lighting Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 11.11 Power Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 11.12 Lighting Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 11.13 Power Plan First Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 00993 - 14 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 11.14 Lighting Plan First Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 11.15 Power Plan First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 11.16 Lighting Plan First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 11.17 Power Plan First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 11.18 Lighting Plan First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 11.19 Power Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 11.20 Lighting Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 11.21 Power Plan Second Floor Zone B 1 Rev 11/11/91 11.22 Lighting Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 11.23 Power Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 11.24 Lighting Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 11.25 Power Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 11.26 Lighting Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 11.27 Power Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 11.28 Lighting Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 11.29 Power Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 11.30 Lighting Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 11.31 Power and Lighting Plan Plenum Plan Zone D BG3 10/15/91 Housing 11.32 Power and Lighting Plan Plenum Plan Zone E BG3 10/15/91 Housing 11.33 Power and Lighting Plan Plenum Plan Zone F BG3 10/15/91 Housing Alternate 11.34 Power Plan Roof Level Zone A BG3 10/15/91 11.35 Power Plan Roof Level Zone B BG3 10/15/91 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 15 11.36 Power Plan Roof Level Zone C BG3 10/15/91 11.37 Power Plan Roof Level Zone D BG3 10/15/91 11.38 Power Plan Roof Level Zone E BG3 10/15/91 11.39 Power Plan Roof Level Zone F Alternate BG3 10/15/91 11.40 Electrical Enlarged Kitchen Plan BG3 10/15/91 11.41 Electrical Enlarged Laundry Plan BG3 10/15/91 11.42 Lightning Protection Plan BG3 10/15/91 11.43 Lightning Protection Plan Details BG3 10/15/91 11.44 Electrical Riser Diagram Part 1 1 Rev 11/11/91 11.45 Electrical Riser Diagram Part 2 1 Rev 11/11/91 11.46 Electrical Schedules and Details BG3 10/15/91 11.47 Electrical Schedules and Details 1 Rev 11/11/91 11.48 Electrical Schedules and Details 1 Rev 11/11/91 11.49 Electrical Schedules and Details 1 Rev 11/11/91 11.50 Electrical Schedules and Details BG3 10/15/91 11.51 Electrical Schedules and Details BG3 10/15/91 11.52 Not Used -- 12.01 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 12.02 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 12.03 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 12.04 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone D BG3 10/15/91 Housing 12.05 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone E BG3 10/15/91 Housing 12.06 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone F BG3 10/15/91 Housing Alternate 12.07 Communications Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 16 12.08 Communications Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 12.09 Communications Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 12.10 Communications Plan First Floor Zone D BG3 10/15/91 Housing 12.11 Communications Plan First Floor Zone E BG3 10/15/91 Housing 12.12 Communications Plan First Floor Zone F BG3 10/15/91 Housing Alternate 12.13 Communications Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 12.14 Communications Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 12.15 Communications Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 12.16 Communications Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D BG3 10/15/91 Housing 12.17 Communications Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E BG3 10/15/91 Housing 12.18 Communications Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F BG3 10/15/91 Housing Alternate 12.19 Fire Alarm Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 12.20 Telephone Riser Diagram and Elevator BG3 10/15/91 Fire Alarm System 12.21 Not Used -- 12.22 Not Used -- 12.23 Not Used -- 12.24 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 12.25 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 12.26 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 12.27 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone D Housing Bs2 10/15/91 12.28 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 12.29 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 00993 - 17 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 12.30 Security Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 12.31 Security Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 12.32 Security Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 12.33 Security Plan First Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 12.34 Security Plan First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 12.35 Security Plan First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 12.36 Security Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 12.37 Security Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 12.38 Security Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 12.39 Security Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D BG3 10/15/91 Housing 12.40 Security Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E BG3 10/15/91 Housing 12.41 Security Plan Mezzanin Level Zone F BG3 10/15/91 Housing Alternate 12.42 Security Systems Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91 12.43 Details BG3 10/15/91 12.44 Details BG3 10/15/91 13.01 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 13.02 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 13.03 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 13.04 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 13.05 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 13.06 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 13.07 Fire Protection First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 13.08 Fire Protection First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 00993 - 18 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 13.09 Fire Protection First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 13.10 Fire Protection First Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 13.11 Fire Protection First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 13.12 Fire Protection First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 13.13 Fire Protection Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91 13.14 Fire Protection Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91 13.15 Fire Protection Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91 13.16 Fire Protection Mezz. Level Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91 13.17 Fire Protection Mezz. Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91 13.18 Fire Protection Mezz. Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91 Alternate 13.19 Not Used -- 13.20 Not Used -- 13.21 Not Used -- 13.22 Not Used -- 13.23 Not Used -- 13.24 Not Used -- 13.25 Not Used -- 13.26 Not Used -- 13.27 Not Used -- 13.28 Fire Protection Details BG3 10/15/91 13.29 Fire Protection Details BG3 10/15/91 11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 19 SECTION 01027 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. B. Related sections 1. Section 00750 - General Conditions 2. Section 00900 - AIA G702/G703 2. Section 01370 - Schedule of Values 1..2 FORMAT A. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment including continuation sheets when required. 1..3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS A. Present required information in typewritten form. B. Execute certification by notarized signature of authorized officer. C. List each authorized Change Order on the form, including change order number, date and dollar amount. D. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. 1..4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. The initial Application for Payment will not be processed until the construction schedule, the schedule of values, and the initial submittal schedule have been received by the Construction Manager, reviewed and approved by the Architect. B. Submit an updated construction and submittal schedule with each Application for Payment. C. Payment Period: Submit once per month, during the last 05/20/91 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01027 - 1 week of the month. Payment will be made by the Owner within (30) days thereafter. D. Work Item Update Listing - this work sheet, prepared by the Construction Manager, shows the work items which are being considered for progress payments. It is to be billed from the Contractor's approved schedule of values and approved changes only. The Contractor must fill in percentages of work completed on each line item or total dollar amount of Original Suppliers Invoices. Suppliers Invoices are then attached for payments on materials stored. E. Status Meeting - The Contractor's representative and the Construction Manager review the Contractor's Work Item Update Listing. Upon agreement between the two parties, both the Contractor and Construction Manager will sign off on the form. F. Estimate Voucher - The Construction Manager will input the progress into the computer from the Work Item Update Listing, and will issue the Estimate Voucher to the Contractor. G. Submit waivers as required. H. Submit three (3) copies of each Application for Payment. 1..5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. When the Construction Manager and/or Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Indicate Application number and date, and line item by number and description. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01027 05/20/91 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01027 - 2 SECTION 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Promptly implement change order procedures. a. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. b. Maintain detailed records of the work done on a time and material/force account basis. C. Provide full documentation to the Construction Manager with each request. 2. Designate in writing the member of the Contractor's organization authorized to accept changes in the Work. B. Related requirements: 1. Agreement: The amounts of established unit prices. 2. Agreement: The amounts of established allowances. 3. Conditions of the Contract, Article 12 of the General Conditions: a. Methods of determining cost or credit to the Owner resulting from changes in the Work made on a time and material basis. b. The Contractor's claims for additional costs. 1..2 DEFINITIONS A. Change Order, AIA Document G701/CM: Refer to the General Conditions. 1..3 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. A change may be initiated by submitting a Proposal Request to the Contractor. Request will include: 1. Detailed description of the change, products and location of the change in the Project. 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. 3. The projected time span for making the change, and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is, or is not, authorized. 4. A specific period of time during which the 11/21/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 1 requested price will be considered valid. 5. Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop the Work in progress. B. The Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to the Construction Manager containing: 1. Description of the proposed changes. 2. Statement of the reason for making the changes. 3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 4. Statement of the effect on the Work of separate contractors. 5. Documentation supporting change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, as appropriate. 1..4 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A. Support each quotation for a lump -sum proposal, and for each unit price which has not previously been established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow evaluation of the quotation. B. On request provide additional data to support time and cost computations: 1. Labor required. 2. Equipment required. 3. Products required. a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. b. Quantities required. 4. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 5. Credit for the work deleted from the Contract, similarly documented. 6. Overhead and profit. If the Trade Contractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the Work, the maximum mark-up for managing this work wl,._ be ten percent (10%). If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the actual Work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum 11/21/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 2 addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade Contractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. 7. Justification for change in the Contract Time. C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for the work done on a time-and-material/force account basis, with documentation as required for a lump -sum proposal, plus additional information: 1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work, and date of the order. 2. Dates and times the work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. 4. Receipts and invoices for: a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. b. Products used, listing of quantities. C. Subcontracts. 5. Signature of Construction Manager's Superintendent, concurring with quantities. 1..5 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. The Construction Manager will prepare each Change,Order. B. Change Order form: AIA Document G701/CM. C. Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change. D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. 1..6 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDERS A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 1. The Proposal Request and the Contractor's responsive Proposal as mutually agreed between the Owner and the Contractor. 2. The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by the Architect or Construction Manager. B. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will 11/21/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 3 sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. C. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. 1..7 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. The content of the Change Orders will be based on either: 1. The definition of the scope of the required changes. 2. The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by the Architect, or Construction Manager. 3. Survey of completed work. B. The amounts of the unit prices to be: 1. Those stated in the Agreement. 2. Those mutually agreed upon between the Owner, Architect and the Contractor. C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order be determined prior to start of the Work: 1. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. 2. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the Work: 1. A Construction Change Directive will be issued directing the Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices, and will cite the applicable unit prices. 2. At completion of the change, the cost of such work will be determined based on the unit prices and quantities used. 3. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. 4. The Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms therein. 1..8 CORRELATION WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms monthly to record each change as a separate item of the Work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum prior to 11/21/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 4 submission of Application for Payment. B. Revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in the Contract Time prior to monthly submissions. Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes. C. Upon completion of the Work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED **************** END OF SECTION 01028 n' 11/21/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 5 SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENE +, 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Electronic automated computerized security management system. 2. Provide a complete enclosed raceway system for all wiring for security devices and controls in compliance with NEC, NFPA-70 1990 and in accordance with 16050 and 16111. 3. Drawings for this work are diagrammatic, intended to convey the extent, general arrangement and locations of the work. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as conduit fittings, access panels, cabinet sizes, sleeves, pull and junction boxes may not be shown. Include such items where required by code, other sections, and for proper installation of the work. 4. Equipment specifications may not deal individually with every part, control, or device which may be required to produce the equipment warranties. 5. Coordinate with other trades in submittal of shop drawings. Shop drawings shall detail space conditions to.the satisfaction of concerned trades and is subject to final review by the Architect. If installation of equipment, raceways, cable trays or conduit is performed prior to coordination with other trades and interferes with work of other trades, make necessary changes to correct the condition at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. Provide required integration of components to create an operational computerized security management system providing control and monitoring from a touchscreen CRT. 1.2 TESTS A. Notify Architect and Owner's representative in writing, 14 days in advance of testing to prevent delays in construction schedules. B. Test systems and place in proper and specified working order prior to demonstration of the systems. Test system grounds to demonstrate that the ground resistance does not exceed the requirements of the transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) or the National Electric Codes (NEC). D. Perform tests required by authorities having jurisdiction 11/18/91 SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES 01130-1 over the site. E. Testing shall be in the presence of the Owner's designated representatives, Contractor and Architect. 1.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to acceptance of the work, the Security System Installer shall demonstrate to the Owner, designated representatives, Contractor and Architect, the features and functions of the system, and all subsystems and shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and event sequences of the system. B. Demonstrate each system and subsystem. The demonstration is to consist of not less than the following: 1. Designate actual location of each component of a system or subsystem and demonstrate its function and its relationship to other components within the system. 2. Demonstrate the systems and subsystems operations by actual "START-STOP/ON-OFF" cycling showing how to work controls, reset devices, replace fuses and conduct emergency operating/operations procedures. 3. Demonstrate communication, signaling and security equipment/devices by actual operation of such devices. C. Demonstration of systems are to include, but not be limited to the following: 1. UPS Powgr and Distribution System 2. Touchscreen CRT Operations 3. Alarm Detection and Signalling Equipment 4. Door Control/Monitoring System 5. Access Control System 6. Situation Alarms (Hardwire) 7. Man -Down Alarms (Wireless) 8. CCTV System 9. Intercom Systems 10. Telephone Systems (Inmate/Attorney/Visitor) 11. Lighting Control 12. Fire Alarm Interface 13. Cable Supervision System (Random Points to be Selected by Architect) D. Security System Installer/Integrator shall furnish the necessary trained personnel to perform the demonstration and instructions and shall arrange to have the manufacturer's representatives present to assist with the demonstrations. The Security System Installer shall allow a minimum of one week for performing the prescribed demonstrations. E. Security Systems Installer/Integrator shall arrange with the Owner the date and times for performing the demonstration. The Owner will select date and time for 11/18/91 SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES 01130-2 demonstration. F. Comply with requirements of Section* 01670 - SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS. 1. Security System Installer/Integrator shall video tape in high speed, high quality, VHS format the demonstration of systems listed. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in electronic automated computerized security management systems of the same type, scope, operation and magnitude for a minimum of five years. Documented experience shall include the following: 1. List at least 10 facilities of equal size and technical requirements utilizing the equipment submitted. 2. For each facility, list: a. Name and location of facility b. Date of occupancy by Owner C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number d. Construction Manager and/or General Contractor e. Architect B. Use the products of a single manufacturer for similar type equipment, i.e., motion detectors, magnetic contacts. C. Use products made by companies regularly engaged in the manufacture of the type equipment specified. 1.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify control and sub -control, motor and equipment controls, remote relay cabinets, address panels, system interface cabinets, and similar equipment with 1/2" red lettering or as specified for individual piece of equipment. B. Identify pull and junction boxes in service areas, tunnels, above accessible ceilings, and in accessible chases with 1/2" red lettering indicating the circuit and system. Example: Security Alarms "SY", Fire Alarms "FA", Circuit Number 11SY-12611. C. Engraved laminated plastic tags may be used for identification in lieu of painted lettering. D. Provide typewritten circuit directories installed in 3 ring binders with transparent page protectors in each control and sub -control cabinet. 1.6 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide complete schematic drawings depicting location of interface, number of conductors, types of connectors, circuit requirements, and type of enclosure. 11/18/91 SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES 01130-3 1.7 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT A. Protect materials stored on the job site. Protect materials during construction and after installation. B. Provide and apply protective material immediately upon receiving the products and maintain throughout the construction process. C. Keep products clean and dry or by elevating equipment above ground and floor. D. Take precautions to protect apparatus and materials from damage. Failure to protect materials constitutes sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or material. E. Protect equipment and factory finish from damage during construction operations and until final acceptance. Restore finishes that become stained, scratched, or damaged. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED ******************** END OF SECTION 01130 11/18/91 SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES 01130-4 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Project meetings 1..2 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Construction Manager shall schedule and administer pre - construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Provide notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date, or provide as much advance notice as possible. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes. a. To participants in the meeting. b. To parties affected by decisions made ,at the meeting. C. Furnish three copies of minutes to the Architect. B. Representatives of the Contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. C. The Architect and the Owner's Representative may attend meetings to ascertain that the Work is expedited consistent with the Contract Documents and construction schedules. 1..3 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Location: A central Site designated by t'.e Construction Manager. B. Attendance: 1. The Owner's Representative. 11/21/91 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 1 2. The Architect and his professional consultants (as required). 3. Construction Manager. 4. The Contractor's Superintendent. 5. Major subcontractors. 6. Major suppliers. 7. Others as appropriate. C. Suggested Agenda: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers. b. Projected Construction Schedules. 2. Critical Work sequencing. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. Project Coordination. a. Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions. b. Proposal requests. C. Submittals. d. Change Orders. e. Applications for Payment. 6. Adequacy of distribution of the Contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas. b. The Owner's requirements. 9. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids. 10. Temporary utilities. 11. Safety and first -aid procedures. 12. Security procedures. 13. Housekeeping procedures. 14. Distribute meeting minutes within (3) days. 1..4 WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Contractor's Project Manager and/or Superintendent shall be required to attend a weekly scheduling meeting. B. Location of the meetings: Office of the Construction Manager. C. Attendance: 1. The Architect and his professional consultants as needf .A . 2. Cont.Lactors as appropriate to the agenda. 3. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda. 4. Others. D. Suggested Agenda: 11/21/91 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 2 1. Review of Work progress since previous meeting. 2. Field observations, problems, conflicts. 3. Problems which impede Construction Schedule. 4. Review%41of off -site fabrication, delivery schedules. 5. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule. 6. Revisions to Construction Schedule. 7. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period. 8. Coordination of schedules. 9. Review submittal schedules. 10. Maintenance of quality standards. 11. Pending changes and substitutions. 12. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date. b. Effect on other contracts of the Project. 13. Other business. 14. Distribute meeting minutes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01200 11/21/91 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 3 SECTION 01301 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL Jvr14 . C 4 A. Section includes: 1. Submit to the Construction Manager, shop drawings, product data, certifications and samples required by the technical sections. 2. Prepare and submit a separate schedule listing dates for submission and dates for review. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 2. Individual submittals required: refer to each specific section, for certifications, shop drawings, product data and sample requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM A. Attached, and made a part of this section 01301, is a copy of the submittal. Transmittal Form, which. shall be filled out by the contractor and submitted with each and every submittal. Follow the instruction sheet, also attached, for directions on this procedure. It is essential that the submittal Transmittal Forms are,filled out in their entirety for the system to function properly. B. Transmittal Form, originals for contractors use, will be supplied by the Construction Manager, and is a 6-part form. 1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall submit within seven (7) days of award of the Contract a preliminary "Submittal Schedule" to the Construction Manager for review, modification and response. No payment applications will be processed prior to finalizing the submittal schedule. The "Submittal Schedule" shall contain the following information: 1. Specification Section number and name. 2. Specification Section paragraph identification which describes submittal requirement. 3. Submittal information required, (i.e., sample, test data, shop drawing, etc.). 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 1 B. The Contractor shall also supply the following dates in order to meet the project schedule. 1. Date submittal is scheduled to be submitted and received by the Construction Manager. 2. Date contractor has scheduled to order material or equipment or the submittal item. 3. Date contractor has scheduled delivery to job -site of material or equipment or the submittal item. 4. Add any remarks or unique items that the CM or A/E should be aware of. C. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of (2) weeks for review of submittal by A/E (in calendar days). D. The submittal master record will then be used to track submittals within the process. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit legible shop drawings in the form of positive printing reproducible transparencies, commonly called sepia prints, suitable for reproduction use on dry print diazo type machines. Sepia prints which cannot be reproduced will be returned to the Contractor for resubmittal. B. Provide shop drawings as complete submittals (no partial sets) on original drawings or information prepared solely by the fabricator or supplier. Deviation from complete submittals will only be allowed by pre -arranged method. C. Do not reproduce the Contract Drawings for shop drawing submittals. D. Sheet sizes shall not exceed the size of the Contract Drawings. E. Each sepia print shall have blank spaces large enough to accept 4" x 4" review stamps of the Architect and the Contractor. F. Each sepia print shall carry the following information: 1. Project name and contract number. 2. Date. 3. Names of: a. The Architect b. The Construction Manager C. The Contractor d. Supplier e. Manufacturer 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 2 4. Identification of product or material. 5. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. 6. Field dimensions, clearly stated as such. `.7. Specification Section number. 8. Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal Specification. 9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 10. Reference to construction drawings by drawing number and/or detain number. G. Submit sepia prints without folds either as flat sheets if size permits, or rolled in tubes. H. The contractor shall submit (2) reproducibles and (4) blueline or blackline sets to the CM. The CM will return (1) reproducible to the contractor after review/return from the A/E. 1.5 PRODUCT DATA A. Product data such as catalog cuts, brochures or manufacturer's sheets may be submitted in lieu of sepia prints if adequately identified. Submit seven copies of product data to the Construction Manager. B. Modify product data sheets to delete information which is not applicable to the Project. Provide additional information if necessary to supplement standard information. C. Product data sheets that are submitted with extraneous information not deleted and/or modified will be returned without review to the Contractor for resubmittal. D. The contractor shall submit at a minimum, (1) original and (6) copies to the CM. The CM will return (2) copies to the contractor after review/return by the A/E. 1.6 SAMPLES A. Provide samples to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which completed work may be judged. B. Construct mock-ups as required by the technical sections, at the Project Site in a location designated by the Construction Manager. Construct mock-ups, including adjacent work required, to demonstrate the final appearance of the Work. 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 3 C. The contractor shall submit (3) samples to the CM, and (1) will be returned to the contractor after review/return from the A/E. 1.7 CERTIFICATIONS A. Provide certifications as required by various technical sections on the Contractor's letterhead stationary. Certifications shall be identified to this Project, dated and bear Contractor's signature in the same format used for the Owner/Contractor agreement. B. Clearly identify the materials referenced and state that the material and the intended installation methods, where applicable, are in compliance with the Contract Documents. Attach manufacturer's affidavits where applicable. C. The contractor shall submit (1) original and (6) copies to the CM. The CM will return (2) sets to the contractor after review/return from the A/E. 1.8 THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Before making submittals to the Construction Manager, review each submittal, make changes or notations as necessary to conform to the Contract Documents, identify such review with review stamp and forward reviewed submittal with comments to the Construction Manager for review. Return submittals not meeting Contract requirements to subcontractors and do not forward such submittals to the Construction Manager. B. Submit catalog sheets, product data, shop drawings and where specified, submit calculations, material samples, color chips or charts, test data, warranties and guarantees all at the same time for each submittal item. C. Verify field measurements and product catalog numbers or similar data. D. Clearly identify on the submittal and transmittal to the Construction Manager in writing of deviations in submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. E. After the Construction Managers and the Architect's review, distribute copies with one copy to be maintained at the Project Site for reference use and other copies distributed to suppliers and fabricators. 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 4 F. Do not begin the Work which requires submittals until return of submittals with the Construction Manager's and the Architect's stamp and initials indicating review. G. The Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals. H. The Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents is not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals unless the Architect gives written acceptance of specific deviations. 1.9 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Construction Manager will return to the Contractor, without review, all submittals not bearing the Contractor's review stamp or not showing it has been reviewed by the Contractor. B. After the Architect's review, the Construction Manager will forward submittals to the Contractor and retain one copy for the Owner. The Contractor shall distribute copies including other copies distributed to suppliers and fabricators. The Contractor shall supply copies of reviewed submittals to the Construction Manager in sufficient quantity to allow proper coordination of the Contract. 1.10 THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Architect will review submittals with reasonable promptness, checking only for conformance with the design compliance of the Project and compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. B. The Architect will make changes or notations directly on the submittal, identify such review with his review stamp, obtain and record the Architect file copy and return the submittal to the Construction Manager. **************** END OF SECTION 01301 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 5 SECTION 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Progress schedules 2. Revisions to schedules B. Related sections: 1. SCOPE OF WORK C. Description: 1. Progress Schedules: Promptly after award of the Contract, prepare and submit to the Construction Manager, construction progress schedules for the work, with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress. Also incorporate manpower loading related to each activity on the construction schedule. 2. Revisions to Schedule: Submit revised/updated progress schedules with each payment application. 1..2 FORMAT A. Prepare Progress Schedules as a horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation, identifying the first work day of each week. B. Include numeric manpower loading associated with each horizontal bar, clearly defined. C. Scale and spacing: to provide space for notations and revisions. D. Sheet size: minimum 8 1/2" x 11". 1..3 CONTENT A. Indicate complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. 05/20/91 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 1 B. Show the manpower loading for each activity. C. Identify each item by Specification Section number. D. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. E. Identify work of separate floors and other logically grouped activities. F. Provide sub -schedules to define critical portions of the entire schedule. G. Indicate accumulated percentage of completion of each item and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. H. Submit separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, and samples, including the Owner furnished products and products identified under allowances and dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. Reference Section 01301 - Submittals. I. Indicate delivery dates for the Owner furnished products. J. Coordinate content with Schedule of Values specified in Section 01370. 1..4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. 1. Major changes in scope. 2. Activities modified since previous submission. 3. Revised projections of progress and completion. 4. Other identifiable changes. C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 05/20/91 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 2 1..5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit initial schedules within (3) days after award of Contract. 1. The Construction Manager will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, re -submit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. 3. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment. 1..6 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of 1. Job site file. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Other concerned the reviewed schedules to: parties. B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules. Note: It is not incumbent upon the Construction Manager to notify the Trade Contractor when to begin, to cease, or to resume work nor to give early notice of faulty or defective work, nor in any way to superintend so as to relieve the Trade Contractor of responsibility or of any consequence of neglect or carelessness. ************** END OF SECTION 01310 05/20/91 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 3 SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work, submitted within three (3) days after award of the Contract. 2. Upon request of the Construction Manager, support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness. 3. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the Construction Manager, forms the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Type schedule on AIA G703 Form; the Contractor's standard forms and automated printout will be considered by the Construction Manager upon the Contractor's request. Identify schedule with: 1. Title of Project and -location. 2. The Architect and Construction Manager. 3. Name and Address of the Contractor. 4. Contract designation. 5. Date of submission. B. List the installed value of the component parts of the Work (broken down into labor and material and physical location) in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. C. Follow the Specifications as the format for listing component items. 1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the Specifications. D. Itemize separate line item cost for each of the following general cost items: 1. Mobilization. 2. Bonds, Insurance and Permits. 3. General Conditions spread over project duration on monthly basis. 04/30/91 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01370 - 1 4. Clean-up. 5. Submittals. 6. Safety. E. For each major line item list sub -values of major products or operations under the item. F. For the various portions of the Work: 1. Include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit for each item. 2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break down the value into: a. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid. b. The total installed value. 3. Submit a subschedule for each separate stage of work specified in Section 00300. G. The sum of values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum. 1..3 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES A. Submit a subschedule of unit costs and quantities for: 1. Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products. B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values, with each item identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste. D. Provide unit values for the materials as follows: 1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the Site, with taxes paid. 2. Installation costs, including the Contractor's overhead and profit. E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule of Values. 3_ 4 REVIEW AND SUBMITTAL A. After review by Construction Manager, revise and resubmit schedule (and Schedule of Material Values) as required. 04/30/91 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01370 - 2 B. Resubmit revised schedule in same manner. ************* END OF SECTION 1370 04/30/91 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01370 - 3 SECTION 01385 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Requirement for Daily Trade Contractor. 2. Scheduled submission Reports. Construction Reports by each times for Daily Construction 1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports shall be submitted by each and every Contractor performing work on the project. Forms to be used will be furnished by the Construction Manager. Items to be addressed on the Report are: 1. Title of Project 2. Name of Trade Contractor 3. Date and day of Report information. For example, you performed work on Thursday, April 18, 1991, so you would therefore use "Thursday, 4/18/91." This holds true even if you did not complete filling out the Report until Friday, 4/19/91. 4. Contract designation. 5. Note any major Shipments received on that particular day. 6. Note major equipment used that day. 7. Note manpower used, and designate what trades. For example, if you were the mechanical contractor, you would also list how many insulators, pipefitters, etc. that you were also managing, even if they were subcontractors. In addition, list the names of the subcontractors that were on -site that day. 8. Note any deficiencies in your work, and corrective actions taken to resolve the deficiencies. 9. Note any safety violations discovered, whether or not caused by your forces. 10. Provide a full description of work performed that day, and any problems or unusual conditions discovered. 11. Report is to be signed by the authorized representative of the contractor, and should the signature not be legible, print the name of the signer next to the signature. 11/21/91 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS 01385 - 1 1..3 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTING DAILY REPORTS A. Daily Reports are to be submitted at the designated location described in the pre -construction meeting. Contractors are to submit the original of their report, and should keep a copy for their records. The Construction Manager's photocopying facilities are not to be used in the reproduction for submission of the reports. B. Submit Daily Reports no later than 9:OOam the day following the day of the work described in that particular report. No exceptions to this rule will be accepted. Should contractor fail to comply with these instructions, the contractor's payment application for the following month will be held in abeyance until such time the contractor properly submits the delinquent reports. ************* END OF SECTION 1385 11/21/91 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS 01385 - 2 CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORT OJECT: CONTRACTOR: MAJOR SHIPMENTS RECEIVED TODAY NUMBER OF CRAFTS PERSONNEL T O T A L DEFICIENCIES NOTED/CORRECTED: MAJOR EQUIPMENT USED LIST SUBCONTRACTORS ON SITE 11 SAFETY VIOLATIONS NOTED/CORRECTED: 11 FULL DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED; INCLUDE ANY PROBLEMS: ATTACH 2ND SHEET IF NEEDED 2ND SHEET CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORT PROJECT: CONTRACT NO.: SHEET WORK DAY: �� OF DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED - List activities started, activities completed, delays, reasons for delays, and reasons for possible future delays. SECTION 01395 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (DCR) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in the Contract Documents, or clarifications are necessary. 2. Utilization of DCR form. B. Related Sections: 1. General Conditions Article 2.3 2. General Conditions Article 8.3.2 3. General Conditions Article 12.3 1.2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPORTS A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of the Construction Manager immediately. If clarifications are necessary, the request is to be conveyed to the CM. The DCR is a tool established to provide expedient clarifications of contract drawings, specifications or field conflicts. It is not meant to be a substitute for good communication. B. The DCR is not meant for formal notification of extra work. Reference General Conditions paragraph 8.3.2 and 12.3, when formal correspondence is required for formal notification of time extensions, and for cost change notifications. C. The contractor should propose a solution, and enter on the form in sufficient detail necessary for the A/E or CM to confirm the contractor's proposed solution. D. The contractor is llso required to mention all other trade work which is affected by the problem, and all trade work which will be affected by the proposed solution. 11/21/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS 01395 - 1 1.3 UTILIZATION OF DCR FORM A. The CM will make available the DCR forms for the contractors use. Attached is a copy of the DCR form, acid the instruction sheet. ************* END OF SECTION 1395 11/21/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS 01395 - 2 SECTION 01410 t TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Selection and payment 2. The Contractor submittals 3. Testing laboratory responsibilities 4. Testing laboratory reports 5. Limits on testing laboratory authority 6. The Contractor responsibilities 7. Schedule of inspections and tests B. 1. Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 2. Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 3. Individual Specification Sections: inspections and tests required, and standards for testing. 1..2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D-3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ASTM E-329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as used in Construction. 1..3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. The Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection and testing where so indicated to be performed by the Owner in technical Specification Sections. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligation to perform the Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 11/21/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 1 1..4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E-329 and ASTM D-3740. B. Testing laboratory: authorized to operate in the State of Florida. C. Testing laboratory staff: maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. D. Testing Equipment: calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. E. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification", published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. 1..5 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes. B. Provide qualified personnel at the Site. Cooperate with the Architect, Construction Manager and the Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling,, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify the Construction Manager and the Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of the Work or products. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by the A/E and Construction Manager. 1..7 TESTING LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit three copies of testing laboratory report to the Construction Manager. B. Include: 1. Date issued 2. Project title and number 3. Name of inspector 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection 11/21/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 2 5. Identification of product and Specifications Section 6. Location in the Project 7. Type of inspection or test 8. Date of test 9. Results of test 10. Conformance with the Contract Documents C. When requested by the Construction Manager or A/E, provide interpretation of test results. 1..8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. The testing laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The testing laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. The testing laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor. D. The testing laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1..9 THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Deliver to the testing laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. B. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to the manufacturer's facilities. C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to the Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the Site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. D. Notify the Construction Manager and the testing laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. E. Employ' services of a separate qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests which are beyond the specified requirements. 1..10 RETEST RESPONSIBILITY A. Where the results of required inspections, tests, or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate 11/21/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 3 compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the retests shall be the responsibility of the Contractor regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility. `. B. Retesting of the work revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests were performed on original work. Costs and fees for retesting shall be paid by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01410 11/21/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 4 SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Temporary utilities required for construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Materials shall be new, adequate in capacity for the required usage, not create unsafe conditions, not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards, and comply with NEC Art. 305 - Temporary Wiring. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. The Temporary Power Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain, temporary electric power service for construction needs throughout the construction period and shall remove such service on completion of the work. 1. Primary temporary electrical underground feeder will be provided and installed by temporary power contractor under Bid Group 1, per drawing 1510- TP. 2. At Front Gate transformer location, the temporary power contractor under Bid Group 1 has installed a meter, mast, and main breaker panel Nema 3R, per Detail "A" attached. The final location of each panel shall be approved by the Construction Manager. 3. Distribution panels have been provided by the Bid Group 1 temporary power contractor per drawing 1510 - TP, and Details A, B, C and D, and as follows: a. Front gate area serving the construction manager trailer, guard shack and area lights. (20 ckt. min.) 4. Power centers for miscellaneous tools and equipment used in the Work will be provided by the Bid Group 1 Temporary Power Contractor as follows: a. distribution boxes with minimum of four 11/21/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 1 double -duplex 15 Amp, 120-Volt grounded outlets, with GFCI Protection for personnel. See Detail "B". b. located so that power is available at any point of use with not more than 100 ft. power cords. C. minimum: one power center on each floor. d. circuit -breaker protection for each outlet. e. One panel each for Building Areas A,B,C,D,E,F,K,L,M,N,O,P and Q. 5. The capacity of each power center in 4. above shall be 120/240 volts single phase, minimum 50 Amps. 6. The Trade Contractors shall notify the Temporary Power Contractor when unusually heavy loads, such as for welding and other equipment with special power requirements, will be connected so that the Bid Group 3 Temporary Power Contractor can notify the power company. 7. Any Trade Contractor requiring service of capacity or characteristics other than that specified shall arrange and pay for the additional service. 8. The Temporary Power Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain all equipment and wiring required to distribute the power, up to and including the power services. 9. The Temporary Power Contractor shall pay all costs of installation, maintenance, and removal of temporary services. 10. The Construction Manager will pay the costs of power needed, including deposits and fees associated with City Electric except as outlined in item 13 below 11. Materials shall be new, and must be adequate in capacity for required usage, and must not violate the requirements of applicable codes and standards. Materials used for temporary service shall not be reused in the permanent system. 12. The 5 ---,aporary Power Contractor shall comply with all applicable requirements specified in National Electric Code Art. 305 when installing the temporary electric power service, shall maintain the system to provide continuous service and shall modify and extend the service as the progress of 11/21/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 2 the Work requires. 13. Wiring for Trade Contractor field offices and sheds shall be installed by the Temporary Power Contractor and paid for by the Trade Contractor requiring the service. 14. The Temporary Power Contractor shall completely remove all temporary materials and equipment at Project Completion. Underground lines may be disconnected and abandoned in place with approval of the Construction Manager. The temporary shed as shown in Detail "C" shall remain the property of Benson Electric. 15. Feeders to distribution panels from distribution shed shall be 400 feet maximum length, with two hot legs and one neutral of the same size as per NEC Table 310-16 and Article 210-19a FPN. 16. Circuits to Power Centers from Distribution Panels shall be installed per NEC Art. 305. 17. Feeders and Branch Circuits in 15. and 16. above shall be protected from physical damage. 18. See Detail "C" for temporary power shed requirements. This shall remain the property of Benson Electric. 2.3 TEMPORARY SITE LIGHTING The Temporary Power Contractor shall install and maintain area lights on the meter poles as shown in Detail "A", 2 lights total. Temporary Lighting power will be fed from the panels and power centers covered under Section 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY. 2.4 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for arranging with the local telephone service company to provide telephone service at the construction site for the use of his personnel and employees. The Trade Contractor shall pay all costs for installation, maintenance, removal and service charges for such service. The Construction Manager will not act as an answering service for Trade Contractor's personnel and employees, and Trade Contractor's personnel and employees will not be permitted to utilize the Construction Manager's phones except in cases of an emergency. 11/21/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 3 2.5 CONTINUING TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY MAINTENANCE At the option of the Owner, the Temporary Power Contractor shall provide a minimum of 1 person full time for the duration of the construction, estimated to be 18 months. This person will maintain, relocate and repair the temporary utilities covered under Articles 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4. The bid for this work shall be based on an hourly rate for licensed electrician. 2.6 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. The Electrical Trade Contractor will be responsible for the installation of the permanent electrical system and shall also furnish, install and maintain temporary lighting for construction needs throughout the construction period and shall remove such temporary lighting on completion of the Work. 1. Temporary artificial lighting shall be provided in enclosed Work areas and all other work areas when natural lighting does not meet minimum requirements. Temporary artificial lighting in Work areas shall produce uniform illumination of 20-foot candles. 2. Any Trade Contractor requiring temporary lighting in addition to that specified, including lighting for security, temporary offices, storage, shops and other construction buildings, shall arrange and pay for such additional temporary lighting. 3. Power requirements and source will be coordinated with Article 2.2 above. 4. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 16 - Electrical. Materials shall be new, and must be adequate for required usage, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 5. Receptacles, fixtures and controls shall be standard products, meeting UL Standards. 6. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with all applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 16 - Electrical, when installing the temporary lighting, shall locate fixtures to provide full illumination of required areas, shall maintain the system to provide continuous service, and shall modify and extend the service as the progress of the Work requires. 7. The Electrical Contractor shall completely remove temporary materials and equipment at Project Completion, except for high voltage underground. 11/21/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 4 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER A. Site Plumbing Contractor will arrange with utility service company, to provide water for construction purposes. B. Site Plumbing Contractor will provide temporary water at locations of two (2) fire hydrants on fire water loop as directed by Construction Manager; fire water loop will be charged to provide construction water. C. The Construction Manager will pay for water used for temporary construction purposes. D. Building Plumbing Contractor will maintain temporary water systems, and will remove temporary water appurtenances at completion of project. E. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for providing any additional water (if needed) for construction purposes. In addition, each Trade Contractor is responsible for providing potable drinking water for his personnel and employees, as well as suitable containers, ice and salt tablets in sufficient quantity to meet the needs of his labor force. 2.8 TEMPORARY HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for providing, and operating and maintaining temporary heating, cooling and ventilating, as required, to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate the progress of his Work; to meet minimum condition for the installation of materials; and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. Each Trade Contractor, subject to the approval and direction of the Construction Manager, shall: 1. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 2. If portable heaters are required, utilize only UL approved units complete with controls. 3. Insure that all safety devices specified for operation of equipment are functioning properly. 4. Pay all costs of providing, operating, maintaining, and removing such temporary heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment as may be required. 11/21/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 5 The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions. Y 2.9 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Owner will provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations. B. The Owner will service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures. 2.10 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION The Trade Contractor responsible for the installation of the permanent fire protection system shall furnish, install and maintain temporary fire protection equipment, materials, supplies and service within the buildings throughout the construction period in accordance with the requirements of all applicable codes and standards. Each floor shall have a temporary fire protection system. Each Trade Contractor will be responsible for fire protection required for his own work. 2.11 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified condition. 1. Prior to final painting, the Trade Contractor responsible for the permanent building lighting system, shall remove temporary lamps and install new lamps. 2. Prior to final inspection, the Trade Contractor responsible for the building mechanical system shall replace filters and worn or consumed parts of mechanical equipment. *************** END OF SECTION 01510 11/21/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 6 G Ziaal 120/240 Volt Motor _ Detail 111w .►_ Transformer Pole By Others 100 W H.P.S. ABCA Light w/ P.E. Control 20' +/- M.H. (2 per pole) 3.3/0 in 2" Rigid City Electric Meter 100 Amp Main Breaker, or 100 Amp Distribution Panel with Main Beaker (Note 1) Note 1 - Mount main and 8' Driven Ground panel on 3/4 CDX plywood per N.E.C. and mount plywood to pole. S Dotal 1. -';/2 Romex I:3 ]Lighting _ f; ringers Ty %cal i Amp Sub 1' and Pane]. "upical .,.,,,'2 Romex fpical k" $q Box & rndustrial C,wer Typ i c < < L c E— - - k x 4' 1/211 1) Ljvood Back 3c. Ard Typicic L 50 Amp Tripex Feeder Ty ►:Lc A ote: Construction E.C. to provide, ins -(al- and maintaii ~caa stringer lighting from existing temporary elect. S n,,..3 of 0151( "irinp. Utilil:ie;s Spec. - Do 1 nCn ,neuWr,. "- Size all conduit, conductors, grounds, etc. to NEC Standards, install per Art. 305. ProvidA A I x F I Y 7 1 h i Mh mnna chat ,ni n i,,,,,,,, w4 4-1, I A l fl 11---- --46- lockin4 Panel "A" - 3 phase 4 wire 480/277 volt Nema 1 surf mt Panel Board 600 amp, 24 branch ckt, 600 amp main ckt breaker & 1-300 amp branch cb 3-phase. Transformer - Sq D #225T3H or equal 480 Primary (Delta) - 120/208 Y secondary. Panel "B" - 3 phase 4 wire 120/208 volt Nema 1 surf mt Panel Board 600 amp MCB, with 18 2 pole 50 amp branch circuit breakers & 1 sp/20 amp. Panel "C" - (At trailer staging area) 400 amp MCB Nema 3R 42 circuit Panel Board with 20 2 pole 50 amp ckt breakers 120/208 3-phase. Note: All materials become the property of the owner at completion of the project. 10 0 H 'd d' 0 Ow H 0 tT C b t, > .V .rq W H %+ Ca V a H 0 U H i0 10 IU )A SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION AIDS It PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Construction aids 2. Temporary enclosures 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and regulations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2..1 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended use and shall not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2..2 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing on completion of the Work all scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, chutes, and other such facilities and equipment required by his personnel to insure their safety and facilitate the execution of the Work. 1. Each Trade Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and local codes, laws and regulations governing such construction aids. 2. Each Trade Contractor shall relocate such construction aids as required by the progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate the legitimate requirements of the Owner or Construction Manager or other separate contractors employed at the site. 3. Each Trade Contractor shall completely remove temporary scaffolds, access, platforms, and other such materials, facilities, and equipment, at the completion of the Work or when construction needs can be met by the use of the permanent construction, provided the Construction Manager has 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 01520 - 1 approved and authorized such use. Each Trade Contractor shall clean up and shall repair any damage caused by the installation or by the use of such temporary construction aids. Each Trade Contractor shall restore any permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to their specified condition. The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions. 2..3 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. The Trade Contractor responsible for installing the permanent closure in an opening in an exterior wall shall be responsible for installing, maintaining, and removing, as the Work progresses, a temporary weather -tight enclosure for that opening as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, to provide weather protection for interior materials, to allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Each Trade Contractor shall install such temporary enclosures as soon as is practical after the opening is constructed or as directed by the Construction Manager. 2. Temporary enclosures shall be removable as necessary for the Work and for handling of materials. 3. Temporary enclosures shall be completely removed when construction needs can be met by the use of the permanent closures. 4. The Trade Contractor responsible for providing, maintaining, and removing the temporary enclosure shall clean and shall repair any damage caused by the installation of such enclosure. 5. Each Trade Contractor shall remain responsible for insuring that his work, material, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment is adequately protected from damage or theft and shall provide, maintain and remove such additional temporary enclosures as may be deemed necessary. The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in additi,:_ to his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions. **************** END OF SECTION 01520 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 01520 - 2 SECTION 01550 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for installing and maintaining, until the completion of his Work any temporary access roads or parking facilities required by his Work, other than that which has been provided by the Owner. B. Any Trade Contractor excavating across an access road or parking area shall backfill and compact his excavation and resurface the road or parking area to match the existing surface. The Trade Contractor shall comply with all applicable Specifications when so doing. ********************* END OF SECTION 01550 04/09/91 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS 01550 - 1 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS It PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Water control 2. Dust control 3. Erosion and sediment control 4. Pollution control B. Related sections: 1. SCOPES OF WORK 1..2 WATER CONTROL A. Site Grading Contractor shall grade site to drain. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers to protect site from soil erosion. •Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. 1..3 DUST CONTROL A. Execute the Work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. B. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1..4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. B. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time. C. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow. D. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or clays. E. Inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and 11/21/91 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01560 - 1 sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures. 1..5 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Two (2) 30 c.y. trash containers will be provided by the Owner. The Masonry Contractor shall be responsible to provide his own trash dumpsters for masonry waste disposal. Trash containers shall be located in trash accumulation areas designated by the Construction Manager. Each Contractor each day shall collect and deposit in the containers, all rubbish, waste materials, debris, and other trash from his operations, (excluding masonry), including any trash generated by his employees during lunch periods or coffee breaks. Shipping dunnage is to be removed by the receiving contractor. Paper, boxes and bulk packaging shall be folded or cut into reasonable sizes and shapes and confined to prevent lost of trash container volume or wind relocation. *************** END OF SECTION 01560 11/21/91 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01560 - 2 SECTION 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS Trade Contractors informational signs on the site shall be limited to those designating their temporary field offices and sheds. All such informational signs shall be subject to approval by the Construction Manager. ************************* END OF SECTION 01580 11/21/91 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 01580 - 1 SECTION 01590 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. The Trade Contractor, if he deems it necessary, may furnish, install, and maintain a temporary field office for his use and the use of his employees during the construction period. B. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain temporary storage and work sheds to adequately protect his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment from damage and theft. C. The Trade Contractor shall arrange his field office and sheds so as not to interfere with the construction. The locations of field offices and sheds shall be coordinated with the Construction Manager. The type, size and location of field offices and sheds is subject to approval by the Construction Manager. D. The Trade Contractor shall arrange and pay for temporary electricity and telephone service for his field office and sheds, if he should require such services. E. The Trade Contractor shall relocate his field office and sheds as directed by the Construction Manager, at no additional cost to the Owner or Construction Manager. F. The Trade Contractor shall completely remove his field office and sheds on completion of the Work or when directed by the Construction Manager. The Trade Contractor shall remove all debris and rubbish and shall place the area in a clean and orderly condition. G. The Construction Manager as soon as reasonably possible will establish a field office on the site and will maintain such an office during the entire construction period. The Construction Manager's field office will not be used as field office by the Trade Contractor or his employees. ************** END OF SECTION 01590 04/09/91 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS 01590 - 1 SECTION 01595 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cleaning during progress of work. - 1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti -pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project Site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2..1 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. D. Sweeping compounds used in cleaning operations shall leave no residue on concrete floor surfaces that may affect installation of finish flooring materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3..1 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute cleaning to keep the Work, the Site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. B. Provide on -site containers for the collection of waste 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 01595 - 1 materials, debris, and rubbish. C. Dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off the Site. 3..2 DUST CONTROL A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of the finish painting and continue cleaning on an as -needed basis until painting is finished. B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly -coated surfaces. C. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little handling as possible; do not drop or throw materials form heights. ************ END OF SECTION 01595 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 01595 - 2 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Products 2. Transportation and handling 3. Storage and protection 4. Security 1..2 PRODUCTS A. Products: means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. B. Do not use. materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. C. Provide interchangeable components of the, same manufacturer, for similar components. 1..3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the transportation of all materials and equipment furnished under this contract. The Trade Contractor shall also be responsible for loading, receiving and off-loading at the site all material and equipment installed un der this Contract, whether furnished by the Trade Contractor or the Owner. Unless otherwise provided, the Construction Manager will not accept delivery on behalf of the Trade Contractor for his materials and equipment. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the installation within the buildings of equipment that is too large to pass through finished operin,�s. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply 04/09/91 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 1 with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. D. Provide equipment and personnel to handy -products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1..4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the proper storage of all materials, supplies, and equipment to be installed under this Contract. Materials stored on site but not adequately protected will not be included in estimates for payment. Except for materials stored within designated and approved storage sheds, vans, or trailers, the Trade Contractor shall not bring onto nor store in any manner at the site any materials and equipment which will not be incorporated into the permanent Work within seven (7) days from the delivery date. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and paying for the use of property off the site for storage of materials and equipment as may be required. 1..5 SECURITY A. Each Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************* END OF SECTION 01600 04/09/91 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 2 SECTION 01630 t POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Post -bid substitutions 1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. After the end of the bidding period, substitution requests will be considered only in the case of: 1. Product unavailability 2. Other conditions beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying: 1) Product description. 2) Reference standards. 3) Performance and test data. C. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date of each installation. 2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified, listing significant variations. 3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 4. Effects of substitution on separate contracts. 5. List of charges required in other work or products. 6. Accurate data comparing proposed substitution with product specified. a. Amount of net change to Contract Sum. 7. Designation of required license fees or royalties. 8. Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources of replacement materials. 04/09/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 1 D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when: 1. A substitution is indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from Bidder. 2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 3. In judgement of Architect or Construction Manager, the substitution request does not include adequate information necessary for a complete evaluation. 4. Requested directly by a subcontractor or supplier. E. Do not order or install substitute products without written acceptance of Construction Manager. F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions. G. No verbal or written approvals other than by Change Order will be valid. 1..3 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making formal request for substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. The proposed product has been investigated and it has been determined that it is equivalent to or superior in all respects to the product specified. 2. The same warranties or bonds will be provided for the substitute product as for the product specified. 3. Coordination and installation of the accepted substitution into the Work will be accomplished and changes as may be required for the Work to be complete will be accomplished. 4. Claims for additional costs caused by substitution which may subsequently become apparent will be waived by the Contractor. 5. Complete cost data is attached and includes related costs under the Contract, but not: a. Costs under separate contracts. b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 1..4 POST -BID SUBSTITUTION FORM A. The form is attached to this section. B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached form is completed and included with the submittal with back-up data. 04/09/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used 04/09/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 3 TO: Project Architect HANSEN LIND MEYER INC. c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O.Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, F1. 33040 (305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697 We hereby submit for your consideration.the following product instead of the spIcified item for the above project: DRAWING NO. SPEC. SEC. SPEC. NAME Proposed Substitution: DRAWING NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal design and compatibility with adjacent materials. Submitted By: Signature Firm Address Telephone Title Date Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. For use by the Architect: Recommended Recommended as noted Not Recommended Received too late Insufficient data received By Date 11/21/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 4 Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No If no, fully explain: C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule? E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different. Explain: F. Reason for Request: G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) substitution; list significant variations: with the proposed H. This substitution will amount to a credit or extra cost to the Owner of: dollars ($ ). I. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (Attach additional sheets if required.) **************** END OF DOCUMENT 01630 11/21/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 5 SECTION 01650 STARTING OF SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Starting systems 2. Demonstration and instructions 3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing B. Related sections: 1. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1..2 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify the Construction Manager seven days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Execute start-up under supervision of the responsible Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All in -line and interface trades shall cooperatively support and coordinate individual components and systems to facilitate start-up actiV.Lties. H. when specified in individual Specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at the Site to inspect, check and approve 11/21/91 STARTING OF SYSTEMS 01650 - 1 equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. I. Submit a certified written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01650 11/21/91 STARTING OF SYSTEMS 01650 - 2 SECTION 01670 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Procedures for demonstration of equipment operation and instruction of the Owner's personnel. 1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When specified in individual Sections, provide manufacturer's authorized representative to demonstrate operation of equipment and systems, instruct the Owner's personnel and provide written report that demonstrations and instructions have been completed. B. The Owner will provide list of personnel to receive instructions, and will coordinate their attendance at agreed -upon times. 1..3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit preliminary schedule for the Owner's approval, listing times and date for demonstration of each item of equipment and each system, two weeks prior to proposed dates. B. Provide operating and maintenance manuals to owner (4) weeks prior to demonstrations. C. Submit reports within one week after completion of demonstrations, that demonstrations and instructions have been satisfactorily completed. Give time and date of each demonstration, and hours devoted to demonstration, with a list of persons present. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3..1 PREPARATION A. Verify equipment has been inspected and put into 04/30/91 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS 01670 - 1 operation; testing, adjusting, and balancing has been performed; and equipment and systems are fully operational. B. Have copies of completed operation and maintenance manuals at hand for use in demonstrations and instructions. 3..2 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and systems to the Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. B. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain aspects of operation and maintenance. C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, maintenance, servicing, trouble -shooting and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed -upon times, at designated location. D. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instructions. 3..3 TIME ALLOCATED FOR INSTRUCTIONS A. The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is specified in individual Sections. ************** END OF SECTION 01670 04/30/91 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS 01670 - 2 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Closeout procedures 2. Adjusting B. Related sections: 1. SECTION 01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 2. SECTION 01650 - STARTING OF SYSTEMS 3. SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 4. SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS 5. SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE 6. SECTION 11196 - SECURITY HARDWARE 1..2 PROJECT TERMINATION A. the Contract requirements are met when construction activities have successfully produced, in this order, these three terminal activities: 1. Substantial Completion 2. Final Completion 3. Final Payment 1..3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Submit to the Construction Manager when the Work is substantially complete: 1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete. 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected (Punch List) . 3. Request Substantial Completion Observation at a mutually agreeable date. 4. Certifications of systems and testing/balancing final reports. 5. Submit evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities: a. Certificate of Occupancy b. Certificates of Inspection: 1) Elevators 2) Mechanical systems 3) Electrical systems 4) Kitchen equipment 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 5) Fire protection system 6) Security system B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Architect, the Construction Manager, the Contractor,and the Owner, will make an observation to determine the status of completion. C. Should the work be determined to not be substantially complete the following will occur: 1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons. 2. The Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second written notice of substantial completion. 3. The Work will be reobserved. D. When the Work is considered substantially complete, the following will occur: 1. The Construction Manager will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704, accompanied by the Contractor's Punch List of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended. Contract responsibilities are not altered by inclusion or omission of required Work from the punch list.. 2. The certificate will be executed by all parties and distribution made. E. Complete or correct items identified on the punch list and required by the Contract requirements within time limit established by the certificate. 1..4 FINAL COMPLETION A. To attain final completion, the Contractor shall complete activities pertaining to substantial completion, complete Work on punch list items and submit written request to the Construction Manager for final inspection. B. When the Work is complete, the Contractor shall submit written certification that: 1. The Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with :►.e Contract Documents. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. 5. Work is completed and ready for final observation. 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2 C. The Architect, the Construction Manager, the Contractor and the Owner will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. D. Should the Work be considered incomplete or defective: 1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to the Construction Manager that the Work is Complete. 3. The Work will be reinspected. E. When the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents the Contractor shall make closeout submittals. 1..5 THE CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE ARCHITECT A. Project Record Documents: to requirements of SECTION 01720. B. Operating and maintenance data, instructions to the Owner's personnel: to requirements of SECTION 01730. C. Keys and keying schedule: to requirements of SECTION 08710 & 11196. D. Spare parts and maintenance materials: to requirements of individual sections. E. Evidence of payment and release of liens: to requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. 1..6 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect. B. Statement shall reflect adjustments to the Contract Sum: 1. The original Contract Sum 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders b. Allowances C. Unit Prices d. Deductions for uncorrected Work e. Penalties and bonuses f. Deductions for liquidated damages g. Deductions for reinspection payments h. Other adjustments 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 4. Previous payments 5. Sum remaining due C. The Construction Manager will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1-7 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. The Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used ***************** END OF SECTION 01700 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 SECTION 01710 FINAL CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cleaning at completion of Work 1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti -pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on the Project Site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2..1 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer on the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3..1 DUST CONTROL A. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little handling as possible. 3..2 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning. B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials form sight -exposed interior and exterior surfaces. 04/09/91 FINAL CLEANING 01710 - 1 C. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. D. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. E. Dust cabinetwork and remove markings. F. Vacuum as needed. G. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of the grounds. H. Prior to final completion, or the Owner occupancy, conduct an inspection of sight -exposed interior surfaces, exterior surfaces and work areas, to verify that the entire Work is clean. I. Clean tunnels and closed off spaces of packing boxes, wood frame members and other waste materials used in the Construction. J. Internally clean the entire system of piping and equipment. Open dirt pockets and strainers, completely blowing down as required and clean strainer screens of accumulated debris. K. Drain tanks, fixtures and pumps to be free of sludge and accumulated matter. L. Remove temporary labels and stickers from fixtures and equipment. Do not remove permanent name plates, equipment model numbers and ratings. M. Thoroughly clean heating and air conditioning equipment, tanks, pumps and traps. Install or thoroughly clean filters or filter media, including: 1. The cleaning of permanent filters and the replacement of disposable filters if units were operated during construction. 2. The cleaning of ducts, blowers, and coils if the units were operated during construction. N. Remove from the Site all facilities of items installed or used for temporary purposes during construction. O. Restore all adjoining areas to their original or spec,_:ied condition. **************** END OF SECTION 01710 04/09/91 FINAL CLEANING 01710 - 2 SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS It PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Maintain at the job Site one copy of: a. Record Contract Drawings b. Record Project Manual C. Coordination drawings d. Addenda e. Reviewed shop drawings f. Change Orders g. Other modifications to the Contract h. Field test records 1..2 GENERAL A. Store documents in cabinets in temporary field office, apart from documents used for construction. B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition. C. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents available for inspection by the Construction Manager, the Architect and the Owner. E. Failure to maintain documents up-to-date will be cause for withholding payments. F. Obtain from the Construction Manager (at no charge) two sets of the Contract Documents for Project Record Documents including: 1. Specifications with all addenda. 2. Two complete sets of black line prints of all Drawings. 1..3 RECORDING A. Label each document "Project Record". B. Keep record documents current. C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required 05/20/91 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 - 1 information has been recorded. D. Contract Drawings: 1. Required information may, as an option, be entered on a "working set" and then at completion of Project transfer the information to final submitted "Project Record" set. 2. Legibly mark to record actual construction: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to survey data. b. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. C. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. d. Field changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. f. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Specifications and Addenda: 1. Legibly mark up each Section to record: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. b. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. C. Other items not originally specified. F. Conversion of schematic layouts: 1. Arrangement of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts and similar items are in most cases shown schematically on the Drawings. 2. Legibly mark to record actual construction: a. Dimensions accurate to within 1" on the centerline of items shown schematically. b. Identify each item, for example, "cast iron drain" "galvanized water". C. Identify location of each item, for example, "under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed". 3. The Construction Manager may waive requirements of schematic layout conversion, when in his opinion, it serves no beneficial purpose. Do not, however, rely on waivers being issued except specifically issued by the Construction Manger in writing. 1..4 SUBMITTAL A. At completion of Project, deliver Project Record 05/20/91 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 - 2 Documents to the Construction Manager prior to request for final payment. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and HIM Project number 3. The Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate. 6. Signature of the Contractor, or his authorized representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used *************** END OF SECTION 01720 05/20/91 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 - 3 SECTION 01730 OPERATION AN10r MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Format and content of manuals 2. Instruction of the Owner's personnel 3. Schedule of submittals B. Related sections: 1. SECTION 01301 - SUBMITTALS 2. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 3. Individual Specifications Sections: specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. 1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 1..3 FORMAT A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. B. Binders: commercial quality, 8-1/2" x 11" three-ring binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers; 11-1/2" maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. C. Cover: identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; list title of the Project and separate building; identify subject matter of contents. D. Arrange content by systems under Section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of these Specifications. E. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F. Text: manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20 pound paper. G. Drawings: provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 1 pages. 1..4 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME A. Table of Contents: provide title of the Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the Construction Manager, the Architect, consultants, and the Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. B. For each product or system: list names, addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. C. Product data: mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. D. Drawings: supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to indicate control and flow diagrams. Do not use the Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Type text: as required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. F. Warranties and bonds: bind in copy of each. 1..5 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Building products, applied materials, and finishes: include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. Provide information for re -ordering custom manufactured products. B. Instructions for care and maintenance; include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Moisture protection and weather exposed products: include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical ccriosition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements; as specified in individual product specification Sections. 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 2 1..6 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Each item of equipment and each system: include description of unit or system, and conponent parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. B. Panelboard circuit directories: provide electrical service characteristics, controls and communications. C. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed. D. Operating procedures: include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut -down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and special operating instructions. E. Maintenance requirements: include routine procedures and guide for trouble -shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. K. Provide the Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed. L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. M. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 3 N. Include test and balancing reports. O. Additional requirements: as specified in individual product specification Suctions. P. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data. 1..7 INSTRUCTION OF THE OWNER PERSONNEL A. Before final inspection, instruct the Owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times. B. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. D. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction. 1..8 SUBMITTALS A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of the Work. The Construction Manager and Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. B. For equipment, or component service during construction submit documents within ten parts of equipment put into and operated by the Owner, days after acceptance. C. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15 days prior to final inspection. Copy will be returned after final inspection, with Construction Manager and Architect comments. Revise content of documents prior to final submittal. D. Submit two copies of revised volumes of data in final form within ten days after final inspection. 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01730 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 5 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP THREE PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00 OCTOBER 15, 1991 (REVISED NOVEMBER 11, 1991) Hansen Lind Meyer, Inc. 800 North Magnolia Avenue Suite 1100 Orlando, Florida 32803 Certificate of Authorization Number AAC-560 DOCUMENT 00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX 00001 02211 02215 02222 02226 02510 02518 02520 02580 02644 02721 02730 02732 02733 02800 02810 02830 02835 02930 02950 03100 03200 03300 03520 03600 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PROJECT MANUAL INDEX DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK ROUGH GRADING FINISH GRADING EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PAVEMENT MARKING WATER MAINS SEWER STRUCTURES SANITARY SEWERAGE SEWAGE FORCE MAINS SEWAGE PUMP STATION SITE IMPROVEMENTS IRRIGATION SYSTEM FENCE AND GATES BARBED TAPE LAWNS TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE CONCRETE FORMWORK CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS GROUT THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 00001-1 DOCUMENT 00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 5 - METALS 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05510 METAL STAIRS 05810 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07215 SPRAYED INSULATION 07272 FIRESTOP AND PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEM 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07900 JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08300 SPECIAL DOORS 08305 ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES 08660 SECURTY WINDOWS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08800 GLAZING 08842 SECURITY GLAZING 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 00001-2 DOCUMENT 00001 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09110 NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 09300 TILE 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09680 CARPET 09700 SPECIAL FLOORING 09800 SPECIAL COATINGS 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING 09900 PAINTING 09950 WALLCOVERING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10100 CHALKBOARDS AND TACKBOARDS 10160 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS 10270 ACCESS FLOORING 10350 FLAGPOLE 10500 STEEL LOCKERS 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10550 POSTAL SPECIALTIES 10606 SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10900 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11110 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT 11160 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT 11197 SECURITY/DETENTION EQUIPMENT 11200 BASIC ELECTRONIC SECURITY REQUIREMENTS 11202 SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT 11203 FIRE ALARM INTERFACE 11204 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER 11205 ADDRESS PANELS 11206 REL':` CABINETS 11208 CAF) ACCESS CONTROL 11211 SITUATION MAN -DOWN EQUIPMENT 11212 CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT 11217 VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION 11218 OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM PROJECT MANUAL INDEX THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 'ID GROUP THREE 00001-3 DOCUMENT 00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT {CONTINUED) 11222 INMATE/ATTORNEY TELEPHONES 11224 METAL DETECTION EQUIPMENT 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 11480 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT 11704 ICE MACHINES DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13090 RADIATION PROTECTION DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14700 PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 GENERAL PROVISIONS 15050 WATER TREATMENT 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 15085 PIPE IDENTIFICATION 15100 VALVES 15110 HEAT TRACE SYSTEM 15130 THERMOMETERS AND GAGES 15140 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15160 PUMPS 15175 VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROL 15242 VIBRATION ISOLATION 15252 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION 15290 DUCTWORK INSULATIO, 15330 WET -SPRINKLER SYST M 15403 WATER BOOSTER PUMPS 15404 DOMESTIC WATER SOFTENER FOR FANS AND PUMPS THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 00001-4 DOCUMENT 00001 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL (CONTINUED) 15408 SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM 15410 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 15430 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES 15460 SUMP PUMPS 15470 HOT WATER STORAGE HEATER 15490 FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS 15517 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 15540 EMERGENCY GENERATOR AUXILIARIES 15552 FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS 15684 CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER 15714 BLOW THRU COOLING TOWER 15770 MAKE-UP AIR UNITS 15785 FAN COIL UNITS 15855 AIR HANDLING UNITS 15858 FANS 15880 FIRE DAMPERS 15884 COMBINATION SMOKE AND FIRE DAMPERS 15885 AIR FILTERS 15890 DUCTWORK 15894 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 15936 GRILLES, REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS 15950 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS 15965 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM 15992 TESTS - PIPING SYSTEMS 15995 SYSTEM BALANCING AND TESTING PROJECT MANUAL INDEX DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16111 CONDUIT SYSTEMS 16120 WIRE AND CABLE 16155 COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS 16161 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS 16170 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16199 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 16300 STANDBY POWER GENERATION 16351 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY 16400 SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 16425 MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD 16450 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GROUNDING 16461 DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 16470 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS - CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE 16471 FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS AND EMERGENCY WIRING 16472 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS - CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 00001-5 DOCUMENT 00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL (CONTINUED) 16500 LIGHTING 16601 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM 16605 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE/SURGE PROTECTION 16660 WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS 16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16781 TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEMS 16930 LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT ******************** END OF SECTION 00001 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE OOOC -6 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract General Requirements DIVISION SECTION 01130 SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Electronic automated computerized security management system. 2. Provide a complete enclosed raceway system for all wiring for security devices and controls in compliance with NEC, NFPA-70 1990 and in accordance with 16050 and 16111. 3. Drawings for this work are diagrammatic, intended to convey the extent, general arrangement and locations of the work. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as conduit fittings, access panels, cabinet sizes, sleeves, pull and junction boxes may not be shown. Include such items where required by code, other sections, and for proper installation of the work. 4. Equipment specifications may not deal individually with every part, control, or device which may be required to produce the equipment performance specified or required to meet the equipment warranties. 5. Coordinate with other trades in submittal of shop drawings. Shop drawings shall detail space conditions to the satisfaction of concerned trades and is subject to final review by the Architect. If installation of equipment, raceways, cable trays or conduit is performed prior to coordination with other trades and interferes with work of other trades, make necessary changes to correct the condition at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. Provide required integration of components to create an operational computerized security management system providing control and monitoring from a touchscreen CRT. 1.2 TESTS A. Notify Architect and Owner's representative in writing, 14 days in advance of testing to prevent delays in construction schedules. B. Test systems and place in proper and specified working order prior to demonstration of the systems. C. Test system grounds to demonstrate that the ground resistance does not exceed the requirements of the transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) or the National Electric Codes (NEC). D. Perform tests required by authorities having jurisdiction over the site. E. Testing shall be in the presence of the Owner's designated representatives, Contractor and Architect. 1.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to acceptance of the work, the Security System Installer shall demonstrate to the Owner, designated representatives, Contractor and Architect, the features and functions of the system, and all subsystems and shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and event sequences of the system. B. Demonstrate each system and subsystem. The demonstration is to consist of not less than the following: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 01130-1 SECTION 01130 SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES 1. Designate actual location of each component of a system or subsystem and demonstrate its function and its relationship to other components within the system. 2. Demonstrate the systems and subsystems operations by actual "START-STOP/ON-OFF" cycling showing how to work controls, reset devices, replace fuses and conduct emergency operating/operations procedures. 3. Demonstrate communication, signaling and security equipment/ devices by actual operation of such devices. C. Demonstration of systems are to include, but not be limited to the following: 1. UPS Power and Distribution System 2. Touchscreen CRT Operations 3. Alarm Detection and Signalling Equipment 4. Door Control/Monitoring System 5. Access Control System 6. Situation Alarms (Hardwire) 7. Man -Down Alarms (Wireless) 8. CCTV System 9. Intercom Systems 10. Telephone Systems (Inmate/Attorney/Visitor) 11. Lighting Control 12. Fire Alarm Interface 13. Cable Supervision System (Random Points to be Selected by Architect) D. Security System Installer/Integrator shall furnish the necessary trained personnel to perform the demonstration and instructions and shall arrange to have the manufacturer's representatives present to assist with the demonstrations. The Security System Installer shall allow a minimum of one week for performing the prescribed demonstrations. E. Security System Installer/Integrator shall arrange with the Owner the date and times for performing the demonstration. The Owner will select date and time for demonstration. F. Comply with requirements of Section 01670 - SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS. 1. Security System Installer/Integrator shall video tape in high speed, high quality, VHS format the demonstration of systems listed. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in electronic automated computerized security management systems of the same type, scope, operation and magnitude for a minimum of five years. Documented experience shall include the following: 1. List at least 10 facilities of equal size and technical requirer�nts utilizing the equipment submitted. 2. For each facility, list: a. Name and location of facility b. Date of occupancy by Owner C. Owner's representative to contact and telephone number d. Construction Manager and/or General Contractor e. Architect THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GR JP THREE 01130-2 SECTION 01130 SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES B. Use the products of a single manufacturer for similar type equipment, i.e. motion detectors, magnetic contacts. C. Use products made by companies regularly engaged in the manufacture of the type equipment specified. 1.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify control and sub -control, motor and equipment controls, remote relay cabinets, address panels, system interface cabinets, and similar equipment with 1/2" red lettering or as specified for individual piece of equipment. B. Identify pull and junction boxes in service areas, tunnels, above accessible ceilings, and in accessible chases with 1/2" red lettering indicating the circuit and system. Example: Security Alarms "SY", Fire Alarms "FA", Circuit Number "SY-126". C. Engraved laminated plastic tags may be used for identification in lieu of painted lettering. D. Provide typewritten circuit directories installed in 3 ring binders with transparent page protectors in each control and sub -control cabinet. 1.6 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide complete schematic drawings depicting location of interface, number of conductors, types of connectors, circuit requirements and type of enclosure. 1.7 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT A. Protect materials stored on the job site. Protect materials during construction and after installation. B. Provide and apply protective material immediately upon receiving the products and maintain throughout the construction process. C. Keep products clean and dry or by elevating equipment above ground and floor. D. Take precautions to protect apparatus and materials from damage. Failure to protect materials constitutes sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or material. E. Protect equipment and factory finish from damage during construction operations and until final acceptance. Restore finishes that become stained, scratched, or damaged. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED ******************** END OF SECTION 01130 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 01130-3 SECTION 02211 ROUGH GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Grade sub -soil and reform to grades, contours and levels. 2. Rough grade for roadways, walks, curbs, gutters, parking areas, landscaped areas, and stormwater ponds. 3. Geogrid base reinforcement. 1.2 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Known underground, surface and aerial utility lines and buried objects are indicated on the Contract Documents. 1.3 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, plants and lawns, rock outcroppings and other features remaining as part of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and existing roads, and paving against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. C. Protect aerial, surface, or underground utility lines or appurtenances which are to remain. D. Protect midden area from excavation. E. Repair damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Excavated Fill Material: Soil free from roots, rocks larger than 3" and building debris. B. Additional Fill Material: AASHTO Designation M145, soil classification group. C. Geogrid System: 1. Contech Tensar Geogrid BX1100 and accessories. 2. Architect approved equivalent. D. Fill Under Landscaped Areas: Free from alkali, salt, petroleum products. Use sub -soil from site only if conforming to specified requirements. Silt material excavated from the site is not acceptable for use in this area. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Establish and identify required lines, levels, contours and datum. B. Identify and mark entire midden area. No excavation can occur in this area unless directed otherwise by the Construction Manager. C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points. Reestablish if disturbed or destroyed, at no cost to Owner. D. Before start of grading, notify all pertinent utility companies 48 hours prior to digging for location of underground utility lines. Establish the location and extent of utilities in the work areas. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02211-1 SECTION 02211 ROUGH GRADING E. Perform grading within contract limits, including adjacent transition areas to new elevations, levels, profiles and contours indicated. Provide subgrade surfaces parallel to finished surface grades. Provide uniform levels and slopes between new elevations and existing grades. F. Grade surfaces to assure areas drain away from structures and to prevent ponding and pockets of surface drainage. Provide subgrade surfaces free from irregular surface changes. G. Perform grading within branch spread of existing trees to remain by hand methods to elevations indicated. Cut roots if necessary with an axe, and coat cut roots with tree paint. H. Grade at excavations to prevent storm -water from draining into excavated areas. 3.2 ROUGH GRADING A. Verify that rough grading under previous contract has been brought to elevations and compaction shown. B. Install geogrid material where indicated, directly on subgrade surface. Material shall overlap a minimum of 2 feet on sides. Overlaps shall be in the same direction fill material is to be spread. Geogrid shall be cut to accommodate manholes, inlets and other protrusions. Anchor geogrid in accordance with manufactures recommendations. No equipment shall operate directly on the geogrid. Initial lift of fill shall be dumped and spread over the geogrid. Rubber tired equipment shall be used to spread addition lifts after initial lift is spread and compacted. C. Continue site rough grade to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading and surface treatment. Maintain the following: 1. Paved areas - to below base material. 2. Landscaped areas - 4" minimum below final grades. D. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6 inches. E. Backfill and Compaction 1. All open or landscaped areas shall be placed in 8" lifts compacted to 90% modified proctor per ASTM D-1557. Testing frequency per lift shall be one test per 5000 sf. 2. All paved areas, plus 5 ft. beyond shall be backfilled or excavated and compacted in accordance with Section 02222 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES. 3.3 EROSION AND DUST CONTROL A. Provide erosion and dust control. B. Methods of erosion control may consist of any of the following or a combination thereof: seeding, mulching, baled straw, temporary silt fences. C. Aquire all necessary permits and pay for all related fee. Contact agency having jurisdiction over this requirement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 9rl07.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02211-2 SECTION 02211 ROUGH GRADING 3.4 SURPLUS MATERIAL A. Remove surplus materials from site. ******************** END OF SECTION 02211 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02211-3 SECTION 02215 FINISH GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Finish grading within contract limits, including adjacent transition areas to new elevations, levels and contours indicated. Provide uniform levels and slopes between new and existing grades. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit soil certification one week prior to commencing work. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil stockpiled on site may be used to complete the finish grading and grassing operation or option to bring new topsoil onto the site from other sources at no additional cost to Owner. B. Reusable topsoil stockpiled on site or new topsoil brought onto the site shall meet the following requirements: 1. Fertile friable agricultural soil capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth neither excessively alkaline or acidic, suitable forgrowth of grass and plants, free from subsoil, clay lumps, objectionable weeds, litter, stones larger than 2" in diameter, stumps, root and other material that would interfere with planting and maintenance operations. 2. No topsoil is to be graded, excavated or worked in muddy conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GRADING A. Grading shall include the areas necessary to establish new grades required by the Grading Plan and such additional areas as are disturbed by construction storage, vehicle use and other construction operations including utility trenching, areas where excess fill is deposited, or where cutting is required to provide additional backfill material. B. New grades shown are designed to produce the required configuration of the site and do not necessarily represent a balance between cut and fill. 1. Soil in excess of that required to produce the grades shown shall be -amoved from the site. 2. Additionai soil required to produce grades shown shall be provided from legal off -site source. C. Earth fill for grading shall be Earth Backfill from cut areas on the site except that stone, concrete, brick and other inorganic material THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROU^ THREE 02215-1 SECTION 02215 FINISH GRADING E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. may be buried and compacted. Material larger than 2" in size shall not be permitted in the upper 8" of fill or against waterproofing membranes or utility lines. Temporary access roads and storage areas shall be returned to normal use as follows: 1. Where filled to a depth of 12" or more, scarify to a depth of 6" prior to placing of fill. 2. In all other cases, grade and scarify to produce the following: a. 6" minimum scarified subgrade. b. 6" minimum earth fill. C. 4" minimum topsoil. Install grade stakes at not more than the 25' intervals both ways. 1. Grades not otherwise indicated shall be uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are given. 2. Adjust grades as necessary to provide positive drainage from building. 3. Finish grades shall not deviate from established elevations and true profile in excess of 1". Bring the entire Site Area to subgrades as follows: 1. For surfaced areas (roadways, parking areas, service courts, steps and walks) to the underside of the respective surfacing or base course, as fixed by the finished grades. 2. For balance of area, finished grade. The finished subgrade shall be brought to elevations indicated and sloped to drain water away from the building walls. Fill areas where settlement occurs to required elevations. Place a 4" (minimum) compacted depth of topsoil over areas involved in cut and fill operations. Place no topsoil in areas of sewers, water mains and other utilities until backfill has settled. Schedule topsoil final grading so that when complete it will not be damaged by subsequent construction activities. Leave topsoil free of stones and debris ready for further development. Manually install topsoil at trees to remain. Avoid damage to root system. END OF SECTION 02215 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02215-2 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Place and compact fills to rough grade elevations. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. ASTM D1557 - Test for Moisture - Density Relationship of Soils Using 10 lb. Rammer in 18 Inch Drop. C. FDOT - Florida Department of Transportation - Roadway and Traffic Design Standards. 1.3 SITE COMPACTION TESTING A. Testing of compacted fill materials will be performed by an independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for per requirements of Division 1. Testing will be performed so as to least encumber the performance of work. B. When portions of work are completed and ready for testing, notify the testing laboratory to perform density tests. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. C. If, during progress of work, tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. D. Ensure compacted fills are tested before proceeding with placement of surface materials. E. Testing Frequency 1. Paved Areas: Minimum one test per 2500 sf per lift. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit minimum 10 pound samples of each type of fill material to be used. Provide samples to testing laboratory, packed tightly in containers to prevent contamination. B. If recent test results are available for fill materials to be used, disregard samples submission and submit such test results to the testing laboratory. Such test results are to clearly indicate types of materials and composition, hardness, compactability and suitability for proposed usage. 1.5 PROTECTION A. Protect trees remaining as part of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and existing roads and paving against damage from equipment and vehicular or foot traffic. C. Protect midden area from excavation. D. Notify Architect of unexpected sub -surface -)nditions and discontinue work in area until Architect provides not'i-ication to resume work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIALS THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02222-1 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES A. Granular Fill: 1. Gravel: Angular pit run crushed natural stone; free from shale, clay, friable materials, and debris; graded within the following limits: Sieve Size 2'1 1" 3/4" 5/8' 3/8" No. 4 No. 16 No. 40 No. 200 Passing 100 95 95 to 100 75 to 100 55 to 85 35 to 60 15 to 35 10 to 25 5 to 10 2. Pea Gravel: Clean natural stone; free from clay, shale and organic matter; 1/4" to 1/2". 3. Sand: Clean natural river or bank sand; free from silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded within the following limits: Sieve Size % Passing No. 4 100 No. 14 10 to 100 No. 48 15 to 90 No. 100 4 to 30 No. 200 0 to 5 B. On Site Soils: Limerock material excavated from and stockpiled on the site sufficiently crushed to individual fragment sizes no greater than 2" in size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT A. Establish extent of excavation by area and elevation; designate and identify datum elevation. B. Set required lines and levels. C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points. 3.2 BACKFILLING A. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris. B. Do not backfill over existing sub -grade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy. C. Compact existing sub -grade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill materials. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02222-2 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES D. Cut out soft areas of existing sub -grade. Backfill with granular or on site soil and fill compact to required density. E. Backfill areas to rough grades, contours, levels and elevations. F. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. G. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6" loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage foundation waterproofing. H. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. 3.3 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION A. Fill Under Paved Areas: On -site soil or granular fill to rough grade elevations. Extend a minimum of five feet beyond the limits of the paved areas. Compact to per ASTM D-1557: 1. 95% Modified Proctor under concrete areas. 2. 98% Modified Proctor under asphalt areas. 3.4 SURPLUS MATERIALS A. Remove surplus earth materials from site as directed by Construction Manager. B. Leave stockpile areas completely free of all excess fill materials. ******************** END OF SECTION 02222 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02222-3 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Excavation and Backfill-Utilities. 1. Excavating and bedding for utilities. 2. Backfilling for utilities. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional codes governing installation of site utility systems. B. Testing Lab: Refer to the General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES. 1. Notify the Testing Laboratory 24 hours in advance of backfilling operations to allow the Testing Laboratory to conduct compaction tests. Compaction shall be tested by the method specified or indicated on the Drawings. Testing lab shall be present for all compaction operations. 2. Backfill materials shall be installed in layers and compacted to the required density by method, type and size of equipment which will give the required specified compaction. 3. Backfill compaction which fails to meet the specified density requirements shall be re -excavated, recompacted, refinished and retested until satisfactory compaction is achieved at contractors expense. C. Testing frequency for utility backfill shall be one test per lift per 100 l.f. of trench. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Be responsible for safe storage of material furnished and accepted for the work intended, until it has been incorporated in completed project. Excavated materials and backfill materials shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter contamination. C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition at end of project. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Existing utility information shown on the drawings is from survey work by others, field observations, available public records and record drawings. The exact locations and elevations of utilities shall be determined prior to installing new work. 1. Field verify vertical elevations related to bench marks, pipe inverts and vertical building levels prior to commencing work. 2. Field verify existing grades and locations of existing lines, poles, trees, paving and other site structures prior to demolition or construction and immediately inform the Architect of discrepancies. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 900r7.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02226-1 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 3. Contact all public and private utility companies 48 hours prior to any excavation. Cost of replacement and repair of existing utilities damaged as a result of Contractor's operation shall be the Contractor's responsibility. B. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and utility companies of proposed work. C. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known by on -site inspection prior to excavation that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations. Repair, if damaged, at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately. Contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. D. Protect the midden area from damage due to equipment and vehicular traffic. No excavation can occur in the midden area. E. Adequate Advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 30 pound samples of each granular material to be used as backfill and pipe bedding to the Testing Laboratory for analysis and approval prior to installation. B. Test reports: Submit test reports on select fill and backfill materials to show compactability in conformance with this Section requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BACKFILL MATERIALS: A. Select Fill: 1. Gravel: Angular pit run crushed natural stone; free from shale, clay, friable materials, and debris; graded within the following limits: Sieve size % Passing 1-1/2" 100 111 95 to 100 3/4" 95 to 100 5/8�� 75 to 100 3/8" 55 to 85 No. 4 35 to 60 No. 16 15 to 35 No. 40 10 to 25 No. 200 5 to 10 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02226-2 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 2. Pea Rock: Clean natural stone; free from clay, shale and organic matter; 1/4" to 1/2". 3. Sand: Clean natural river or bank sand; free from silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded within the following limits: Sieve size % Passing No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 60 to 100 No. 10 30 to 100 No. 14 10 to 100 No. 48 15 to 90 No. 100 0 to 20 No. 200 0 to 5 B. Excavated or Borrow Sub - soil: Free from roots, rock larger than 2" in size and building debris and compactable according to testing laboratory. Limerock material excavated from the site will be acceptable if the material is sufficiently crushed to individual fragment sizes no greater than 2 inches in size. C. Fill Under Landscaped Areas: Refer to Section 02211 - ROUGH GRADING. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. Verify that items may be installed in accordance with original design, codes, and regulations, and portions of referenced standards. C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. D. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 GENERAL A. Excavation shall include: 1. The work of clearing the site and removal and disposal of all obstructions. 2. Necessary excavations. 3. Placing and use of sheeting and shoring. 4. Pumping and fluming to keep the trenches and other excavations frc,� from water. 5. D ains and sewers and the temporary disposal of water from other sources during the progress of the work. 6. Damming and coffer -damming where necessary. 7. Supporting and protecting all underground structures, pipes, conduits, culverts, lamp posts, poles, wires, fences, buildings and other property adjacent to the work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 'ID GROUP THREE 02226-3 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 8. Removing after completion of the work all sheeting and shoring not necessary to support the sides of trenches. 9. Hauling away all surplus excavated material. 10. Backfilling. 11. Mechanically tamping backfill. B. Erosion and Sediment Control: 1. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to prevent erosion and resultant sediment run-off into utility excavations. C. Control Surveys: 1. Survey the lines and grades as necessary for the proper control of work. Verify benchmark elevations against existing benchmarks. D. Trees: 1. Protect all other trees. Damage to trees shall be compensated for, by Contractor. Permission to remove trees shall be in writing. E. Trenching and Trimming: 1. Excavation for trenches in which pipe lines are to be installed, shall provide adequate space for workmen to place and joint the pipe properly, but the trench shall be kept to the minimum width shown on drawing details. 2. Do not bed pipe in material containing sharp sand, crushed stone, or gravel. F. Unauthorized Excavation: 1. If excavation is carried below or beyond the established or ordered limits for any pipes or structures, it shall be deemed unauthorized, and if ordered, fill the unauthorized excavation with concrete with a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 2500 pounds per square inch or, if permitted by Architect, with thoroughly compacted selected material. G. Additional Excavation: 1. Remove materials encountered which are not suitable. Obtain approval from construction manager for additional excavation. H. Midden Area: 1. No excavation is to occur within the midden area. I. Length of Open Trench: 1. The amount of trench open at any one time in advance of completed work shall be held to a minimum of 100 ft., or as directed by the Architect. 2. Backfilling and restoration of surfaces shall begin as soon as the constructed work is in approved condition. 3. New trenching will not be permitted when earlier trenches need backfilling or labor is needed to restore the surfaces of streets or other areas to a safe and proper condition. J. Test Pits: 1. Dig exploratory test pits as may be necessary, in advance of trench excavation, to determine the exact location of sub -surface pipe lines, conduits, and structures. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02226-4 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES K. Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing: 1. If required by ground conditions or depth, or wherever the presence of incipient slides are noted during excavation, the trench walls shall be restrained with adequate sheeting and shoring. 2. Furnish and install adequate sheeting, shoring and bracing, to maintain and to protect built work and adjacent structures. 3. Bracing shall be arranged so as not to place a strain on portions of completed work until the construction has proceeded far enough to provide ample strength. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to built work, and adjacent and neighboring structures. 4. Damage to new or existing structures occurring through settle- ment due to removal, failure, or lack of sheeting or bracing shall be repaired or the structure replaced, at no cost to the Owner. L. Construction Sheeting Left In -Place: 1. Furnish, install and leave in place, construction sheeting and bracing when specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Construction sheeting and bracing, and bracing left in place, unless specifically ordered otherwise in writing by the Architect, shall be included in the cost for excavations. 3. Any construction sheeting and bracing not shown or specified which the Contractor has placed to facilitate his work may be ordered in writing by the Architect or Owner to be left in place and will be paid for under the applicable Contract provision. M. Removal of Water: 1. At all times during construction provide and maintain ample means and devices with which to remove promptly and dispose of properly all water entering the excavations or other parts of the work until structures are completed. No water shall be allowed to rise over or come in contact with masonry until the concrete and mortar has attained a satisfactory set, except in cases where the concrete has been tremmied into place with the approval of the Architect. In water bearing sand, well points and/or sheeting shall be supplied together with pumps and other appurtenances to keep the excavation dry. N. Disposal of Unsuitable and Surplus Materials: 1. All materials excavated which are unsuitable for use in back - filling trenches or around structures, or suitable materials excavated that are in excess of that required, shall be disposed of offsite. 0. Explosives and Blasting: 1. No explosives or blasting caps shall be brought on site. P. Site Improvements: 1. The following items shall constitute site improvements, the damage, repair or replacement of which shall be the responsi- bility of the Contractor. The cost of this work shall be included. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02226-5 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 2. All concrete pavement, gravel roadways with or without asphalt surfacing, driveways, service drives or approaches to same, either concrete, gravel or asphalt surfaced, and all sidewalks or housewalks disturbed by the Contractor shall be replaced. All necessary removal and replacement shall meet the current specifi- cations of the governmental unit or agency having jurisdiction, or Owner's jurisdiction. 3. All necessary grading shall be done to fit adjoining ground elevations. All ditches or culverts disturbed shall be restored to permit the proper flow of surface water. Any culverts removed shall be replaced with new material meeting size and specifica- tions of the agency having jurisdiction. 4. Established lawn areas disturbed shall be restored by resodding unless specifically directed elsewhere to be reseeded. Q. Owner's Use of Completed Facilities: 1. The Owner may have the progressive use of the mains and sewers after written acceptance is received from the Owner. 3.3 TRENCH WIDTH A. Width of trench at top of pipe shall be within the limits described the Drawings when the pipe is properly aligned and in the center of the trench. Excavation producing trench widths at the top of pipe in excess of those shown on the Drawings may require a change in bedding requirements and/or pipe classifications as determined by the Architect at no additional cost. 3.4 PIPE LAYING - GENERAL A. Pipe shall be laid to the line and grade called for on the Drawings. Each pipe as laid shall be checked with line and grade pole or a laser beam to insure that this result is obtained. B. Construction shall begin at the outlet end and proceed upgrade with spigot ends pointing into the direction of flow. C. Preparatory to making pipe joints, all joint surfaces shall be clean and dry. Lubricants, primers, and adhesives shall be used as recommended by the pipe or joint manufacturer's specifications. The pipe shall be jointed so as to obtain a watertight joint. After the joint made, sufficient backfill material shall be placed along pipe to prevent movement. D. Proper support of all pipe through the full length of the barrel shall be made by constructing bedding as required and detailed on the Drawings. Special care shall be observed to avoid load on bells of bell and spigot pipe. 3.5 PIPE LAYING AND BEDDING A. This Section shall cover all laying and bedding of pipes classed as sanitary sewers, force mains and water lines. B. Each pipe shall be inspected for defects prior to being lowered into the trench. Pipes having joint defects or cracks shall be immediately rejected and taken off the site. Pipe shall be cleaned of any dirt or foreign matter. Prevent abrasion of the pipe coating, especially on THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 'ELM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02226-6 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES the inside of the pipe. Wherever the coating is damaged, that part shall be thoroughly cleaned and recoated with a coating satisfactory to the Architect and in accordance with the manufacturer's specifica- tions. A supply of coating for such purposes shall be on hand. C. When material in the trench bottom will not properly support the pipe the excavation shall be continued to stable soil and the trench refilled to proper grade with gravel or other suitable material; provided stable soil is found at a depth of not more than 2'-0" below trench bottom. Where stable material is not encountered at a depth of 2'-0", advise Architect immediately. D. Ledge rock and large stones shall be removed from the trench to pro- vide a clearance of at least 6" inches below and on either side of all parts of pipe, valves or fittings. A clearance of 9" below and on each side of pipe shall be provided for pipe 12" in diameter and larger. E. Excavation for mains shall be of sufficient depth generally to provide a 3' -0" cover unless noted on the Drawings. Where pipe is set to grade the cover may vary from 3'-0". Where the ground is undulating, the cover may vary in accordance with requirements set forth on the Drawings. No additional compensation will be paid for variance of cover. 3.6 BACKFILL A. For purposes of these specifications, backfill shall be considered as that material placed in open cut excavations above an elevation 1'-0" over the outside top of sewers and mains. B. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled immediately after pipe is laid therein, unless other protections of the pipe line are made. No material shall be used for backfilling that contains stones, rock, or pieces of masonry greater than 6", debris or earth with an exceptionally high void content. No large pieces of rock or masonry shall be deposited closer than 2'-0" from the completed outside surface of any structure. C. Unless otherwise specified or directed, material excavated in connection with the work shall be used for backfilling and other filling purposes. In backfilling around structures, all lumber, rubbish, braces, and refuse shall be removed from behind the walls before backfilling is started. This backfilling shall be made in a manner to prevent after -settlement, and shall be mechanically tamped, puddled, or jetted, and left at the proper grade and with a smooth, even surface. D. The select backfill around and over structures and pipes shall be carefully done by hand and tamped to a point 12" above the top of same. Only selected material shall be used in this area, and the select backfill shall be placed completely under pipe haunches in uniform layers not exceeding 6" in depth up each side. Each layer shall be placed, then carefully and uniformly tamped, so as to eliminate the possibility of lateral displacement of pipe or structure. Select backfill shall be hand tamped and compacted to a minimum compaction of 98% modified proctor test. No mechanical THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007."0-2 BID GROUP THREE 02226-7 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES compaction equipment shall be used within 1'-0" of the top of the installed pipe. Compaction shall proceed uniformly on each side of the pipe. Particular attention shall be paid in obtaining thorough support for all valves, fittings, water service connections, and the branch of all sewer service connections, and to preserve the alignment and gradient of the installed pipe. Select backfill shall be as outlined in this section or may be excavated material as outlined, but only if it is compactable according to the testing laboratory. After the select backfill has been placed and compacted around the structures and pipes to a height 2'-0" over the top of bedding, or 1 -0'above the top of the pipe, whichever is greater, the remainder of the trench may be backfilled by machine. The backfill material shall be deposited in horizontal layers and each layer shall be thoroughly compacted by approved methods before a succeeding layer is placed. 1. Backfill for trenches where any portions lie under, cross or run within 3'-O" of, and parallel to proposed paved or building slab areas shall be granular backfill and mechanically compacted in place in 1'-0" layers or less to a minimum compaction of of 98%, modified proctor test. 2. Backfill for all trenches not included in limitations described above or in permanent easements across graded and improved sites shall be selected excavated material (excluding blue clay) mechanically compacted to produce a minimum of 90% compaction. 3. Specified compaction means not less than the percentage required based on the maximum unit weight at optimum moisture content when tested in accordance with ASTM D-1557 (modified proctor). 4. If the excavated material is not suitable to obtain the minimum compaction required, remove unsuitable materials or add granular materials, or both, to obtain the compaction specified. Compaction tests will be made by the Owner's testing laboratory, Refer to Division One. 3.7 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this Section, leave all components of the systems completely free of silt, debris and obstructions. B. Excess excavated material shall be removed from the site and disposed at a legal dump site. All areas of work shall be returned to original surface elevation prior to commencing site excavation. C. During the progress of the work, maintain adjacent streets and access ways free of vehicle tracking and dropped excavated materials. Comply with all local ordinances. ******************** END OF SECTION 02226 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02226-8 SECTION 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Place base courses, work and compact. B. Prime base course, place asphalt pavement. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D1557 - Tests for Moisture - Density Relationship of Soils using 10 lb. Rammer in 18 inch Drop. B. Florida Department of Transportation (F.D.O.T.) standards "Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction." C. Perform work in accordance with local governing authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Testing and inspection of asphalt pavement mix(es) and testing of placed, base course and asphalt pavement will be performed by an independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for in accordance with Division One. Testing and inspection will be performed so as to minimize disruption to Work. B. Allow testing laboratory access to the mixing plant for verification weights or proportions, character of materials used and determination of temperatures used in the preparation of asphalt concrete mix. C. When and if required, the testing laboratory will perform laboratory tests on proposed asphalt pavement mix(es) to determine conformity with requirements. D. The testing laboratory will perform compaction tests for base course and for each asphalt course. Pay for costs of additional testing as required due to improper performance of work. E. When base course or portion thereof has been placed and compacted in accordance with requirements, notify the testing laboratory to perform density tests. Do not place asphalt pavement until results have been verified and base course installation approved. F. If compaction tests indicate that base course or asphalt paving do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at Contractor expense. G. When requested by Architect, take core samples of asphalt or base course to verify thickness and material compliance. H. Test Reports: 1. Field Density Test Reports at least three density tests shall be made on each days final compaction operations on each course or one test per 2500 sq. ft. on each course whichever is greater. 2. Asphalt Test Reports and Compaction Reports: In accordance with F.D.O.T. Specs. 3. Core Samples and Test Reports: Core Samples to confirm base thicknesses shall be taken at intervals of not more than 200 feet. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following from the Testing Laboratory: 1. Asphalt Mix Design THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 02510-1 SECTION 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING B. Test Reports showing materials to be used for base course meet specification requirements. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known by on -site inspection prior to commencing work that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations. Repair if damaged, at no additional cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Construction Manager and Architect immediately. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Asphaltic Concrete: 1. Asphaltic concrete pavement shall conform to FDOT Section 331, Type S-1 asphaltic concrete, except Section 331-6. 2. Prime and tack coats shall conform to FDOT Section 300 except Section 300-8 and 300-9. B. Soil Cement Base Material 1. Meet or exceed the requirements of 2. Minimum 7 day compressive strength C. Plant Methods and Equipment 1. Plant and methods of operation shall PART 3 - EXECUTION F.D.O.T. Section 270-2. of 400 psi. conform to FDOT Section 320. 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ensure site grading has brought subgrade to required compaction and elevations in accordance with Section 02211 - ROUGH GRADING and Section 02222 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Soil Cement Base 1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 270 except Sections 270-14 and 270-15. B. Prime and Tack Coat 1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 300 except Sections 300-8 and 300-9. C. Placement of Asphaltic Concrete 1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 320 and 330 except Section 330-15. ******************** END OF SECTION 02510 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.0r-1 BID GROUP THREE 02510-2 SECTION 02518 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sand laying course. 2. Interlocking concrete paving stones. 3. Accessory items and components for a complete installation. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workmen: 1. For the actual cutting and placing of pavers, use only skilled workers who are thoroughly experienced with the materials and methods specified and thoroughly familiar with the design requirements. 2. In acceptance or rejection of installed pavers, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. 3. Provide one skilled worker who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section and who shall personally direct all execution of the portion of the Work. B. Qualification of Installer: 1. The installer shall submit previous work experience installations to Architect for review of qualifications. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Certification: 1. Prior to delivery of pavers to the job site, deliver to the Architect a letter from the manufacturer of the pavers stating that all such material delivered to the job site is in strict conformance with the provisions of this Section. B. Mock-up: 1. Sample Installation: Prior to installation of Concrete Unit Paver work, fabricate sample panel using materials, pattern and joint treatment and spacing indicated for project work, including special features for expansion joints and contiguous work. Build panel at the site, as directed, of full thickness and approximately 4' x 4' unless otherwise indicated. Provide range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected in the completed work. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities of the panel before start of concrete unit paver work. Retain panel during construction as a standard for judging completed paving work. Do not move or destroy sample panel until work is completed, and approval for removing is received from the Architect. 2. Provide sample panel for each type of paver required. 3. Do not change source o brands for paver units, setting materials, or grout during progress of work. C. Samples: 1. Submit samples to Architect for review of the proposed units; consisting of 3 individual units showing full color range and THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02518-1 SECTION 02518 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS texture under consideration, include maximum variation to be expected in finish work. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Paving stones shall be delivered and unloaded at job site and bound in such a manner that no damage occurs to the product during handling, hauling and unloading. B. Protect materials during storage and construction against wetting by rain or ground water and against soilage or intermixture with earth or other types of materials. Protect grout and mortar materials from deterioration by moisture and temperature. Store in a dry location or in waterproof container. Keep containers tightly closed and away from open flame. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.2 SOLID CONCRETE INTERLOCKING PAVING STONES: ASTM DESIGNATION C936-82 A. Paving Stones: Holland Stone as manufactured by PAVER SYSTEMS, INC., or Architect approved equivalent. B. Paving stones thickness: 2-3/8". Paving stones color: Charcoal. C. Cementitious Material 1. Portland Cements: Conform to ASTM C-150-86. D. Aggregates: conform to ASTM C-33-86 for Normal Weight Concrete Aggregate (no expanded shale or lightweight aggregates) except that grading requirements shall not necessarily apply. E. Other Constituents 1. Coloring pigments air-intraining agents, integral water repellents, finely ground silica, etc., shall conform to ASTM standards where applicable, or shall be previously established as suitable for use in concrete. F. Physical requirements 1. Compressive Strength of Paving Stones: At the time of delivery to the work site, the average compressive strength shall not be less than 8,000 psi with no individual unit strength less than 7,200 psi with testing procedures in accordance with ASTM C-140- 80. 2. Absorption - The average absorption shall not be greater than five percent (5%) with no individual unit absorption greater than seven percent (7%). 3. Proven Field Performance - Satisfying field performance shall be ' indicated with units similar in composition, and made with the same manufacturing equipment as those to be supplied to the contractor, and shall not exhibit objectional deterioration after at least one (1) year. G. Visual Inspection 1. All units: sound and free of defects that would interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or permanence of the construction. Minor cracks incidental to the usual methods of manufacture, or minor chipping resulting from THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02518-2 SECTION 02518 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS customary methods of handling in shipment and delivery, shall not be deemed grounds for rejection. H. Sampling and Testing 1. The Architect shall be accorded proper facilities to inspect and sample the units at the place of manufacture from lots ready for delivery. 2. Sample and test units in accordance with ASTM C-140-80. I. Rejection 1. In case the shipment fails to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may sort it, and new test units shall be selected at random by the Architect from the retained lot and tested at the expense of the manufacturer. In case the second set of test units fails to conform to the specific in requirements, the entire lot shall be rejected. J. Expense of Tests 1. The expense of inspection and testing shall be borne by tie Contractor. 2.3 SAND LAYING COURSE A. Sand Laying Course: a well graded clean washed sharp sand with 100% passing a 3/8" sieve size and a maximum of 3% passing a No. 200 sieve size. This is commonly known as manufactured concrete sand, limestone screening, or similar. DO NOT USE MASONRY SAND for sand laying course. The sand laying course shall be the responsibility of the paving stone installer. 2.4 EDGE RESTRAINT A. All edges of the installed paving stone shall be restrained by concrete sidewalk, concrete curb, or buildings. B. Provide manufacturer's recommended heavy duty PVC edge support as detailed. 2.5 JOINT FILLER A. Joint filler for paving stones shall be clean masonry type sand containing at least 30% of 1/8" (3mm) particles. 2.6 OTHER MATERIALS A. Any other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of pavers, shall be subject to review and approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination: 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully examine the installed work of other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. Install work of this Section only after base has been THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02518-3 SECTION 02518 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS prepared, shaped, and compacted per Contract Document requirements. Request written confirmation from Testing Laboratory, that work performed is in compliance with requirements. Do not proceed with work of this Section until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to Contract Document requirements. 2. Verify that paving may be installed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the referenced standards, and the original design. 3.2 COORDINATION A. Carefully coordinate with all other trades to insure proper and adequate interface of the work of other trades with the work of this Section. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION OF THE SAND LAYING COURSE A. Prepared base shall be approved by Testing Lab prior to placement of the sand laying course. B. Spread uncompacted sand laying course evenly over the area to be paved and screened to a level that will produce 1/2" thickness when the unit pavers have been placed, with final elevation of the pavers slightly higher than adjacent curb, gutters, and other paving, to allow for any minor settling that may occur within the base. C. Once screened and leveled to the desired elevation, sand laying course shall not be disturbed. 3.4 LAYING OF CONCRETE PAVING STONES A. Lay the paving stones in a Herringbone pattern and in such a manner that the desired pattern is maintained; the joints between the'stones are as tight as possible. For maximum interlock, joints between stones shall not exceed 1/8". B. Utilize lines to hold all pattern lines true. C. Fill gaps at the edge of the paver surface with standard edge stone or with stones cut to fit. Accomplish cutting to leave a clean edge to the traffic surface using a double headed breaker or a masonry saw. When cutting precision designed areas, use a masonry saw. No cuts should result with a paver less than 1/3 of original dimension. D. Vibrate paving stones into the sand laying course using a vibrator capable of 3,000 to 5,000 pounds compaction force with the surface clean and joints open. E. After vibration, spread clean masonry type sand over the paving stone surface, allow to dry, and vibrate into joints with additional vibrator passes and brushing so as to completely fill joints. G. Surplus material shall be swept from the surface or left on surface during construction time to insure complete filling of joints during initial use. Sand may be used to provide surface protection from construction debris. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02518-4 SECTION 02518 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 3.6 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of work covered in the Section, clean up all work areas by removing all debris, surplus material and equipment from the site. ******************** END OF SECTION 02518 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02518-5 SECTION 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sub -grade preparation. 2. Concrete paving, walks, curbs and gutters complete with reinforcement. 1.2 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspection and testing of concrete will be performed by Testing Laboratory in accordance with General Requirements. B. Three (3) concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less cu. yds. of concrete placed. C. One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal -type I. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious material. D. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. 2.2 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength; deformed billet steel bars; ASTM A615; plain finish; #5 size. B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type, or patented system acceptable to Architect. 2.3 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES A. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete. B. Joint Filler: Minimum 1/2 inch thick asphaltic impregnated fiberboard. C. Concrete Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber type; clear color; ASTM C308. 2.4 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 3000 psi concrete at 28 days with maximum slump of 3 inches and 4 to 6 percent air entrainment. ASTM r94. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB -GRADE A. Ensure rough grading has brought sub -grade to required compaction and elevations. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02520-1 SECTION 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING B. Fill soft spots and hollows with additional fill. C. Level and compact sub -grade, to receive concrete walks, curbs and gutters, to 95% modified proctor. 3.2 FORMING A. Form vertical surfaces to full depth and securely position to required lines and levels. Ensure form ties are not placed so as to pass through concrete. B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit easy dismantling and stripping, and to prevent damage to concrete during formwork removal. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCING A. Reinforce concrete where indicated. Allow for minimum 2 inch concrete cover. B. Do not extend reinforcing through expansion and contraction joints. Provide dowelled joints through expansion and contraction joints, with one end of dowels fitted with capping sleeve to allow free movement. 3.4 FORMING EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS A. Place expansion and contraction joints at 20 foot intervals or as indicated. When concrete paving abuts building, provide continuous joint filler. B. Fit joints with filler of required profiles, set perpendicular to longitudinal axis of walks, curbs and gutters. Recess 1/2 inch below finished concrete surface. 3.5 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete, screed and float surfaces to a smooth and uniform finish, free of open texturing and exposed aggregate. B. Avoid working mortar to surface. C. For sidewalks, make 1/4 inch wide dummy joints at 5 foot intervals. D. Round all edges, including edges of dummy and expansion and contraction joints, with 1/2 inch radius edging tool. E. Where paved surfaces are adjacent to walks, make concrete curbs and gutters integral with walks. Make expansion and contraction joints curbs coincide with walk joints. Provide dummy joint at line between walks and curbs. F. Provide exposed surfaces of walks, curbs and gutters with broom finish. G. Ensure finished surfaces do not vary from true lines, levels or grade by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet when measured with straight edge. H. Apply curing compound on finished surfaces immediately after placement. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ********************* END OF SECTION 02520 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THE E 02520-2 SECTION 02580 PAVEMENT MARKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Traffic Control Markings 2. Parking Stalls 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI A117.1 - Handicapped Code B. Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards; "Accessibility Requirements Manual". 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide manufacturer product literature. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: 1. Wind: Less than 5 mph. 2. Temperature: Above 40°F. B. Time: Application complete two hours before sunset. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Paint: 1. Acceptable Products: a. Pratt & Lambert ....... Traffic Marking Paint" b. Sherwin Williams...."Pro-Mar Traffic Marking Paint" C. Architect approved equivalent. 2. Colors: a. Traffic Control: White b. Stalls: White C. Handicapped markings: As required by local codes. 3. One coat; minimum 2.25 dry mil thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surfaces shall be free of bleeding asphalt and moisture. B. Sweep surfaces or employ other effective means of surface cleaning. C. Concrete shall be cured for a minimum of 28 days prior to application of markings. 3.2 MIXING A. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to placing into painting machine. B. No thinning of paint in machine allowed. C. Clean painting equipment prior to start of each days work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02580-1 SECTION 02580 PAVEMENT MARKING 3.3 APPLICATION A. Markings shall be 4" wide or as per FOOT pavement markings witt true edges and without sharp breaks in alignment. B. Provide uniform coating. C. Correct markings not having uniform appearance. D. Protect newly painted surfaces until paint is sufficiently permit vehicles to cross paint without damage. ******************** END OF SECTION 02580 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE clean dry to 02580-2 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Domestic Water Lines 2. Pressure Testing and Disinfection 3. Gray (Flushing) Water System 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional codes governing installation of site water system, including the Florida Keys Aqueduct Authority. B. Testing Lab: Refer to General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for selection and payment. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and repair, if damaged, at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow 'due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Be responsible for safe storage of the work intended, until it ha project. Excavated materials an free from dirt and foreign matter C. Access and storage areas shall be at end of project. material furnished and accepted for s been incorporated in completed i backfill materials shall be kept contamination. returned to normal usable condition 1.5 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling end related work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following: 1. Mill Test Certificates, Certified Test Reports and manufacturer's data on pipe valves and valve boxes and all other materials. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02644-1 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS 2. Shop Drawings for pipe laying schedule, temporary plug, anchorage system, flush for hydrostatic pressure pipe, and all other water main materials. 3. Certified hydrostatic test results. 4. Certified bacteriological test by an approved laboratory. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DOMESTIC WATER AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS; GRAY (FLUSHING) WATER SYSTEM A. Water Piping: 1. Ductile iron, bell and spigot, conforming ANSI-21.51 Class 150. Mechanical joint with prior written approval by the Architect. The pipe shall meet the following unless specified otherwise: Nominal Inside Thickness Nominal Inside Thickness Diameter Class Diameter Class 3" 54 8" 53 4" 54 10" 53 6" 54 12" 52 16" 52 30" 52 Tolerances permitted under ANSI A 21.51 specifications shall apply. Pipe shall be cement lined and seal coated conforming to ANSI A21.4, and polyethylene encased in conformance with AWWA C105. 2. Joints: a. Push -on shall conform to ANSI A21.11/AWWA C-111. b. Flanges shall conform to ANSI A21.15/AWWA C-115, Class 125. Joint shall be installed within structures unless indicated on the Drawings. 3. PVC Pipe: a. Shall conform to all the requirements of AWWA Specifications C-900 and shall be PVC-1120 pipe composed of Class 12454 A or B virgin compound in accordance with ASTM D1784. b. Pipe shall be tested and certified as suitable for potable water by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). C. Pipe shall be marked with manufacturer's identification, size, material, pressure rating and shall bear the NSF seal of approval. d. Pipe 4" and larger shall be pressure rated, Class 150 (DR18) or Class 200 (DR14) with cast iron pipe equivalent O.D. in accordance with AWWA Specification C-900. e. Pipe shall be equipped with compression elastromeric gasket joint meeting the requirements of ASTM D3139. f. Pipes smaller than 4" shall be PVC Schedule 40 or 80 in accordance with ASTM D1785. Schedule 80 pipe and fittings THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02644-2 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS may be solvent joint or threaded joint. Schedule 40 pipe shall be solvent jointed only, not threaded. g. Connection of plastic pipe to other types of pipe, fittings or valves shall be made in accordance with the recommenda- tions of the pipe manufacturers with suitable adaptors, if required, designed for that purpose. B. Fittings: 1. Fittings for pipe 3" through 12" in diameter shall comply with current revisions of ANSI/A21.10, A21.11, B16.1. Fittings shall be push -on, mechanical joint or Class 125 flange joint inside buildings or structures. 2. Fittings and special castings shall be cement lined unless otherwise specified. Cement lining shall conform with ANSI A 21.4 (AWWA C 104). 3. Mechanical joints shall conform with ANSI A21.11. Bolts shall be high -strength, low -alloy steel. 4. Gaskets shall be of vulcanized crude rubber or polyvinyl chloride and shall have plain tips. C. Valves and Boxes: Valves shall conform with current specifications of the AWWA, C-509 bronze mounted 300 pound test and all shall turn counter clockwise to open or as required by local municipal standard. Valve boxes shall be cast iron extension type with slide adjustment having flared base. 1. Covers with Cast Lettering: a. "Water/Fire Line" b. "Gray Water" D. Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed at all plugs, caps, tees, bends and other fittings including those at open drain crossings. E. Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 03300 = CAST - IN -PLACE CONCRETE. F. Tie rods shall be galvanized steel rods as manufactured by STAR NATIONAL PRODUCTS or Architect approved equivalent. G. Insulated metallic locating wire (14 gauge copper) capable of detection by a cable locator shall be provided for PVC pipe. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All pipe laying and bedding shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. B. All types of mechanical joint pipes shall be laid and jointed in full conformance with manufacturer's recommendations, which shall be submitted to the Architect and local governing agencies for review and approval. Torque wrenches set as specified in AWWA Specification C111-64, shall be used. C. Valves shall be examined and cleaned before placing and shall be set vertically. D. Valve boxes shall consist of cast iron base to fit over bonnet of valve; adjustable cast iron jacket, 5" in diameter and cast iron THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02644-3 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS 3.2 cover. Adjust cover to average street or ground elevation. Earth shall be tamped about valve box the full depth of backfill. E. Concrete Encasement: 1. Concrete encasement (2500 psi concrete) shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings. Coordinate with requirements of Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. 2. The points of beginnning and ending of pipe encasement shall be not more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads. F. All water mains shall be flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The velocity of the flushing water shall be at least 4'-0" per second. Dispose of the flushing water without causing a nuisance or property damage. G. PVC Locating Wire 1. Bury wire directly above centerline of pipe. 2. Locating wire shall terminate at the top of each valve box and be capable of extending 12" above top of box in such a manner so as not to interfere with valve operation. 3. Use duct tape as necessary to hold wire directly on the top of the pipe. HYDROSTATIC TESTS A. All water pipe shall be tested at a line pressure of 150 psi for a period of two hours per AWWA C600. The tests shall be conducted under the supervision of the water personnel of the local governmental agency, and a representative of the Architect, at a time convenient to all parties. Rate of loss shall not exceed that specified in the paragraph "Allowable limits for leakage". B. Supply a standard type of test pump, a suitable device for measuring water and a standard pressure gauge with all necessary fittings; all of which shall be approved. The test equipment shall be attached to the pipe in an approved manner. Compressed air shall not be used for testing. C. Install temporary blow -offs for flushing and disinfection and provide auxiliary means of filling new water main. Such arrangement shall be per Water Department of the Governmental Agency having jurisdiction. Extent of water main to be tested at any one time shall be as directed by the local water department. 3.3 ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR LEAKAGE A. The hydrostatic pressure tests shall be performed per AWWA C600 and no installation, or section thereof, will be acceptable until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: L = SD P' 133,200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02644-4 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS in which, L = Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour S = Total length of pipe in feet in the section of main being tested. D = Pipe diameter in inches P = Average test pressure during the test in psi gauge 3.4 DISINFECTION A. After satisfactory hydrostatic test is obtained and before the water distribution system is placed in service it shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA Specification C601 and C651,(tablet method alone is not acceptable); and, its disinfection shall be demonstrated by bacteriological tests conducted in accordance with "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Sewage" for the coliaerogenes group, by an approved laboratory, acceptable to the County Health Department having jurisdiction. B. The chlorine treated water shall remain in the main at least 24 hours, and at the end of that time the chlorine residual at pipe extremities and other representative points shall be at least 10 ppm. If the chlorine residual shall be less than 10 ppm, at the end of 24 hours further application of chlorine shall be made and the retention period repeated until the required 10 ppm residual is obtained. C. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the main until the replacement water throughout its length shall upon test, both chemically and bacteriologically, be proven equal to the water quality in the source water supply system. D. Should the initial treatment of all or any section of the mains, in the opinion of the governing agency or Architect prove ineffective, the chlorination procedure shall be repeated until confirmed tests show that water sampled from the new mains conforms to the foregoing requirements. 3.5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM A. All connections to existing mains shall be made after complete disinfection of the proposed system and shall be made under the direction of the Owner's of the existing system. Valves separating the mains being installed from existing mains shall be operated by or under the direction of said Owner's Representative. B. In the event the Owner will be without water while a connection is being made, notify the Construction Manager and Architect in advance when the water will be turned off and when service will be resumed. The connections may have to be made at night or on weekends. 3.6 r-OSSING OF GRAY WATER AND WATERMAINS . Where the gray water line crosses over a watermain, or where the gray water and watermains have less than 10' horizontal separation, or where the gray water line is at a depth which provides less than 18" clear vertical distance between pipes when crossing under watermains, the sanitary sewer line shall be encased with ductile iron pipe or THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02644-5 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS concrete with a compressive strength of 2500 psi. Encasement shall extend a minimum of 10' on each side of the point of vertical crossing. For ductile iron pipe encasement, seal each end with non - shrink grout. ******************** END OF SECTION 02644 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02644-6 SECTION 02721 SEWER STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manholes 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in skills required, who shall be completely familiar with requirements of work described in this Section and who shall be present during progress of work of this Section, and who shall direct work performed under this Section. B. For actual finishing of concrete surfaces and operation of required equipment, use only personnel thoroughly trained and experienced in skill required. C. Work shall conform to national, state, county, city and institutional codes governing installation of site utility systems. D. Submit five sets, a letter of certification describing each sample for review certifying that the materials or equipment submitted complies with the requirements set forth in drawings and specifications. The source of certification shall be as approved by the Architect. When statements on certificates originate with the manufacturer, endorse all claims and submit statement in Contractor's name. No materials or manufactured products shall be incorporated in the work prior to Architect's receipt of such certification. E. Testing Lab: Refer to General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for selection and payment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings and certifications of all materials covered under this section. B. To requirements of General Requirements, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, submit record drawings to include all structure locations and all invert elevations. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Be responsible for safe storage of materia- the intended work, until it has been project. Interior of pipe, fittings and kept free from dirt and foreign matter. C. Access and storage areas shall be returned at end of project. furnished and accepted for incorporated in completed other accessories shall be to normal usable -ondition 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and utility companies of proposed work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02721-1 SECTION 02721 SEWER STRUCTURES B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. 1.6 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. C. Coordinate work of this section with other construction activities taking place simultaneously on site. D. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland cement and two parts masonry sand, by volume. B. Brick shall be hard burned common brick or concrete brick, conforming to ASTM C-32, measuring approximately 2-1/4" x 3-3/4" x 8" and be free from foreign matter, cracks and flaws. Brick shall have a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi and an average water absorption of in 24 hours not exceeding 22% of dry weight. Common brick shall be thoroughly wetted prior to laying. Brick shall be laid radially in a full bed of mortar and a 1/2" coat of mortar shall be applied to outside of manhole. C. Solid concrete radial block having a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi shall be not less than 8" in radial thickness. Cone or batter block shall be used for the upper section. All block shall be laid in a full bed of mortar and a 1/2" coat of mortar shall be applied to outside of manhole. D. Precast sections shall be a minimum of 8" thick and comply to ASTM C-478 or ASTM C-76 Class III, as required by depth below ground. All sanitary sewer manholes shall have a minimum 8" thick walls and also meet the requirements of ASTM C-478 and shall be coated inside and outside with two coats of KOPPERS 300-M bitumastic (or Architect approved equivalent) to give a minimum dry thickness of 16 mils. The top section shall be an eccentric cone with one straight side having a top face a minimum of 8" wide. The top section shall be set at an elevation to provide for 3 courses of brick between the top face and the manhole frame when set to grade, unless a watertight bolted frame and cover are required. Precast sections for sanitary manholes shall THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02721-2 SECTION 02721 SEWER STRUCTURES have a modified grooved tongue with rubber gasket. All interior joints shall be pointed with mortar and all visible leaks must be stopped. E. Cast -in -Place Concrete Structures: 1. Concrete Materials: a. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal Type I. b. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic matter or other deleterious material. 2. Reinforcement: a. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength; deformed billet steel bars; ASTM A615; plain finish; #5 size. b. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type; ASTM A185; plain galvanized finish; 6" x 6", 1.4 x 1.4 size. C. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type, or patented system acceptable to the Architect. 3. Formwork and Accessories: a. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete and in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. b. Joint Filler: Minimum 1/2" thick asphaltic impregnated fiberboard. C. Concrete Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber type; clear color; ASTM C308, Type 1. 4. Concrete Mix: a. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 3000 psi concrete at 28 days with maximum slump of 3", and 4 to 6 percent air entrainment; ASTM C94. 2.2 CASTINGS: A. Gray iron castings for manhole frames, covers and other items shall conform to the ASTM A-48, Class 30. Castings shall be local municipal standard or as indicated on Drawings. B. The seating surfaces between frames and covers shall be machined to fit true. C. The words "SANITARY SEWER" shall be cast in all manhole covers. All manhole frames and covers shall be traffic bearing unless otherwise specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SEWER STRUCTURES A. Construct manholes of brick, block, cast -in -place, or precast concrete sections. The lower section shall be as shown on Drawings. B. Bottoms shall be a minimum of 8" thick and be constructed of concrete with a compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. Precast bottoms may be used, providing they are set on a minimum of 2" of granular bedding, compacted in place. No dry bottoms are allowed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER iLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02721-3 SECTION 02721 SEWER STRUCTURES C. a E. All manholes shall have channeled bottoms. For sewers 15" in diameter, or less, the channel shall be 1/2 depth of pipe. For sewer larger than 15" diameter, the channel shall be a minimum of three quarters of the pipe diameter. All pipe entering or leaving and not required to have flexible, water- tight seals at walls shall be supported by pouring concrete with a compressive strength of 2500 pounds per square inch at 28 days fill from undisturbed ground to pipe center line, from structure to undisturbed ground at trench sides. See detail sheets and/or specifications for requirements governing flexible, watertight seals. Backfill around all manholes shall be granular material, placed uniformly around the structure in 1'-0" lifts and compacted.in place. No backfill shall be placed about manhole for 24 hours if an outside mortar coat has been applied. Coordinate with Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. Wall Thickness: Depth Below Ground 0 to 16'-0" 16'-0 to 24'-0" 24'-0 to 32'-0" Wall Thickness Material 8" Brick or Block 12" Brick or Block 16" Brick or Block Precast 0 to 25'-0" (Variable) ASTM C-478 25'-0" and over (Variable) ASTM C-76 Class III Below a depth of 13'-0", walls of brick manholes shall be laid in alternate stretcher and header courses. F. After manholes have been completely constructed and inspected, and proper backfilling and grading operations have been completed, immediately clean site of all resultant debris or excess materials. ********************* END OF SECTION 02721 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02721-4 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sanitary Sewer System 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional codes governing installation of site sewer systems. B. Testing Lab: See General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for selection, payment, and usage of this service. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a letter of certification describing each sample for review certifying that the materials or equipment submitted complies with the requirements. The source of certification shall be as approved by authority having jurisdiction. When statements on certificates originate with the manufacturer, endorse all claims and submit written certification from the Contractor. No materials or manufactured products shall be incorporated in the work prior to authority having jurisdiction receipt of such certification. Shop drawings shall also be submitted for all items covered in this section. B. Comply with requirements of General Requirements - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. Include the location of structures, and pipe 'invert elevations. C. Test Reports 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect materials of this Section and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Protect stored material furnished and accepted for the work intended. Excavated materials and backfill materials shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter contamination. C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition -t end of project. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02730-1 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known by on -site inspection prior to excavation that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations. Repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to installation of sanitary sewer system of this Section. 1.6 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SANITARY SEWER A. PVC Pipe: 1. SDR35 type PSM conforming to ASTM D3034 for sewer service 4 inch and larger. 2. Installed in Class I or Class II embedment material in accordance with ASTM D2321. B. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1. Conform to ANSI A21.51, Class 53 with bituminous coating on outside surface. The interior surface of all ductile iron sewer pipe with a nominal diameter of eight inches (8") and larger: lined with virgin polyethylene compounded with carbon black to resist exposure to ultraviolet rays during open air storage. The lining shall comply with ASTM 01248 latest revision. The polyethylene shall be fused to the pipe with heat in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to form a tightly bonded lining approximately forty mils thick, extending from the spigot end to the gasket seat in the bell socket. 2. Joints: conform to ANSI A21.11 push -on or mechanical joints, plain tip —eoprene gaskets unless noted otherwise. C. Pipe Adapter: 1. Donut pipe adapter: manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride or polyurethane adaptable to similar or dissimilar pipes of the same or different sizes. Donuts: equal to FERNCO JOINT SEALER COMPANY, DICKEY COMPANY, or as approved by local plumbing codes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROGO THREE 02730-2 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE 2.2 SEWAGE/SLUDGE GRINDER A. Grinder shall be the "Muffin Monster" Model No. 30000-12, as manufactured by Disposable Waste Systems, Inc. or Architect -approved equivalent. The grinder shall be capable of handling a sewage flow of 275 gpm. Grinder shall be of the channel configuration with extended shaft, capable of auto restart/auto reverse, with a 5 hp extreme service electric motor (60 hertz, 3 phase, 480 volts) with 5-tooth cutters. B. Provide necessary mounting brackets to provide a full operational system inside the manhole. System shall be set up for a channel configuration with channel mounting frames inside the manhole. Contractor shall construct a "weir" inside the manhole which shall extend to the top of the cutters. The weir shall allow flow to go through the cutters when the grinder is operational. However, if the grinder is not operational, sewage will flow, over the top of the weir to the downstream side. The weir shall be constructed from concrete or an approved corrosion resistant metal similar to the frame. The motor of the grinder shall be located above grade and the Contractor shall supply a heavy duty aluminum cover instead of a standard manhole cover. The cover shall be easily removed and allow the motor shaft to extend from the grinder to the above grade motor. Hinged cover shall have hold open devices and lockable hasps. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT A. Provide concrete encasement using concrete with a compressive strength of 2500 pounds per square inch at 28 days where: 1. The sewer or service pipe shall have less than 2'-6" of cover between the top of the pipe and the rough grade elevation or ground line. 2. The sanitary sewers do not meet minimum separation requirements as noted in this Section. 3. The points of beginning and ending of sewer, or service pipe encasement shall be not more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads. 3.2 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWER STRUCTURES AND SEWERS A. Various sewer lines shall be connected to existing manholes and structures which will re dire cutting into the existing structure. Line drill existing structure on 4" centers before breaking out concrete. Exercise care in cutting into the existing structure and any damage done to the structure shall be repaired at no expense to the Owner. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02730-3 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE 3.3 CROSSING OF SANITARY SEWER AND WATERMAINS A. Where the sanitary sewer or service pipe crosses over a watermain, or where the sanitary sewer and watermains have less than 10' horizontal separation, or where the sanitary sewer or service pipe is at a depth which provides less than 18 clear vertical distance between pipes when crossing under watermains, the sanitary sewer line shall be encased with ductile iron pipe or concrete with a compressive strength of 2500 psi. Encasement shall extend a minimum of 10' on each side of the point of vertical crossing. For ductile iron pipe encasement, seal each end with non -shrink grout. 3.4 TESTS, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Lamping of the completed sewer system as well as infiltration and exfiltration tests will be performed after complete backfilling and the laying of the roadway base. A final inspection will be held after the roadway is completed to verify that the system has not been damaged. All lines and appurtenances not meeting specifications or reasonable standards shall be repaired or replaced. B. Each manhole or other appurtenance to the system shall be of the specified size and form, be watertight, neatly and substantially constructed with the top set permanently to exact position and grade. All repairs shown necessary by the inspection are to be made; broken or cracked pipe replaced; all deposits removed and the sewers left true to line and grade, entirely clean and ready for use. C. All sanitary sewers shall be lamped. The lamping will determine that the lines have been laid to accurate line and grade. Each section of the sewer is to show on examination from either end a full circle of light between manholes. D. Infiltration and Exfiltration Testing: 1. All sanitary sewers shall be subjected to an infiltration or exfiltration test, or a combination of same, prior to acceptance by the Owner and governmental authority. All sewers over 24" diameter shall be subjected to infiltration tests. 2. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level 5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected to infiltra- tion tests. 3. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level is less than 5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected exfiltration tests. 4. If an exfiltration test is performed, the maximum exfiltration rate shall be the same as that permitted for infiltration. 5. For the purpose of exfiltration testing, the internal water level shall be equal to the external water level plus 5'-0" as measured from the top of the pipe. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02730-4 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE E. Test PVC pipe for excessive deflection by passing a mandrel through the line. The mandrel shall be a "go/no go" type with a diameter equal to 95% of the inside diameter of the pipe. Any section of pipe not passing this test shall be excavated and installed properly. F. Within a reasonable length of time following pipe -laying and back - filling, complete all work necessary to perform testing. Perform all necessary preliminary tests and make all necessary repairs, including the repair of all visible leaks and cracks, and retests to ready the sewers for final inspection and witnessing of tests by the Owner or governmental agency. G. If a sewer fails to pass the previously described tests, the Contractor shall determine the location of the leaks, repair them and retest the sewer. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. I. Method of testing and measurement shall be approved by the Governmental Agency. Provide necessary equipment and labor for making tests. J. Chemical or cement grouting will not be considered an acceptable method of repairing leaking pipe, joints, or structural failures, except where specifically approved by the Governmental Agency. K. Where ground water conditions require dewatering operations in order to construct sewers of 24" diameter or smaller, perform preliminary exfiltration tests after backfilling and while the dewatering equipment is still operating. L. Where preliminary acceptance tests have been performed shortly after sewer construction, such tests will not automatically result in acceptance of the sewer. Final acceptance will not be considered until after a reasonable length of time following pipe laying and backfilling to allow as much as possible for development of the earth load on the pipe. M. Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 100 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours for the overall project. Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 200 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours for any individual run between manholes. 3.5 CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of work of this section, leave all components of the sewage system completely free of silt, debris and obstructions. ******************** END OF SECTION 02730 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02730-' SECTION 02732 SEWAGE FORCE MAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sewage Force Mains and Effluent Disposal Lines 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional codes governing installation of site sewer systems. B. Testing Lab: See General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit the following data and Shop Drawings for review. 1. Mill Test Certificate or Certified Test Reports on Pipe. 2. Details of Tie Rods. 3. Valves and Valve Boxes 4. Pipe Laying Schedule 5. Temporary Plug and Anchorage System for Hydrostatic Pressure Test. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Force mains shall be laid with a minimum cover 30" below finished grade, whichever is greater, unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTILE CAST IRON PIPE A. Ductile Cast Iron Pipe (ANSI A21.51/AWWA C151) Class 150 with push -on joints, bell and spigot joints or mechanical joints. Outside of pipe shall have a bituminous coating. The interior surface of all ductile iron force mains with a nominal diameter of eight inches (8") and larger shall be lined with virgin polyethylene, compounded with carbon black to resist exposure to ultraviolet rays during open air storage. The lining shall comply with ASTM D1248 latest revision. The polyethylene shall be fused to the pipe with heat in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to form a tightly bonded lining approximately forty mils thick, extending from the spigot end to the gasket seat in th3 bell socket. All pipe 6" and smaller shall be cement lined and seal coated conforming to ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104). Nominal Inside Diameter Thickness Class 3" 54 4" 54 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02732-1 SECTION 02732 SEWAGE FORCE MAINS Nominal Inside Diameter Thickness Class 6" 54 8" 53 10" 53 12" 52 Tolerances permitted under ANSI 21.51 specifications shall apply. B. Ductile iron pipe shall be encased in polyethylene tube except where noted otherwise. 2.2 FITTINGS A. Fittings for pipe 3" through 48" in diameter shall comply with current revisions of ANSI/AWWA C110-77. Fittings shall be mechanical joint, bell and spigot, push -on joint or flange joint. 1. Fittings and special castings shall be cement lined unless otherwise specified. If cement lining is required, the lining shall conform with ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104). 2. Bell and spigot joints shall conform with ANSI A21.6-1975 or ANSI A21.8-1975 as applicable. Pipe shall be in conformance with USAS 21.8 and shall have bells designed to receive pipe with spigot ends with beads cast on. 3. Mechanical joints shall conform with ANSI A21.11. The bolts shall be high -strength, low alloy steel. 4. Gaskets shall be of vulcanized crude rubber or polyvinyl chloride plastic and have plain tips unless otherwise specified. 2.3 VALVES AND VALVE VAULTS A. Valves: 1. Valves shall conform to current specifications of the AWWA C-509 bronze mounted 300 pound test and shall turn counter -clockwise to open. 2. Eccentric plug valves shall be nickel seated. Resilient faced plugs, permanently lubricated, with stainless steel bushings top and bottom and lever operated. The valves shall have 125 pound ANSI B16.1-48 flanges. 3. Check valves shall be cast iron, non -slam spring closing, Class 125. Valves shall have 125 pound ANSI B16.1-48 flanges. 4. All valves shall be securely fastened to the valve vault by means of tie rods and shall be individually supported by concrete block or brick as required. 5. Discharge lines within the valve vault shall be ANSI A21.15 cast iron pipe, cement lined. Fittings shall be cast iron conforming to ANSI Specification B16.1 or ANSI A21.10. Joints shall be flanged, 125 pound standard or approved victaulic. 6. At the outlet end of the valve vault, provide a 6" flanged side outlet elbow, riser pipe to 6" above finished grade and a blind THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02732-2 SECTION 02732 SEWAGE FORCE MAINS flange, for the use of a portable pump discharge in the event of pump or power failure. B. Valve Vaults: 1. Valve vaults shall consist of precast concrete sections with minimum dimensions as shown on the plans. Precast sections shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-850 and AASHTO M-259. Precast sections shall be as manufactured by WILSON CONCRETE or Architect approved equivalent. 2. All covers shall be traffic bearing and constructed of aluminum. Covers shall be capable of withstanding AASHTO HS-20 loadings. Covers shall be as manufactured by BILCO MANUFACTURING, U.S. FOUNDRY MANUFACTURING CORP., or NEENAH FOUNDRY. 3. Hinged covers shall have hold open devices and shall be lockable Furnish lock and two keys. 4. Non -hinged covers shall be completely removable from the frame. 5. The minimum opening for all covers shall provide access similar to that of a standard manhole cover. 6. All valve vaults shall be drained. If a french drain is to be installed, use coarse filter aggregate material conforming to the following: a. Coarse Filter Aggregate: Clean well graded natural gravel or crushed stone; free from shale, clay, organic materials and debris; graded within the following limits: Sieve Size % Passing 1-1/2" 100 1" 90 to 100 3/4" 45 to 100 5/8" 30 to 85 1/2" 13 to 55 3/8" 0 to 30 1/4" 0 to 15 No.4 0 to 5 2.4 AIR RELIEF VALVES AND VAULTS A. Air Relief Valves: 1. The sewage air release valve shall have an elongated body and be designed to operate (open) while pressurized, allowing entrained air in a sewage force line to escape through the air release orifice. 2. After entrained air escapes through the air release orifice, the valve orifice shall be closed by a needle mounted on compound lever mechanism, (energized by a float) and prevent sewage media from escaping. 3. The air release orifice will then remain closed until more air accumulates and the opening cycle repeats automatically. 4. The internal compound lever mechanism shall be precision molded Delrin or other internals stainless steel to positively prevent galvanic action. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02732-3 SECTION 02732 SEWAGE FORCE MAINS 5. Valve shall be fitted with blow off valves, quick disconnect couplings and minimum 6'-0" of hose, to permit back -flushing after installation without dismantling valve. 6. The lever mechanism shall be fitted with a rod, having a stainless steel float threaded onto the opposite end. The float shall hang inside the valve body, slightly above the inlet 22" from the lever mechanism, thereby maintaining an air gap between the mechanism and the waste media. The air gap shall retard waste solids from clogging the lever mechanism. 7. The valve body and float shall withstand 500 psi shell test pressure. 8. The valve inlet shall be as indicated on the plans. The outlet shall be 1/2" N.P.T. 9. All materials of construction shall be certified in writing to conform to ASTM specifications as follows: a. Body and Cover: Cast Iron; ASTM A-48, Class 30. b. Internal Linkage: Bronze/Delrin; ASTM B-584/ASTM D-2133. C. Float and Internals: Stainless Steel; ASTM A-240. d. Needle: Buna-N e. Exterior Paint: Phenolic Primer, Red Oxide; FDA approved for potable water contact. B. Air Relief Valve Vaults: 1. Air relief valve vaults shall be installed on an 8" bed of coarse filter aggregate. 2. Vault shall consist of 36" diameter reinforced concrete pipe, C-76 Class III. 3. Pipe section shall be fitted with a cast iron manhole frame and cover such that the frame will set neatly on the pipe section opening. 4. Manhole frame shall be fastened to the pipe section with grout. 5. Adjust cover with brick and mortar so that cover elevation meets finish grade elevation. 6. In all cases, manhole cover shall be of traffic bearing weight. 2.5 OTHER MATERIALS A. Tie Rods: 1. Tie rods shall be galvanized steel as manufactured by STAR NATIONAL PRODUCTS. B. Polyethylene Tube: 1. Polyethylene tube for ductile iron pipe encasement shall conform to the rr, d rements of ANSI Standard A21.5 and shall be 8 mils thick. C. Other items necessary for the complete installation shall conform to the details and notes indicated in the contract documents. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GRO"P THREE 02732-4 SECTION 02732 SEWAGE FORCE MAINS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION AND REJECTION A. All materials, processes of manufacturer and finished pipe shall be subject to review by the Architect. Individual sections of pipe may be rejected at any time because of variations in dimensions, fractures or cracks, chips and blisters exceeding the permissible tolerances. 3.2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE JOINTS A. The joints of all pipelines shall be made absolutely tight. Where settlement or vibration is likely to occur, all pipe joints shall be bolted. B. All types of mechanical joint pipes shall be laid and jointed in full conformance with manufacturer's recommendations, which shall be submitted to the Architect for review before work is begun. Torque wrenches set as specified in AWWA Specification C111, shall be used; or spanner type wrenches not longer than specified in C111 may be used with the approval of the Architect. C. Push on joints shall be made to conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. Lubricant, if required, shall be an inert, nontoxic, water soluble compound. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be submitted to the Architect for review before work is begun. 3.3 INSTALLING VALVES AND VAULTS A. Valves shall be carefully inspected, opened wide and then tightly closed. The various nuts and bolts shall be tested for tightness. Special care shall be taken to prevent any foreign matter from becoming lodged in the valve seat. Plug valves shall be set with their stems horizontal. Valves that do not operate correctly shall be removed and replaced. B. Valve vaults shall be carefully set to permit access to all valve nuts to permit a wrench to be fitted easily to the operating nut. The valve vault shall not transmit surface loads to the pipe or valve. Care shall be taken to prevent earth and other material from entering the vault. Any vault which is out of alignment or whose does not conform to the finished ground surface shall be removed and reset. 3.4 CROSSING OF FORCE MAINS AND W"-ERMAINS A. Where the force main crosses over a watermain, or where the force main and watermains have less than 10' horizontal separation, or where the force main or service pipe is at a depth which provides less than 18" clear vertical distance between pipes when crossing under watermains, the force main shall be encased with ductile iron pipe or concrete THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02732-5 SECTION 02732 SEWAGE FORCE MAINS with a compressive minimum of 10' on ductile iron pipe 3.5 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT strength of 2500 psi. Encasement shall extend a each side of the point of vertical crossing. For encasement, seal each end with non -shrink grout. A. Concrete encasement shall be constructed in accordance with details indicated and shall be constructed using concrete with a compressive strength of 2,500 psi at 28 days. B. The points of beginning and ending of pipe encasement shall not be more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF POLYETHYLENE TUBE ENCASEMENT A. Installation of polyethylene tube encasement for iron pipe shall be in accordance with Method A of ANSI Standard A21.5 and as indicated. B. Fittings such as pipe bends shall also be covered by use of the plastic tubing and plastic adhesive tape. C. Irregular shaped appurtenances shall be covered by splitting a suitable length of the polyethylene tubing and using the resulting flat sheet with plastic tape to effect the covering of such items. 3.7 HYDROSTATIC TESTS A. Force mains shall be tested at a line pressure of 150 psi for a period of two hours. The tests shall be conducted under the supervision of the Owner, Architect, or a representative of the local governmental agency. Rate of loss shall not exceed that specified in the paragraph "Allowable Limits For Leakage". B. The Contractor shall supply a standard type of test pump, a suitable device for measuring water and standard pressure gauge with all necessary fittings, all of which shall be approved. The test equipment shall be attached to the pipe in an approved manner. Compressed air shall not be used for testing. C. Any and all expense to be incidental to testing. Extent of force main to be tested at any one time shall be limited by agreement between the local sewer department superintendent a- Vor the Architect. 3.8 ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR LEAKAGE A. The hydrostatic pressure tests shall be performed as specified above. No installation or section will be acceptable until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02732-6 SECTION 02732 SEWAGE FORCE MAINS L = S D Ph 133,200 in which, L = Allowable leakage in gallons per hour. S = Total length of pipe in feet in the Section of main being tested. D = Pipe diameter in inches P = Average test pressure during the test in psi gauge ******************** END OF SECTION 02732 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02732-7 SECTION 02733 PART 1 - GENERAL SEWAGE PUMP STATION 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Two submersible pumps capable of pumping raw, unscreened sewage, with self-sealing discharge connections, guide rails, pump mounting plates with discharge elbow, bottom guide rail supports, access frame with cover for each pump, top guide rail supports, wiring channel, and sealed mercury tube level switches. All to be installed in a precast concrete basin. Discharge valves to be installed in a separate precast concrete outside valve box. Supply a NEMA 6P weatherproof control box for mounting. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and institutional codes governing installation of site water system. B. Testing Laboratory: See General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES selection and requirements. C. The pump manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years experience handling sewage in the units specified and shall warrant the pumps being supplied to the Owner against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of five years under normal use, operation, and service. The manufacturer shall replace certain parts which shall become defective through normal use and wear on a progressive schedule of costs for a period of five years; parts included are the mechanical seal, impeller, pump housing, wear ring and ball bearings. The warranty shall be in published form. 1. The pump supplier shall have a complete line of available spare parts within a 60 mile radius of the project. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and utility companies. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are not indicated or their presence was not made known after due diligence, are encountered or damaged, notify the Construction Manager and Architect immediately, repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Coordinate work of this Section with other construction activities taking place simultaneously on site. D. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies, Construction Manager, and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 02733-1 SECTION 02733 SEWAGE PUMP STATION 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings for the following prior to construction: 1. Submersible pumps, piping, controls, valves and fittings, materials of construction, auxiliary equipment data, wiring diagrams and other data necessary to judge conformance with the specifications and drawings. B. Factory Tests: The pump manufacturer shall test all pumps and submit certified test curves to the Architect for approval, showing head capacity, efficiency and horse power in accordance with Standards of the Hydraulic Institute. C. Instruction Manuals: The manufacturer shall furnish the Architect with three copies of complete installation operation and maintenance covering all principal and auxiliary equipment, wiring diagrams and parts list. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. FLYGT 2. GORMAN-RUPP 3. HYDROMATIC 4. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 PUMP CHAMBER A. The structure shall be constructed of precast concrete riser sections conforming to American Society of Testing Material Specifications "Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Section" ASTM C-578. Pipe joints shall be modified grooved tongue with neoprene cast -in -bell gasket, ASTM C-443. B. The station shall be anchored with a sufficient amount of 4000 psi concrete to prevent it from lifting or floating. The base anchor shall be free of voids. 2.3 PUMPS A. Pumps shall be of the sealed submersible type and shall be capable of handling 3 diameter solids and raw, unscreened sewage with two port non -clog type impellers. Pump casing shall be fitted with bronze wear ring. Pump shall have two mechanical seals with oil chamber between the seals. Rotating seal faces shall be carbon and stationary seal faces to be ceramic, except that outboard seal next to impeller shall be fitted with carbide seal faces. All metal parts of seal including spring shall be 303 stainless steel. All pump fasteners shall be 303 stainless steel. B. Pump motors shall be of the sealed submersible type with standard insulation. Motor starter shall be held in place with removable end ring so that it can be removed for repair without heating outer shell or using a press. Pump -motor -shaft shall be of 303 stainless steel. Pump shall be standard production pump with attached rail guides and THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 02733-2 SECTION 02733 SEWAGE PUMP STATION discharge elbow. Rail guides shall be fastened to pump so that all lifting loads will come on the guide supports and not on the pump or motor hosing. A lifting corrosion resistant cable and hook shall be supplied for each pump. The cables shall be secured to the cover frame and supplied with coupling for connection to the winch cable. Motors shall be supplied with heat sensing units attached to motor windings. The heat sensing units shall trip starters if motors overheat. C. Seal chambers shall be fitted with electrode probes and signal box shall be supplied to indicate water in the seal chamber. D. The discharge fitting of each pump in combination with the discharge support plate shall be designed to provide a watertight seal. A separate mounting plate shall be furnished for each pump. These plates shall include adjustable guide rail supports and discharge elbow with flange to align with pump sealing flange. Discharge elbow shall have 125 pound standard flange, 4" pipe size. Plates and fittings shall be factory coated with tar base epoxy paint. The pump shall be capable of running dry continuously in a totally dry condition. Before final acceptance, a field running test demonstrating this ability with 24 hours of continuous operation under the above conditions shall be performed for pumps being supplied. 2.4 ACCESS FRAME AND COVER A. A double door access frame assembly (traffic model) shall be supplied. Access frame and covers shall be fabricated of aluminum. Frame shall support guide rails and electrical wiring channel. A separate hinged cover shall be provided for each pump. Cover shall be provided with lifting handle and safety latch to hold cover in the open position. Locking hasps shall be furnished for each cover. 2.5 ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL A. The control panel should be approved by and carry the UL label. The panel shall have a stainless steel (304) enclosure and shall be dead front with separate removable inside panel to protect electrical equipment. A lock hasp shall be provided on outside door. An alternating relay shall be provided to alternate pumps on each successive cycle of operation. Starters shall have auxiliary contacts to operate both pumps on override condition. The panel shall have a gas tight seal plate with mechanical seals for each cable. The control panel shall be finish painted with a minimum of two coats of baked enamel suitable for outdoor installation. Panels supports shall be painted as specified under the heading of PAINTING. B. Transient voltage surge protection (TVSS) shall be furnished and installed as part of the control panel. TVSS protection shall conform to the requirements of Section 16605, for subpanel locations; Category B. C. Duplex Control Panel shall include: 1. Two fused disconnect switches with lockout handles through cover. 2. Two magnetic starters with OL and LV protection. 3. Two "Test -Off -Automatic" selector switches. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 02733-3 SECTION 02733 SEWAGE PUMP STATION 4. One electric alternator. 5. Two control circuit transformers. 6. Two green pump running lights. 7. Two OL reset buttons. 8. One alarm bell mounted on panel door. 9. One alarm bell silencing switch. 10. Numbered and wired terminal strip. 11. Two running time elapsed meters. 2.6 PIPING AND FITTINGS A. All interior piping, to include fittings (elbow, bends, and tees) shall be adequately and rigidly supported. All hangers, supports, guides and anchors shall be installed and designed for pipe weight and contents. Hangers shall have provisions for vertical adjustment. Special hangers and supports shall be provided at elbows, fittings and valves. Each pipe shall be supported or hung at two points. B. Where influent and effluent piping passes through the pump station or valve vault walls, the wall opening shall be cored. To prevent the entry of ground water, the opening shall be sealed with an expansive mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links. C. The pump discharge lines within the wet well and valve vault shall be ANSI A21.15 cast iron pipe, cement lined, and the fittings shall be cast iron conforming to ANSI Specification B16.1 or ANSI A21.10. Joints shall be flanged, 125 pounds, standard or approved victaulic. Buried discharge piping outside the wells shall be cement lined, mechanical joint or "push on" type ductile iron pipe conforming to ANSI A21.51, thickness Class 53 unless otherwise noted on plans. D. At the outlet end of the valve chamber, provide a 6" flanged side outlet elbow and blind flange for the use of a portable pump discharge in the event of power failure. E. Eccentric plug valves shall be nickel seated, resilient faced plugs, permanently lubricated, with stainless steel bushings top and bottom and lever operated. The valves shall have 125 pound ANSI B16.1-48 flanges. F. Check valves shall be cast iron, non -slam spring closing, Class 125. 2.7 MANUAL WINCH A. A manually operated portable winch shall be furnished and installed for removal of either pump. A base shall be securely anchored to the concrete slab. The winch shall be furnished with stainless steel cable and coupling for connection to either pump cable. The winch shall be equipped with a ratchet or similar safety device. Winch capacity shall be two times the weight of one pump assembly. 2.8 WIRING CHANNEL A. The wiring channel shall provide cord grip holders for the pump cords and the control cords. The channel box shall have a removable cover for easy adjustment of cords to pumping levels required. All cords shall extend from one end of the box and be taken through a conduit in the top slab to the control panel. No splices shall be made in the THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THRFE 02733-4 SECTION 02733 SEWAGE PUMP STATION wiring channel. Continuous cords must be used from control panel to pumps and controls. Wiring channel shall mount on supports fastened to access frame. 2.9 SUMP LEVEL CONTROLS A. Sealed float type mercury switches shall be supplied to control sump level and alarm signal. The mercury tube switches shall be sealed a solid polyurethane float for corrosion and shock resistance. The support wire shall have heavy neoprene jacket and weight shall be attached to cord above the float to hold switch in place in sump. Weights shall be above the float to prevent sharp bends in the cords when the float operates under water. The float switches shall hang in the sump supported only by the cord that is held to the wiring channel. Four float switches shall be used to control level; two for pump turn -on, one for pump turn-off. A fourth switch shall be provided for high water alarm control. All floats and controls in the wet well shall be "intrinsically safe". B. Central Alarm Panel with remote alarm bell/light shall be furnished. Central alarm panel shall be located adjacent to main control panel. Central alarm panel shall provide both a visual and audio alarm signal when detecting the following: 1. Power failure to the control panel. 2. High water condition. 3. Simultaneous two pump operation. 4. Failure of either pump. C. Normally all lights remain at dim -glow condition and change to full glow when trouble occurs. Lights are colored red, green and yellow. The 4" alarm bell sounds for any trouble condition and the individual trouble light goes to full glow. The bell silencing switch ,can be pushed, but the light will remain at full -glow until the trouble has been corrected and the reset button is pushed. D. Central Alarm Panel shall include: 1. Three dim -glow 110 volt indicating lights. 2. Three manual light reset buttons. 3. One alarm bell mounted on panel door. 4. One alarm bell silencing switch. 5. Numbered and wired terminal strip for alarm signals, remote alarm bell/light unit and 120 VAC input. E. Provide remote alarm unit with bell and flashing alarm light for separate mounting from Central Alarm Panel. Locate at occupied jail area. 2.10 PAINTING A. General: All ferrous metal shall be shop coated by the manufacturer using their standard finish suitable for outdoor, _cried or submerged service depending upon the location. Prior to applying field painting, where required, surfaces shall be clean and dry and all rust or corrosion shall be removed down to bare metal and prime coated. B. Pipe and Fittings: After installation, all piping, fittings, trash basket and support in the wet well and valve pit shall be given two THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 02733-5 SECTION 02733 4471.,[e1aIII Ylmlr.11 0I►1 coats of KOPPERS "Bitumastic No. 300-M, Detroit Graphite No. 9328 Rock/Tar" or Architect approved equivalent. Color shall be selected by the Owner and dry film thickness shall be 16 mils. C. Electrical Panels: Electrical panels, supports and similar above grade equipment shall be finish field painted with the same paint used for the shop coating, unless no additional field painting is required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STAKING A. Establish principal reference lines, bench marks and all other lines levels necessary to the location and construction of work under Contract. 3.2 LAYING PIPE A. All pipe laying and station installation shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES and Section 02721 - SEWER STRUCTURES. 3.3 INSTALLATION, START-UP AND OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS A. Furnish the service of experienced manufacturer's factory -trained engineer to interpret the manufacturer's installation guide and instructions, to supervise the installation and start-up of such equipment, and to instruct the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. The factory -trained field engineer shall be: 1. Available during installation. 2. At the project site during start-up. 3. Available for operating and maintenance instruction (1 day). 3.4 OPERATION OF SYSTEM A. On sump level rise, the lower mercury switch shall first be energized, then the next level switch shall energize and start the lead pump. With lead pump operating, sump level shall lower to low switch turn-off setting and the pump shall stop. An alternating relay shall index on stopping of the pump so that lag pump will start on next operation. If sump level continues to rise when the lead pump is operating, the override switch shall energize and start the lag pump and the alarm switch shall be energized. Both lead and lag pumps shall operate together until low level switch turns off both pumps. If one pump should fail for any reason, the second pump shall operate on the override control and the alarm switch shall energize and signal the alarm. All level switches shall be adjustable, for level setting, from the surface. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove all debris and rubbish from the wet well pump vault and general site. ******************** END OF SECTION 02733 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 10007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 02733-6 SECTION 02800 SITE IMPROVEMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Benches 2. Soil Separator 3. Steel Edging 4. Precast Concrete Wheelstops 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide Shop Drawings showing locations and spacing of anchorage for those items requiring anchorage. B. Submit product data for all items to be supplied and installed under this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Benches: 1. Provide benches. 2. Construction: Refer to drawings and related sections: a. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT b. Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE C. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY B. Soil Separator (Weed Control Fabric) 1. Weed-Chek as manufactured by BRISHTON BY-PRODUCTS CO.,, INC., (412) 846-1220. 2. DEWITT WEED BARRIER 1-800-325-0950. 3. Architect accepted equivalent. C. Steel Edging 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete installation of the work of this Section, shall be subject to review by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination 1. Prior to work of this Section, examine the installed work of other trades and verify that work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Foundations 1. Install approved HLM 90007.00-2 foundations in strict accordance with details and Shop Drawings, complying with requirements of Section THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP THREE 02800-1 SECTION 02800 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 03200 and Section 03300, using 3000 pounds per square inch concrete below grade and 4000 pounds per square inch concrete for above grade. Concrete reinforcement shall be Grade 60 deformed billet steel bar and welded steel wire fabric conforming to requirements of ASTM A-185. B. Anchorage 1. Install items in strict accordance with the original details, pertinent codes and regulations, reviewed Shop Drawings, and the manufacturer's recommendations, anchoring all components securely for long life under hard use. 3.3 TOUCH-UP A. Upon completion of the various installations, visually inspect all exposed surfaces and touch-up all scratches and abrasions to be invisible to the unaided eye from a distance of 5'-0". ******************** END OF SECTION 02800 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02800-2 SECTION 02810 IW-111 W.Al a[I1 W101tI I WTI PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Irrigation System 1.2 SITE CONDITIONS A. Visit the job site and verify existing conditions and limitations relating to the work. No claim for increased compensation shall be considered for changes or alterations due to visible or obvious conditions. Invisible or unknown conditions of hidden rock and water encountered during progress of the work shall be considered an extra, and shall necessitate written confirmation of increased compensation by the Owner before the work is continued. B. Confine operations, storage, and equipment to the areas allotted for work and materials. C. Coordinate with other trades to enable work to proceed as rapidly and efficiently as possible. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Manufacturer's Literature: Submit for review complete Shop Drawings and properly identified manufacturer's literature on items giving unit performance data as applicable, dimensions, rough openings, materials and finish specifications, accessories, mechanical and electrical stub out data and locations as applicable, installation details and installation directions. B. Submit shop drawings indicating proposed circuit layout, line sizes, valves, heads and locations. C. Maintenance Manuals: Provide per the requirements of the General Requirements including spare parts lists. D. Provide submittals in compliance with the General Requirements. 1.4 UTILITIES AND PROTECTION A. Irrigation water source will be treated effluent from an on -site waste water treatment plant. B. Notify all pertinent utility companies 48 hours prior to digging for location of underground utility lines. Repair damages to, or pay for the cost of repairing and/or replacing buried conduit, cables or piping encountered during installation work of this Section, at no additional cost to Owner. 1.5 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PLANTS A. Take necessary precautions to protect site planting, new and existing. should damage be incurred, repair the damage and restore material to .ts original condition at no additional cost to Owner. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide a accordance HLM 90007.00-2 one-year warranty for materials and installation in with the General Requirements. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP THREE 02810-1 SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED A. Sprinkler heads used in combination shall be compatible in performance. Combinations of automatic valves and automatic controllers, shall be of the same manufacturer so as to maintain coherence of tolerances; compatibility of operation; and consistency of workmanship, assembly and materials. 2.2 MATERIALS AND SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT A. Sprinkler Piping: 1. All Sprinkler Piping: Identified by tape or pipe color as carrying treated effluent. 2. Sprinkler piping and fittings: Class 200 (2" and under); Class 160 (2-1/2" and larger) 1120/1220. PVC, commercial standard C256-63. 3. Risers to sprinkler heads and all fittings for valves and swing joint shall be Schedule 80 PVC, ASTM D1787, Type 1, Grade 1, 2000 psi stress. 4. Solvent cement shall be compatible with PVC pipe and of proper consistency to accomplish acceptable installation. B. Sprinkler Heads: 1. Sprinkler heads shall be constructed of non -corrosive heavy-duty cycolak. Flow for all patterns shall be adjustable by a stainless steel throttle screw and all nozzles shall provide for uniform water distribution. All heads shall be equipped with a screen and all parts of the head shall be removable through the top of the irrigation head. Pop-up sprinklers shall have a heavy-duty stainless steel spring for positive retraction and a seal to prevent entry of foreign matter. C. Remote Control Valves: Shall be of brass construction, with all parts serviceable without removing valve from main line. It shall be normally closed with manual bleed plug and manual flow control. Solenoid shall be 3.5 watt, 24 volt AC. D. Automatic Controllers: The controller shall provide for complete automatic operation of the irrigation system; UL listed, capable of operating 24 VAC electric remote control valves. Provide for multi -cycle operation permitting any number and combination of dual programmed stations to be obtained. Station wiring shall be color -coded with section indicator key printed and visible. Controller shall have a lockable cover. E. Provide Valve Boxes: 1. Acceptabl,, product: a. NelFin #8533 with green colored lid. b. Architect approved equivalent. F. Control Lines: 1. 24 volt electric control lines from controller to automatic valves shall be direct burial UL wire of different color than service to controller. The 24 volt common ground shall be of one THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02810-2 SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM continual color and a different color than the other 24 volt lines. All wire shall be furnished in minimum of 2500' reels and splicing shall be minimized. Splices shall be made with waterproof underground connectors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LOCATION STAKING A. Stake out the location of all sprinklers, valves, piping and principal fittings. The staking shall be reviewed by Architect prior to excavation. Staking and measurements shall be taken from.permanent objects or buildings which are not subject to change. All measurements shall be made in feet and inches. As the staking progresses, additions, changes, and equipment locations, whether or not necessitating an increase or decrease in compensation, shall be noted on the copy of the working drawings from which the record drawings will be made per requirements of the General Requirements. 3.2 SOD REMOVAL A. Remove sod before trenching as required in established turf areas and reinstall sod upon completion of work of this section. Sod shall be cut to minimum thickness of 2". Work shall be scheduled so that sod will be replaced not more than three days after it has been removed. 3.3 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING: A. Perform excavations for the installation of the work included under this section, including shoring of earth banks to prevent cave-ins. Restore surfaces and existing underground installations, damaged or cut as a result of the excavations to their original condition and in a manner approved by the Owner. B. Trenches shall be made wide enough to allow a minimum of 6" between parallel pipe lines. Trenches for pipe lines shall be made of sufficient depths to provide the minimum cover from finish grade as follows: 1. 24" minimum cover over main lines. 2. 12" minimum cover over control wires from controller to valves. 3. 18" minimum cover over lateral lines to heads. 3.4 PIPE LINE ASSEMBLY A. Install remote control valves where shown and group together where practical; place no closer than 12" to walk edges, buildings and walls. Valves shall be connected directly to main line. B. Plastic pipe and fittings -hall be solvent welded using solvents and methods as recommended f9 manufacturer of the pipe, except where screwed connections are required. Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust and moisture before applying solvent with a non -synthetic bristle brush. C. Pipe may be assembled and welded on the surface. Snake pipe from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02810-3 SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM D. Make connections between plastic pipe and metal valves or steel pipe with threaded fittings using plastic male adapters. 3.5 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Install sprinklers with swing joints. B. Risers to sprinkler heads shall be painted flat black where exposed. C. Use pipe joint compound on galvanized iron fittings. D. In turfed areas where grass has not been established, install heads on risers and lower to the final grade elevation when finished grade is established. 3.6 CLOSING OF PIPE AND FLUSHING LINES A. Cap or plug openings as soon as lines have been installed to prevent the entrance of materials that would obstruct the pipe. Leave in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation. B. Flush out water lines before installing heads, valves and other hydrants. C. Test in accordance with paragraph on Hydrostatic Tests (Testing). D. Upon completion of the testing, complete assembly and adjust sprinkler heads for proper distribution. 3.7 AUTOMATIC CONTROL WIRING A. Install control wires, sprinkler mains and laterals in common trenches wherever possible. B. Install control wires at least 12" below finish grade and lay to the side and below main line. Provide looped slack at valves and snake wires in trench to allow for contraction of wires. Tie wires in bundles at 10' intervals. C. Control wire splices will be allowed only runs more than 500 feet. D. Wire passing under existing or future paving and construction shall be encased in plastic or galvanized steel conduit extending at least 12" beyond edges of paving or construction. 3.8 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS A. Install and mount automatic controllers in a manner approved by the manufacturer. Controller locations shall be determined by the Owner for best visual observation and protection. 3.9 VALVE BOXES A. Each manual or remote control valve shall be installed in a valve box. The valve box shall be positioned over the valve so that all parts of the valve can be reached for service, completely buried and marked so as to be easily located. 3.10 TESTING A. Pressure piping shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 150 psi pressure for not less than one hour, and a record kept of the conditions, leaks, repairs and the dates of tests. Sprinklers, valves, and controllers shall be tested for operation and performance with records kept of the results and the dates of the tests. All THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02810-4 SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM necessary adjustments to the sprinkler equipment shall be made to assure efficient operation. The system shall be operated through a complete 24 hour cycle before turning it over to the Owner for operation. Test results shall be included in requirements of Section 01700. 3.11 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING A. After system is operating and required tests and inspections have been made, backfill excavations and trenches with clean soil, free of rubbish. B. Backfill for trenches, regardless of the type of pipe covered, shall be compacted to minimum 90% density. C. Compact trenches in areas to be planted by thoroughly flooding the backfill. Jetting process may be used in those areas. D. Dress off areas to finish grades. 3.12 CLEAN-UP A. Remove all debris from the site resulting from work of this section. 3.13 CARE AND MAINTENANCE A. Furnish the Owner with a written and detailed watering schedule for irrigated areas at the time of final inspection. ******************** END OF SECTION 02810 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02810-5 Ntoa 0I►K1?1*1#7 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Fence and Gates a. Fabric, frame and B. Related Section: 1. Section 02835 - Barbed 1.2 REFERENCES FENCE AND GATES all components of fence and gates. Tape A. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute B. ASTM A121 - Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire. B. ASTM A 392 - Specification for Zinc -Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric. C. ASTM A 491 - Specification for Aluminum -Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric. D. ASTM A 585 - Specification for Aluminum -Coated Steel Barbed Wire. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For installation of chain link fencing and gates, use personnel completely trained and experienced in installation of approved materials and thoroughly familiar with original design and reviewed shop drawings. B. Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute standards (CLFMI). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings and manufacturers literature indicating sizes, spacing and location of members; general construction and anchorage details. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect chain link fencing materials before, during, and after installation. B. In event of damage, immediately notify Architect and make repairs and replacements necessary as approved by Architect and at no additional cost to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fabric, frame and major components of fence: fabricated of galvanized steel. B. Zinc Coating: Per ASTM A-392: "Zinc Coated Steel Chain Link Fabric" and aluminum coating: per ASTM A 491, "Specification for Aluminum Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02830-1 SECTION 02830 FENCE AND GATES C. Fence shall bear quality seal of CLFMI. Size of components with regard to fence height: in accordance with tables established by CLFMI. D. Materials and accessories: products of same manufacturer. E. Fabric: 1. Fabric: made from wire, helically wound and interwoven to provide continuous mesh without knots and ties except in form of knuckling or of twisting and barbing ends of wires to form selvage of fabric. 2. Fabric: 9 gage with material mesh weave of 2 inch. Six gage on all gates. 3. Fabric 60" high and over with 2" mesh: furnished with twisting and barbing on both selvages. F. Line Posts: 1. Line posts: round in section. G. Terminal Posts: 1. Terminal Posts: round in section. H. Bracing: 1. Bracing: provided for each corner, pull, end post, and gate where fabric is 5'-0" high and over. 2. Bracing shall extend to each adjacent line post at approximately mid height of fabric; and truss rod no less than 3/8 in, nominal diameter from line post back to gate, pull, corner, or end post, with turnbuckle or some other means of adjustment. I. Post Tops: 1. Post Tops: Single cap type or combination with barbed wire extension arm fit over outside of posts to exclude moisture. 2. Where top rail is used, provide tops to permit passage .of top rail. J. Extension Arms: 1. Extension Arms: Type for supporting barbed tape/barbed wire strands. K. Barbed Wire: 1. Barbed Wire: Two strands of 12-1/2 gage wire with 14 gage 4 point barbs spaced 5" apart. 2. Barbed wire shall conform to ASTM A121, Class 3 (galvanized). L. Rails: 1. Top rail shall be sections of same material, finish, and configuration as posts. 2. Rails: furnished in maximum lengths and equipped with couplings to connect lengths into continuous rail. 3. Means shall be provided for attaching top rail rail to each gate, corner, pull and end post. M. Tension Wires: 1. Tension wire at bottom shall be minimum 7 gage galvanized steel. N. Gates: 1. Gates: Size as indicated and shall be slide type, electric operated and swing type, manually operated type. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02830-2 SECTION 02830 FENCE AND GATES 2. Frame members: of sufficient size to form rigid panel free from sag and twist. Members: round. 3. Unless otherwise shown, each swing gate shall be hung to operate freely through minimum area of 180 degrees. Each gate shall be complete with latches, arranged for locking, stops, keepers, and hinges. 4. Each sliding gate shall be complete with rollers, roller tracks, and accessories as required. 0. Concrete: 1. Concrete shall comply with requirements of Section 03300. 2. Concrete for post footings shall be minimum 2500 psi compressive strength at 28 days. P. Bituminous Coatings: Cold -applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC- PS 12, compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat. Q. Gate Operators: 1. Manufacturers a. HY-SECURITY GATE OPERATORS b. Architect approved equivalent. 2. Description: a. Hydraulic operator; standard speed one foot per second; self contained, 1 Hp., 24 VAC. b. Model: 222 SS (Soft Stop) Slide Gate Operator. 3. Coordinate accessories and components with requirements of related sections: a. Section 11208 - CARD ACCESS CONTROL b. Section 11217 - VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION 4. Manufacturers standard five year warranty. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. Work required to accurately stake out fence line shall be performed by this Section. C. Install fencing and gates in strict accordance with original design and reviewed shop drawings, anchoring components in accordance with manufacturer's published recommendations. D. Provide protective coating of bituminous paint around dissimilar materials; i.e. aluminum and concrete. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Fence: Installed parallel to slope of natural ground. Ground between posts: cut or filled as required to provide uniform clearance of 2 inches between bottom of fabric and surface of ground. B. Posthole Diameter: Set in holes of 4 times the largest cross section of the post. C. Line post installation depth below grade: 24" plus an additional 3" for each 1 ft. increase in fence ht above 4 ft. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02830-3 SECTION 02830 FENCE AND GATES D. Line posts: evenly spaced with maximum spacing of 10'-0", center to center. E. Posts: plumb and aligned. Top of concrete footings: neat and crowned to shed water. F. Fabric shall be fastened to terminal posts with stretcher bars and fabric bands, maximum spacing center to center of 15". G. Fastening to line posts shall be with tie wire or metal bands, maximum spacing center to center of 15". H. Fasten top edge of fabric with wire ties, maximum spacing center to center of 24" to top rail. I. Fasten bottom edge to tension wire with wire ties, maximum spacing center to center of 24". J. Fabric: Tighten to provide smooth uniform appearance. Join rolls of fabric by weaving single strand into ends of rolls to form continuous mesh. K. Dispose of excess excavated material not required for backfilling off site. ******************** END OF SECTION 02830 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02830-4 BARBED TAPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Barbed Tape 2. Fasteners 3. Ground Anchors B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02830 - Fence and Gates 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A-764 - Specification for Steel Wire, Carbon, Drawn Galvanized and Galvanized at Size for Mechanical Springs. B. AISI 430 - Stainless Steel. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data and shop drawings in accordance with Division One. Submittals shall include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Plan Layout, arrangement, dimensions. 2. Sizes of all materials 3. Manufacturer's written instructions of installation. B. Submit samples to the Architect including the following items: 1. Barbed Tape 2. Fasteners 3. Ground Anchors PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. If in compliance with requirements, the following manufacturers and products are acceptable: 1. MRM SECURITY SYSTEMS, INC. MRM 30C or MRM 30 RB. 2. INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS CORPORATION XMB - 30SS OR RD-30 3. AMERICAN SECURITY FENCE CORPORATION 30 Inch - Rapid Deployment Barrier or 30 Inch Razor Ribbon II, Super Maze II 4. ALLIED TUBE AND CONDUIT - 30" Single Coil All Stainless Steel Concertina 5. MICHAEL INDUSTRIES Product Number #CR30SZT51STSWSC5 2.2 MATERIALS A. Materials which are cor.ion to all products are: 1. Stainless Steel - kll components of the product except the ground stakes shall be stainless steel. 2. Ground Stakes - #3 galvanized reinforcing rod 18" long shall be used in combination with a wire tie to anchor the roll to the ground. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 02835-1 BARBED TAPE 3. Wire ties - 16 gauge twistable stainless steel wire ties with loops at each end shall be used to attach the roll to the fence, to adjacent rolls, and to the ground stakes. B. For non -reinforced barbed tape concertina: 1. The barbed tape shall be spring quality austenitic stainless steel hardened to ROCKWELL 30N-55. 2. The spacer wire shall be a jacketed stainless steel wire rope 7x7 strand 3/64 inches by 5/64 inches minimum diameter. C. For wire reinforced barbed tape concertina 1. The barbed tape shall be malleable series 430 stainless steel hardened to ROCKWELL 30N 40-45. 2. The core wire shall be austenitic stainless steel mechanical spring wire with a diameter of .098 inches. The wire shall have a tensile strength of at least 140 KSI. 3. Clips for the loop shall be .065 inches by .375 inches and shall be made of stainless steel. The clips shall be capable of withstanding a minimum pull of 100 pounds. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Elements of fabrication which shall be common to all specified and proposed products are: 1. The product shall be fabricated to meet the requirements of Florida Department of Corrections. 2. The attachment of adjacent coil loops whether by welding, stainless steel clips, or other means shall be capable of withstanding a pull of 100 pounds at each point of attachment. B. For non -reinforced barbed tape concertina: 1. Each roll shall consist of 101 single helical coil loops. The outside diameter shall be 30 inches +2 inches. 2. Each loop shall have 24±1 barb clusters (96 barbs). 3. Adjacent coil loops shall be alternately attached by welding at 5 points of approximate equal spacing around the perimeter. 4. One jacketed steel wire rope shall be attached along the length of the roll to each coil loop to preset the maximum barbed tape opening and the 50 foot ±2 foot length. C. For wire reinforced barbed tape concertina: 1. Each roll shall consist of 51 single helical coil loops in concertina configuration with 30 inches ±2 inches diameter. 2. Each loop shall have 24±1 barb clusters (96 barbs). 3. The barbed tape shall be permanently cold clenched over an austenitic stainless steel, mechanical spring coil wire. The barbed tape shall have a minimum 230 degree wrap around the core wire. 4. Adjacent coil loops shall be alters tely attached by clips at five locations around the circumfer nce to obtain the concertina effect. Clip spacing of the extended roll shall be twelve inches on center. 5. The roll, when it is installed, shall be 25 feet in length. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 02835-2 SECTION 02835 BARBED TAPE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Barbed tape shall be installed per manufacturer's instruction and placed where directed by Program Manager. ******************** END OF SECTION 02835 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 02835-3 SECTION 02930 LAWNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sodding 2. Maintenance of Area 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with all current restrictions in regard to movement of sod into or within areas which are outside of quarantine boundaries for the imported fire ant, as issued by the following agencies: 1. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service. 2. Florida Department of Agriculture, Division of Plant Industry. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. Submit data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Sod cut more than 48 hours prior to placement shall not be used unless reviewed by Architect. Sod delivered to job site which is either too wet or too dry to handle without damage shall be rejected. B. Deliver fertilizer to the site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trademark and conformance to state laws. Do not use fertilizer which has become wet, moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage . 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Provide protection against trespassing and damage to grassed areas. B. Contractor shall be responsible for damage to lawn areas that is cause by work of his planting, mulching, plant maintenance or replacements being done after lawn areas are accepted. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide a three month warranty on labor and materials. Warranty period shall begin upon date of final acceptance of work. B. Warranty lawn material to be in good health and flourishing condition for a period of three -months from date of final acceptance. C. Make inspections at no extra cost to Owner during warranty period to determine what changes should be made in Owner's maintenance program. Changes recommended shall be submitted in writing to Owner and Architect. D. Replace without cost to Owner and as soon as weather conditions permit lawn areas not in a thriving condition as determined by Architect and at termination of warranty period. E. Warranty replaced lawn material for a period of three -months from reinstallation date. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02930-1 SECTION 02930 LAWNS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Sod: 1. Sod: St. Augustine "Floratam"; strongly rooted, free of noxious weeds, bugs, fungus and other diseases. Sod shall be cultivated stock grown in an established turf nursery at least 18 months before lifting, mowed to a height of 1-1/2 inches before lifting, uniformly thick with not less than 1 inch of soil. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Topsoil: 1. Furnish topsoil if the quantity of existing stored or excavated topsoil is inadequate for planting. Provide in sufficient amounts required for the work. Topsoil required: a natural fertile, friable soil, possessing characteristics of representative productive soils in the vicinity. Obtain from naturally well -drained areas; without add mixture of subsoil and free from Johnson grass (Sorghum Halepense), nut grass (Cyperus Rotundus) and objectionable weeds and toxic substances. B. Fertilizer: 1. Commercial fertilizer: 8-8-8 formulation, of which 50% of the nitrogen is in the urea -formaldehyde form and shall conform to the applicable State Fertilizer laws. Fertilizer: granulated so that 80% is held on a 16 mesh screen, uniform in composition, dry and free -flowing. C. Water: 1. Provide water for work of this Section, suitable for irrigation and free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Provide hose and other watering equipment required for successful execution of work. Maintain watering schedule to date of Substantial Completion of work. D. Limestone: 1. Limestone: raw, ground agricultural limestone containing not less than 90% calcium carbonate and shall be ground to such firmness that 50% will pass through 100-mesh sieve and 90% will pass through 20-mesh sieve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Final grading and topsoil placement: as previously specified. Provide final disking, if necessary, and hand raking to level minor irregularities in grade, and remove completely: debris and stones over one inch in any dimension. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM gr107.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 02930-2 SECTION 02930 LAWNS 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Fertilizer: 1. Apply fertilizer to all lawn areas at the rate recommended by manufacturer, thoroughly incorporating it into the upper 2" of soil. 2. Fertilizer operations will not be permitted when it is raining, or when wind velocities exceed 5 mph. B. Sodding: 1. Correct all soft spots and inequities in the finish grade and roll with a 500 pound hand roller before sodding. 2. Compacted silica sand shall be uniformly spread over a smooth subgrade in all grassed areas to a depth of two inches after compaction if necessary to facilitate drainage. Notify Architect five working days in advance if any drainage problems exist. Soil finish grade shall be two inches below final finish grade of sod if sand is used. 3. Lay solid sod panels tightly together, eliminating voids. Immediately following sodding, roll with a 500 pound roller, then thoroughly water. 4. After sodding has been completed, it shall be this Section's responsibility to carry on all maintenance operations necessary to assure healthy growth and sustain grass through primary development period until it is well established. 5. If necessary due to dry weather, apply sufficient water to produce healthy growth and sustain grass through primary development period until it is well established. 6. If for any reason, whether due to wash -out, dryness, or any other cause, sod fails to produce sufficient healthy grass cover, re -sod areas affected. Fill, level, and re -sod wash -outs which might occur at no additional cost to Owner. 7. After the grass has attained sufficient growth, approximately 30 days, apply fertilizer at the recommended rate. Spread only when soil has received water within the past 24 hours. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. When grass has been cut minimum of three times and uniform catch of specified grasses is established without evidence of excessive weed crab grass infestation, submit written request to Architect for observation of established lawn. B. Architect shall observe work for final acceptance upon written request of Contractor. Request shall be received at least ten calendar days before anticipated date of inspection. C. If weeds, crab grass or fire ants develop prior to acceptance of lawn, provide for treatment by hand weeding or chemical control. Provide chemical control as recommended by chemical manufacturer and reviewed by Architect. D. At least two weeks shall elapse after chemical control is applied before request of inspection for acceptance is made to Architect. E. Bare spots or cover that is unacceptable in lawn area being readied for inspection shall be no more than 2% of lawn area. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 02930-3 SECTION 02930 LAWNS F. Upon completion and re -inspection of any repairs or renewals, Architect may certify in writing to Owner final acceptance of lawn work. G. Upon acceptance of work, Owner shall assume maintenance of lawn work. 3.4 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of each portion of work, remove from site: machinery, equipment, surplus materials and rubbish connected with execution of lawn work. B. Maintain sidewalks and streets free of dirt, rubbish and stain throughout progress of work. ******************** END OF SECTION 02930 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 02930-4 SECTION 02950 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Trees 2. Shrubs 3. Ground Cover 4. Soil Preparation 5. Quartz Eggrock Gravel 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plant names indicated, comply with "Standardized Plant Names" as adopted by the latest edition of the American Joint Committee of Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not listed conform generally with names accepted by the nursery trade. Provide stock true to botanical name and legibly tagged. B. Comply with sizing and grading standards of the latest edition of "American Standards for Nursery Stock". A plant shall be dimensioned as it stands in its natural position. C. All plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for a minimum of two years. D. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger stock is acceptable, at no additional cost, and providing that the larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated. Provide plants indicated by two measurements so that only a maximum of 25% are of the minimum size indicated and 75% are of the maximum size indicated. E. Provide "specimen" plants with a special height, shape, or character of growth. Tag specimen trees or shrubs at the source of supply. The Architect will inspect specimen selections at the source of supply for suitability and adaptability to selected location. When specimen plants cannot be purchased locally, provide sufficient photographs of the proposed specimen plants for approval. F. Plants may be inspected and approved at the place of growth, for compliance with specification requirements for quality, size and variety. 1. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and rejection upon delivery at the site or during the progress of the work. G. Contractor shall certify that plant material has not been treated with Benlate DF. H. Testing: to requirements of the General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES, provide the following data: 1. Representative test material samples proposed for use. 2. Topsoil: a., pH fac*or b. Mechz,ical analysis C. Percentage of organic content d. Recommendations on type and quantity of additives required to establish satisfactory pH factor and supply of nutrients to bring nutrients to satisfactory level for planting. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02950-1 SECTION 02950 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following material samples: 1. Mulch 2. Quartz Eggrock Gravel B. Submit the following materials certification: 1. Topsoil source and pH value 2. Peat moss 3. Plant fertilizer C. Submit certification that plant material has not been treated with Benlate DF. D. Upon plant material acceptance, submit written maintenance instructions recommending procedures for maintenance of plant materials. E. Provide plant material record drawings: 1. Legibly mark drawings to record actual construction. 2. Indicate horizontal and vertical locations, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Identify field changes of dimension and detail and changes made by Change Order. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver plant materials to site only after beds are prepared and ready for planting. Protect shipments of nursery materials from sun and drying winds during transit. B. Take all precautions customary in good trade practice in preparing plants for moving. C. Dig, pack, transport and handle plants with care to ensure protection against injury. D. Arrange planting program so that no excessive number of unplanted plants will be stored on project site. E. Provide dry, loose topsoil for planting bed mixes. Muddy topsoil will not be accepted. F. Plants which cannot be planted at once after delivery to project site shall be well protected against possibility of drying by wind and sun. Keep balled and burlaped plants covered with soil or other acceptable material. Bare rooted plants shall be properly heeled in trenches after bundles have been opened and plants separated. G. Materials heeled in and stored on project site shall be watered daily. H. Deliver fertilizer materials in original, unopened and undamaged containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Keep fertilizer free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Store in manner to prevent wetting and deterioration. I. Keep plants shaded or otherwise protected as soon as removed and transport immediately to packing sheds or other cover. J. Do not bind plants with rope or Wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches. K. Properly mark plants for identification and for checking before delivery to project site. Plant material is subject to review and approval by Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02950-2 SECTION 02950 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER L. Certificate plants as certificate s of inspection shall accompany invoice for each shipment of may be required by law for transportation. File with Architect prior to acceptance of material. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Consult local utility engineers, review applicable architectural and engineering drawings, and be familiar with alignment of underground utilities before digging. Do not plant within 5'-0" of utility lines. B. Protect existing utilities, paving, and other facilities from damage caused by landscaping operations. C. Repair damage resulting from any neglect or failure to comply with this requirement. D. Notify Architect at least seven working days prior to installation of plant material. E. Install the irrigation system equipment prior to planting. Locate, protect, and maintain the irrigation system equipment during planting operations. Repair irrigation system components, damaged during planting operations, at no additional cost to Owner. F. Be responsible for watering all plant material until irrigation system is fully operational and approved by Architect. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Warranty period shall begin upon final acceptance of work per requirements of the General Requirements - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. B. Warrant plant materials, (except relocated materials), for period of one year from date of Substantial Completion to be in good health and flourishing condition. C. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of trees, plants, or ground covers caused by fires, floods, freezing rains, lightning storms, or winds over 75 miles per hour, winter kill caused by extreme cold and severe winter conditions not typical of planting area; acts of vandalism or negligence on the part of the Owner. D. Make three inspections at no extra cost to Owner during warranty period to determine what changes, if any, should be made in Owner's maintenance. Recommendations shall be submitted in writing to Owner and Architect. E. Replace without cost to Owner and as soon as weather conditions permit, dead plants and plants not in a vigorous thriving condition as determined by Architect during and at termination of warranty period. F. Plants shall be free of dead branches and dead branch tips and shall bear foliage of a normal density, size and color. G. Replacements shall closely match adjacent specimens of same species. Replacement shall be subject to requirements stated in this specification. H. Make necessary repairs to grades, lawn areas and paving required because of plant replacements. Such repai-s shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. I. Warranty of replacement plants shall extend for an additional period of one year from date of their provisional acceptance after replace- ment. If replacement plants are not acceptable during, or at end of THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02950-3 SECTION 02950 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER extended warranty period, Owner may elect subsequent replacement credit for each item. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Plant materials shall mean trees, shrubs, vines, and other ground cover required by plans and as specified. Specific requirements concerning various species and manner in which they are to be furnished are as shown in Contract Documents. B. Plant material: graded Florida No. 1 or better as outlined by Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, unless otherwise noted. C. Plants: nursery grown, freshly dug, normally shaped, exceptionally heavy, and well branched, full foliage when in leaf, and shall have healthy well developed root systems. Trees must be self supporting with straight trunks and with leaders intact. D. Plants furnished shall be free of insect infestations and shall have been grown under climatic conditions with temperature extremes similar to those of project area for minimum of two years prior to use on this project. E. Plants that meet the requirements specified, but do not have the normal balance of height and spread typical for the respective plant, shall not be accepted. Substitutions will be permitted only upon submission of proof that any plant is not obtainable. Submission shall be made one week prior to commencing work and have the same essential characteristics and not exceed the bid item being submitted. F. Determining measurements for trees shall be caliper, height and spread. Caliper shall be taken 6" above ground for trees up to 4" caliper and 12" above ground for larger sizes. Height and spread dimensions specified refer to main body of plant and not from branch tip -to -tip. Take measurements with branches in normal position. G. Plants larger in size than those specified may be used, as reviewed by Architect, at no additional cost to Owner. If use of larger plant is approved, ball of earth or spread of roots shall be increased proportionately. H. Do not prune plants before planting. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Florida peat: fertile, friable peat specifically pulverized with a coarse grind and processed for horticultural use. Peat shall be highly fibrous in texture and consistently low in soluble salts, rich in plant nutrients and nematode -free. Peat shall be clean of sticks, plants, and other foreign matter and have a pH range of 5 5 to 6.5. B. Topsoil: fertile, friable black soil suitable for hortic.ltural use. Topsoil shall be capable of sustaining vigorous plant g,owth and be clean of sticks, plants, stones, clay and other foreign matter, and have a pH range of 5.5 to 6.5. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02950-4 SECTION 02950 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER C. Planting soil shall consist of a mixture by volume of 50% Florida peat and 50% coarse sand salt free and without weeds. Submit soil certification five working days prior to commencing work. D. Planting soil for Sabal Palms shall be coarse sand salt free and without weeds. E. Fertilizer: 1. Commercial fertilizer: complete fertilizer of which 50% nitrogen is derived from natural organic sources of ureaform. Fertilizer shall contain the following percentages by weight: a. 28 percent of nitrogen b. 8 percent of phosphoric acid C. 6 percent of potash. F. Mulch: 1. Mulch: shredded cypress bark mulch (American Wood Products Type B or equal), maximum size of which shall be no larger than 2 inches across surface. 2. Quartz Eggrock Gravel: 3/4" to maximum 1-1/2". G. Water: 1. Water used in this work will be supplied by Owner and will be suitable for irrigation and free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Provide hose and other watering equipment required for work. Maintain watering schedule, and water as necessary to maintain trees, shrubs and groundcover work of this Section. H. Materials for Staking and Guying: 1. Rubber Hose: Hose used in staking trees shall be sound rubber hose, black in color with two-ply fabric and at least 1/2" inside diameter. 2. Guy Wire: Wire used in staking trees shall be annealed galvanized steel of No. 12 gage. 3. Twine: Jute twine to be not less than two ply. 4. Bracing Stakes: Between 4'-0" and 10'-0" long of sound, durable, unfinished lumber capable of withstanding above ground and underground conditions during warranty period, with top and bottom dimensions of 2" x 2" or 2" in diameter or more. 5. Guy Stakes: With top and bottom dimensions 2" x 2" or 2" diameter minimum and 30" long minimum. 6. Turnbuckles shall be galvanized or dip painted with 3" minimum lengthwise opening filled with screw eyes. Use one turnbuckle for each guy. 7. Burlap: Natural fiber burlap. 8. No nailing into trunks of trees or palms shall be allowed. J. Quartz Eggrock Gravel PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Locations ground and HLM 90007.00-2 for plants in areas to be planted shall be staked out on observed by Architect before excavation is begun. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP THREE 02950-5 SECTION 02950 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER B. Plants required to be balled and burlaped shall be moved with Compact natural balls of soil firmly wrapped with burlap. Each ball shall be of sufficient width and depth to encompass fibrous and feeding roots necessary to insure full recovery and development of plant. C. No plant removed with ball shall be planted if ball is cracked or broken. Roots of bare rooted plants shall be sufficient to insure full recovery and development. D. Planting stock shall be inspected as required by state or federal law and upon delivery at premises shall be subject to observation for conformity to specification requirements by Architect. E. Plant material is subject to rejection either at time of delivery or after planting period if it does not comply with specification requirements. Any rejected stock shall be immediately removed from project site and replaced with specified stock. 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Excavation and Planting: 1. Excavation for planting includes excavation of tree pits, shrub pits, hedge trenches and ground cover beds. 2. Tree pits shall be circular in outline with vertical sides and flat bottoms. Each tree pit shall be at least 6" deeper than depth of roots or depth of ball and at least 2'-0" greater than spread of roots or width of ball. 3. Having attained required depth, should bottom or sides of hole reveal any material harmful to root growth, such material shall be removed to depth or width acceptable to Architect. 4. Tree pits shall be located as shown on drawings unless underground obstructions or other situations are discovered and shall then be moved only with Architect's review. 5. Shrubs shall be planted in individual pits. Shrubs shall be planted in pits at least 18" greater than spread of roots and 6" deeper than depth of roots. 6. Ground cover beds shall be cultivated uniformly 12" deep below finish grade. An outline of each bed shall be staked for approval before it is cultivated. 7. Notify Architect in writing immediately of subsurface drainage or soil conditions which contractor considers detrimental to growth or survival of plant material. State conditions and submit proposal for correction including cost of correction. Obtain review of method of correction before continuing effected portion of work. 8. Set plants plumb and straight. Plants shall have same relation- ship to grade that they had prior to excavation. Locate plant in center of pit. 9. Planting shall occur in topsoil which is thoroughly watered and tamped as backfilling progresses. Topsoil shall be placed in not more than 6" increments of depth between tampings. 10. Spread out roots of bare rooted plants. Work topsoil carefully in among them. Cut off broken or frayed roots with clean cut. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02950-6 SECTION 02950 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER 11. Prepare planting pits prior to inserting plants. Use planting soil to backfill plant pits. When plant pits have been backfilled approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly before installing remainder of soil to top of pit. Balled and burlaped plants shall have burlap cut away or folded back from top of ball before applying water. 12. After water has been absorbed, plant hole shall be filled with topsoil and tamped lightly to grade. Any settlement shall be brought to grade with topsoil. 13. Form shallow saucers capable of holding water about each plant by placing a mound of topsoil around edge of each filled in pit in accordance with drawings. 14. Only a minimum of fronds shall be removed from the crown of palm trees to facilitate moving and handling. Burn marks and chain marks on Sabal Palms shall be removed. Sabal Palm buds: tied with a burlap strip to be left in place. B. Mulch: 1. Mulch planting beds and tree and palm pits. C. Installation of Erosion Control: 1. Jute mesh: installed with wire staples spaced 3'-0" on center. 2. Mesh: overlapped 4" at edges and 18" at ends. 3. Do not stretch mesh during installation. D. Guying and Staking: 1. Complete guying and staking of trees immediately after planting. Plants shall stand plumb after staking and guying. 2. Staking Trees 3-1/2" Caliper and Under: Stake immediately after planting and maintain stakes and wires until end of warranty period. Support each tree with two stakes. 3. Guying Trees 4" and Over: Guy immediately after planting and maintain guys and wires until end of warranty period.- Place guys as detailed and fasten to tree with double #12 wire through suitable length of hose. Draw wire taut and tie inside hose so that ends are hidden in hose. Support each tree with three guys. 4. Stake palms: a. Wrap three 18" lengths of 2" x 4" lumber with a minimum of 20 layers of burlap. Anchor with string. b. Position wrapped lumber equally around palm trunk at a height above grade providing optimum support. C. Use wire to anchor wrapped lumber to trunk without slipping. d. Nail support stakes into wrapped lumber without entering palm trunk. E. Fertilizing: 1. Use commercial fertilizer as specified and apply at following rates: a. 2 pounds per caliper inch for shade trees b. 1 pound per caliper inch for small trees C. 1/4 pound per foot of height (shrubs) d. 2 pounds per palm (30 days after planting). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02950-7 SECTION 02950 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Maintenance shall begin when project commences and continue only until written provisional acceptance. B. Planting maintenance shall include necessary watering, cultivation, weeding, pruning, wound dressing, disease and insect pest control, protective spraying, replacement or straightening plants which lean or sag, adjustment of plants which settle or are planted too low, and any other procedure consistent with good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of plants under this contract. C. Maintain responsibility for use of materials, labor, and equipment; all injury to plant material shall be corrected and repaired at no additional expense to Owner. D. Quantity of water applied at one time shall be sufficient to penetrate soil to minimum depth of 8" at rate which will prevent saturation of soil. E. Keep planting areas free from weeds and undesirable grasses. F. Inspect plant materials at least once a month to locate any disease or insect pest infestations. Upon discovery of disease or insect pest infestation, identify or have identified, nature or species of infestation and submit proposed method of control to Architect for review prior to application of control measures. 3.4 CLEANUP A.' During course of planting excess and waste materials shall be continuously and promptly removed and reasonable precautions taken to avoid damage to existing structures and plants. B. Upon compl-etion-of each portion of work, remove from site: machinery, equipment, surplus materials and rubbish which was caused to be put on project site for execution of work. C. Maintain sidewalks and streets free of dirt, rubbish and stains throughout progress of work. At completion of landscaping operations sidewalks shall be left broom clean. 3.5 CARE AND MAINTENANCE A. Provide the Owner with a written and detailed description for the care and maintenance of plant material at the time of final inspection. ******************** END OF SECTION 02950 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 02950-8 Concrete DIVISION SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formwork for cast -in -place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. 2. Openings for other work. 3. Form accessories. 4. Anchorage and erection items specified in other sections, for embedment in concrete. 5. Form stripping. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork. 2. ACI 301- Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, and bracing. Provide arrangement of joints and ties for concrete exposed to view. B. Submit shop drawings signed and sealed by State of Florida registered Professional Engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision. a. Provide additional copies of drawings and data for Enforcement Agency, and Special Inspector under Florida law, to comply with Threshold Building Requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not use form release materials which are detrim ntal to the application of: 1. Sprayed -on Cellulose Insulation/Acoustical Material. 2. Elastomeric Coating - Exterior 3. Latex Satin Paint - Interior THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03100-1 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor providing required finish. B. Comply with ACI 347. 2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: 1. Adjustable to permit tightening of forms leaving no metal closer than 1-1/2" to surface. 2. Ties: Commercially manufactured. Wire and band iron are not acceptable. 3. Holes left in concrete after tie removal: Not to exceed 7/8" diameter at finish concrete surface, and no deeper than largest diameter. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture. C. Corners: 1. Chamfered 2. Wood strip 3/4 inch; maximum possible lengths. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: of size, strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION Knttwl W111:I_1i[1Pl A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with approved shop Drawings. 3.2 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. C. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. D. Do not frame openings in structural members which are not indi,ated on Drawings without written approval from Architect. E. Provide chamfer strips on corners of curbs and where shown on drawings. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03100-2 CONCRETE FORMWORK SECTION 03100 3.3 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which may be affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3.4 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate related work in forming and placing openings, recesses, chases, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.5 FORM CLEANING A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports. 3.6 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Examine erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03100-3 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK B. Do not reuse or patch damaged formwork for Type F-2 concrete surfaces. 3.8 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. B. Form ties not required to hold forms in place may be removed after 24 hours. C. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of curbs and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulative curing at not less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing the concrete, providing the concrete is sufficiently cured to be undamaged by form removal operations. D. Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as slabs and other structural elements may not be removed in less than 14 days or until concrete has attained 75% of design strength at 28 days. 1. Design strength of cast -in -place concrete having supporting forms removed before 14 day time period shall be determined by testing field cured and laboratory cured concrete specimens representative of the concrete. a. Concrete specimens and compressive strength tests for early form removal shall be made and tested by the Independent Testing Laboratory and paid for by the Contractor. E. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement if shores and other vertical supports have been designed and arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. F. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against Type F-2 finish concrete surfaces. G. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. 3.9 SCHEDULES A. Facing Materials: 1. Provide forms capable of producing finished concrete surfaces as outlined below. 2. Forms for F-1 and F-2 finish are required as scheduled below on formed concrete surfaces unless indicated otherwise. B. Forms for Type F-1, Rough Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete concealed from view in the finished construction. 2. No selected form facing material is required. 3. Patch tie holes and defects. 4. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4" in height. Leave surface with the texture imparted by the forms. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03100-4 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK C. Forms for Type F-2, Smooth Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete exposed to view that is not subject to additional architectural finish requirements, other than painting. 2. Use form facing material to produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the concrete. a. Facing material: Plywood, tempered concrete -form -grade hardboard, metal, paper or other approved material capable of producing the desired finish. 3. The arrangement of the facing material: Orderly and symmetrical with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum. 4. Do not use material with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the concrete. 5. Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins. ******************** END OF SECTION 03100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03100-5 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel reinforcing bars. 2. Welded wire fabric. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02800 - SITE IMPROVEMENTS 2. Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. 3. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY 1.2 REFERENCES A. Maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete. 3. ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 4. ACI SP-66 - Detailing Manual. C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) 1. ANSI/ASTM A-185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. D. American National Standards Institute, American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS) 1. ANSI/AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel. 2. ANSI/AWS D12.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code. E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-615: Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. "Manual of Standard Practice". 2. CRSI - "Placing Reinforcing Bars. 3. CRSI - "Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show size and quantity of cast -in -place concrete reinforcement, method of support and fastening, bending and placing schedules, diagrams, wall elevations and plans, material grades and relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials. B. Submit weldability properties of ASTM A615 reinforcement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel Bars: 1. ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed billet steel bars. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03200-1 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 2. ASTM A706, Grade 60 for reinforcement to be welded or ASTM A615, Grade 60 meetins weldability requirements of ASTM A706 and ANSI/AWS D1.4. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, flat sheets. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place, in accordance with the recommendations and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318 B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4. C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location of splices with Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical injury. B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. C. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or ties. ******************** END OF SECTION 03200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03200-2 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast -in -place concrete. 2. Placing anchors and inserts. 3. Installation of embedded items specified in other Sections. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03100 2. Section 03200 3. Section 03412 4. Section 03420 5. Section 03600 6. Division 2, 15 1.2 REFERENCES Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcement Precast Concrete Panels (Bid Group 2) Precast Concrete Sections (Bid Group 2) Grout and 16. A. Maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 4. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 5. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 7. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 8. ACI SP-15 - Field Reference Manual. C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) 1. ANSI/ASTM D-994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 2. ANSI/ASTM D-1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot -Poured Elastic Type. 3. ANSI/ASTM D-1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 4. ANSI/ASTM D-1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 2. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM B-221 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-1 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 4. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 5. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 6. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 7. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 8. ASTM C-157 - Specification for Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Mortar and Concrete. 9. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 10. ASTM C-494 - Specification for Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. 11. ASTM C-618 - Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Minteral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. E. American Welding Society (AWS). 1. AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. F. American Association State Highway Transportation Officials: 1. AASHTO T-260-84 - Method of Sampling and Testing for Total Chloride Ion in Concrete and Concrete Raw Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: 1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete placement. Include the following: a. Mix identification designation unique for each mix submitted. b. Statement of intended use (location) for each mix. C. Mix proportions, including admixtures used. d. Manufacturer's data and/or certifications verifying conformance of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified requirements. e. Wet and dry unit weight. f. Entrained air content. g. Design slump. h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project. i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to calculate average strength qualification data. When field test data is used to qualify average strength, submit copies of field test reports. 2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in entrained air content. 3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previous successful experience, that proposed mix will meet requirements of these specifications, when sampled at point of discharge, over full range of distance required. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-2 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Product Data: 1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials including admixtures and patching compounds. 2. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its compatibility with other finish materials and surface required. C. Submit materials certificates, mill test reports and materials laboratory tests reports attesting that each material item compiles with or exceeds specified requirements. D. Submit one sample copy of concrete batch trip ticket containing information as specified in ASTM C-94 paragraph entitled "Batch Ticket/Information:" including additional information listed for certification purposes. Clearly show amount of water for entire batch which may be added in field that will not exceed water cement ratio specified by concrete design. E. Record Documents: Submit record listing time and date of placement of concrete. Include elapsed time between batching and placing of concrete. Keep record until completion of project, make available to Architect on request. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. D. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and equipment lines which are concealed including plumbing, electrical, telephone and security/communications systems. 1.5 UNIT PRICES A. Provide unit prices indicated on Bid Form in event additions to or deductions from Work are required and authorized by a written order from Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type I. 1. Use only one manufacturer and type of cement for each mix design. B. Normal weight aggregates: ASTM C-33. C. Water: Clean fresh potable. Free from oils or other substances injurious to concrete or reinforcement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-3 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE D. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260. E. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A, containing no chloride added during manufacture, Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon Super WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders. 3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation. F. High Range Water Reducing (HRWR) Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C- 494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, optional. Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon 37"; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Rheobuild 716 or 1000"; Master Builders. G. Accelerators are not permitted. H. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C- 494, Type B and Type D respectively. Acceptable Products: 1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders. 3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika. I. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review by Architect. 2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL A. ACI 301 B. Fiber Expansion Joint: 1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM D-1751. 2.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS: A. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars. B. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as design capacity of supporting concrete members. C. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36. D. Deformed Bar Anchors - Comply with ASTM A-496, Fy=70,000 psi. E. Headed Concrete Anchors. 1. Comply with ASTM A-108. 2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1). 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Curing compound: Comply with ASTM C-309, Unit moisture loss, pound per square foot at 72 hours shall not exceed .642 psf. 1. Masterseal or MasterKure; Master Builders. 2. Architect approved equivalent. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-4 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Bonding Compound: 1. Polyvinyl acetate type, rewettable. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Weldcrete; Larson Products. C. Thorobond; Standard Dry Wall. d. Everbond; L & M Construction Products, Inc. C. Epoxy Adhesive: 100% solids, 100% reactive, two component compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. 1. Acceptable Products: a. Euco Epoxy #463 or #615; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Sikadu Hi -Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. C. Permunite; L & M Construction Products, Inc. D. Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION for rigid foam filler and insulation in floor slabs. 2.5 EPDXY JOINT FILLER A. Three (3) component, 100% solids, compound, with a minimum shore D hardness of 50. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euco Epoxy. #600 or #700; Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikadur Lo-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. C. MM-80, Metzger -McGuire 2.6 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Proportion ingredients and design concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Durability: 1. Air -entrained with 5% to 7% entrained and entrapped air. C. Admixtures: 1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture specified in design mix for concrete. 2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type D (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F. 3. When increased workability, pumpability, lower water -cement ratio, shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture (Super Plasticizer). D. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients: 1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction. a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the drawings. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-5 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000 psi 28 day strength. 2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12 months and have same water cement ratio and, cement type and manufacturer as proposed mix proportions. a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following: 1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days after casting. a) Maximum allowable shrinkage strain value for concrete mixes: 400 millionths with an allowable variation of 15%. 2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Architect. 3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant. a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised mix designs and strength results to Architect for review before use of revised concrete mixes in the Work. E. Slump: 1. ACI 301. 2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2". 3. Other Structural Concrete: 3". F. Chloride Ion Content: 1. The chloride ion content shall not exceed 0.15% of the weight of the cement, or 0.06% for prestressed concrete. 2. Test chloride ion content in accordance with AASHTO T-260. 3. Obtain test samples from well cured concrete aged at least 28 days. 2.7 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE A. Produce and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as modified in this Section. Produce and deliver concrete during hot weather in accordance with ACI 305R. B. Ready Mixed Concrete: 1. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 90 minutes when air temperature is below 80 degrees F. 2. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter maximum discharge time than specified in ASTM C-94 is required. a. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 75 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-6 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE minutes when air temperature is between 80 degrees F and 90 degrees F. b. Discharge concrete within 60 minutes when air temperature is above 90 degrees F. 2.8 TESTING & INSPECTION A. Contractor is responsible for quality control. 1. Inspection or testing by Owner does not relieve Contractor of his responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. Workmanship: Correct concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete by means acceptable to Architect. B. Testing Laboratory Review: 1. Prior to start of concreting operations, Testing Laboratory will review, with representatives of Contractor's quality control staff, facilities that will be used on production of concrete for Project. a. Review will address the following qualification data for each production facility: 1) Type and condition of equipment. 2) Calibration of measuring devices. 3) Sources of aggregate and cement. 4) Sieve analysis of aggregate samples, mill tests. 5) Methods of storage of aggregate and cement. 6) Mixing procedures, including distance from site. 7) Trip ticket sample. 8) Admixtures that will be used, including special procedures required. 9) Other items which, in opinion of Testing Laboratory, are important elements in production of concrete. b. Testing Laboratory will report results of review to Owner and Architect. 1) Report will identify equipment and procedures which require modification in order to assure quality of concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine construction and conditions under which work will be performed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 GENERAL A. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours before starting concrete placement. B. Coordinate requirements for installation of embedded items specified and furnished in other Sections. Obtain templates and instructions for setting embedded items. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-7 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1. Coordinate work with requirements for mechanical, electrical, telephone, security/communications equipment, access panels and related items. 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Just prior to discharging truck -mixed concrete, mix each truck of concrete minimum 70 revolutions of mixer drum at full mixing speed. C. Vibrate and consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 309. D. During hot weather, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305R. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Comply with ACI 301. B. Concrete topping thickness indicated on drawings is minimum required. Increase thickness as required to maintain finish tolerances. 3.5 FIELD TESTS & INSPECTIONS A. Field testing and inspections will be performed by testing laboratory. B. Perform concrete testing in accordance with specifications of ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Mold and cure four (4) specimens from each sample. 2. Compressive strength tests: One set of specimens for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of each type of concrete placed in one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days and one specimen held in reserve. 3. In addition to cylinders cured under standard conditions, Testing Laboratory will prepare duplicate sets of two cylinders to be field cured under conditions equal to cure for corresponding concrete pours. a. Such cylinders will be tested only when questions concerning strength are involved. b. Costs of such tests will be paid for by Contractor. C. Test results will be distributed to Architect, Owner, and Contractor. 4. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of specimens is made. 5. a. Slump Test: Make one test for each set of compressive strength specimens. Make additional test as directed by Architect. b. Take test at point of truck discharge for Ready -Mix concrete and at point of mixer discharge for on site mixing. 6. Chloride Ion Test: Each 50 cubic yards of concrete placed. Sample at point of placement. 7. Collect concrete batch trip tickets. Identify compressive and slump tests made to representative samples of concrete referred to by trip tickets. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-8 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE C. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately of trip tickets not as specified. D. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately when amount of water in a batch of concrete exceeds that allowed in design mix. E. Verify that concrete is fully discharged from mixers before mix begins to set and within 1-1/2 hours maximum from time of batching. F. Check quantity and type of admixtures for compliance with design requirements and secure Architect's written approval for use of additional admixtures in concrete. G. Obtain mill test reports for each shipment of cement used in to concrete for Project. H. Additional Tests for Concrete Work: 1. Testing Laboratory will make additional tests of in -place -concrete work as directed by Architect when test results indicate that specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in structure. a. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C-42. b. Costs of such test will be borne by Owner if test results indicate conformance with Contract Documents. Such tests indicating nonconformance with Contract Documents will be paid by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such nonconformance. C. Cost of other additional tests including load tests and/or other nondestructive tests directed by Architect or conducted by Contractor to prove adequacy of concrete work shall be borne by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such tests. d. Strength of structure in place will be considered to be potentially deficient if it fails to comply with requirement which controls strength of structure, including but not necessarily limited to conditions listed in ACI 301. e. Inspections or testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience is sole responsibility of Contractor. 3.6 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. Defects less than one inch deep and not exposing reinforcing: 1. Comply with ACI 301. 2. Use specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive. 3. Provide mortar patching grout to fill pockets left in concrete walls or slabs as specified in Section 03600. 4. Place premixed patching mortar in accordance with directions of specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive manufacturer. 5. With prior approval by Architect as to method and procedures, for structural repairs use specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-9 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Defects one inch and greater or Exposing Reinforcing: 1. Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive. 2. Form and pour, or dry pack with specified pre -gravel repair grout, prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish. 3. Moist cure or apply specified clear curing and sealing compound immediately after finishing. 3.7 SLABS A. Construct concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Finishing Tolerances 1. Comply with ACI 301: 2. Test unformed surfaces such as monolithic slabs for smoothness and to verify surface plane finish to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. a. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, measuring to plane tolerance by using a template cut to required slope. 3. Repair finished unformed surfaces that have defects which adversely affect durability of concrete or finish. a. Unacceptable surface defects include, but are not necessarily limited to: crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non -reinforced concrete regardless of width, spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets and other objectionable conditions as determined by Architect. b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. C. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete surfaces. 1) Proprietary concrete patching compounds may be used when approved by Architect. 3.8 CURING A. Cure concrete in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Cure interior concrete slabs, with specified curing compound. 1. Do not use liquid curing compound on surfaces against which additional concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that curing compound will not prevent bond or unless measures are taken to remove it completely from areas to receive bonded application. C. Apply curing compounds within 30 minutes after final finishing. Apply curing compound at coverage rate specified by manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-10 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE D. Ensure curing compound is compatible with concrete penetrating sealer and other materials scheduled to be applied over concrete surfaces. E. Curing in hot weather: Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 305R. 3.9 FINISHES A. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish. Finish to a Class B tolerance. C. Trowel Finish: Unless directed otherwise by Architect, apply steel finish to monolithic slab surfaces. Finish to a Class B tolerance. 1. Do not steel trowel slab surfaces scheduled to receive cementitous topping. D. Non -Skid Broom Finish: Apply light broom finish to concrete stair treads, platforms and ramps. Broom finish, by drawing a fine -hair broom across concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide fine line texture acceptable to Architect. Apply broom finish after final joint tooling. E. Finishing of Formed Surfaces: Provide smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface finish. ******************** END OF SECTION 03300 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03300-11 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lightweight insulating concrete fill with integral insulation boards placed over precast concrete roof deck substrate. 2. Perimeter joint filler. B. Related sections: 1. Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. Section 03410 - PRECAST CORED PLANKS 3 Section 03420 - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 4. Section 07530 - SINGLE PLY ROOFING 5. Section 07720 - ROOF ACCESSORIES 6. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C138 - Test Methods for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. B. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. C. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded -Hot -Plate Apparatus. D. ASTM C260 - Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. E. ASTM C332 - Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Insulating Concrete. F. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. G. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. H. ASTM C495 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Lightweight Insulating Concrete. I. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. J. Factory Mutual System Approval Guide, 1991. K. Underwriters Laboratories - Fire Resistance Directory, 1991. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03520-1 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS 1. Provide installation and materials to conform to UL Design No. P910. B. Performance Requirements 1. Wind uplift resistance: Deck system tested, approved and listed in Factory Mutual System Approval Guide for FM Class I-90 Wind Uplift Rating. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide physical characteristics, thermal values, and product limitations of all components of the system. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate product installation criteria, environmental and curing requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Layout indicating drainage patterns, proposed elevations, board patterns and interfacing requirements with adjacent materials. 1. Submit manufacturers details for venting of system. D. Test Reports: 1. Submit test reports from an Independent Testing Laboratory acceptable to Architect and Construction Manager, showing compliance with Factory Mutual Wind Resistance classification. 2. Submit laboratory test results for Thermal Resistance Values based on ASTM C 177 or C 518. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Provide Owner with an Insulating Concrete Warranty: 1. The lightweight insulating concrete roof deck shall be warranted for a minimum 80% of Design Thermal Resistance. The insulation will remain "re-roofable" for the warranty period. The insulation will remain in place if the roof membrane sustains wind damage. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: 1. Company specializing in placing lightweight concrete fill material specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with local codes and ordinances. 2. Wind Uplift Resistance: Deck system tested, approved and listed in Factory Mutual System Approval Guide for FM Class I-90 Wind Uplift Resistance rating. 3. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of Florida, Department of Community Affairs. C. Certifications: 1. Upon completion of roof deck work, furnish the roof deck system manufacturer's certificate stating the lightweight insulating concrete THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03520-2 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS was applied by an applicator approved by the manufacturer, and system was applied in compliance with manufacturer instructions. 2. Compliance with Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction, 1991; compliance with R values indicated. D. Pre -Installation Conference 1. Comply with pre -installation and pre -application conference requirements of Section 07530 for coordination and interfacing work requirements. E. Thermal Resistance values: Thermal conductivity of insulating concrete shall be based on laboratory testing of dry materials in accordance with ASTM C 177 or C 518. Thermal conductivity based on 40 degrees mean temperature. 1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturers original undamaged containers and packing. B. Store packaged material to protect material from the elements and from physical damage. 1. Do not use cement that shows indication of moisture damage, caking, or other deterioration. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not place lightweight insulating concrete when ambient temperature is at or above 110°F. B. Do not place lightweight insulating concrete on surfaces covered with standing water. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturer for lightweight insulating concrete: 1. W.R. Grace (NVS Roof Deck System). 2. Strong-Lite Products Corporation, Pine Bluff, Arkansas. 3. Air Light Processing Corp. of Florida, Vero Beach, Florida. 4. Architect approved equivalent. B. "Foamed" concrete or cellular lightweight insulating concrete types are not acceptable. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Portland Type I - Normal. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03520-3 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS B. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C332; Group I, vermiculite. C. Concrete Materials: ASTM C33 small aggregate and water. D. Air Entrainment Agent: Type recommended and approved by lightweight insulating concrete system manufacturer. E. Water: Potable, clean and free from deleterious amounts of organic material, chloride, and other impurities. F. Insulation board: One pound density rigid polystyrene insulation board with bonding and venting slots, as required by Factory Mutual and UL. Provide FM or UL approval label for wind uplift rating on each bundle. 1. Stepped insulation system: thickness as required to maintain average R resistance value of 20 for the roof system at the low point of the roof, or a minimum U value for the system of .05 Btuh/hr/sq. ft. G. Calcium chloride or any admixture containing chloride salts are not permitted. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Perimeter Joint Filler as Required by Manufacturer: Glass fiber strips, compressible to 50 percent original thickness under load of 25 with full recovery; (ASTM C-612). B. Vents: Type recommended by lightweight aggregate manufacturer. 2.4 CONCRETE MIX A. General: Design lightweight insulating concrete mix to produce the following minimum physical properties. 1. Wet Density at Point of Placement: 60 pcf, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 138. 2. Oven -Dry Density: 38 pcf, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 495. 3. Compressive Strength: Minimum 300 psi, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 495. B. Cement to aggregate ratio: 1:3:5 CF. C. Minimum amount of water required to produce a workable mix. D. Comply with lightweight insulating concrete manufacturer recommendations for maximum air content. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Coordinate fastener testing and other testing as required with Section 07530. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03520-4 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be performed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Verify that deck surface is suitable to receive work of this Section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Control Joints: Install control joints at perimeter of roof deck and at junctures with vertical surfaces, including curbs, walls, and vents, for full depth of insulating concrete, as recommended by the manufacturer of Insulating Concrete System. 1. Provide 1-inch wide expansion joint material for roof areas with dimensions up to 100 ft. in length; 1-1/2 inches thick for roof area dimensions exceeding 100 ft. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Place lightweight insulating concrete in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using equipment and procedures to avoid segregation of mix and loss of air content. Deposit and screed in a continuous operation until an entire panel or section or roof area is completed. Do not vibrate or work mix except for screeding or floating. Place lightweight insulating concrete to depths and slopes as shown on approved shop drawings. Leave top surface in acceptable condition to receive subsequent roofing application. B. Begin curing operations immediately after placement, and air cure for not less than three days in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide temporary protection of removable waterproof covering to prevent direct exposure to moisture. 3.4 CURING A Air cure in accordance with light weight aggregate manufacturer's instructions. A. Protect insulating concrete from excess evaporation of surface moisture. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing for dry density will be performed under provisions of Section 01410. B. Testing laboratory will take three test samples from each 75 or less cu yds of insulating concrete placed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03520-5 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS 1. Test in accordance with ASTM C-172, except as modified by ASTM C 495. 2. Determine wet density in accordance with ASTM C-138. 3. Determine compressive strength and oven -dry density in accordance with ASTM C 495. Make at least 6 molds during each placement. C. Drainage test: Upon curing of a section of the roof, water test for drainage in presence of Architect. 1. In the event that roof does not drain properly, or low areas occur, fill in low areas and cut back high areas per manufacturer instructions, refinish and retest. D. Report test results to Architect and lightweight insulating concrete producer within 24 hours of completion of each test. 3.6 DEFECTIVE WORK A. General: Refinish, or remove and replace lightweight insulating concrete surfaces that are too rough to receive finish roofing, or where physical properties do not meet specified requirements. ******************** END OF SECTION 03520 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03520-6 SECTION 03600 GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pea -gravel repair grout. 2. Cementitious mortar patching grout. 3. Non -shrink grout. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C827 - Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures. B. Contractor shall obtain and have available at site a copy of the above documents throughout the Construction Period. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for each manufactured product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not change source or brands of grout materials during the course of the work. Single -source responsibility from one source and producer for each aggregate and from one manufacturer for each cementitious component. 1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Store grout materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained. 1.6 TESTING A. Coordinate testing requirements of grout with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEA -GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT A. The grout shall be a manufactured, dry packaged product with proportioned ingredients. Shrinkage compensating ingredients shall minimize effects of drying shrinkage. Compressive strength at 28 days shall equal or exceed required concrete strength. Shall contain pea gravel and no added chloride. Applies and finishes like concrete. Select material for horizontal overhead or vertical application. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03600-1 SECTION 03600 GROUT B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. MASTERBUILDERS "Masterpatch 20" 2. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT A. Manufactured by MASTER BUILDERS "Set Vertipatch" or Architects approved equivalent. 1. 5000 psi 2. Conditions to 1" maximum thickness. 2.3 NON -SHRINK NON-METALLIC GROUT A. The grout shall be non -shrink, non-ferrous, heavy duty grout. Grout shall remain workable for a minimum of 30 minutes following mixing. B. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be 6,000 pounds per square inch minimum according to ASTM C-109. Make one test each day of grouting. C. Comply with ASTM C-827. D. Provide non -staining grout for exposed to view conditions. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. GIFFORD-HILL "Supreme Grout" 2. L&M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS "Crystex" 3. W.R. MEADOWS "588 Non -Metallic, Non -Shrink Grout" 4. SONNEBORN "Sonogrout" 5. U.S. GROUT CORP., "Five -Star Grout" 6. LAMBERT CORP., "Vibropruf #11" 2.4 CEMENT GROUT A. Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type I and clean, natural sand, ASTM C404. Mix at ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume with minimum water required for placement and hydration. B. Approved Products: 1. Firmix; EUCLID CHEMICAL CO. 2. Embeco 636; MASTER BUILDERS 3. Ferrolith G; SONNEBORN/COTECH 4. Irontox "G"; TOCH BROTHERS 5. Kemox G; SIKA CHEMICAL 6. Vibro-Foil; A.C. HORN 7. Vibropruf Metallic; LAMBETT CORP. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PEA -GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03600-2 SECTION 03600 GROUT 3.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.3 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. ******************** END OF SECTION 03600 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 03600-3 Masonry DIVISION SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Unit masonry and mortar for interior walls: a. Reinforcing and anchorage for embedment. b. Reinforcing for Security Walls. C. Fire Rated Walls. d. Miscellaneous items necessary to completion of above. e. Patching to match. f. Grouting of metal frames. g. Reinforcing for walls other than security walls. B. Related Sections 1. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. 2. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Codes and Standards: 1. ACl/ASCE 530, "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures" 2. ACl/ASCE 530.1, "Specifications for Masonry Structures" 3 Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-55, February, 1986; Federal Emergency Management Agency. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A-82: Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A-123: Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 3. A-167: Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 4. C-55: Specification for Concrete Building Brick. 5. C-90: Specification for Hollow -Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 6. C-145: Specification for Solid -Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 7. ASTM E-119 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 9. ASTM A580 - Stainless and Heat -Resisting Steel Wire. 10. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain BIllet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 11. ASTM C-426 - Test Method for Drying Shrinkage of Concrete Block. 12. ASTM C-744 - Specifications for Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonry Units. 13. ASTM E-84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 14. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements and referenced standards of the governing laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of local authority having jurisdiction for the work of this Section. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-1 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY B. Qualifications 1. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of five years documented experience specializing in installation of masonry of the type and size similiar to this project. C. Jobsite Sample Panel: 1. Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall panels) using materials, bond and joint tooling shown for final work; and provide special features as directed for joints, sealants and contiguous work. 2. Build sample panel(s) on the site, where directed, of full thickness and approximately 6'-0" wide by 4'-0" high, indicating proposed range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected in completed work. Provide quantity of sample panels necessary to obtain acceptance. 3. Obtain Architect and Owner acceptance of visual qualities before start of work. Retain approved sample panel until end of job for comparative reference. Do not alter, move or destroy mock-up until work is complete. Remove panels when directed by Architect. 4. Provide mock-up panel for the following: a. Reinforced exterior masonry wall construction with concave joints. Mock-up wall conditions for: 1) Masonry with elastomeric coating. 2) Masonry with insulation, metal lath, plaster and elastomeric coating. b. Interior masonry wall construction; concave and slightly concave joints. D. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and equipment lines which are concealed in masonry walls; including plumbing, electrical, telephone and security/communications systems. E. Fire Performance Characteristics: Where fire resistance ratings are indicated for masonry work, provide materials and construction which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing in compliance with ASTM E 119 by a recognized testing and inspecting organization, as acceptable to the Architect. F. Single Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for each different product required for each continuous surface or visually related surfaces. G. Single Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source and producer for each aggregate. H. Ship units from factory and store at job site with necessary protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other sources. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Certification: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-2 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 1. Prior to purchasing of masonry units, submit for Architect's approval, a letter from the manufacturer indicating the name and qualifications of the certifying agency. 2. Prior to delivery of masonry units to job site, submit for Architect approval, calculations and certification by the certifying agency that fire -rated concrete masonry units, both grouted and non -grouted conditions, and mortar conform to the specification requirements and meet or exceed the fire -resistance ratings of Table 3103.1, SBCCI Southern Building Code. 3. Submit steel producer's certifications from Architect's approved certifying agency confirming the mill analysis, tensile and bend test for steel requirements of this section. B. Installer Qualifications: Provide letter documenting experience. C. Reinforcing Materials: 1. Provide Shop Drawings showing size, grade, quantity of rein- forcement, mill test reports, method of support and fastening, bending and placing schedules, diagrams, material grades and relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials. D. Product Data: 1. Submit product data on masonry accessories. 2. Submit product data on materials required by this Section. Include masonry units and mortar, with mix proportions. E. Results of mortar tests performed in accordance with the property specification requirements of ASTM C270. F. Results of tests of masonry units in accordance with ASTM C140. G. Samples: 1. Two samples of proposed glazed concrete masonry unit. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection of Work 1. During erection, cover top of walls with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures when work is not in progress. 2. Extend cover a minimum of 24" down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 3. Staining: Prevent grout or mortar or soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. Protect base of walls from rainsplashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 4. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar. 1.6 TESTING A. To requirements of the Owner's "TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES": furnish test reports of independent testing laboratory. 1. Masonry grout: Test in accordance with ASTM C 1019 "Sampling and Testing Grout". 2. Concrete Masonry Units: Test each type, class and grade of concrete masonry unit per ASTM C 140. 3. Unit Test Method: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-3 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY a. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type, class and grade of concrete masonry unit specified, test units by method of sampling and testing of ASTM C 140. b. Mortar Tests: For each type indicated, test mortar by methods of sampling and testing of ASTM C 780. Conduct tests no less frequently than that required to evaluate mortar used to install each increment of masonry units indicated above from which samples are taken for testing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete Block: 1. Compressive Strength of Masonry: Equal to or exceed 1500 psi. 2. Concrete Block: Manufacturer's standard unit shapes and sizes. 3. Units: Cured by one process and be uniform in texture and color. 4. Concrete block shall conform to requirements of ASTM C-90 for hollow concrete units, ASTM C-145 for solid concrete units Grade N, Type II; normal weight. 5. Shrinkage of standard concrete blocks shall not exceed amount recommended in ASTM C426. 6. Ship units from factory, and store at job site with necessary protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other sources. 7. Provide certification by approved certifying agent that fire - rated concrete masonry units meet or exceed the SBCCI Southern Building Code requirements for each project condition. 8. Moisture absorption shall be limited to maximum twenty-five percent saturation prior to installation. B. Glazed Concrete Block (Pre -Glazed Concrete Masonry Units): 1. Provide product components meeting or exceeding: a. Specifications ASTM C-744. b. Evidence of no crazing, cracking or spalling - ASTM C-426. C. Surface Burning Results - ASTM E-84. 1) Flame Spread: Less than 25 2) Fuel Contribution: 0 3) Smoke Density: Less than 50 d. Concrete block requirements of this Section. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 3. Size: 8" x 8" x 16" nominal. 4. Acceptable Manufacture/Product: a. BURNS AND RUSSELL CO., Spectra -Glaze II. b. Architect approved equivalent. C. Special Shapes: 1. Provide where shown and where required for: lintels, corners, jambs, sash, head, sill, control joints, headers, solid shapes, bonding and other special conditions. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-4 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY D. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Steel reinforcement for reinforced masonry shall conform to the following specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials: a. Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-615, with supplement. b. Rail -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-616. C. Axle -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-617. d. Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-82. e. Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-185. 2. Reinforcement shall be accurately formed to dimensions indicated on Drawings. 3. Bars shall be cold bent. 4. Metal reinforcement shall not be straightened or repaired in manner that will injure material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on Drawings shall not be used. 5. Heating or welding of reinforcement will be permitted only when approved by Architect. 6. Security Wall: Minimum #4 bars. E. Horizontal Reinforcing (Zinc -Coated Ferrous Metal): 1. Welded wire units shall be prefabricated in straight lengths no less than ten feet long with matching corner and tee units. Fabricate from cold -drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A82 with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross -rods, crimped for cavity wall construction and unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" less than wall or partition thickness. 2. Provide ladder type, or truss type for single wythe fabricated with single pair of nine gage cross -rods spaced on no more than 16" centers. 3. Truss type for multi-wythe, fabricated with single pair of side rods and continuous diagonal cross -rods spaced on no more than 16" centers. 4. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from plain wire, uncoated. 5. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from plain wire, uncoated. 6. For use in exterior walls, fabricate from mill galvanized wire with 0.4 ounce zinc coating complying with ASTM A-116. 7. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. DUR-O-WALL b. SOUTHERN WIRE MESH C. LOX -ALL d. AA WIRE PRODUCTS e. HOHMANN and BARNARD, INC. F. Wire Ties 1. Individual Wire Ties: a. Fabricate from 3/16" cold -drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A-82 of length required for proper embedment in wythes of masonry shown, and crimped if used in cavity wall THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-5 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY construction. Ties for cavity wall construction shall be hot -dipped galvanized after fabrication. b. For use with hollow masonry units laid with cells vertical, provide rectangular shaped ties. C. Where facing and backup joints do not align, provide either offset or adjustable two-piece ties. d. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from plain wire, uncoated. G. Anchoring Devices for Masonry: 1. Provide straps, bars, bolts and rods fabricated from not less than 16 ga. sheet metal or 3/16" diameter rod stock, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Flexible Anchors: Where masonry is shown or specified to be anchored to structural framework with flexible anchors, provide two-piece anchors which will permit horizontal and vertical movement of masonry but will provide lateral restraint. H. Dovetail Anchor Slots with Dovetail Anchors: 1. Size: 1" wide x 1" deep with 5/8" throat. 2. Gage: 24 gage. 3. Finish: Mill galvanized. 4. Product/Manufacturer: a) AA100/AA WIRE PRODUCTS b) HOHMANN & BARNARD, INC. c) 100/HECKMANN BUILDING PRODUCTS d) STD/TY-WAL PRODUCTS I. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Flashings for Masonry: a. Provide dampproofing course at window sills, and elsewhere as required for concealed flashings. b. Product Manufacturer: 1) Nervastral 300 (elastomeric sheet) RUBBER AND PLASTICS COMPOUND CO., INC. 2) Nu -Flex PVC Flashing (Plastic)/SANDELL - 30 mil. 3) Wasco Seal, Bull 209 (PVC) WASCO/30 mil. 2. Flashing: a. Through -wall plastic flashing: 1) 20 mil NERVASTRAL "Seal -Proof HD". 2) 20 mil LEXSUCO "Concealed Flashing". 3) 20 mil SONNEBORN "Vinly seal" 4) Adhesive recommended by manufacturer. b. Through wall Copper flashing 1) AFCO PRODUCTS "Cop -A -Bond Duplex", 3 ounces per sq. foot. 2) YORK MANUFACTURING "Cop-R-Tex Duplex", 3 ounces per sq. foot. 3) Architect approved equivalent. C. Reglets to terminate through -wall flashing, PVC SUPERIOR CONCRETE ACCESSORIES CO. "Type A" or equivalent. 3. Control Joints: a. Control joints at concrete pilasters or columns for standard block walls: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-6 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 1) Extruded solid rubber, ASTM D-2240 durometer of 80. 2) Shear section 5/8" thick. 3) Flange 5/16" thick. 4) Control joint width, 3/8". b. Control joints for standard block walls shall be factory molded rubber with a compressible concave neoprene compound edge and a durometer hardness of 80. C. Acceptable manufacturers: 1) DUR-O-WALL 2) AA WIRE PRODUCTS 3) Architect approved equivalent. 4. Compressible Filler for Masonry Block Walls: Closed cell polyethylene foam (compatible with cold -applied sealants). Acceptable Product: BURKE CO. "Cellu-Joint". 5. Masonry Cleaner: a. Masonry cleaner shall be "Sure Clean 101" or "Sure Clean 600" manufactured by PROCESS SOLVENT CO. as recommended by manufacturer for appropriate masonry units. 6. Concrete Inserts: a. Malleable iron of type and size shown, not less than 12 gage steel, hot -dip galvanized, zinc coating according to ASTM A-153. b. Dovetail slots: 1" wide, 1" deep, 5/8" wide face, 22 gage galvanized steel. C. Acceptable Manufacturer. 1) HOHMANN & BARNARD,INC. 7. Concrete masonry lintels, sills, and coping shall be fabricated from units of load -bearing grade of the size required and of Architect approved type and design. Lintels shall be reinforced and the cavities containing reinforcement shall be solidly filled with concrete or grout. 8. Bond Breaker Strips: a. 15 lb. asphalt roofing felt complying with ASTM D226, or 15 lb. coal tar roofing felt complying with ASTM D227. 2.2 MIXES A. Mortar Materials: 1. Mortar shall conform to ASTM C270: a. Portland Cement ASTM C-150, Type I. b. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C-207, Type S. C. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C-144 except that sand for mortar in 1/4" joints shall pass a No. 16 sieve. d. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C-404. e. Water shall be clean and potable. f. Masonry cement shall not be used for reinforced masonry. g. Mortar colors shall consist of inorganic compounds used in the proportions recommended by the manufacturer, but in no case exceeding 15% of the weight of the cement, except that carbon black shall not exceed 3% of the weight of the cement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-7 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY h. Mortar proportions: Based on requirements of ASTM C-270 as modified by this Section: Type M or S - Interior non -load load -bearing masonry. i. Mortar proportion for interior concrete block shall be Type M with 1:1-1/2:4-1/2 relation of Portland:Lime:Sand. j. Mix mortar mechanically for 3 to 5 minutes, apply within 2 hours. k. Retemper no mortar. B. Grout for Reinforced Masonry: 1. Grout for reinforced masonry shall conform to ASTM C-476. 2. Strength of grout, determined in accordance with the provisions of ASTM C1019, shall be 3000 psi minimum. 3. Fine grout for use in spaces less than 2" wide. 4. Coarse grout for use in spaces 2" to 4" wide. C. Grout for Glazed Concrete Block (Wet Areas) 1. Epoxy -modified grout and mortar admixture. 2. Conform to ANSI A118.8. 3. Conform to ASTM C-109. 4. Minimum: 3/4" depth x 3/8" wide joints. 5. Apply using manufacturers recommended caulking gun procedures in order to maintain clean surface. 6. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Bostik Products: Hydroment 1900 b. Laticrete International Inc.: Latapoxy SP100 C. Architect approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Installation and erection shall be in accordance with the more restrictive provisions of the local building code requirements or ACI-531-79 except as noted below. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Build single wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness shown or specified. B. Build chases and recesses as shown and as required for the work of other contractors. Provide not less that 8" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings, and between adjacent chases and recesses. C. Cut masonry units with motor driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever possible. D. Wetting: 1. Concrete Block: a. Wetting units shall not be permitted except when hot and dry weather exists causing units to be warm to touch, and then the surface only may be wetted with a light fog spray. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-8 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. P. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. Pattern Bond: 1. Lay interior concrete masonry units in running bond pattern with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below where concealed or covered by other finish materials. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, movement type joints, return and offsets. Avoid the use of less than half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations. Lay up walls plumb and true with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2 masonry unit length in each course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly (if specified to be wetted), and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. Built -In Work: As the work progresses, build in items specified under this and other sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units place a layer or metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. Non -Bearing Interior Partition Walls: Build full height of story to underside of structure above, unless otherwise shown. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joint; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells; also bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout. Joints: 1. Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not shown, lay walls with 3/8" joints. 2. Exposed interior and exterior mortar joints in the masonry walls are to be neatly tooled with long rod tool to form a neat joint with surface dense and uniform in thickness and texture. a. Interior joints in concrete block walls shall be concave. 1) Public areas - Standard concave joint. 2) Security areas - Slightly concave joint. 3.- Exposed joints shall be rubbed with a stone to remove burrs and projections in mortar, prior to painting. 4. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-9 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY Q. Filled Cell Masonry: 1. Filled cell masonry shall be built to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells to be filled with grout. Units shall be laid with full face shell mortar beds. Head (end) joints shall be continuously filled with mortar for a distance from the face of the wall or unit not less than the thickness of the longitudinal face shells. Cross webs adjacent to vertical cores to be filled shall be fully bedded with mortar to prevent leakage of grout. Bond of masonry units shall be provided by lapping units in alternate courses or by equivalent mechanical anchorage when units are laid in stack bond. Mortar fins or other obstructions or debris shall be removed from the insides of the cell walls. Cells to be filled shall be filled solidly with grout. Grout shall be poured or pumped in lifts of 8' maximum height, and shall be consolidated at time of pouring by rodding or vibrating, followed by reconsolidation later, before plasticity is lost. When total grout pour is to exceed 8' high, it shall be done in 4'lifts. When grouting is to be stopped for one hour or longer between lifts, horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stopping the pour 1-1/2" below the top of the upper -most unit. R. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: 1. Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing. Fully embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 1/2" at other locations. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" at ends of units. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing except at wall openings. Provide continuity at corners and wall inter -sections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other special conditions. 2. Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows, unless otherwise noted: a. Interior non -load bearing walls - 24" o.c. vertically. b. Exterior walls, interior bearing walls - 16" o.c. vertically. C. Parapets - 8" o.c. vertically unless otherwise shown. S. Reinforce masonry openings greater than 1'-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in two horizontal joints approximately 8" apart both immediately above the lintel and immediately below the sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2'-0" beyond jambs of the opening, bridging control joints where provided. T. Anchoring Masonry Work: 1. Provide anchoring devices of the type shown and as specified. If not shown or specified provide standard type for facing and back involved. 2. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces such members to comply with the following: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-10 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 3. Provide an open space not less than 1/2" in width between masonry and structural members, unless otherwise shown. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials. 4. Anchor masonry to structural members with metal ties embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. Provide anchors with flexible tie sections, unless otherwise shown. 5. Space anchors as shown, but not more than 24" o.c. vertically and 36" o.c. horizontally. U. Lintels and Bond Beams: 1. Install loose lintels of steel and other materials. 2. Provide masonry lintels and bond beams where shown and wherever openings of more than 1'-0" are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. Provide precast or formed in place masonry lintels. Thoroughly cure precast lintels before handling and installation. Temporarily support formed in place lintels. 3. Unless otherwise shown, provide one reinforcing bar for each 4" wall thickness and a size number not less than the number of feet of opening width. 4. For hollow masonry unit walls, use specially formed "U" shaped lintel units with reinforcing bars placed as shown and filled with Type M mortar or concrete grout. 5. Provide minimum bearing at each jamb of 8". 6. Lintels - Furnish and place precast concrete or concrete masonry lintels. Lintels shall extend at least 8" beyond edge of opening and shall be firmly bedded at bearings in mortar of the same quality as used in laying the wall. Rake out bed and end joints for sealants. See Section 07900. 7. Bond Beams - Bond Beams shall consist of load -bearing units filled with concrete or grout and reinforced. Reinforcement shall' be continuous except through expansion joints (control joints). Where bond beam is not broken at control joint, dummy control joint shall be formed in the bond beam. V. Control and Expansion Joints: 1. Provide vertical expansion, control and isolation joints in masonry. Build in related masonry accessory items as the masonry work progresses. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of sealants. See Section 07900. 2. Build flanges of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each joint 4" in direction of flow. Seal joints below grade and at junctures with horizontal expansion joints, if any. 3. Provide vertical control joints at: a. 20'-0" maximum spacing for walls 16'-0" high and above. b. 14'-0" maximum spacing for walls less than 16'-0" high. C. As indicated on the drawings. 4. Coordinate control and expansion joint locations and requirements with Section 09200 - LATH AND PLASTER. W. Flashing of Masonry Work: 1. Provide concealed flashings in masonry work; lap joints 4" and seal with mastic. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-11 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 2. Install flashing to comply with manufacturer's instructions, and recommended practices of Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, (SNACNA). X. Grouting Reinforced Concrete Block Walls: 1. Provide reinforcing bars complying with CONCRETE REINFORCMENT, Section 03200. 2. Space bars as indicated. 3. Grout voids solid with grout with 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 4. Do NOT use mortar for grouting. Y. Sealants: See Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS. Z. Grouting of Block Cells Below Lintels and Beams: 1. Under V -0" span - Insert 14 mesh screen approximately 16" below bearing and grout cells for 16" wide and to bearing. Over V -0" span - grout cells for 24" wide from footing to bearing. 2. Grout: 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. AA. Grouting of Metal Door Frames: 1. Prior to grouting, a protective paint coating shall be applied in accordance with PAINTING, Section 09900 and Metal Doors and Frames, Section 08100. 2. Grout metal door frame jambs and head solid with Type M mortar. BB. All exterior masonry walls that are not security wall types shall be reinforced with #4 bars @ 16" o.c. Fill all cores with bars with #3000 psi grout. 3.3 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence or replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids or holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up a joints at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly prepared for application of caulking or sealant compound. C. Clean exposed masonry units by dry brushing at the end of each day's work and after final pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings. 3.4 FINISHES A. Finish exterior masonry surface with elastomeric coating, Section 09830. B. Finish exterior masonry surface with rigid insulation, lath and plaster, and elastomeric coating, Sections 07210, 09200, and 09830. ******************** END OF SECTION 04200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 04200-12 Metals DIVISION SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Angles and Lintels 2. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports 3. Steel shapes and plates for precast concrete and masonry support 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A-325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. B. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" and including the Supplements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations, markings, quantities, materials, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other sections. B. Submit current welder's certifications for welding performed in connection with the work of this section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Welders: 1. Use certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed in connection with work of this section. B. Standards: 1% Comply with AISC "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". 2. Comply with AWS D1.1 1.5 TESTING LABORATORY A. Testing of structural metal framing will be performed by the Owner's Testing Laboratory Services. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05180-1 SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel shapes, plates and angles: Free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-36. B. Bolts and nuts: Free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-325. C. Primer: Federal Specification TT-P-31, fabricator's standard for shop application and field touch-up. D. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P-641. E. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports 1. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a part of structural steel framework. 2. Fabricate miscellaneous units from structural steel shapes plates and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items. 3. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete or masonry is in place. 4. Space Anchors 24" on center and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4" x 1/4" x 8" steel straps. 5. Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports exposed to the exterior and units cast into the structure. 6. Interior miscellaneous frames and supports: Shop prime painted unless indicated otherwise. 2.2 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter in accordance with commercial grade cleaning, SSPC-SP-C. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise. D. Galvanize items to minimum coating thickness in accordance with ASTM A-123. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for installation. C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. 1. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05180-2 SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts, unobtrusively located, consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. Subject to Architects review. F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication. H. Welding: 1. Weld shop connections. 2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely fastened. 3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true. I. Holes: 1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work specified in other sections and for bolted connections. 2. Burned holes will not be accepted. J. Hot dip galvanize steel connecting devices which will be exposed it the exterior after fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination: 1. Examine installed work and verify that such work is to point where fabrication and installation of work may proceed. 2. Make field measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated and installed in accordance with Drawings. 3.2 SHOP PAINTING A. Preparation: 1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter. B. Painting: 1. Shop prime steel except: a. Steel to be encased in concrete. b. Surfaces to be welded. C. Galvanized steel. 3.3 ERECTION A. Erect and install miscellaneous structural steel in accordance with Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight, plumb and level. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05180-3 SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL B. After erection and installation are complete, touch-up shop primer coats using priming paint specified for shop priming and galvanized surfaces. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Erection Inspection and Testing: 1. Visual Inspection of Welds: a. Field welding: Inspected visually for conformance by a representative of the testing laboratory. b. Repair welds found to be non -conforming. C. Repairs made to defective welds are subjected to re -inspection by the original method used. END OF SECTION 05180 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05180-4 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Custom fabricated metal items for decorative or utilitarian function, as opposed to a primary structural function, including related clips and plates necessary for attachment. 2. Prime coat or other finish as specifically required for above so that item is ready for field installation and further finishing by other sections as necessary. 3. Steel shapes and plates for detention equipment. 4. Welded steel security screens, framework and hardware. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. B. ASTM A53 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc - Coated Welded and Seamless. C. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. D. ASTM A153 - Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. E. ASTM A283/A - Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. F. ASTM A307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. G. ASTM A325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. H. ASTM A501 - Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. I. ASTM A627 - Specification for Homogenous Tool -Resisting Steel Bars for Security Applications. J. ASTM A629 - Specification for Tool Resisting Steel Flat Bars and Shapes for Security Applications. K. ASTM E985 - Specifications for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings. L. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols M. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code N. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council 0. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings showing locations, markings, quantities, materials, finishes, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other trades. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Welders: 1. Use only certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed in connection with work of this section. 1.5 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE A. Handrails and Toprails: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05500-1 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 1. Uniform load of 50 lbs. per lineal foot applied horizontally at the top of the railing and a simultaneous load of 100 lbs. per lineal foot applied vertically downward at the top of the guardrail. 2. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied at any point and at any direction at the top of the guardrail. B. Guards: 1. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied horizontally on a 1 foot square area at any point in the system including intermediate rails on other elements serving this purpose. C. Countertops and Support Partitions: 1. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied at any point and at any direction. D. Comply with ASTM E-985 for structural performance based on ASTM E-894 and ASTM E-935. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BASIC MATERIALS A. Steel Tubing: New, free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-501. B. Steel Plate: New, free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-36. C. Bolts and Nuts: New, free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-307. Hot -dip galvanize for exterior applications to comply with ASTM A-153. D. Cast Iron: New, free from rust, suitable for intended use and conforming to ASTM A-48. E. Aluminum: ALCOA or KAISER, specifications applicable and suitable for intended use. F. Primer: Federal Specification TT-P-31, fabricator's standard for shop application and field touch-up. G. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P-641. 2.2 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Iron Pipe Handrails: 1. Provide 1-1/2" (iron pipe standard) schedule 40 pipe handrails, galvanized. Verticals: installed as detailed. a. Galvanize exterior steel railings, to include pipe, fittings, brackets, fasteners and other ferrous metal components. Finish painting by Section 09900 - PAINTING, color as selected by Architect. b. Provide black steel pipe for interior railings, factory primed after fabrication. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING. Color as selected by Architect. 2. Pipe mounting brackets: JULIUS BLUM 378 malleable iron, factory prime painted. Field finish paint. 3. Attach brackets to walls with 3/8" bolts, 2-1/2" minimum length, set to expansion bolts. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05500-2 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS B. Steel Ladders: 1. Steel ladders: fabricated from mild steel shapes, galvanized with full welded connections. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING. C. Steel Stair Treads and Grating: 1. Treads: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center; with abrasive nosings. 2. Grating: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center. 3. Steel: Galvanized per ASTM A-123 with finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING, with color selected by Architect. D. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage to steel frame using "torx-with-peg" type fasteners. Field paint. E. Welded steel security grille over louver openings: 1. Provide bond breaker between dissimilar metal. 2. Unless otherwise noted, provide grille of 1" x 1" tool resistant steel bars at 6" o.c. each direction fastened with torx-with-peg tamper resistant screws. 3. Comply with ASTM A627 and A-629. 4. Prime paint. 5. Field finish paint - Section 09900. F. Bumper posts and bollards; prime paint finish. Finish painting: Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING. G. Metal Framing System: 1. Basic channels: fabricated of 0.105" thick steel 1-5/8" 1-5/8". 2. Channels shall have a baked acrylic finish which will withstand 400 hours salt spray when tested per ASTM B-117. 3. Parts, screws and nuts: electro-galvanized to commercial standards. 4. Channels: supported at 4'-0" on center. 5. Vertical supports: capable of each supporting 1200 pound tensile stress. 6. Acceptable manufacturers: a. POWER -STRUT, "PS-200", 216/372-8111 b. UNISTRUT CORP., "P1001", 813/531-0467 C. Architect approved equivalent. H. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage to steel frame using "torx-with peg" type fastenrs. Field paint. I. Welded steel countertops, steel framing and support partitions: 1. Custom fabricated. 2. Refer to structural performance criteria above. 3. Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING; color to be selected by Architect. 2.3 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05500-3 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise. D. Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A-386. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate metal fabrications in strict accordance with Shop Drawings and referenced standards. C. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for installation. D. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. E. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. F. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. G. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. H. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. I. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. J. Welding: 1. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, weld shop connections. 2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely fastened. 3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true. 4. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping. 5. Tack weld screw and bolted connections which are in inmate accessible areas: a. First Floor: Zone A Zone B - Medical/Infirmary, Laundry Zone C Zone D Zone E Zone F b. Second Floor: Zone A - Inmate Waiting Zone C - Kitchen, Maintenance, Institutional Storage Zone D Zone E Zone F K. Holes: 1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work of other trades and for bolted connections. 2. Burned holes will not be accepted. L. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to inmate tampering. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05500-4 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination 1. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other trades and verify that such work is to point where fabrication and installation of work of this Section may proceed. 2. Make field measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated and installed in strict accordance with original design and Shop Drawings. 3.2 PAINTING A. Preparation: 1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter. -B. Painting: 1. Shop prime steel except: a. Steel to be encased in concrete. b. Surfaces to be welded. c. Galvanized steel. 2. Finish painting: refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING. 3. Aluminum embedded in or contacting concrete shall be given a protective coating of bituminous paint. 3.3 ERECTION A. Coordinate installation schedule with schedules of other trades to ensure orderly and timely progress of work. B. Erect and install metal fabrications in strict accordance with drawings, Shop Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight, plumb and level. C. After erection and installation are complete, touch-up all shop primary coats using priming paint specified for shop priming. ******************** END OF SECTION 05500 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05500-5 SECTION 05510 METAL STAIRS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Steel pan type post, anchors, stairs and landings with handrails, plates, angles and welds for securing to building structure. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Accessibility Requirements Manual - Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards. B. ANSI A117.1 - Buildings and Facilities - Providing Accessibility and Usability for Physically Handicapped People. C. ASTM A36/A: Specifications for Structural Steel D. ASTM A53 - Specifications for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc - Coated Welded and Seamless. E. ASTM A153: Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. F. ASTM A-202: Specification for Metal Bar Grating Manual for Steel and Aluminum Gratings and Stair Treads. G. ASTM A283/A - Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. H. ASTM A307 - Specifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. I. ASTM A325 - Specifications for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. J. ASTM A-386: Specification for Zinc -Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. K. ASTM A-446/A: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. L. ASTM A-500: Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless,Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. M. ASTM A-501: Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. N. AWS D1.1 - Specification for Structural Welding Code. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings indicating construction details, sizes of metal sections, thicknesses of metals, profiles, attachments, dimensions and field joints, method of support from structure, work be built-in or provided by other sections and finishes. 1. Indicate welded connections, both shop and field, using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and registered in the State of Florida. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel shapes and plates shall meet requirements of ASTM A-36. B. Welded and seamless steel pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-53, type 5, schedule 40, factory prime painted finish. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05510-1 SECTION 05510 METAL STAIRS C. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be high strength steel type. D. Welding materials shall be type required for material being welded, conforming to AWS D1.1. E. Paint primer shall be standard factory primer. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING. F. Tread nosings: Comply with barrier -free design. Provide WOOSTER PRODUCTS #WP 3J or Architect approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate stairs, landings and component connections in configuration shown on the Drawings. C. Fabricate railings and component connections capable of resisting a lateral force of minimum 250 pounds at any single point, without permanent set or damage. D. Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes, easily handled through building openings. E. Accurately form and fit components and connections. Grind exposed edges and welds smooth and flush. F. Accurately form components required for proper anchorage of stairs, landings and railings to each other and to building structure. G. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to prime painting. Allow to dry thoroughly before applying priming material. H. Shop prime in one coat. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or cast in concrete. I. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to inmate tampering. 3.2 FABRICATION OF PAN STAIRS (AND LANDINGS) A. Fabricate stairs with closed risers and treads of pan construction. B. Fabricate stairs with open risers of pan construction security areas. C. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping. D. Tack weld screw and bolded connections which are in inmate accessible areas: 1. First Floor: Zone A Zone B - Medical/Infirmary, Laundry Zone C Zone D Zone E Zone F 2. Second Floor: Zone A - Inmate Waiting Zone C - Kitchen, Maintenance, Institutional Storage Zone D - Mezzanine Zone E Zone F THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 05510-2 SECTION 05510 METAL STAIRS 3.3 ERECTION A. Erect stairs square, level, plumb and free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and performance. B. Provide necessary anchors, plates and angles as required for connecting stairs to the structure. C. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction. Coordinate with related work to ensure no interruption in installation. D. Perform necessary cutting and altering for the installation of work of other sections. Do not perform other additional cutting without review by the Architect. E. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding. Hide bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings, unless indicated otherwise. Make mechanically fastened joints flush hairline butted. Grind welds smooth and flush. 3.4 PAINTING A. Finish 09900 HLM 90007.00-3 painting of exposed to view steel surface: Refer to Section PAINTING. END OF SECTION 05510 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP THREE 05510-3 SECTION 05810 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies/Fire Barrier Systems 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide fully dimensioned shop drawings for each different item, identifying size, shape, material, finish installation methods and relation to adjacent materials. B. Certification 1. Provide certification from Architect approved testing agency that fire barrier systems meet or exceed the fire rating requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Expansion Joints and Covers: 1. Provide expansion joint covers in finished walls and ceilings as indicated below. 2. Provide accessories, fittings, fasteners and related devices required to make a complete installation. 3. Special Conditions: Expansion joint assemblies to be secure and tight fitting. Provide torx-with-peg type tamper resistant fasteners at inmate accessible areas. a. First Floor: Zone A Zone B - Medical/Infirmary, Laundry Zone C Zone D Zone E Zone F b. Second Floor: Zone A - Inmate Waiting Zone C - Kitchen, Maintenance, Institutional Storage Zone D Zone E Zone F 4. 5. Colors and finishes will be selected by the Architect. Acceptable products: a. Interior Wall (Masonry): MM SYSTEMS CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES Fire 2" Joint Barrier ASC Yes SFW Yes HLM 90007.00-2 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP THREE 05810-1 SECTION 05810 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES b. Wall (Gypsum Board): MM SYSTEMS ASC Yes CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SFW Yes C. Ceiling: MM SYSTEMS ASC -- CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SFW B. Fire 1. Provide fire barriers with certified tested assemblies meeting or exceeding the code requirements. 2. Acceptable Products: a. MM SYSTEMS "Pyroflex 2000" b. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES "FB-83" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install expansion joint covers, fire barriers at proper locations and elevations, plumb, level, in alignment and not distorted by fastenings; in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings and manufacturer's directions. B. Coordinate installation with other trades as applicable so items fit and function as intended. C. Isolate aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals, masonry, concrete, plaster or mortar with two coats of zinc chromate paint or non-conductive tape. ******************** END OF SECTION 05810 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BIB GROUP THREE 05810-2 Wood and Plastics DIVISION SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rough carpentry a. Wood blocking, furring, grounds, curbs, nailers and other rough wood items. b. Exterior plywood and rough plywood used in concealed or semi -concealed areas. C. Rough hardware. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Lumber Standards: Comply with PS-20 and with applicable rules of the respective grading and inspecting agencies for species and products indicated. B. Plywood Product Standards: Comply with PS-1 (ANSI A199.1) or applicable APA Performance Standard for type of panel indicated. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grading 1. Moisture content shall not exceed 19%. Materials with a nominal thickness of 3" or less shall be kiln dried. Lumber shall be new S4S unless noted otherwise, sound, seasoned and free from warp that can not be corrected in process of nailing or bridging. 2. Grade and trademark shall be required on each piece of lumber or on each bundle in bundled stock, unless shipment is accompanied by certificate of inspection issued by grading organization. B. Performance Requirements 1. Preservative Treatment a. Pressure treated wood shall be treated by pressure methods and so marked in accordance with the American Wood Preservers Bureau Standards (AWPB). b. Treatment shall be in accordance with AWPI Standard LP-2. C. Wood treated with water -borne preservatives shall be air-dried or kiln -dried to the moisture content specified for lumber and marked with the word "DRY". d. Treated wood which is field cut shall be brush -coated with the preservative used in the original treatment. 2. Fire -Retardant Treatment a. Lumber and plywood shall be fire retardant treated with UL rating FR-S, with a surface burning characteristics rating of 25 or less for flame spread, fuel contributed and smoke developed and shall show no sign of progressive combustion when tested for a full 30 minutes duration under the standard test method for surface burning characteristics of building materials. All pieces of fire retardant treated lumber and plywood shall bear an Underwriter's Laboratory UL label. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Certification: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE .06100-1 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 1. Preservative treated wood: Submit certification that moisture content was reduced to 19% maximum, after treatment. 2. Fire -retardant treatment: Submit certification by treating plant that materials comply with governing ordinances and will not bleed through finished surfaces. Submit certification from product manufacturers that material will not degrade prematurely when exposed to high temperatures and moisture, and that products are acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Immediately upon delivery to job site, place materials in area protected from weather. B. Store materials above ground and cover. C. Do not store seasoned materials in wet or damp portions of building. D. Protect fire -retardant materials against high humidity and moisture during storage and erection. E. Protect sheet materials from corners breaking and damaging surfaces, while unloading. - 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required to accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURES A. Acceptable wood product if in compliance with the above: 1. KOPPERS "Dricon" 2. OSMOSE WOOD PRESERVING CO. OF AMERICA "Flame Proof LHC" 3. HOOVER Treated Wood Products "Pyro-Guard". 2.2 MATERIALS A. Lumber - General: 1. Factory -mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill, and grading agency, except omit marking from surfaces to be exposed without finish. 2. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS-20, for moisture content specified for each use. a. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. b. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at time of dressing. B. Rough Hardware: 1. Anchor bolts shall be steel, size as indicated, complete with nuts and washers. 2. Lag bolts and miscellaneous bolts and screws shall be type, size and finish best suited for intended use. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 06100-2 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 3. Expansion shields shall be type and size best suited for intended use. 4. Nails and staples shall be size and type best suited for the purpose, in accordance with Federal Specification FF-N-105 when applicable to type used. 5. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with a hot -dip zinc coating (ASTM A153). C. Wood: 1. Provide lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown, and as follows: a. Moisture Content: 19% maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. b. Grade: Construction Grade light framing size lumber of any species or board size lumber as required. Provide construction grade boards (WCLB) or No. 2 boards (SPIB or WWPA). 2. Blocking, grounds, nailing strips, sleepers, cant strips, nailers, roof opening curbs, and other non -stress graded members shall conform to the "National Grading Rule for Dimension Lumber" established in conformance with Section 10, Product Standard PS 20. 3. Blocking, grounds nailing strips, sleepers and nailers shall be Douglas Fir, Utility Grade per WCLB No. 16. 4. Wood in contact with exterior concrete, exposed exterior wood, exterior masonry, or wood embedded in concrete shall be lumber treated with pressure preservative meeting AWPB LP-2. 5. All wood blocking used within the building envelope shall be fire retardant treated. D. Plywood: 1. In structural applications, plywood shall meet or exceed require- ments of "Plywood Specification Guide" published by AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA). 2. Each panel of construction plywood shall be identified with the appropriate grade -trademark of the AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION and shall meet the requirements of Product Standard PSI-74, Group 1. 3. All plywood which has any edge or surface permanently exposed the weather shall be exterior type. 4. Grade and Group Or Identification Index shall be in accordance with recommendations of the AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION for the intended use. 5. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment,- provide fire -retardant treated plywood panels with grade de- ignation, APA C-D PLUGGED INT with exterior glue, in thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, not less than 1/2". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 06100-3 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Members shall be closely fitted, accurately set to required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place. 2. Install fire retardant treated wood blocking and grounds in partitions and ceilings for the attachment and support of casework, millwork or other wall and ceiling hung items. 3. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Method of Fastening: 1. Fasten carpentry items to building construction as required by recognized standards to provide a secure, permanent installation. Where fastening spacings or sizes are not shown, use spacings and sizes of bolts, screws, and nails which exceed the strength of members being fastened. Failure due to over -stressing must occur in the members before occurring in the fastenings. 2. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, fastenings shall be as follows: a. Anchor bolts and bolts: 1/2" diameter extended 8" into concrete, with nut and washer and opposite end bent 2". b. Fastenings to concrete shall be metal and of type and spacing to suit conditions. Spacing generally will be 16" on center. Expansion shields, metal plugs, inserts or similar fastenings may be used. Unless specifically shown, wood plugs or nailing block shall not be used. Powder cartridge driven units may not be used on structural members without prior review. Provide nails, spikes, screws, straps and similar items of suitable type and sizes to attach and hold members securely in place as may be necessary. C. Furnish to other sections anchor bolts, inserts, and other attachment devices required for securing wood or other material of this Section to concrete, steel or material of other Sections. Contractor shall locate devices. d. Fastenings to steel studs shall be by wire tying, by bolts and washers, or other reviewed method providing solid and adequate anchorage. e. Nailing shall be as required to assemble and secure wood construction. f. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 3. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking, and Sleepers: a. Provide wherever shown ar, Yhere required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. b. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 06100-4 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY otherwise shown. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key -bevelled lumber not less than 1-1/2" wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. ******************** END OF SECTION 06100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 06100-5 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Finish carpentry a. Custom plastic laminated cabinetwork. b. Custom shelving not provided in cabinetwork. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings showing: plan view, elevations and end view of cabinet work; appropriately scaled details of joinery; notations of special features; and drawings required to illustrate deviations from the contract requirements. B. Cabinetwork manufacturer shall be responsible for details and dimensions not controlled by job conditions. Field measurements which are required and are beyond shop control shall be shown on shop drawings. C. Submit samples of proposed materials to the Architect for review and for selection of colors. 1.3 STANDARDS A. The "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program" manual, 1988 Edition, as published by the ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE shall form the basis of reference and standard for defining acceptability of both material and construction methods for work required of this Section and is included by reference only. B. Where specific requirements of this Section vary from AWI Manual, the requirements of this Section shall govern. C. NEMA Standards Publication No. LD3: High -Pressure Decorative Laminates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and equipment lines which are concealed; including plumbing, electrical, telephone, lighting and security/communications systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Particle Board: 1. Particle board shall be used for plastic laminate finish, concealed, and general utility use. Particle board shall comply with requirements of ANSI A208.1-79, Grade 1-M-2. In wet locations, high humidity areas, and for tops in which sinks occur, use Grade 2.M.2. B. Plastic Laminate: 1. Plastic laminate for cabinetwork shall be high pressure laminate meeting NEMA requirements for abrasion, heat, stain and moisture resistance and dimensional stability. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 06200-1 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 2. Plastic laminate for use on cabinetwork shall be 1/16" thick, standard grade. Laminate for use in casework interiors and vertical surfaces shall be 1/32" thick. All other plastic laminate shall be 1/16" thick, standard grade.. 3. Backing sheet shall be 0.020" or thicker as supplied by the manufacturer. Counter shall have top and back splash of decorative plastic laminate all to be applied to the core in the shop, using commercial methods of application and pressing. Exposed edges shall be laminate self -edged. 4. Colors will be selected by the Architect from the full palette of solid colors of the manufacturer. 5. Manufacturers: a. FORMICA b. LAMINART C. NEVAMAR d. WILSONART 2.2 CABINETWORK A. Construction: 1. Details shall conform to the reveal overlay design as shown in the AWI publication "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards..", fifth edition, 1988. B. Hardware: 1. The cabinetwork manufacturer work hardware. Finish of depending upon base metal. a. Hinges (reveal overlay) b. Pulls C. Door latches d. Shelf standards and brackets. e. Drawer guides shall furnish and install cabinet hardware shall be US26D or US28 f. Continuous Hinges (Piano Hinge) g. Locks: Five disk tumbler; each department keyed alike; all departments under master keyed system. h. Vent holes and grommet holes: metal, stain chrome. STANLEY #1563-2 and 1563-9x STANLEY #4484 (US28) EPCO #541 KNAPE & VOGT #233 standards with #237 supports. GRANT #328 for drawers of depth 2" to 7" and a load capacity of 50 pounds. GRANT #354 for pencil drawers below counter tops with a load capacity of 50 pounds. STANLEY #314 NATIONAL THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 06200-2 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY C. General: 1. Body members other than backs, drawer bottoms, pigeonhole partitions or stated otherwise in this specification shall be not less than 3/4" thick. 2. Cabinets shall be constructed with horizontal lumber web frames, vertical particle board walls, or panels and face plates. 3. Cabinet bottom shall be 3/4" thick except in sink units where 1/4" tempered hardboard may be loose set on web frame for access to service lines. 4. Cabinet backs shall be 1/4" minimum thickness hard board. In base cabinets where no drawers occur, backs may be made removable from the interior of the cabinet. 5. Drawer bottoms shall be 1/4" minimum thickness hard board. 6. Drawer sides shall have beveled top edges and plowed bottoms to receive hardboard drawer bottom. 7. Fixed web frames and shelves shall be joined to ends or vertical dividers with stop dado. Center shelf of full height storage cabinets shall be fixed and permanently attached to cabinet back. 8. Adjustable shelves shall be supported on surface applied shelf standards and brackets. Both edges but not ends of adjustable shelves shall be edged with hardwood. 9. Counter top assemblies shall consist of plastic laminate over particle board. Sink cut-outs shall be made by this Section to templates provided by sink supplier. Edges of cut-outs shall permanently sealed to prevent water absorption. 10. Flush type doors shall be 3/4" thick for maximum size 26" wide by 48" high of veneered particle board; 1" to 1-1/4" thick for maximum size 36" wide by 66" high of veneered particle board. 11. Bases shall be solid lumber only, set to provide a toe space 2-1/4 deep by 4" high above finished flooring material for cabinets 18" deep or deeper. Where similar individual units area assembled together into one integral item, the base may be solid yard lumber securely attached to the floor as a single unit. 12. Interior cabinetwork shall be factory prefinished: Storage areas and interior of drawers (semi -exposed areas) covered with backing sheet. F. Custom Fabricated Cabinetwork Items: 1. Equipment Numbers: a. Shelf (Equipment Number 06402) b. Heavy Duty Shelf (Equipment Number 06405) 2. Provide custom fabricated cabinetwork items. 3. Standards and brackets for adjustable shelving not in cabinets shall be KNAPE & VOGT 180 with No. 80 supports with finish as selected by the Architect. Shelves shall be 3/4" thick plywood or particle board, covered both sides and all edges with plastic laminate. 4. Heavy Duty Standards and Brackets: KNAPE & VOGT #87-187; satin chrome finish. Shelving: 7/8"± thick plywood or particle board, covered both sides and all edges with plastic laminate. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 06200-3 SECTION 06200' FINISH CARPENTRY PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces; bear responsibility for repair of damage to other finished materials caused by work of this Section. B. Provide scribe and filler strips as necessary to provide a finished neat appearance, with hairline joints. C. Make end splices exposed in finished members square butted. Install members in as long lengths as possible. D. Install work to details shown, plumb, level and to line and securely anchored. Make scribes accurately. Miter corners of trim. E. Cabinetwork: 1. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces; bear responsibility far repair of damage to other finished materials caused by work o.f this Section. 2. Provide scribe and filler strips as necessary to provide a finished neat appearance, with hairline joints. F. On completion, finger marks and stains shall be removed and the work left clean. ******************** END OF SECTION 06200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 06200-4 Thermal and Moisture Protection DIVISION SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Extent of each type of sheet waterproofing work is defined to include all sheet materials applied with sealed joints and flashings as needed to form concealed waterproof membranes. 2. Types of sheet waterproofing specified in this section include the following: a. Bituminous/polyethylene sheet waterproofing. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C177 - Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus. 2. D146 - Methods of Sampling and Testing Bitumen -Saturated Felts and Woven Fabrics for Roofing and Waterproofing. 3. D412 - Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension. 4. D570 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. 5. D882 - Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting. 6. E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 7. E154 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Obtain primary waterproofing materials of each type required from a single manufacturer, to greatest extent possible. Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer. B. Installer: Firm with not less than 3 years of successful experience in installation of waterproofing sheets similar to requirements for this project and which is acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer of primary waterproofing materials. C. As applicable, assign work closely associated with waterproofing, including (but not limited to) vapor barriers, insulation (except for cementitious cast -in -place type), metal flashing and counter flashing, expansion joints, and joint sealers, to installer of sheet water- proofing, for individual responsibility. D. Coordinate with other trades and make recommendations to ensure compliance and protection of membrane water proofing system with adjacent materials. E. Labels: Furnish only materials which have factory -applied labels affixed to each container or roll of material certifying compliance with requirements of standards specified. F. Coordinate requirements of Owners Soils Report with analysis prior to placement of waterproofing system. 1. Analyze soil and soil water samples for compatibility of the selected waterproofing system. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07115-1 SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit specifications, installation instructions, and general recommendations from waterproofing materials manufacturer, for types of waterproofing required. Include data for each material, substantiating that materials comply with requirements. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Substrate: Proceed with work of this section only after substrate construction, openings, and penetrating work have been completed. B. Weather: Proceed with waterproofing and associated work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and warranty requirements. 1.6 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty, signed by Contractor, Installer, and manu- facturer of primary waterproofing materials, agreeing to replace/repair defective materials and workmanship, including significant leakage of water, abnormal aging or deterioration of materials, and other failures of sheet waterproofing to perform as required within warranty period. Warranty includes responsibility for removal and replacement of other work which conceals sheet waterproofing. During warranty period, repairs and replacements required because of acts of God and other events beyond Contractor's/Installer's/Manufacturer's control (and which exceed performance requirements) shall be completed by Contractor/Installer and paid for by Owner at prevailing rates. B. Warranty period is 5 years after date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide sheet waterproofing materials recognized to be of generic type indicated and tested to show compliance with indicated performances, or provide other similar materials certified in writing to be equal - to -or- better than specified in every significant respect, and acceptable to Architect. B. Rubberized Asphalt Sheet Waterproofing: Self -adhering membrane of rubberized asphalt integrally bonded to polyethylene sheeting, formed into uniform flexible sheets of thickness shown, or not less than 56 mils if no thickness is shown, in widths of not less than 36",and complying with the following: 1. Tensile Strength (ASTM D412): 250 psi min. 2. Ultimate Elongation (ASTM D412): 300% min. 3. Brittleness Temperature (ASTM D746): -25°F. 4. Hydrostatic Head Resistance: 75 feet min. 5. Water Absorption (ASTM D570): Not More than 0.5% weight gain for 48 hours of immersion at 70°F. 6. Products/Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Bituthene 4000 System; W.R. GRACE & CO. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07115-2 SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING b. Polyguard No. 650; POLYGUARD PRODUCTS, INC. C. Plastiwrap; PROGRESS UNLIMITED, INC. C. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Adhesives: Provide types of adhesive compound and tapes recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer, for bonding to substrate (if required), for waterproof sealing of seams in membrane, and for waterproof sealing of joints between membrane and flashings, adjoining surfaces and projections through membrane. 2. Primers: Provide type of concrete primer recommended by manu- facturer of sheet waterproofing material for applications required. K. Coatings: Provide type of coating (if any) recommended by water proofing sheet manufacturer, for improvement of weathering resistance on exposed areas of membrane, including areas extended as flashing (if any). Provide black coating except as otherwise indicated. L. Flashing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide types of flexible sheet material recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer for flashing. M. Protection Course: Where shown, provide type recommended by water- proofing sheet manufacturer, unless another type is indicated include adhesives recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which water- proofing work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prior to installation of waterproofing and associated work, meet at project site with Installer of each component of associated work, inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), and installers of work requiring coordination with waterproofing work, for purpose of reviewing materials selections and procedures to be followed in performing work. B. On concrete decks, immediately before placement of waterproofing sheet, grind surface lightly with terrazzo grinder or similar device, to ensure removal of projections which might penetrate sheet. Clean deck of loose material. C. Apply primer to concrete and masonry surfaces at rate recommended manufacturer of primary waterproofing materials. Prime only are, which will be covered by WP membrane in same working day; reprice areas not covered by WP metnbrane within 24 hours. D. Do not advance laying of insulation ahead of waterproofing more than necessary for sequence of operation. Cover insulation exposed at end of day's work (and when rain threatens) with waterproofing materials. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07115-3 SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING Remove and dispose of insulation which has become wet; replace before proceeding with insulating and waterproofing work. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for handling and installation of sheet waterproofing materials, except where more stringent require- ments are shown. B. Coordinate installation of waterproofing materials and associated work to provide complete system complying with combined recommendations of manufactures and installers involved in work. Schedule installation to minimize period of exposure of sheet waterproofing materials. C. Extend waterproofing sheet and flashings as shown to provide complete membrane over area indicated to be waterproofed. Seal to projections through membrane and seal seams. Bond to vertical surfaces and also, where shown or recommended by manufacturer, bond to horizontal surfaces. D. Coat exposed areas of sheet and flashing materials. Comply with sheet manufacturer's recommendations for application and cure of coating. E. Install protection course of type indicated over completed membrane, complying with manufacturer's recommendations for both waterproofing sheet and protection course materials. 3.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. It is required that waterproof membranes be watertight and not deteriorate in excess of limitations published by manufacturer. 1. In -place testing: Before completed membranes on horizontal surfaces are covered by protection course or other work, test for leaks with 2" depth of water maintained for 24 hours. Repair any leaks revealed by examination of substructure and repeat test until no leakage is observed. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Institute all required procedures for protection of completed membrane during installation of work over membrane and throughout remainder of construction period. Do not allow traffic of any type on unprotected membrane. ******************** END OF SECTION 07115 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07115-4 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Building insulation work. Provide all accessories and components for a complete installation for: 1. Rigid board insulation 2. Fire safing insulation. 3. Bonding adhesives. 6. Fire/Smoke Stop System B. Provide materials only for Sections. installation as specified in other 1. Rigid insulation for exterior wall -interior side. 2. Rigid insulation for cast-in-crete concrete block -outs. 3. Rigid insulation for insulated concrete floors under food service walk-in units. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS. 2. Section 03490 - PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL. 3. Section 03520 - INSULATING CONCRETE 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for each type of insulation material required. B. Certified Test Reports: With product data, submit copies of certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance values including R values (aged values for plastic insulations), densities, compression strengths, fire performance characteristics, and similar properties. C. Submit written certification that material proposed for use complies with requirements established by this Section. Indicate testing agency and test number, for materials which are a part of a rated assembly. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to Owner. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials which are identical to those whose fire performance characteristics and acoustical properties, as listed for each material or assembly of which insulation is a part, have been determined by testing, per methods indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required, THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07210-1 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION provide insulation types which have been fire -tested under simulated field conditions and ASTM E-119 time -temperature fire exposure tests. To "Submittal" requirements of this Section, provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi- cation as approved by UL or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Conform to ASTM E 84 "Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials". C. Fire Resistance Ratings: Conform to ASTM E119, "Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials." D. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of Florida, Department of Community Affairs. a. Comply with Energy Codes for energy efficiency building requirments. Certify in writing, with calculations that the proposed installation meets or exceeds these requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rigid Insulation: 1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resistance "R" of 1" thickness at 5.0 (at 75°F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 400F.). Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 75°F. shall not be greater than 0.25. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C 578, Type X materials. Maximum flame spread 5 and smoke developed of 165. Products: a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SG/TG" b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular" C. AMOCO FOAM PRODUCTS B. Rigid Insulation for Floor Conditions: 1. Provide DOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to comply with ASTM D-1621; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 750 mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518; maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, type II. IV. Products: a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG" b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular" C. AMOCO FOAM PRODUCTS C. Rigid Insulation Joint Tape: 1. Provide copolymer film adhesive tape for jointing rigid insulation boards and maintaining vapor barrier. 2. Properties: a. Thickness: 2.1 mils b. Adhesion: 30 oz/inch of width C. Tensile Strength: 27 lbs/in of width THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07210-2 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION d. Elongation: 110% e. Temperature Range: -40 to +250°F 3. Acceptable Manufacturer: a. CAN -DO INC. "Product No. 132". b. Architect approved equivalent. E. Spray Applied Insulation: 1. Section 07215 - Sprayed Insulation - Bid Group Three. F. Fire Safing Insulation with mechanical attachment for perimeter locations and conditions affecting Bid Group Two components and requirements (comply with ASTM C665): 1. USG "Thermafiber" 2. MANVILLE "Pyrofiber" 3. FIBREX, INC. "Fibergard Perimeter Insulation" G. Fire/Smoke Stop System: Smoke resistant sealant shall be a two-part fire tested system to maintain the integrity of fire rating requirements at floor slab perimeter and conditions affecting Bid Group Two components and requirements. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for installation. Provide all required components for a complete System. Approved Product: USG "Fire/Smoke-Stop System", with "Thermafiber" Smoke -Seal compound and "Thermafiber" curtain wall Insulation, (Foil Facing). Provide "Thermafiber" safing insulation as an integral part of the Fire/Smoke Stop System. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to work of this Section, carefully examine installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. C. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such discrepancies have been fully resolved. D. Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper and adequate interface of work of other trades with work of this section. E. Comply with manufacturers recommendations for particular conditions of installation in each case. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Surface Preparation: Masonry surfaces (concrete block) shall be in a uniform plane, dry, free of grease, paint, or other material detrimental to bonding of adhesives. Poured -in -place or precast concrete shall be free of form oil film. Projections shall be removed by chipping or grinding. B. Adhesives shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and printed product literature. Adhesives shall not be applied when temperature is below 40 degrees F. C. Rigid board insulation shall be installed in a horizontal, closely butted layout, with staggered vertical joints. D. Fire Safing Insulation: Shall.be packed tightly and retained around all conduits, piping, duct work and at all penetrations of decks, walls and floors where required. Pack tightly at all decks, and cover THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07210-3 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION with topping similar to adjacent materials. Fire safing shall be provided at all perimeter locations to completely seal floors and walls to fire rating requirements. Installation mechanically attached (with safing clips or wire support brackets, unless shown otherwise), per manufacturer recommendations. E. Seal all joints in vapor barriers with tape as recommended by insulation manufacturer. Seal all joints caused by pipes, conduits and similar items penetrating vapor barriers with aluminized type of tape recommended by the vapor barrier manufacturer to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor barrier. Repair all tears or punctures in vapor barriers immediately before concealment by other work. F. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for installation of smoke -stop sealant system (Fire/Smoke Stop System), at all slab/perimeter locations. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation and vapor barriers from harmful exposures and from possible physical abuses, where possible delayed installation of concealing work or, where that possible, by temporary covering or enclosure. END OF SECTION 07210 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE weather by non is not 07210-4 SECTION 07215 SPRAYED INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Sprayed -on cellulose fiber insulation and acoustical treatment to underside of structure. 2. Surface sealer and protective overcoat. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C177 - Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot -Plate Apparatus. B. ASTM C518 - Steady -State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter. C. ASTM C1014 - Spray Applied Mineral Fiber Thermal or Acoustical Insulation. D. ASTM C1015 - Installation of Cellulosic and Mineral Fiber Loose Fill Thermal Insulation. E. ASTM D1622 - Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics. F. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. G. ASTM E-119 - Full Scale Fire Wall Test, including Hose Stream Test. H. ASTM C-423 - Noise Reduction Coefficients. I. ASTM C.523 - Light Reflectance J. ASTM E-736 - Bond Strength K. ASTM E-859 - Air Erosion L. ASTM E-739 - Moisture Absorption M. ASTM E-90 - Sound Transmission Loss N. ASTM E-413 - Sound Transmission Loss 0. ASTM E-1042 - Acoustical Absorption 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on insulation and overcoat materials, describing insulation properties, sealer and overcoat requirements. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Provide certification that products meet or exceed performance requirements of this Section. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience, and approved by manufacturer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements 1. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of Florida, Department of Community Affairs. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07215-1 SECTION 07215 SPRAYED INSULATION B. Comply with Energy Codes for energy efficiency building requirements. Certify in writing with calculations that the proposed installation meets or exceeds these requirements. 1.6 MOCKUP A. Construct mockup 10' x 10' which includes ceiling construction and substrates to which insulation will be applied. B. Locate where directed by Architect. C. Mockup may remain as part of the Work. 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Convene 7 days prior to commencing work of this Section. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install insulation and overcoat when ambient and surface temperatures are lower than indicated in manufacturers instructions. B. Maintain acceptable ambient and substrate surface temperatures prior to, during, and after installation of primer; insulation materials and overcoat. 1.9 SEQUENCING A. Apply insulation after hangers and supporting clips are installed but before subsequent construction is erected as required by manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Products 1. International Cellulose Corporation: K-13 and 'FC' Dura-K 2. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cellulose Fiber Insulation (K-13): ASTM C739, treated cellulose fiber, and binding system; conforming to the following: 1. 2. HLM 90007.00-3 Requirements Test K (ksi) factor ASTM C177 Density ASTM D1622 NRC - Moisture Absorption - Flame Spread of 15 Smoke Developed: 0 Rating ASTM E84 Results 0.22K 4 1 b/cu ft .75 for 1 inch thickness. Maximum 15 percent by weight. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP THREE 07215-2 SECTION 07215 SPRAYED INSULATION B. Cellulose Fiber Acoustical Treatment ("FC" Dura-K): ASTM C739, treated cellulose fiber and binding system for abrasion and air erosion resistance; conforming to the following: 1. Requirements Test K (ksi) factor ASTM C177 Density ASTM D1622 NRC - Moisture Absorption - Flame Spread of 15 Smoke Developed: 0 Rating ASTM E84 Results 0.22K 4 1 b/cu ft .75 for 1 inch thickness. Maximum 15 percent by weight. 2. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: As required by insulation manufacturer. B. Overcoat: Cementitious type, spray applied; ASTM E84 flame spread and smoke developed rating of 15/0; ASTM E-84/UL 723 manufactured by INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP. C. Insulation Stop: Sheet metal, profiled and sized to suit adjacent materials. Galvanized trim for exterior and moist interior conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are clean, dry, and free of matter that may inhibit adhesion. B. Verify other work on and within spaces to be insulated is complete prior to application. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Mask and protect adjacent surfaces from overspray or damage. B. Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Install insulation stops. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply insulation to a uniform monolithic density without voids. C. Apply to achieve a thermal resistance R value of 4.50 per inch fv^ the following conditions: 1. Insulation at exterior underside of first floor structure: minimum R = 1.5.- 2. Acoustical treatment at interior underside of roof assembly/ structure: minimum R = 2.50. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07215-3 SECTION 07215 SPRAYED INSULATION 3.4 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit subsequent construction work to disturb applied insulation. Protect work from damage during the construction progress. END OF SECTION 07215 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07215-4 SECTION 07272 FIRESTOP AND PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Fire stopping at penetrations through rated floor slabs, fire - rated and smoke -rated wall assemblies. 2. Penetrations shall be sealed with firestopping to maintain the integrity of the rated floor or wall assembly in which they occur. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: certified and approved by the manufacturer of the material and skilled in this type of application with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Installation and materials shall conform to UL Design 1479 and ASTM E 814-83, "Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Fire Stops." C. Job Mock -Up: 1. Prepare sample application in location directed by Architect. 2. Mock-up shall constitute standard of acceptance for remaining work. D. Coordinate firestopping sleeve locations and requirements with other Sections of this Project Manual. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: 1. Submit duplicate copies of fire test reports of firestopping application to substrate materials required. 2. Submit reports of testing agencies per ASTM E-84 - Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Fire Stops, and ASTM E-119, Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. B. Submit duplicate copies of manufacturer's descriptive literature and application instructions for each type of firestopping to the Architect for review prior to installation. 1. Submit shop drawings showing proposed material, sleeves, reinforcement anchorage, fastening, and method of installation. Construction details shall reflect actual job conditions. 2. Submit proposed system to be used with system number, and testing agency approval indicating compliance with requirements of this section. C. Certificates: 1. Furnish manufacturer's certification that materials meet or exceed specification requirements. 2. At job close-out, furnish applicator's certification that material has been installed and completed as specified to meet fire resistance ratings, thickness requirements and application requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver in original unopened containers or packages bearing manufacturer name, brand designation, and product description. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 07272-1 SECTION 07272 FIRESTOP AND PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEM B. Store materials under cover and protect from damage. Do not use damaged materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Silicone Rubber Penetration Sealant: 1. Acceptable products: a. GE Pensil 200 Silicone Foam by GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY b. GE RTV 6428 Silicone Solid by GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY C. DOW CORNING Fire Stop System d. 3M BRAND Fire Barrier Penetration Sealing System e. NELSON FIRESTOP PRODUCTS. f. METALINES, INC. "Metacaulk 950". B. Firestop manufacturer's recommended sleeves and damming material as back-up for applied firestopping compounds (ceramic fiber backing). C. Materials and components: as required to maintain the integrity of the rated floor or wall assembly in which penetrations occur. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be performed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Fill voids and cracks in large penetration openings. Level and smooth materials in locations where firestopping is exposed to view as a finish material. B. Clean substrate of dirt, grease, oil, loose material, moisture or other matter which would affect bond of firestopping. C. Clean concrete surfaces to receive firestopping materials of incompatible form releasing agents. D. Verify that existing painted surfaces to receive firestopping are compatible with fire stopping materials and bond requirements. E. Assure that supports, sleeves, conduits, pipes and other items required to penetrate the fire stopping are placed before applying firestopping materials. F. Verify that ducts, piping, equipment, or other items which would interfere with application of firestopping are not pos; Toned until firestopping work is completed. G. Mix firestopping materials to manufacturers printed instructions. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Application of firestopping shall be scheduled to coordinate with work of other trades. B. Apply firestopping to comply with tested assembly requirements and acceptable sample installation. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 07272-2 SECTION 07272 FIRESTOP AND PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEM C. Apply firestopping in penetration voids, building up to required thickness in one or more passes, allowing material to dry and cure completely with monolithic blanket of uniform density and texture. D. Installation of primer and materials: made in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, as approved by the testing agency. 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Patching: 1. Patch damage to this work by other trades before fire stopping is covered up, or if exposed, before final inspection. 2. Uncover work covered for observation prior to acceptance. 3. Patch existing firestopping which has been removed for attachment of other materials or equipment and restore to required fire resistant rating. B. Protection: 1. Protect applied firestopping until final acceptance. C. Clean -Up: 1. Clean over spray or drippings with manufacturer's recommended cleaning materials and methods. END OF SECTION 07272 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 07272-3 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Preparation and clearing of surfaces. 2. Fully adhered Single Ply Roofing System. a. Walkway treads. b. Cant Strip: Preformed insulated. 3. Roof expansion joints. 4. Install prefabricated curbs. 5. Copings, flashings, and scuppers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C707 - Gypsum Board Substrate for Floor or Roof Assemblies. B. ASTM C177 - Test Method for Steady -State thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate. C. ASTM C578 - Preformed, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. D. ASTM C728 - Perlite Thermal Insulation Board. E. ASTM D412 - Rubber Properties in Tension. F. ASTM D746 - Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomeric by Impact. G. ASTM D624 - Rubber Property - Tear Resistance. H. ASTM D822 - Practice for Operating Light and Water -Exposure Apparatus (Carbon -Arc) Type for Testing Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. I. ASTM D1004 - Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting. J. ASTM D2240 - Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness. K. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. L. Factory Mutual (FM) Engineering Corporation - Roof Assembly Classifications. M. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. N. SPRI - Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single Ply Roofing Systems. 0. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - Fire Hazard Classifications. 1.3 TESTING AGENCY A. Testing is to be performed by the Owner's Testing Laboratory Services. Provide free access to work and cooperate with appointed firm. B. Testing of roofing system is to be performed to ensure conformance with requirements. If defects are revealed, Architect may request that roofing system be subjected to further inspection and testing to ascertain full degree of defect. Pay for all costs incurred. C. Correct all defects and irregularities as advised by Architect. Pay for costs incurred. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide Shop Drawings with the following information: 1. Materials list, roofing manufacturers installation instructions and descriptive information for new areas. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07530-1 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 2. Flashing details/curb flashing details. Show all conditions. (Drawings that consist only of manufacturer standard detai.ls are not acceptable.) 3. Expansion joint details. 4. Venting details B. Provide samples at the job site for review of the following: 1. Walkway tread sample. C. Submit manufacturer written certification that the selected system complies with ANSI A58.1, latest edition of "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures" design pressures based on wind velocities, and that the system has been tested at a recognized laboratory, (UL, FM or other acceptable to Authority having Jurisdiction). D. Manufacturer's Review: Before delivering roofing materials to project site, submit written certification from the manufacturer stating that the drawings and specifications have been reviewed, and that the manufacturer is in agreement that the selected materials, details, and system for roofing are proper and adequate for the application shown. Indicate by transmittal form that copy of statement has been distributed to the contractor, and review approval by manufacturer has been presented at the pre -application roofing conference. Submit manufacturer's written approval of Installer. E. Prior to materials being delivered to jobsite, submit: 1. Copy of Intent to Warrant, signed and dated by manufacturer and installer. 2. Copy of Roof Guarantee for Architect's and Owner review. 3. Submit installer and manufacturer qualifications for Owner review. F. At completion of roofing work, submit written certification statement signed by the roofing manufacturer and installer's field supervisor, that all components of the roofing system have been installed to manufacturers printed instructions and that all materials and installation are proper for work intended. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single ply roofing system shall be applied only by factory trained and approved roofing contractor familiar with the product and in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B. The roofing manufacturer shall be a firm with a minimum of five years experience in the production of roofing materials. C. The roofing installer shall be a firm with minimum of five years of specialized experience with installation of roofing work indicated and specified, and have written approval of the manufacturer as an approved Installer. C The insulation shall be compatible with and approved by the manu- facturer of the roofing system. All components of the roofing system, including but not limited to membrane flashings, mastics, caulks, sealants, venting, and fasteners shall be approved by membrane roofing manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07530-2 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 1.6 E. Comply with applicable code requirements for UL Class "A" rating, with wind uplift resistance of Class 60 or FM Class 1 construction with I-90 wind uplift resistance requirements. 1. Tested per FM Standard 4470. a. UL Wind Uplift Resistance of Class 60. F. Comply with insurance rating bureau requirements for UL Class A type roofing, or FM Class I. G. Comply with roofing manufacturer requirements for venting. Coordinate venting details with other section requirements. 1. Venting requirements shall be as recommended by the roof membrane manufacturer. H. Comply with National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) Manual recommended procedures for roof membrane penetrations. I. Assign work closely associated with single ply roofing including (but not limited to) flashing, counter -flashing, and expansion joints and joint sealers to installer of single ply roofing. J. Coordinate work and material requirements with Division 5 and 7. K. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of Florida, Department of Community Affairs. a. Comply with Energy Codes for energy efficiency building requirments. Certify in writing, with calculations that the proposed installation meets or exceeds these requirements. JOB CONDITIONS A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: As soon as possible after award of roofing work, meet with Installer, installers of substrate construction (decks), and other work adjoining roof system including penetrating work and roof -top units, Architect, Owner, and representatives of other entities directly concerned with performance of roofing system including (as applicable) Owner's insurers and test agencies. Review requirements (Contract Documents), submittals, status of coordinating work, availability of materials and installation facilities and establish preliminary testing, certifications, forecasted weather conditions, governing regulations, insurance requirements, and proposed installation procedures. Record discussion including agreement or disagreement on matters of significance; furnish copy of recorded discussions to each participant. Discuss roofing system protection requirements for construction period extending beyond roofing installation. B. Pre -Application Roofing Conference: Approximately two weeks prior to scheduled commencement of roofing installation and associated work, meet at project site with Installer, installer of each component of associated work, installers of deck or substrate constrrc';ion to receive roofing work, installers of roof -top units, and other work in and around roofing which must precede or follow roofing work (including mechanical work if any), Architect, Owner, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly concerned with performance of the work including (where applicable) THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07530-3 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING Owner's insurers, test agencies, and governing authorities. Record (Contractor) discussions of conference and decisions and agreements (or disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of record to each party attending. Review; methods and procedures related to roofing work. C. During storage and handling, protect insulation materials from weather elements. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide the Owner with a manufacturers "no dollar limit" ten year limited warranty as follows: 1. The manufacturer of the roofing membrane shall warrant to the Owner for a period of ten years that the manufacturer's roofing system as installed on the building shall be free from defects in materials supplied by the manufacturer and free from defects in workmanship by the roofing installer. 2. During the term of this warranty the manufacturer shall have access to the roof for inspection during normal business hours. 3. The Owner shall obtain the manufacturer's written approval before making alterations of the roof or installing structures, fixtures or utilities on or through the roof. 4. The Owner will provide the manufacturer with written notification of defects or leaks in the roof and claims under the warranty within 30 days of the discovery of the defect or leak. B. Provide Owner with a two year warranty on materials and labor for metal coping, flashing and scuppers. C. Warranty costs shall not exceed the cost of the original roof installation (including roofing membrane, and flashing). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) Manufacturers/ Products: 1. GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER CO./"Versigard" Roof System: a. Fully adhered single ply system, EPDM. b. 60 mil thick membrane, white color. C. Comply with FM Class I, I-90 wind uplift resistance. d. Manufacturer "Insta-Seam" factory applied heat -sealable adhesive. 2. FIRESTONE BUILDING PRODUCTS 3. CARLISLE SYNTEC SYSTEMS 4. Architect approved equivalent. B. Fasteners: 1. Screws, nails and fastening accessories for fastening metals shall be corrosion -resistant: a. For coated steel: plastic coated or stainless steel. b. For galvanized steel: galvanized or cadmium plated. 2. Fastening accessories for concrete decks shall be corrosion - resistant, carbon steel, designed to attach membranes to structural concrete decks. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07530-4 SINGLE PLY ROOFING SECTION 07530 3. Fastening patterns shall be as approved by the membrane manufacturer. C. Walkway Treads: Compatible with roofing material. Installation per membrane manufacturer instructions. Secure walkway treads per manufacturer instructions. Provide padding underlayment, if required by roofing manufacturer. D. Elastic Expansion Joints: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard units of size and type indicated, complete with prefabricated corner and intersection units and splicing materials; with elastic sheet flashing forming the primary joint membrane, in a supported bellows arrangement to be secured to both sides of expansion joints; with bellows insulated from below with adhesively applied, flexible closed -cell rubber or plastic not less than 3/8" thick. a. Type: Plain sheet or encapsulated metal flanged edges, for embedment in other construction or mechanically fastening to substrates, 8" minimum flange width. E. Sheet Metal Flashing/Copings/Scuppers 1. Material/Finishes a. Exterior sheet metal flashing, copings, scuppers and trim exposed to view shall be 24 gauge, (G-90) galvanized steel, primed both sides and finishes on exterior side with PPG Duranar 200 with KYNAR 500 (ATOCHEM), fluoropolmer coatings, in color as selected by Architect. 1) Provide continuous hold-down clips and anchor cleats for coping. 2) For copings: Provide pre -finished and pre -formed corners for all exterior and interior corner applications. b. Approved Product: a. "Colorklad" VINCENT BRASS & ALUMINUM CO., Minneapolis, MN. b. Architect approved equivalent. 2. Fasteners: 1. Screws, nails, and fastening accessories for fastening metals shall be non -corrosive types and compatible with adjacent surfaces: galvanized or cadmium plated. F. Others 1. Provide associated products necessary for a complete roof assembly. a) Uncured flashing membrane: 60 mil EPDM; White. b) Adhesives, primers, sealants and pourable sealers. c) Wood Nailers: Pressure treated, grade #2 or better. 2.2 FABRICATION OF COPINGS AND FLASHING A. SMACNA and NRCA Details: Conform work with applicable fabrication requirements of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA. Comply with installation details of "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" by NRCA and as recommended by roofing manufacturer. B. Verify dimensions and take necessary field measurements before fabrication. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07530-5 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING C. Fabricate sheet metal items and copings in maximum lengths and hold joints to a minimum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of materials of this Section, carefully examine installed work of other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may begin. Verify that substrates are acceptable for work of this section to begin. B. Verify that drains, sleeves, curbs, and vents which pass through surfaces to receive roofing are rigidly installed. C. Verify that surfaces are free of cracks, depressions, waves, or projections which may be detrimental to successful installation. Remove foreign materials. D. Discrepancies: 1. In event of discrepancies, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been resolved. 3. Starting work of this Section means acceptance of substrate and site conditions. E. Weather Conditions: Proceed with roofing work only when weather conditions are in compliance with manufacturer's recommended limitations and the work can proceed in accordance with the requirements. 1. Substrates shall be completely cured and free of all moisture detrimental to the placing of roofing. Drying required due to wetting of substrate by inclement weather and/or adjacent wet construction shall be in accordance with roofing manufacturer's instructions. 2. Placing of roofing shall constitute acceptance of. substrate conditions by the installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Roofing Membrane: 1. Install roofing membrane in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Walkway Treads 1. Install walkway treads in locations around mechanical units, fans, roof accessways, spaced 6" apart. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF COPINGS AND FLASHING A. Surfaces to which sheet metal is applied shall be level, clean, dry, and free from defects which would distort the metal B. Sheet metal and copings exposed to weather shall b, watertight with provision for expansion and contraction at 8'-0" on center. C. Isolate metals from dissimilar metals or corrosive substrates using bituminous coatings or other means of permanent separation to prevent electrolytic corrosion. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07530-6 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 3.4 CLEANING OF'COPINGS AND FLASHING A. Following complete installation, wash sheet metal with non -alkali soap and water solution followed by clear rinse. END OF SECTION 07530 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07530-7 ROOF ACCESSORIES SECTION 07720 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Roof Scuttles. B. Roof curbs C. Related miscellaneous materials and accessories necessary to the completion of the above items. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide fully dimensioned Shop Drawings for each different item, identifying size, shape, material, finish installation methods and relation to adjacent materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Roof Scuttles: 1. Provide BILCO type S-20, for vertical ladder access; or Architect -approved equivalent. Factory -primed, Finish painting: Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING. B. Roof Curbs: 1. Prefabricated insulated , 18 gage galvanized metal, factory installed pressure treated wood nailer, integral base plate, continuous mitered and welded inside and outside corner sections, and sloping end sections. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. CUSTOM CURB, INC. b. PATE COMPANY c. THYCURB COMPANY PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Surfaces to which accessories are to be applied shall be level, plumb, smooth, clean and dry and free from defects which would distort the unit bases. Sheet metal exposed to weather shall be watertight with provisions for expansion and contraction. B. Provide miscellaneous sheet metal closers, trim strips, angles, flashings and counterflashings as required to make a complete, proper watertight and functioning installation. END OF SECTION 07720 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07720-1 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing of substrate surface. 2. Sealants and joint backing. a. Expansion joints between structural members. b. Joints between metal frames and adjacent materials. C. Joints between dissimilar materials. d. Open joints where materials or workmanship does not allow a neat, finished waterproof condition. e. Tamper resistant sealants at inmate areas: 1) Pre -cast concrete panel and modular cell. f. Other locations indicated on the Drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Submit Samples of full range of colors of each type sealant for selection by Architect. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for each material. 2. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions, to include preparation and priming,(if required), of surfaces. C. Location Identification: 1. Submit list of locations for each material. D. Submit written certification from sealant manufacturer of acceptability for adhesion and compatibility with adjacent materials and finishes. E. When requested by Architect, submit test results of compatibility testing with adjacent materials for adhesion and non -staining. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES A. Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer who has uccessfully completed within the last three years at least three joint sealer applications similar in type and size to that of this project and who will assign mechanics from these earlier applications to this project, of which one will serve as lead mechanic. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07900-1 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS B. Mock -Up: Install sealant in mock-ups prepared by other trades in order to demonstrate appearance and workmanship. C. Manufacturer: Sealant manufacturer shall have been in the business of manufacturing specified sealant types for a minimum of not less than 10 years. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers. 2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, condensation, or other causes. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers when joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated. 1.7 TESTING A. Testing - per Division 1 - Testing Laboratory Services 1. Provide product test reports for each type of joint sealers indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. Comply with ASTM C-719 for movement and adhesion capability. Comply with ASTM C-90 and C-661 for elastomeric sealants. 2. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analysis of results to prevent delay in the progress of the Work. 3. Investigate. materials failing compatibility or adhesion tests and obtain joint sealer manufacturer's written recommendations for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty for a watertight, non -staining weatherseal. Warrant integrity of materials and workmanship - signed by manufacturer and installer. Repair or replace sealants and installation which are defective or deteriorate or change color. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Silicone Sealant (Joints; Expansion Control Joints; Precast Concrete Panel Joints, exterior modular cell joint; window wall joints) 1. Silicone sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses T, NT, M, G, A, 0. 2. Sealant shall be supplied in ready -to -use form which requires no job -site mixing. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: a. GENERAL ELECTRIC "Silicone Sil-pruf Sealant" b. DOW CORNING "790 Building Sealant" C. PECORA "864 One -Part Architectural Silicone Sealant" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07900-2 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS B. Polyurethane, Multi -Component Sealant (use for joints in building enclosure): 1. Sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS , Class 25, Uses NT, M, A, 0. 2. Sealant shall be supplied for job -site mixing following manufacturer's specific mixing instructions. 3. Acceptable manufacturers/products: a. TREMCO "Dymeric" b. PECORA "Dynatrol II" C. SIKA "Sikaflex 2-C NS/SL" C. Pick -Proof Sealant; Security Sealant (use for interior joints which are in Inmate Accessible Areas): 1. First Floor: Zone A Zone B - Medical/Infirmary, Laundry Zone C Zone D Zone E Zone F 2. Second Floor: Zone A - Inmate Waiting Zone C - Kitchen, Maintenance, Institutional Storage Zone D Zone E Zone F 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. SIKA: SIKADUR "31", Hi -Mod Gel. b. ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHEMICAL CO. "Niklepoxy 26". C. PETERSON CORP. "857 Security Sealant". d. Comply with ASTM C-881, Type I and II, Grade 3, Class B and C, epoxy resin adhesive. D. Sealing Gasket: 1. Sealing gasket shall be open celled foamed polyurethane strips saturated with a polybutylene waterproofing material. Water- proofing material shall not migrate or stain. Adhesive used to adhere sealing gaskets to preasembled surfaces shall be approved by manufacturers of sealing gaskets. 2. ' Acceptable manufacturers: a. SANDELL MANUFACTURING COMPANY b. W.R.MEADOWS, INC. C. PROGRESS UNLIMITED, INC. E. Joint Backing (Backer Rod): 1. Provide closed -cell polyurethane rod designed for use with cold applied joint sealants. Provide backer rod of size required for joint design. 2. Acceptable products: a. DOW CHEMICAL "Ethafoam" b. SONNEBORN "Sonofoam" c. HERCULES "Backer rod". d. INDUSTRIAL -THERMAL POLYMERS "Blue Rod". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07900-3 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 3. Open or closed polyethylene or polyurethane; as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. F. Color 1. Color of sealants will be selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard color range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. General: 1. No sealant shall be applied on damp or wet surfaces. Apply only when temperature is between 40°F and 80°F. 2. Where the possibility of primer or sealant staining of adjacent areas or materials exists, joints shall be masked prior to application. Masking tape shall not be removed before joints have been tooled and initial cure of sealant has taken place. Work stained due to failure of proper masking precautions will not be accepted. B. Cleaning: 1. Concrete and Masonry: Clean by sandblasting, grinding or wire brush. Remove all dust from surfaces to receive primer or sealant. 2. Glass a. Clean glass surfaces with methyl ethyl ketone or alcohol. Contaminants, such as paints, should be removed from the surface before solvent cleaning. 3. Painted surfaces: Follow manufacturers recommended cleaning procedures prior to primer or sealant application. 4. Metals, unpainted: a. Aluminum, mill finish: Clean with xylene or methyl ethyl ketone. b. Copper: Remove heavy oxide film (patina) by sanding or use of steel wool. Clean surface with methyl ethyl ketone or xylene. C. Stainless steel: Clean surface of construction dirt and oils with methyl ethyl ketone. d. Galvanized steel: Clean and degrease with xylene or toulene. C. Back-up Material 1. Verify the compatibility of back-up material with sealant before installation. 2. Use back-up material 1/2 wider than width of joint so that sufficient pressure is exerted by material to provide substantial resistance to displacement. D. Release Agent 1. Provide release agent or bond -breaker strip in joint to be sealed on top of back-up material to prevent adhesion of sealant to the back-up material per manufacturer's instructions. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07900-4 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS E. Sealant Application: 1. Prepare sealants that require mixing following manufacturer's instructions, mixing thoroughly. 2. Mix only as much material as can be applied within manufacturer's recommended application time period. 3. Apply materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions taking care to produce beads of proper width and depth, to tool as recommended by the manufacturer and to immediately remove surplus sealant. 4. Surrounding surfaces shall be protected as required to ensure that no sealant contaminates these surfaces. 5. Apply materials only within manufacturer's specified application life period. If inspection indicates that application life is expired or if the prescribed application period has elapsed, remainder of sealant shall be discarded. F. Primers: Priming of joint surfaces shall be considered to be critical to the execution of the work of this Section. Priming of joints for joint sealers shall be based on the sealant manufacturer test results and interpretation of test results data. Comply strictly with manufacturer instructions for priming of all substrate surfaces. 1. Document primer application where requested by Architect at all exterior substrate surfaces. G. Gasket Application: 1. Sealing gaskets shall be not less than 1" in front -to -rear depth in the joint. Adjust depth as necessary to maintain a ratio of depth equals 1-1/2 times compressed width. Thickness of uncompressed gasket shall be adequate to allow 50% (minimum) compression in the installed joint at the widest part of the joint. 2. Installed gaskets shall be held back from face of adjacent material as required by manufacturer instructions. 3. Installation procedures shall follow manufacturer's specific printed instructions. ******************** END OF SECTION 07900 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 07900-5 Doors and Windows DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Metal door frames and miscellaneous metal items indicated. B. Metal doors. C. UL labeled metal frames. D. UL labeled metal doors. E. UL labeled and lead lined metal frames and doors. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08320 - SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES B. Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE C. Section 11208 - CARD ACCESS CONTROL D. Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings providing information on both the construction methods and materials applicable to metal construction and detailed information applicable to specific installation of the doors and frames. B. Submit certification that all materials meet specification requirements. Certify compliance with requirements of this Section using either a complete specification or a graphic presentation clearly identifying construction of door top, bottom and edges, facing panel/internal reinforcing, typical hardware (butts, lockset and closer) reinforcing, frame corner assembly and method of finishing. C. Specific data shall include elevations of each door and frame type, profile sections of each frame type, frame anchors (floor and jamb) for each wall/floor condition, joinery methods and details for split frames, and schedule of locations for each door and frame assembly related to this project. D. Submit written certification from the manufacturer that all rated door and window assemblies, as components of the rated wall assembly of which they are installed, are labeled and conform to NFPA 80 "Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed, and labeled to conform to ASTM E152 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and ASTM E163 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Window Assemblies". The installing Contractor shall also submit written certification that the installation conforms with the above listed references, and the manufacturers instructions for installation. "LABEL CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATION" IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION FOR THIS REQUIREMENT. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabrication: I. The manufacturer of metal products shall conform to standards of the Steel Door Institute. 2. Assemblies requiring welds shall be in compliance with the Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding of the American Welding Society. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08100-1 SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES B. Fire Rated Assemblies: Where fire rated assemblies are indicated or - required, provide fire rated assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 "Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed, and labeled in accordance with ASTM E152 "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and ASTM E163 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Window Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent testing, inspection and listing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Comply with ASTM A 525, ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 386 as applicable for exterior doors and frames. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metal Frames: 1. Frame assemblies shall be cold rolled steel, of size and profile shown on drawings. a. Exterior Frames: 12 gage, factory prime painted. b. Interior Frames: 14 gage, factory prime painted. 2. Corner joints shall have full mitered frame corners continuously welded for full depth and width of frame and trim. Contact edges shall be closed tight, welds on exposed surfaces dressed smooth and flush. 3. Metal plaster guards shall be provided for mortised cut-outs. 4. Frames shall have removable spreaders and 16 gage single -unit clip angles for floor anchorage. 5. Joints including joints required for field assembly shall be completed without exposed fastenings. Field joints shall be increment welded, filled with epoxy metal filler and ground smooth. 6. Provide 14 gage, 21x buck with tension plates with tube spacers welded to bucks at approximately 2'-0" on center for anchorage of jambs against steel or concrete columns, or at other locations where masonry anchors cannot be used. Frames shall be drilled and countersunk for 1/4" flat head bolts. 7. Provide rubber mutes equal _to GLYNN-JOHNSON 64 as follows: a. Three for single doors. B. Provide for concealed conduit and wiring at all electrical operator; door holder locations. Factory "prepare" frames to hardware electrical requirements. 9. Additional requirements for frame assemblies for cast -in -place installations: a. Provide masonry type frames with single return; SF or C Series. b. Weld 7 gage galvanized wire masonry ties to frame; minimum three per jamb. C. Apply a protective paint coating in accordance with Section 09900 - PAINTING. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08100-2 SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 10. Lead Lined Frames: a. Refer to Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION for additional requirements. b. Reinforce frame with steel channels to structure at gypsum wall conditions. B. Metal Doors: 1. Doors shall be of full flush construction. Face sheets of cold rolled steel shall be the following minimum gage: a. Exterior Doors: 14 gage, factory prime painted. b. Interior doors: 16 gage, factory prime painted. 2. Face sheets shall be broken to form and meet at side edges. Side edges shall be continuously reinforced from top to bottom steel channels or flat bars placed immediately inside of and continuously welded to formed facing sheets. 3. Top and bottom edges of door shall be reinforced with channels full width of door. Exterior doors shall have flush, continuously welded fillers on the top edge, galvanized sheet steel. 4. Core shall consist of continuous vertical steel stiffeners spaced not more than 6", or less than 4" center -to -center or a metal truss core welded to both faces at 3" on center vertically and horizontally. Sound deadening material, such as mineral wool, fiberglass or other fire resistive substance shall fill all voids between stiffeners. 5. Edge joints shall be filled and ground smooth. Edge welds, face welds and other construction welds and blemishes shall be filled and ground to secure a flat, no -seam finished appearance. 6. Stops for glass lites in doors shall be of one common type. Stops shall be UL label type, metal, channel shape equivalent "Model No. 118" ALL METAL STAMPING, INC. Abbotsford, WI. C. Labeled Metal Doors and Metal Door Frames 1. Labeled metal doors and listed frames shall be in compliance with current Underwriters Laboratories factory inspection and labeling service program in accordance with ASTM E-152 and ASTM E-163. 2. Metal UL labels shall be attached to the vertical butt side of each door with rivets. Listed frames shall be provided with Classification Marking on products. 3. Doors and frames shall be properly prepared to receive UL listed hardware and shall have proper UL labels attached at the factory. 4. Doors in stairway enclosures shall bear classification marking: "4500F.,(2320C.), maximum temperature rise". 5. Lead Lined: Lead of same thickness as wall in which the door occurs: a. Continuous sheet of lead from edge to edge in center of core or between core and cross banding. AWI Spec. symbol LL. b. Lead lining may be glued or bolted depending on manufacturer requirements. When bolted, bolt -free areas shall be provided in each corner and center of each side for hardware applications. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90001.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08100-3 SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES c. Refer to Section 13090 - Radiation Protection for additional requirements. D. Reinforcement for Hardware: 1. Doors and frames shall be template reinforced for finish hard ware. Where mortised hardware is required, reinforcing shall be drilled and tapped. Minimum reinforcement shall be as follows: a. Butts 7 gage or approved equivalent b. Lock front end 12 gage, plus dust -proof strike strike box C. Other hardware 14 gage E. Finish of Metal Frames and Doors: 1. Comply with ASTM A 525, ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 386 as applicable for exterior doors and frames. Hot -dip galvanized. Design features which may lead to difficulties during fabrication shall be pointed out by the manufacturer prior to dipping. Clean and chemically treat ferrous metal surfaces to assure maximum paint adherence; follow with a dip or spray coat of rust inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc chromate or synthetic resin primer on exposed surfaces. 2. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign materials before the application of the shop coat paint. 3. Provide factory prime paint of even consistency, ready to receive field -applied paint. 4. Apply a protective paint coating in accordance with Section 09900 PAINTING, prior to grouting of metal frames in masonry, plaster or drywall construction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Metal Frames: 1. Set frames in position, plumb, align, and brace securely until permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floor with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Build wall anchors into wall or secure to adjoining construction as indicated. 2. Masonry wall anchors: crimped tees at least 2-1/2" x 10"; spaced 1'-0" (maximum) from bottom of frame, 1'-0" (maximum) from top of frame, and a maximum of 2'-0" intermittent spacing, a minimum of two anchors per jamb. Labeled frame: installed with UL listed anchors. 3. Any exposed fasteners to be security torx-with-peg type. B. Metal Doors: 1. Hollow metal doors shall be hung in hol' :.i metal frames with 3/32" clearance at jambs, 1/8" clearance at head and sill. 2. Mortised and concealed hardware shall be secured to drilled and tapped built-in reinforcement. Surface applied hardware shall be secured to built-in reinforcement, field drilled and tapped. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08100-4 SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 3. Labels for rated doors and frames to be applied at the factory before shipping. Prior to painting, labels shall be masked. Remove masking after final coat of paint is applied. 4. Just prior to final inspection examine and adjust doors and hardware to assure perfect operation. ******************** END OF SECTION 08100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08100-5 SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Flush Wood Doors, Solid Core 2. Mineral Core Fire Doors 3. Twenty Minute Rated Smoke Doors 4. Fire Rated/Dead Lined Wood Doors 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Wood doors shall meet or exceed specifications of ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Fire Doors (120, IDO) for fire classification marking. 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), "Standard Fire Doors and Windows," NFPA No. 80 for installation of fire rated doors. C. Coordinate placement of hardware with glazing. Maintain clearance between hardware and glazing per requirements of door manufacturer and agencies having jurisdiction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Show details of door construction: Full size molding section detail for light installation. 2. Prefitting and Premachining Doors: Prepare in accordance with hollow metal frame shop drawings and schedule, hardware schedule and templates, furnished before doors are fabricated. 3. Door Schedule: Indicate opening identifying symbol, location, sizes, door type and grade and show elevation fire classification marking, swing, light cutout sizes and locations and undercuts. B. Certificates of compliance with fabrication and test requirements signed by authorized representative of door manufacturer. C. Sample of face veneer with factory finish for review. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Warrant materials and workmanship of solid core doors for life of installation and against defects in materials and workmanship including the following: 1. Delamination in any degree. 2. Warp or twist of 1/4" or more. 3. Telegraphing of any part of core caused surface variation of 1/100" 4. Defects which may impair or affect purpose for which it is intended. B. Replacement under this warranty shall installation of hardware and finishing. unit through face veneer to or more in any 3" span. performance of door in the include materials, hanging, THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08211-1 SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Face Veneer: 1. AWI 1300 plain sliced finish. B. Adhesives: 1.S. 1-78: 1. Core (when glued): Type 2. Faces and Crossbands: a. Interior other than Red Oak Premium Grade for transparent II or better. high moisture, Type II or better. C. Core: 1. Fire Rated: Incombustible mineral sections. UL listed (PC-5). (7 ply is not acceptable) a. "B" label, 1-1/2 hour, AWI Spec. symbol FD 1-1/2. b. "B" label, 1 hour, AWI Spec. symbol FD1. C. "C" label, 3/4 hour, A44I Spec. symbol FD3/4. d. 30 minute, AWI Spec. symbol FD #. 2. Twenty Minute Smoke: Solid wood core (SLC-5). a. 20 minute, AWI Spec. symbol FD1/3. 3. Lead Lined: Lead of same thickness as wall in which the door occurs: a. Continuous sheet of lead from edge to edge in center of core or between core and crossbanding. AWI Spec. symbol LL. b. Refer to Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION for additional requirements. D. Wood astragals: Face applied of hardwood of same species as face veneer. E. Metal astragals: Provide 20 gage formed steel edge astragals for fire doors installed in pairs (except 20 minute smoke doors) NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS INC. FS-115, two piece astragal seal, U.L. label for use with applicable rated assembly, or Architect approved equivalent. F. Stops for Glass Lites: UL labeled, channel type. G. Acceptable manufacturers if in compliance with the requirements of this Section: 1. ALGOMA 2. BUELL DOOR COMPANY 3. EGGERS 4. WEYERHAEUSER 2.2 FABRICATION A. Flush Solid Core Non -Rated: 1. Staved Lumber Core: Core blocks 211" maximum width bonded together and joints staggered in adjacent rows glued to perimeter frame. a. Stiles and Rails: 1) Continuous one piece not less than 5/8" thick same species as face veneer. 2) Top and Bottom Rails: Hardwood not less than 1-1/8" thick. b. Crossbanding: Hardwood veneer, not less than 1/16" thick, or such thickness to warrant against telegraphing, applied to both faces of core, running full length and width of door. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08211-2 SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS B. Twenty Minute Smoke: 1. Staved Lumber Core: Core blocks 21" maximum width bonded together and joints staggered in adjacent rows glued to perimeter frame. a. 1/3 hour: 1) Stiles: Continuous, one piece, same species as face veneer, not less than 121" thick. 2) Top Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 1-1/8" thick. 3) Bottom Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 1- 1/8" thick. b. Crossbanding: Hardwood veneer, not less than 1/16" thick, or such thickness to warrant against telegraphing, applied to both faces of core, running full length and width of door. C. Fire Rated: Mineral sections bonded to perimeter frame. 1. Stiles and Rails: a. 11 hour: 1) Stiles: Continuous, one piece, birch or maple, not less than 5/8" thick. 2) Top rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than J" thick. 3) Bottom rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 11" thick. 4) Provide V "Marinite" inner stiles. b. 1 hour: 1) Stiles: Continuous, one piece, birch or maple, not less than 3/4" thick. 2) Top Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than J" thick. 3) Bottom Rail: Hardwood, one piece not less than 11" thick. 4) Provide I" "Marinite" inner stiles. C. 3/4 hour: 1) Stiles: Continuous, one piece, same species as face veneer, not less than 3/4" thick. 2) Top Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than J" thick. 3) Bottom Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 1#" thick. 4) Provide V "Marinite" inner stiles. d. 1/2 hour: 1) Stiles: Continuous, one piece, same species as face veneer, not less than 1j" thick. 2) Top Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 1-1/8" thick. 3) Bottom Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 1-1/8" thick. 2. Crossbanding: Hardwood veneer, not less than 1/16" thick or as required to warrant against telegraphing, applied to both faces of core running full length and width of door. D. Lead Lined: Lead lining may be glued or bolted depending on manufacturer requirements. When bolted, bolt -free areas shall be provided in each corner and center of each side for hardware applications. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER H'?i 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08211-3 SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 1. Stiles and Rails: a. Stiles: One piece continuous same species as face veneer not less than 1-1/2" thick. b. Rails: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 3-1/2" thick. E. Factory Preparations: 1. Prefitting: a. Swinging Doors: Standard clearances between the door and frame and between meeting edges of doors swinging in pairs shall not exceed 1/8". The clearance between the bottom of the door and a raised non-combustible sill shall not exceed 3/8". Where there is no sill, the maximum clearance between the bottom of the door and the floor shall not exceed 3/4". b. Bottom clearance allowance of doors with threshold: 1/8" from bottom of door to top of threshold. C. Clearance of meeting stiles of pairs of doors: 1/16" per door. 2. Premachining: a. Bevel on lock stile edges of single door or meeting stiles of pairs of doors: 1/8" in 2" b. Bevel on hinge side: 1/16" in 2" C. Premachine for specified finish hardware. F. Finish: See Section 09900 PAINTING. G. Factory -apply door fire labels. Metal UL labels to the vertical butt side of the door. H. Fire rated doors and frames shall have hardware that is rated with them. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify frames are type required for door and installed as required for proper installation of doors. 1. Fire rated doors installed in corresponding fire rated frames. B. Do not install doors in frames which would hinder the operation of the doors. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation of Doors: 1. Install in accordance with requirements of AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute Standards and NFPA 80; and in accordance with clearances specified with hardware adjusted for tolerances. 3.3 "JUST AND CLEAN a. Replace and rehang doors which are hingebound and do not swing or operate freely. 3.4 HARDWARE PREPARATION A. Factory machined for hardware, beveled and fitted for hanging. B. Check door frame schedule and templates. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08211-4 SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS C. Check hardware templates and installation instructions. Reinforce doors where required for mortise hardware. Verify clearance between hardware and glazing. D. Rated doors and frames shall have hardware that is rated with them. END OF SECTION 08211 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08211-5 SECTION 08300 SPECIAL DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rolling Doors 2. Rolling Counter Fire Shutter 3. Rolling Fire Shutter 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Assemblies requiring welds : in compliance with Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding of AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings providing information on the materials applicable to door and frame construction and detailed information applicable to specific installation of the doors and frames. 1. Provide setting drawings, templates and recommendations for the work. 2. Provide information on inserts and anchoring devices, to be set in concrete or masonry. B. Certify compliance of door and frame construction with requirements of this Section using either a complete written specification or a graphic presentation clearly identifying construction of door top, bottom and edges, facing panel/internal reinforcing; typical hardware (butts, lockset and closer) reinforcing; frame corner assembly; method of finishing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rolling Doors: 1. Grille Design: a. (Basis of Design) Kinnear "Secur-Vent" Model FPSV. b. No. 17 flat -faced slat; 22 gauge aluminum. C. Perforations: 1/16" diameter holes located on 3/32" staggered centers on flat portion of slat. Pattern to provide 41% open area over entire length of slat. d. Designed to withstand a wind load of 40 pounds per square foot (120 mph). Windlocks: applied to door. Bottom bar reinforcement of aluminum. e. Finish: Anodized coating, 0.4 mil, color as selected by Architect. 2. Counterbalance assembly shall consist of helical torsion springs with 25% safety factor, iiounted on shaped cast anchors, supported by a continuous solid torsion rod. Mechanism: permanently lubricated and enclosed within a steel pipe shaft. Deflection of shaft not to exceed 0.03" per lineal 3. Brackets: fabricated from steel plate not less than 1/4" thick. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08300-1 SECTION 08300 SPECIAL DOORS 4. Guides: Composed of three (minimum 3/16") aluminum angles, bolted together to form a groove for curtain. Wall angle shall be continuous type. Top of each guide shall be well flared to facilitate entry of curtain, and provided with aluminum stops. Guide: provided with windlock bars. 5. Hoods: not less than .032" aluminum and reinforced top and bottom with stiffening returns. 6. Motor operators: Integral assemblies with NEMA rated electrical components, consisting of high torque motor and solenoid brake, gear reducer with worm gears enclosed in oil bath, self-locking gearing, geared limit switch, emergency chain operator with disconnect and electrical safety interlock, internal reversing magnetic starter, push button station with open -close -reverse, and remote electric eye sensing device. 7. Safety edge bottom bars: Furnished on motor operated doors which, upon contact with an object, is to reverse downward travel. 8. Manufacturers a. KINNEAR b. APTON METAL PRODUCTS CORP. C. CORNELL IRON WORKS, INC. d. COOKSON e. ATLAS ROLL-LITE B. Rolling Counter Fire Shutter: 1. Label and construct shutters to conform with requirements of UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. Shutters: Automatic, self - closing, class B label. 2. Curtain: Interlocking flat slats of 22 gage minimum, cold rolled galvanized steel. 3. Counterbalance Assembly: Helical torsion springs with, a 25% safety factor, mounted on a continuous torsion rod, and housed in a steel pipe shaft. Shaft shall rotate in sealed ball bearings, supported by galvanized steel brackets. 4. Guides: steel. Shutters over 14 feet wide shall have curtain retainers. 5. Hood: Minimum 24 gage galvanized steel. 6. Push-up operation for shutters up to 14 feet wide. Shutters 14 feet wide and over shall be crank operated, with removable arm. 7. Surfaces exposed to View: Spray painted with an enamel paint; color as selected by Architect. 8. Automatic closing shall be by activation of building smoke or ionization detection system and thermally controlled fusible link. In addition a time delay release device shall be incorporated to prevent false drops due to intermittent power outages. Bracket shall be equipped with an automatic starting device that provides rotational energy from a -~ring to close the shutter. 9. The maximum closure rate for fire doors shall not exceed 1 foot per second. Provide an alarm activated by the downward movement of the door to warn of the closing of the door. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08300-2 SECTION 08300 SPECIAL DOORS 10. Manufacturers: a. APTON METAL PRODUCTS CORP. b. CORNELL IRON WORKS, INC. C. COOKSON d. ATLAS ROLL-LITE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: 1. Prior to installation of special doors, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation may properly begin. 2. Verify that special doors may be installed in strict accordance with original design, reviewed shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install special doors in strict accordance with original design, applicable codes and regulations, reviewed Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's instructions, anchoring components firmly in place. B. Touch Up: Upon completion of installation, touch up scuffs and abrasions in shop priming coat. C. Upon completion of installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, instruct Owner's maintenance and operational personnel with operation and maintenance of special doors. ******************** END OF SECTION 08300 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08300-3 SECTION 08305 ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Access Panels and Doors 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings showing installation and fabrication details to include directions for installation of anchorage. Include complete schedule, including types, general locations, sizes, construction details, finishes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. B. Obtain specific locations and sizes for required access doors from trades requiring access to concealed equipment. Indicate on submittal schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCESS DOORS A. Fire Rated; "B" Label, 1-1/2 hour: 1. Frame: 16 gage steel. 2. Panel: 20 gage steel, sandwich type. 3. Casing Bead: 22 gage steel. 4. Finish: Chemically bonded primer coat of baked enamel. 5. Hinges: Continuous steel with stainless steel pin. 6. Locks: Cylinder type. 7. Size: As indicated on drawings. B. Non -Fire Rated/Security: 1. Frame: 3/16" steel. 2. Panel: 10 gage steel. 3. Casing Bead: For plaster installations; 22 gage steel. 4. Flange: For masonry installation; 16 gage steel, 1" wide. 5. Drywall Bead: For drywall installations; galvanized steel. 6. Finish: Chemically bonded primer coat of baked enamel. 7. Hinges: Concealed spring. 8. Locks: Deadbolt type. 9. Anchors: Masonry anchors as required. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: I. MILCOR 2. KARP ASSOCIATES, INC. 3. J.L. INDUSTRIES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and reviewed Shop Drawings. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08305-1 SECTION 08305 ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS B. Fire rated doors shall be provided with labels and installed in strict accordance with UL test. ******************** END OF SECTION 08305 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08305-2 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Security Metal Detention Security Products 1.2 PRODUCTS A. Metal Detention Security doors, frames, sidelites, and borrowed lites. Include applied glazing stops and fasteners, and other items required to assure proper and complete assemblies, conforming to the requirements of this section. B. Metal detention security panels with construction similar to detention security doors. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Cast -In -Place Concrete, Grout, and Forms; Division 3. B. Concrete Block Masonry; Division 4. C. Structural Steel and Metal Fabrication; Division 5. D. Door Hardware; Division 8. E. Painting; Division 9. F. Conduit and Raceways, Electronic Controls; Division 11 and 16. 1.4 RELATED PRODUCTS A. Security Screws; Division 8. B. Security Glazing; Division 8. C. Detention Equipment; Division 11. 1.5 APPLICABLE REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Comply with the following except where more stringent requirements are required. B. AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code." C. ASTM A366 "Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold -rolled, Commercial Quality." D. ASTM A36 "Structural Steel." E. ASTM A525 "General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (galvanized) By the Hot -Dip Process." F. ASTM A526 "Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (galvanized) By the Hot -Dip Process, Commercial Quality." G. ASTM A568 "General Requirements for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High - Strength, Low -Alloy, Hot -Rolled, and Cold." H. ASTM A569 "Steel, Carbon, (0.15 maximum, percent) Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality." I. NAAMM Hollow Metal Manual, January 1991, Sections 801 through 863. J. NFPA 80 "Fire Doors & Windows." K. NFPA 252 "Fire Test of Door Assemblies." L. NFPA 257 "Fire Test of Window Assemblies." M. UL10B "Fire Test of Door Assemblies." 1.6 TESTING AND PERFORMANCE A. All detention doors and panels for this Contract shall be constructed to meet the following test. The test, described below, shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory per Division 1 with data attesting to construction of door. Doors for this test shall be 3' x 7' (nominal dimensions). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08320-1 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES B. Static Load Test 1. The test specimen shall be a 3'0" x 7'0" flush panel without hardware preparation or other options, otherwise built in compliance with Paragraph 2.01. 2. With a centrally applied load of 14,000 lbs. at quarter points, the maximum midspan deflection shall not exceed 0.58 in. After release of load, deformation shall not exceed 0.10 in. C. Rack Test 1. The test specimen shall be a 3'0" x 7'0" flush panel without hardware preparation or other options, otherwise built in compliance with Paragraph 2.01. 2. With a concentrated load of 7,500 lbs. on one unsupported corner of door, the maximum deflection shall not exceed 3.5 in. There shall be no buckling or failure of welds. D. Impact Load Test 1. A standard 3'0" x 7'0" flush door with hardware constructed in accordance with Paragraph 2.01 and with frame constructed in accordance with Paragraph 2.03 shall be mounted in the vertical position so that the door and locking hardware are operable. The door shall swing on 3 full mortised butt hinges and shall be locked using a door mounted, pocket type detention security lock with bolt size not to exceed 2" high x 3/4" wide and latch throw not to exceed 5/8". 2. A door ram pendulum system capable of delivering consistent impacts of up to 200 ft.-lbs. shall be constructed so that impacts may be delivered to any area of the assembly. 3. The ram pendulum system shall be positioned opposite the door side of the assembly so that the door swings away from the ram. While hanging at rest, the ram shall be positioned so that the striking nose just touches the target area of the door. The striking nose of the ram shall be made of C1010 or C1020 low carbon steel and the -ram shall weigh 80 lbs. plus or minus 1 lb. The striking surface area of the nose shall be 4.0 sq. in. plus or minus 0.10 sq. in. at the start of the test. 4. With door closed and locked, and the above testing arrangement secured, the following series of impacts shall be delivered to the assembly. The ram shall be raised to a height so that when released it will strike the door with 200 ft.-lbs. of energy with each impact. a. 400 impacts within 6" of the bolt. b. On the door within 6" of the top hinge, middle hinge, and bottom hinge, 6 cycles of 25 hits per hinge yielding 150 total blows per hinge. 5. The door shall remain closed and locked throughout the testing procedure, and the assembly shall not be damaged to the extent that forcible egress can be obtained. After testing is completed the door shall be capable of being unlocked by applying any amount of force by any moans to the key, without the key breaking, and operated to provide egress. E. Removable Glazing Stop Test 1. A rectangular view window test frame shall be constructed with a glass opening size of 28" x 33" plus or minus 1". The frame shall be constructed in accordance with Paragraph 2.03. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08320-2 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 2. A steel plate of 3/8" minimum thickness shall be glazed in place using the specified glass stop. 3. The test frame assembly, constructed in accordance with these specifications, shall be rigidly mounted in the vertical position with the removable glass stop located on the opposite side of the 3/8" plate from the impact ram. 4. A target on the impact side of the 3/8" plate shall be marked in one corner no more than 6" away from the stops. 5. Using the door ram pendulum system specified in Paragraph 1.06.C.2. deliver 400 impacts of up to 200 ft-lbs. each on the target area. Removable glass stops and the 3/8" plate shall remain firmly in place so that removal cannot be accomplished without removing the retaining screws. There shall be no more than one (1) broken screw in the assembly after impact testing. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide security metal doors and frames manufactured by a single firm specializing in the production of this type of work. B. Approved hollow metal assembly suppliers 1. STEEL DOOR INDUSTRIES; San Antonio, TX 2. HABERSHAM METAL PRODUCTS, CO., Cornelia, GA 3. JOHNSON FIREPROOF DOOR CO., Rosemont, IL 4. TRUSSBILT INC., St. Paul, MN 5. AMERICAN STEEL PRODUCTS C. Others seeking approval as a Hollow Metal Supplier are to make substitution requests in accordance with the requirements of Division 0, and which include the following: 1. Submit evidence that firm has a minimum of ten (10) years experience in successfully completing projects of equal scope and magnitude with products as specified herein. Such evidence shall consist,of a list of not less than five (5) projects which have been in actual and satisfactory use for not less than five (5) years. Provide a list of contacts at each facility, addresses and phone numbers. 2. Provide a list of all projects in the past five (5) years in which the proposed firm has been involved in litigation with a city, county, state or federal government agency and the status thereof. D. Requests shall be considered only from competent and reputable firms who specialize in this particular branch of work and who can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Owner that they are fully capable of completing detention equipment work in accordance with requirements. E. Fire Labeled Doors and Frames 1. Fire labeled doors and frames shall be provided for those openings requiring fire protection ratings as determined and scheduled by the Architect. such doors and frames shall be constructed as tested in accordance with ASTM E152 (UL-10B) and approved by Underwriters Laboratories or other recognized testing agencies having a factory inspection service. 2. If any door or frame specified by the Architect to be fire -rated cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its design, hardware or any other reason, the Architect shall be so advised before fabricating work on that item is started. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08320-3 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES F. Fabrication methods and product quality shall meet standards set by the Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association, HMMA, a Division of the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, NAAMM, as set forth in these specifications. G. Door and Panel Construction 1. Field Examination: a. Upon direction of the Architect, destroy a randomly selected security metal door or panel by sawing it in half. Architect and owner's representative shall jointly examine the door. b. Should examination disclose door construction at variance with the details specified, the door manufacturer shall replace all doors shipped to the project, as of the date of inspection, with doors constructed in conformance with the project specifications. C. Under conditions of non -conformity, the door manufacturer shall pay for the destroyed door and related labor. d. Should examination prove that the door was constructed in conformance with specifications, the Owner will pay to replace the destroyed door and related labor. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Drawings 1. Show door and frame elevations and sections. 2. Show listing of opening descriptions including locations, gages, and anchors.• 3. Show location and details of openings. B. Samples 1. Door: 110" x 1'0" corner section with hinge mortise and reinforcement showing internal construction. 2. Frame: 110" x 1'0" corner section showing welding joint of head to jamb. Include hinge mortise, reinforcement and plaster guard in one rabbet, and glazing stop applied as specified in the opposite rabbet. Glazing stop must be applied in both head and jamb section to show corner joint. C. Test Report 1. Manufacturer shall submit an independent testing laboratory report certifying that door and frame assemblies meet the performance requirements of paragraph 1.6 and are constructed in accordance with Part 2 of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SECURITY METAL DOORS A. Materials 1. Doors shall be constructed of commercial quality, level, cold -rolled steel conforming to ASTM A366 or hot roller; pickled and oiled steel conforming to ASTM A569. The steel shall ''Le free of scale, pitting, coil breaks or other surface blemishes. It shall also be free of buckles, waves or any other defects caused by the use of improperly leveled sheets. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08320-4 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 2. Interior doors: Face sheets shall be 12 gage in thickness and shall have a zinc coating applied by the hot -dip process conforming to ASTM A526 (A60 or G60) with a coating weight of not less than 0.60 ounces per square foot (0.30 ounces per square foot per side). 3. Exterior doors: Face sheets shall be 12 gage thickness and shall have a zinc coating applied by the hot -dip process conforming to ASTM A526 (A60 or G60) with a coating weight of not less than 0.60 ounces per square foot (0.30 ounces per square foot per side). B. Construction: 1. All doors shall be of the types and sizes shown on the approved submittal drawings and shall be constructed in accordance with the specifications and meet the performance requirements of Paragraph 1.6A through 1.6.C, where applicable. 2. Door face sheets shall be joined at their vertical edges by a continuous weld extending the full height of the door. 3. Door thickness shall be 2" nominal and shall be neat in appearance and free from warpage or buckle. Edge bends shall be true and straight and of minimum radius for the gage of metal used. 4. The door shall be stiffened by continuous vertically formed steel sections which, upon assembly, shall span the full thickness of the interior space between door faces. These stiffeners shall be 18 gage minimum thickness, spaced so that the vertical interior webs shall be no more than 4" apart and securely fastened to both face sheets by spot welds spaced a maximum of 3"o.c. vertically. Spaces between stiffeners shall be filled with fiberglass or mineral rockwool batt- type material, minimum 6 pound density. 5. The vertical edges shall be reinforced by a continuous steel channel, not less than 10 gage thickness extending the full length of the door. The top and bottom edges shall be closed with a continuous channel, also not less than 10 gage thickness, spot welded to both face sheets a maximum of 4"o.c. The 10 gage closing end channel shall be continuously welded to the vertical reinforcing channel at all four corners producing a fully welded perimeter reinforcing channel. 6. The top end channel shall be fitted with an additional flush closing channel of not less than 12 gage thickness. The flush closing channel shall be welded in place at the corners and at the center. Installation of closer channel using screws, security or otherwise, shall be deemed unacceptable. The end channel and flush closer channel shall be installed so that they are permanent and nonremovable. 7. Edge profiles shall be provided on both vertical edges of doors as follows: *Single acting doors - beveled 1/8" in 2" profile *Sliding doors or equivalent - square profile P. Hardware requirements a. Door shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for completely templated mortised hardware only, in accordance with the final approved hardware schedule and templates provided by the hardware supplier. Where surface mounted hardware is to be applied, doors shall be reinforced, and all drilling and tapping shall be'done by others in the field. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08320-5 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES b. Minimum gages for hardware reinforcements shall be as follows: *Full mortise hinges and pivots - 1/4" x 1 1/2 x 9" *Surface applied maximum security hinges - 1/4" x 1 1/2 x 9" *Reinforcements for hanger attachment - per device mfr. recommendations *Reinforcements for lock fronts, concealed holders, or surface mounted closers - 12 gage *Internal reinforcements for all other surface applied hardware - 12 gage C. In cases where electrically operated hardware is required, and where shown on approved submittal drawings, hardware enclosures and junction boxes shall be provided, and shall be interconnected using any U.L. approved type 1/2" minimum conduit and connectors. Also, where shown on submittal drawings, junction boxes with access plates shall be provided to facilitate the proper installation of wiring. Access plates shall be the same gage as the frame and fastened with a minimum of 4 48-32 tamper resistant machine screws, not to exceed 6"o.c. 9. Glass Moldings and Stops a. Where specified, doors shall be provided with steel moldings to secure glazing by others in accordance with glass sizes and thicknesses shown on approved submittal drawings. b. Fixed glass molding shall be no less than 12 gage, and shall be spot welded to both face sheets 5"o.c. maximum. C. Removable glass stops shall be pressed steel angle glazing stops, no less than 10 gage thickness. Angle stops shall be mitered or notched and tight fitting (1/16" gap) at the corner joints, and secured in place using 1/4 x 20 buttonhead tamper resistant machine screws with spacing necessary to satisfy the performance criteria outlined in Paragraph 1.6.D, 9"o.c. maximum. Where glass thickness dictates, 10 gage offset surface mounted glass stops shall be used. d. The metal surfaces to which glazing stops are secured and the inside of the glazing stops shall be chemically treated for maximum paint adhesion and painted with a rust inhibitive primer prior to installation in the door. 10. Food Pass Openings: a. The food pass opening shall be a flush opening fabricated using interior channels 12 gage minimum thickness, securely welded to the inside of both face sheets 3"o.c. maximum. The four corners seams shall be continuously arc welded. The finished opening shall be ground and filled smooth for a flush opening. b. The food pass shutter shall be constructed from 7 ga. steel plate. Furnished complete with lock strike. C. The shutters shall be treated for maximum paint adhesion and given a .r-,p coat of rust inhibitive primer. They shall be shipped hose for installation in the field by others. 11. Finish: After fabrication, all tool marks and surface blemishes shall be filled and sanded as required to make both faces and both vertical edges smooth and free from irregularities. After appropriate preparation, all exposed surfaces shall receive a rust inhibitive THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE_ 08320-6 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES primer which meets or exceeds ASTM B117 salt spray for 150 hours, and ASTM D1735 water fog test for organic coatings for 200 hours, and which is fully cured prior to shipment. 2.2 SECURITY METAL PANELS A. Metal panels shall be made of the same materials and construction and finished in the same way as specified in section 2.1 of this specification. 2.3 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Materials 1. Frames shall be constructed of commercial quality, cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM A366 or hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel conforming to ASTM A569. The steel shall be free of scale, pitting, coilbreaks or other surface defects. 2. Interior Openings: Steel shall be 12 gage minimum thickness and shall have a zinc coating applied by the by the hot -dip process conforming to ASTM A526, A60 or G60, with a coating weight of not less than 0.60 ounces per square foot (0.30 ounces per square foot per side). 3. Exterior Openings: Steel shall be 12 gage minimum thickness and shall have a zinc coating applied by the hot -dip process conforming to ASTM A526, A60 or G60, with a coating weight of not less than 0.60 ounces per square foot (0.30 ounces per square foot per side). B. Construction: 1. All frames shall have integral stops and be welded units of the sizes and types shown on approved submittal drawings. Frames shall be constructed in accordance with these specifications and meet performance criteria specified in Paragraphs 1.6.0 through 1.6.D where applicable. 2. All finished work shall be neat in appearance, square, and free of defects, warps and buckles. Pressed steel members shall be straight and of uniform profile throughout their lengths. 3. Jamb, header and sill profiles shall be in accordance with the frame schedule and as shown on the approved submittal drawings. 4. Corner joints shall have all contact edges closed tight with faces mitered and stops either butted or mitered. Corner joints shall be continuously welded and the use of gussets or splice plates shall be unacceptable. 5. Minimum depth of stops in door openings shall be 3/4". Stops on glass or panel openings shall be as shown on approved submittal drawings. Cut-off stops, where shown, shall be capped at 45 degree of 90 degree heights as shown on approved submittal drawings, and jamb joints below cut-off stops shall be welded, filled and ground smooth so that there are no visible seams. 6. When shipping limitations so dictate, frames for large openings shall be fabricated in sections designated for splicing in the field by others. Factory prepared splices shall be field assembled. 7. Frames for multiple openings shall have mullion members which, after fabrication, are closed tubular shapes conforming to profiles shown on approved submittal drawings, and having no visible seams or joints. All joints between faces of abutted members shall be continuously welded and finished smooth. All joints between stops of abutted THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08320-7 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES members shall be welded along the depth of the stop and shall be left neat and uniform in appearance. The contractor .responsible for installation shall provide for welding all field joints between faces of abutted members. 8. Hardware Reinforcements and Preparation: a. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped for all templated mortised hardware only,in accordance with the final approved hardware schedule and templates provided by the hardware supplier. Where surface mounted hardware is to be applied, frames shall be reinforced, and all drilling and tapping shall be done by others in the field. b. Minimum thicknesses of hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows: *Hinge and pivot reinforcements - 1/4" x 2" x 9" length *Strike reinforcements - 7GA *Closer reinforcements - 7GA *Flush bolt reinforcements - 7Ga *Reinforcements for surface applied hardware - 12 gage C. In cases where electrically operated hardware is required, and where shown on approved submittal drawings, hardware enclosures and junction boxes shall be provided, and shall be interconnected using any UL approved type 1/2" minimum conduit and connectors. Also, where shown on submittal drawings, junction boxes with access plates shall be provided to facilitate the proper installation of wiring. Access plates shall be the same gage as the frame fastened with a minimum of 448-32 tamper resistant machine screws, not to exceed 6"o.c. 9. Floor Anchors a. Floor anchors with two holes for fasteners shall be fastened inside jambs with at least four (4) welds per anchor., b. Where so scheduled, adjustable floor anchors, providing no less than 2" height adjustment, shall be fastened in place with at least four (4) welds per anchor. C. Gage thickness of floor anchors shall be the same as frame. 10. Jamb Anchors: a. Masonry Type Frames for installation in masonry walls shall be provided with adjustable jamb anchors of the strap and stirrup type made from the same gage steel as frame. Straps shall be no less than 2" x 10" in size, corrugated and/or perforated. The number of anchors provided on each jamb shall be as follows: *Borrowed lite frames: 2 anchors plus 1 for each 16" or fraction thereof over 3'0", spaced at 15" maximum between anchors. *Door frames: 2 anchors plus 1 for each 18" or fraction thereof over 41611, spaced at 18" maximum between anchors (U.L. fire ratings may require additional anchors). b. Expansion Bolt Type 1) Frames for installation in existing masonry or concrete walls shall be prepared for expansion bolt type anchors. The preparation shall consist of a countersunk hole for a 1/2" diameter bolt and a conduit spacer from the unexposed THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08320-8 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES surface of the frame to the wall. The spacer shall be additionally reinforced and welded to the frame. The preparation spaced as described in Paragraph 2.03.B.10.a. 2) After sufficient tightening of the bolt, the bolt head shall be welded so as to provide a non -removable condition. The welded bolt head shall be ground, dressed and finished smooth. C. Anchor system frames to be installed in prefinished concrete, masonry or steel openings, shall be constructed and provided with anchoring systems of suitable design as shown on the approved submittal drawings. 11. Plaster guards made from no less than 26 gage thick steel shall be welded to the feet of the jambs to serve as bracing during shipping and handling. 12. All frames shall be provided with two (2) temporary steel spreaders welded to the feet of the jambs to serve as bracing during shipping and handling. 13. Loose glazing stops: a. Removable glass stops shall be pressed steel angle glazing stops, no less than 10 gage. Angle stops shall be mitered or butted and tight fitting (1/16" gap) at the corner joints, and secured in place using machine screws of the size and spacing necessary to satisfy the performance criteria outlined in paragraph 1.6.D, spaced 9"o.c. maximum. b. The frame underneath the glazing stops and the inside of the glazing stop shall be treated for maximum paint adhesion and painted with a rust inhibitive primer prior to installation in the frame. 14. Finish: After fabrication, all tool marks and surface imperfections shall be removed, and exposed faces of al welded joints, shall be dressed smooth. Frames shall be treated to ensure maximum paint adhesion and shall be coated on all accessible surfaces with a rust inhibitive primer which meets or exceeds ASTM B117 salt spray for 150 hours, and ASTM D1735 water fog test for organic coatings for 200 hours, and which is fully cured prior to shipment. 2.4 CLEARANCES AND TOLERANCES A. Edge clearances for swinging doors shall not exceed the following: 1. Between doors and frames at head and jambs: 1/8" 2. Between edges of pairs of doors: 1/8" 3. At door sills where a threshold is used: 3/8" 4. At door sills where no threshold is used: 3/4" B. Manufacturing tolerance shall be maintained within the following limits: 1. Frames for single door or pair of doors: Width, measured between rabbets at the head: Nominal opening width +1/16",-1/32". Height (total length of jamb rabbet): Nominal opening :eight + or - 3/64". Cross sectional profile dimensions: *Face + or - 1/32" *Stop + or - 1/32" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08320-9 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES *Rabbet + or - 1/64" *Depth + or - 1/32" *Throat + or - 1/16" (Frames overlapping walls to have throat dimension 1/8" greater than dimensioned wall thickness to accommodate irregularities in wall construction.) 2. Swinging and sliding doors: *Width + or - 3/64" *Height + or - 3/64" *Thickness + or - 1/16" *Hardware cutout dimensions Template dimensions +.015"-0" *Hardware location + or - 1/32" *Bow/Flatness + or - 1/8" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SITE STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. The contractor shall remove wraps or covers from doors and frames upon delivery at the building site. The contractor responsible for installation shall see that any scratches or disfigurement caused in shipping or handling are promptly cleaned and touched up with a rust inhibitive primer. B. The contractor shall see that materials are properly stored on planks or dunnage in a dry location. Doors shall be stored in a vertical position and spaced by blocking. Materials shall be covered to protect them from damage but in such a manner as to permit air circulation. 3.2 INSTALLATION The Contractor shall perform the following: A. Prior to installation, all frames must be checked and corrected for size, swing, squareness, alignment, twist and plumbness. Permissible installation tolerances shall not exceed the following: *Squareness + or - 1/16": Measured on a line, 90 degrees from one jamb, at the upper corner of the frame at the other jamb. *Alignment + or - 1/16": Measured on jambs on a horizontal line parallel to the plane of the wall. *Twist + or - 1/16": Measured at face corners of jambs on parallel lines perpendicular to the plane of the wall. *Plumbness + or - 1/16": Measured on the jamb at the floor. B. Frame jambs, shall be fully grouted to provide added security protection against battering, wedging, spreading and other means of forcing open the door. Jamb mounted lock preparations, grout guards and junction boxes are intended to protect hardware mortises and tapped mounting holes from masonry grout of 4" maximum slump consistency which is hand trowelled in place. If a light consistency grout (greater than 5" slump) is to be used, special precautions must be taken in the field by the installation contractor to protect tapped holes, electrical knockouts, lock pockets, grout guards, junction boxes, etc., in the frames. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08320-10 SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES C. Any grout or other bonding material shall be cleaned off of frames or doors immediately following installation. Metal surfaces shall be kept free of grout, tar, or other bonding material or sealer. D. Proper door clearances must be maintained in accordance with 2.4 of these specifications, except for special conditions otherwise noted. Where necessary, metal hinge shims, are acceptable to maintain clearances. E. Hardware must be applied in accordance with hardware manufacturer's templates and instructions. F. Exposed field welds shall be finished smooth and touched up with a rust inhibitive primer. G. Primed or painted surfaces which have been scratched or otherwise marred during installation shall be touched up with a rust inhibitive primer. END OF SECTION 08320 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER _ HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 08320-11 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Aluminum entrance doors, frames, and related fixed glass sections. B. Work of this section shall be accomplished by a single contractor for single -source responsibility to Section 08902 - Aluminum Window Walls. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. B. AAMA 501 - Methods of Test for Metal Curtain Walls. C. AAMA 605.2 - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. D. AAMA 1502.7 E. AAMA SFM-1 - Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual. F. ANSI A117.1 - Safety Standards for the Handicapped. G. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. H. ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. I ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. J. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube. K. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. L. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. M. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. N. ASTM A386 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. As part of the glazed window wall single -source responsibility submittals, submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of entrances and components to the aluminum window wall contractor as specified in Section 08902. 1. Submit details of adjacent materials and components required to maintain performance requirements of this section and Section 08902. 2. Indicate full size details of adjoining and interfacing work even though not included in the work of this section, to ensure coordination of this work and the work of other sections to include security/monitoring requirements. B. Incorporate plans, elevations, sections and full size details. 1. Indicate integration of system with aluminum window wall, entrances, and other work necessary to result in a complete system installation. Full size details shall show and note aluminum, steel, cement plaster and all other materials, their respective thicknesses and gauges, types, finishes, and all joint thicknesses, areas to be sealed and sealant materials; gaskets and tapes; direction and magnitude of thermal expansion; type of THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08410-1 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES construction including joinery, fasteners and welds; anchorage assemblies and components, the fabrication and erection tolerances for the work in this section and the adjoining work, and the layout of inserts. 2. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, standard details, and installation recommendations for components of aluminum entrances and aluminum window walls required for project, including test reports certifying that products have been tested and comply with performance requirements. C. Provide samples of corner construction for both door and frame for each operation type, approximately 12" long on each leg. D. Provide representative finish samples of production items indicating full range of color tolerance for selection by the Architect. Samples shall be large enough to allow good comparison. E. Test results: 1. Coordinate requirements with Section 08902 - ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS for additional test requirements. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES A. General: Single -source responsibility for work of this section. Coordinate all work with Section 08902, to include mock-up and testing requirements. Provide exterior entrance assemblies that have been designed and fabricated to comply with requirements for system performance characteristics listed below as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's corresponding stock systems according to test methods designated and as required by Section 08902. 1. Thermal Movement: Allow for expansion and contraction resulting from ambient temperature range of 120°F (49°C), that could cause a metal surface temperature range of 180°F.(100°C.) within the framing system. 2. Wind Loading: Provide capacity to withstand loading indicated below tested per ASTM E 330. a. Uniform pressure of 45 psf inward and 45 psf outward. 3. Transmission Characteristics of Fixed Framing: Comply with requirements indicated below for transmission characteristics and test methods. a. Air and Water Leakages: Air infiltration of not more than 0.06 cfm per sq. ft. of fixed area per ASTM E 283 and no uncontrolled water penetration per ASTM E 331 at pressure differential of 6.24 psf (excluding operable door edges). 4. Transmission Characteristics of Entrances: Provide entrance doors with jamb and head frames which comply with requirements indicated below, for transmission characteristics and test methods. a. Air . akage: Air infiltration per linear foot of perimeter cra( t of not more than 0.50 cfm for single doors and 1.0 cfm for pairs of doors per ASTM E 283 at pressure differential of 1.567 psf. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08410-2 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES 1.5 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty signed by Manufacturer/Fabricator, and Contractor agreeing to replace aluminum entrances which fail in materials or workmanship within time period indicated below of acceptance. Failure of materials or workmanship includes excessive leakage or air infiltration, excessive deflections, faulty operation of entrances, deterioration of finish or construction in excess of normal weathering, and defects in hardware, weather- stripping, and other components of the work. 1. Time Period: Three years from date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1_ MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable products: 1. VISTA WALL 2. KAWNEER 3. TUBELITE B. Aluminum Doors, Medium Stile: 1. Sections shall be extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum alloy adapted as necessary to match color finish selected by Architect. 2. Joints shall be butted, mechanically reinforced and welded. Glazing stops shall be snap -in type. No exposed screws shall be used to secure stops. Stops on exterior side shall be lockin tamper -proof type. 3. Major portions of the door stiles shall be 0.125" in thickness and glazing molding shall be 0.050" thick. 4. Vertical stiles shall be minimum 3-1/2", top rail 3-1/2", and bottom rail 6-1/2". 5. Color and finish of installed materials shall fall within range of samples reviewed by Architect. 6. Basis of design: VISTA WALL C. Glazing: (provide glazing materials including glass; comply with requirements of DIVISION 8 - GLAZING): 1. Glass and panels shall be installed and glazed from interior of building. Snap -on glass stops shall be used with no exposed screws. 2. Setting blocks, spacers, and clips shall be provided as necessary to meet glass manufacturer's requirements, recommendations of FGMA Glazing Manual and requirements of drawings. 3. Exterior glazing tape shall be black, manufactured by: a. PROTECTIVE TREATMENT, INC. 606 Butyl Tape Sealant b. TREMCO 440 Tape C. PECORA Extru-Seal B-44 4. Heel bead shall be one part acylic, manufactured by: a. TREMCO Mono b. PECORA Unicrylic C. GRACE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Daraseal A THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08410-3 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES 5. Wedge shall be manufactured by: a. TREMCO Polyshim WEJ 6. Glass shall be as indicated in Contract Documents, and as designated in Section 08800 - GLAZING. D. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum components. 1. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for application of hardware. Match finish of adjoining metal. E. Concealed Flashing: Dead -soft stainless steel, 26 gauge minimum, or extruded aluminum, 0.062" minimum, of an alloy and type selected by manufacturer for compatibility with other components. F. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's high -strength aluminum units where feasible, otherwise, nonmagnetic stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386. G. Concrete/Masonry Inserts: Cast-iron, malleable iron, or hot -dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386. H. Bituminous Coatings: Cold -applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-PS 12, compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat. I. Compression Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable stripping of either molded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM D2000 or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D 2287. J. Sliding Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable stripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile, with nylon fabric or aluminum strip backing, complying with AAMA 701.2 K. Hardware 1. Manufacturer's Standard Hardware VISTA WALL (Basis of Design): 3 ea Hinges BH-1 - 4-1/2 x 4 - NRP 32D 2 ea Push -Pull PH-12 US28 1 Threshold 1/2" x 6" x 115 (WOOSTER) CAST 1 Deadlock MS-1850A (Less Cylinder) 32D 1 Lock/Face Plate 32D 1 Closer 4210-CUSH AL 2. Refer to Section 08710 - Door Hardware and Division 11 - Door Control/Monitoring System for coordination and requirements of additional hardware. 2.2 FINISHES A. Surfaces exposed to exterior and interior view shall be coated with factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinylidene fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly cleaned and pretreated aluminum meeting the requirements of ASTM D-1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08410-4 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Erect work plumb, level, true -to -line and secure in accordance with instructions of manufacturer. Provide joint clearances to allow for expansion. Door to door frame tolerance of 1/8" shall be rigidly maintained. B. Anchoring devices shall be aluminum, stainless steel, or other noncorrosive materials not harmful to aluminum. Steel anchors may be used provided they are properly insulated. Paint for shop coating and field touch-up of dissimilar metal connecting members including anchors and clips, shall be alkali resistant bituminous paint. C. Where type, size, or spacing of fastening for securing material to building construction is not shown or specified, use expansion or toggle bolts or screws as required by building construction material. Such bolts or screws shall not be less than 1/4" diameter and spaced 24" on center. D. Set sill members and other members in continuous bed of sealant and with joint fillers or gaskets to provide weathertight construction. Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Joint Sealers, for sealants, fillers, and gaskets. 3.2 CLEANING A. Aluminum shall be left clean and unmarred, protected from damage during subsequent construction operations. B. After installation has been completed and prior to final inspection, wash all aluminum work with a non -alkali soap and water solution. Follow with a clearwater rinse. Refinish where necessary, replace damaged parts, leave in complete and finished condition. C. Institute protective measures and other precautions required to assure that aluminum entrances and storefronts will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance. ******************** END OF SECTION 08410 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08410-5 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Security Steel Window Units. 2. Mock -Up Unit. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03412 - Precast Concrete Panels B. Section 03490 - Precast Concrete Modular Cell C. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry D. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers E. Section 08842 - Security Glazing 1.3 REFERENCES A. AAMA 502-90 - Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and Sliding Glass Doors. B. ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. C. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated, Galvanized by the Hot -Dip Process. D. ASTM C-314 - AAMA TM-1-76 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Dynamic Pressure. E. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. F. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. G. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. H. Steel Window Institute (SWI). 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of wall to a design pressure of 45 psf and a suction of 45 psf and as measured in accordance with ASTM E 330. B. Air infiltration tested in accordance with ASTM E 283: 1. Air infiltration: maximum for ventilator: a. 0.10 cfm per foot of crack length at 6.24 psf pressure differential. b. Air infiltration maximum for fixed: 0.06 cfm/square foot. 2. Water penetration tested in accordance with ASTM E 331: a. No uncontrolled water leakage at 10.0 psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons /hr/sf. 3. Structural performance tested in accordance with ASTM E 330 and based on: a. Maximum deflection of L/175 of the span and allowable stress with a safety factor of 1.65. No glass breakage, damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or deflection of any unsupported span, (meeting rails, muntins, frames, or mullions). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08660-1 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS b. The system shall perform to these criteria under a windload of 45 psf (Performance Class 45). 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: Comply with recommended specifications of Steel Window Institute (SWI), except to the extent more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Windows shall meet or exceed air, water infiltration and deflection test requirements for the type, grade and performance class of security window units required. C. Mock-up/Proto-Type: 1. Provide one unit in designated area under direct supervision of manufacturer. 2. Installation shall be approved by Architect to constitute a standard of quality for subsequent installation. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer specializing in manufacturing security windows with a minimum of five years of documented experience. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: 1. To requirements of Division One, submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, and details for each type of steel window unit required. 2. Include information on fabrication methods, finishing, hardware and accessories, and show weight per foot of each steel section. B. Shop Drawings, Security Steel Windows: 1. Submit shop drawings including wall elevations at 1/4",scale, typical unit elevations at 3/4" scale and full size section details of every typical composite member. 2. Show anchors, hardware, and accessories which are not fully detailed in manufacturer's standard data. 3. Include glazing details. C. Samples, Steel Windows: 1. Submit 3 samples of specified finish, on 24" lengths of window members. 2. Architect reserves right to require additional samples, which will show fabrication techniques and workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1.8 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to commencement of security window installation, conduct a preinstallation conference at the Project site with the security window system manufacturer, installer, + mer's representative and Architect, and other interested part es to review procedures, schedules, and coordination of the security window Work with other elements of the work, to include adjacent materials of wall elements. Record discussions and distribute minutes of meeting to all attendees. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08660-2 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store; protect and handle products to site under provisions of Contractor's agreement. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall include a custom five year warranty on the integrity of window installation covering materials and workmanship. 1. Warranty shall be executed by the Contractor, Installer, and steel window manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace steel window units which fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include but are not necessarily limited to structural failures including excessive deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration, faulty operation of sash and hardware, deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the contract documents. 2. Warranty period is 5 years after the date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. CHIEF INDUSTRIES, INC., Grand Island NE 2. WILLIAM BAYLEY COMPANY, Springfield, Ohio 3. SOUTHEASTERN SPECIALTY CO., Montgomery AL 4. DETENTION SYSTEMS AND SALES, Bloomington IL 5. HOPES SECURITY PRODUCTS INC., Jamestown, N.Y. 6. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Frames: 1. Form frames from low carbon steel not less than #12 gauge. Frames shall be two piece sections, deep carrying through glazed portions continuously from top of head to bottom of sill at each jamb and between jambs at head and sill. 2. Cope and weld frame members at corners full depth of the frame for maximum strength and weather tightness; dress exposed welds smooth. Provide frame members with dimensions and profiles indicated on the drawings. B. Mullions: 1. Form mullions where required from low carbon steel not less than #12 U.S. gauge coped and continuous welded to frame. C. Intermediates: 1. Horizontal intermediates: Provide 2" x 2" x 1/4" steel tubing horizontal wrapped with 12 gauge steel. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08660-3 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS 2. Provide low carbon steel not less than 12 gauge, intermediate security members, securely welded to frame members. D. Frame Supports: 1. Frame supports shall be angles, continuous wher e 1. Field anchors shall be hot rolled steel angles, and 12 gauge channels, continuous where possible, field welded to built-in anchors and frame anchors. F. Glazing Stops at Frame: 1. Prepare windows for outside glazing with 1/4" thick low carbon steel bar stops. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Factory assembly shall consist of fixed units. B. Perimeter frame intermediates shall be assembled into complete units. C. Provide weep holes and internal water passages, where necessary, to conduct infiltrating moisture to exterior. 2.4 FINISH: A. After fabrication all windows, mullions and trim shall be either chemically or mechanically cleaned to remove mill scale, dirt, oil and other foreign matter, followed by a zinc phosphate treatment. A coat of epoxy primer shall be applied over zinc phosphate and oven baked at 375 degrees for 12 to 15 minutes, resulting in a dry film thickness of not less than 1 mil, followed by a coat of polyester oven baked at 400 degrees for 12 to 15 minutes, resulting in a dry film thickness of not less than 1 mil. B. Painting: Section 09900; color of finish coat shall be as selected by Architect. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners: 1. Bronze, brass, stainless steel or other metal warranted by the manufacturer to be non -corrosive and compatible with steel window members, trim, hardware, anchors and other components of window units. 2. Exposed fasteners: match finish of member or hardware being fastened, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide "torx with peg" Security Type screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. B. Anchors, Clips and Window Accessories. 1. Depending on strength and corrosion -inhibiting requirements, fabricate units of stainless steel, hot -dip zinc coated steel or iron complying with ASTM A386, or bronze/brass. 2. Provi0_., shims, screws, bolts, and shields, required for attact vent. C. Sealants: 1. Unless otherwise indicated for sealants required within the fabricated window units, provide type recommended by window manufacturer for joint size and movement, to remain permanently elastic, non -shrinking, and non -migrating. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08660-4 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS 2. Coordinate requirements with Section 07900. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for installation of window units and other components of the work. B. Set units plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames sash. C. Anchor securely in place. D. Separate zinc coated steel and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion on electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. E. Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound as shown, or with joint fillers or gaskets as shown, to provide weathertight construction. F. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of the work. G. Coordinate requirements with Section 07900 for primers, joint fillers and gaskets. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Water Tests 1. Coordinate field tests with other sections of this Project Manual. Conduct tests in areas as directed by Architect. Conduct tests as required to obtain satisfactory performance as acceptable to Architect. 2. Field test similar to AAMA 501.2 - Field check of metal curtain walls for water leakage. a. There shall be no uncontrolled water leakage in the finished installation, as defined in AAMA 501.2. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean surfaces promptly after installation of windows, exercising care to avoid damage of coating. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances. B. Clean glass of preglazed units promptly after installation of windows; complete with requirements of Division One for cleaning and maintenance. C. Provide protection and other precautions required through remainder of construction period, to ensure that window units will be without damage or deterioration (other than normal weathering) at time of acceptance. ******************** END OF SECTION 08660 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08660-5 SECTION 08710 PART 1 - GENERAL DOOR HARDWARE 1.1 SUMMARY 1. Door hardware is defined to include items known as detention hardware, as required for swing and sliding doors. 2. Work of this Section includes finish hardware. 3. Door Hardware a. Provide physical samples, templates and schedules, delivered to point of need, as necessary to allow proper fabrication of materials to which Door Hardware items are to be attached. b. Provide on -site inspection and assistance during installation of Door Hardware and final adjustment, as required after installa- tion. C. Provide UL rated hardware for rated door and frame assemblies. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Hardware Manufacturers: 1. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and lock sets, locking systems, hinges and closers) from one manufacturers. B. Suppliers: Recognized builder and security hardware suppliers who have been furnishing hardware for a period of not less than 5 years, and who employs an experienced hardware consultant who is available at reasonable times during the course of the work, for project hardware consultation to the Architect and Contractor. C. Fire -Rated Openings: 1. Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and ASTM E-152 and local building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the types and sizes of doors required, and complies with the requirements of the door and door frame labels. 2. Where exit devices are required on fire -rated doors, (with supplementary marking on door UL label indicating "Fire Door to be Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware"), provide UL label on exit device indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following: 1. Product Data: Submit specifications, installation instructions and general manufacturer's recommendations for all hardware products specified. 2. Hardware and Keying Schedule and Catalog Cuts: Submit for coordination of work. a. Based on hardware indicated, organize hardware schedule into "hardware sets", indicating complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. b. Furnish an index cross referencing Architect door number, Architects hardware group and suppliers hardware group. c. Submit schedule at earliest possible date, in order to facilitate fabrication of other work (such as metal doors and frames) which may be critical in project construction schedule. Include catalog cuts of all items used in the schedule. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 900^7.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-1 MtoI0I,U1 DOOR HARDWARE d. Include a proposed separate keying schedule, for Owner review and modification if necessary. 3. Submit Shop -Drawings, in the form of complete horizontal or vertical schedules, which identify each hardware item, its type, design, finish, function, method of fastening or anchorage and group designation. B. Keys: 1. For security hardware, deliver keys directly from the manufacturer to the Owner's representative. Provide signed copy of receipt of delivery to the Owner's representative. 2. For finish hardware, deliver keys to the Owner's representative by registered mail. Provide signed copy of receipt of delivery to the Contractor for record. C. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and exposed finishes in accord with Division One. 1.4 LIMITATIONS A. Manufacturers and products identified in the following paragraphs represent the limit of manufacturers and products selected by the Architect for use on this project. Where single identifications are made for a given item, only that product will be accepted. Where multiple identifications are made, any one of the identified products will be accepted, provided that the single product chosen is used throughout the project without further variation. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to hardware schedule and include basic installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of thicknesses, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at proper times to proper locations (shop or project site) for installation. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. For products delivered to door and frame fabricators and to Project site, package each item of hardware separately, complete with necessary fasteners, installation instructions and templates. Mark each container with item number and location of installation in accordance with corresponding information shown on the final hardware schedule. B. Store hardware products at the site to prevent damage; store in a secure place until installation. C. Control handling and installation of hardware products which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed ry hardware losses. D. Replace items found to be defective, either through manufacturing, delivery, storage, handling or installation, within a three week period. Make special arrangements for manufacturing and shipping replacement material. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-2 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide 1 year written warranty from date of Substantial Completion. B. Provide 5 year written warranty for all door closers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. General 1. Hand of Door: Contract Documents indicate swing and hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as shown. 2. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use hardware products which have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a location visible when door is closed (omit removable nameplates), except in conjunction with required UL labels. 3. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of the basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of lesser quality, than specified for applicable hardware units by FS-FF-H-111, FS-FF-H- 106, FS-FF-H-116, and FS-FF-H-121. Do not substitute "Optional" material or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified. 4. Security Fasteners: a. Manufacture hardware to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self -tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. b. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Austenitic Stainless Steel Fasteners, 18-8 series and 3QO series, for the following items: 1) 4-1/2" Hinges, Foodpass Hinges, Prison Hinges and Pivots 2) Jamb Mounted Lock Covers 3) Lock Mounting Plates 4) Surface and Flush Mounted Pulls 5) Cylinder Escutcheons 6) Thresholds 7) Exit Devices C. Finish: 1) Provide matching plated finishes for hardware units at each door or opening, to the greatest extent possible and as otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and textures as much as commercially possible. In general, match items to manufacturers standard finish, except screws in painted materials may be stainless steel finish. d. Head Styles: 1) PINNED `ALLEN' HEAD 2) CENTER PINNED REJECT `TORX' HEAD Head Style and Finish shall be furnished as appropriate for installation requirements. e. Acceptable Manufacturers: Security Screws may be obtained through the following: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-3 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 1. CAMCAR DIVISION OF TEXTRON, INC. ROCKFORD, IL TELEPHONE: (815) 961-5000 2. TAMPER-PRUF SCREWS, INC. PARAMOUNT, CA TELEPHONE: (213) 531-9364 3. RITELOC COMPANY FREEPORT, NY TELEPHONE: (516) 378-1020 4. NAPCO FASTENERS, INC. SAN ANTONIO, TX TELEPHONE: (512) 646-0341 f. Security Fasteners specified herein shall be obtained by the manufacturers, supplier, or installer of each component. The Contractor shall assume the ultimate responsibility of providing security fasteners for this project. B. Lock Cylinders and Keying: 1. The manufacturer shall maintain permanent key identification records, on electronic media, locked in fire proof files, for security and future key replacement. 2. Locks for this project will incorporate three separate keying systems: a. Mogul cylinder operated locks shall be grand master keyed or master keyed as requested by Owner. b. Paracentric cylinder, (lever tumbler), operated locks shall be keyed alike or different as requested by Owner. C. Commercial cylinder operated locks shall be grand master keyed or master keyed as requested by Owner. d. Do not furnish construction master keyed cylinders. 3. Visual Key Control: a. Permanently affixed control symbols shall be stamped on the keys and cylinder cams, which are concealed when installed. Provide a key code chart which indicates the door number, location, hardware group, and lock type for which its respective key operates. b. Enter the control symbols for doors on additional floor plans. Two copies of the schematic keying chart and floor plans shall be turned over to the Owner at the completion of the project. The cost of this service shall be included within the cost of the project. 4. Key Transfer: a. Send all keys, via secure courier, directly to Owners pre - designated representative. Do not deliver keys to the job site. Provide key receipts of all keys delivered to Owner, and Contractor. 5. Key Quantity: a. Furnish four keys for each key change used. Mark commercial Keys "DO NOT DUPLICATE". 6. Key Control System: a. Key control system shall be furnished with a capacity of 1.75 times the number of door locks and shall be a complete dual tag system. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-4 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE b. Panels must have individual hook and label pockets formed as an integral part of the panel. C. Tags of two types shall be provided, one set for permanent attachment of file key without the use of tools and the other set with snaphook holding at least four keys. d. Indexing shall be provided to record information concerning locks and keys alphabetically. e. Include special panels for large detention lock keys and keys alphabetically. f. Permanent Loan Registry shall be furnished to protect identity of key borrowers while Receipt Tabs shall be supplied for temporary loan. g. Provide panels as follows: 1. Central Control Room 2. Locksmith 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers are listed in the Product List. 1. No substitution shall be permitted for LCN closers and Adtec DPS and Closer/DPS. B. Hinges: 1 Cast brass or stainless steel, three knuckle, concealed stainless steel ball bearings, stainless steel hinge pins, institutional type tips. All full mortised hinges shall be furnished with 1/4-20 Torx Type FHMS. 2. Hinges to be 4-1/2X x 4-1/2 with .180-leaf thickness having a minimum Tensile Strength exceeding 62,000 PSI and a minimum Yield Strength of 52,000 PSI. 3. Unless otherwise specified, hinges for doors through 3'-0" wide shall be 4-1/4 x 4-1/2. Provide one additional hinge for doors over 3'-0" wide. 4. Furnish 2 hinges for doors 60" or less in height, and one additional hinge for each additional 30" of height or fraction thereof. 5. Furnish additional hinges as needed for lead lined doors. Be responsible for coordination with Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION requirements. 6. Finishes: a. 5014709-Brass Hinge applied to Hollow Metal-USP Prime Coat on Brass. b. 5014709-Brass Hinge Applied to Wood-US4 Satin Brass. C. 5014707-Stainless Steel Hinge applied to Hollow Metal -Prime LEP Prime Coat on Stainless Steel d. 5014707-Stainless Steel Hinge applied to Wood-US32D Satin Stainless Steel. 2.3 SMARTLOCK SYSTEM A. General: Provide an Adtec Smartl,o% System. The system shall be of an "intelligent" design and shall operate under the control of a programmable logic controller (PLC), the main operating program (software) for which shall be stored in the memory protected by on -board standby batteries capable of maintaining stored programming for 10 years. 1. Each Smartlok module is connected to a four wire, (2 twisted shielded pair) multi -drop, party line system. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-5 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 2. The Smartlok module controls eight output functions. Each output function, is a 24 volt plus DC at 50 miliamps supplied by the Smartlok module. The eight input functions, are dry contact closures, using voltage provided by the module. 3. Provide conduit and wiring for all items, outside of the party line, being controlled by the Smartlok module. These items may include: a. Intercom (Communications buss and control conduit and wire if the intercom is not located in the same jamb housing with the Smartlok module. b. Lights (Power buss, relay may be required). C. Televisions (Power, control conduit and wire from the Smartlok conduit loop. Relay may be required.) d. Other Electrical Devices which may be controlled. NOTE: If items require more than 50 miliamps for actuation, a relay should be included for correct systems interface. B. WIRING - The wiring and connectors required from the communication module to the Smartlok modules and the wiring and connectors required from Smartlok modules to Smartlok module shall be two twisted pair, two conductors each; Adtec part no. SL1000. 1. The Power Buss Wiring shall be sized to meet the needs as required in the Contract Documents. 2. Both the cable and power buss wiring, must be looped back to the Smartlok communication module. Both may be pulled in the same conduit but this conduit must be dedicated to this Smartlok system ONLY. C. Wiring Distances: The Smartlok module loop shall be able to communicate at a total loop distance of 3,000 feet. D. System Programming: Program a programmable logic controller using a RS232 interface module. The language will be ASCI II base and programmed as instructed by Adtec Inc. Each communication module communicates with no more than 32 Smartlok modules. Each Smartlok module will be set to receive information during installation. E. Station Numbering: It shall be possible to assign or change Smartlok module addresses easily and quickly at each station location, by entering the new number on the Smartlok module without the use of any special tools. F. Modular Design: Connections shall be accomplished by means of plug-in connectors at the interface module and all Smartlok modules for Adtec cable #SL1000. G. System Features: The Adtec Smartlok System to be provided under these specifications shall include, or shall have the provisions to include, the following features: 1. Full continuous communication of all modules. 2. Watch Dog System. 3. Dual Communication --Send and Receive. 4. Class A multi -drop, party line system. 5. Capabilities to operate both eight input and eight output functions. 6. Diagnostic reporting. 7. Addressability of module. 8. 24 VDC Operation. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-C SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 9. Interface with RS232 language ASCI II 10. Built in noise protection in lock, module, and interface module. 11. Capability of controlling intercom, lights, television, locks, etc., other on -off switching with no additional control wire from the door or actuating device to a control console. H. Service Facilities: Make available to the purchaser a local Service Department of a duly authorized dealer of the manufacturer's equipment, which shall stock the manufacturer's standard parts. On the premises maintenance shall be provided during normal working hours at no cost to the purchaser during the warranty period. I. Training of Personnel: All personnel directly concerned with the operations of the Smartlok series microprocessor -based systems shall be thoroughly instructed in the use of the systems by authorized dealer personnel. Such service shall be provided in conjunction with the system equipment. Maintenance Staff Technical Training shall be available at selected times during the year to the Owner for maintaining their system. 2.4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR SMARTLOCK SYSTEM. A. Smartlok Modules 1. Output of modules 2. Quiescent current 3. Eight Output 4. Eight Input B. Two output functions mechanism. The other such as relays. C. Interface Module 50 milliamps per point 24 VDC 50 miliamps 24 VDC and two input functions are used by the locking six output functions should be low current devices 1. Power consumption .05 amps 24 VDC D. The Interface Module allows logic devices, such as PLC's, computers, or other devices capable of using the industry standard RS232 protocol to generate the controlling signals for each Smartlok. E. The Interface Module uses nonvolatile memory (remembers without power on) for both programs and data. memory is powered by lithium batteries with a ten year (minimum) useful life. F. The Interface Module has two communications ports. One of the ports configured to RS485 protocol will communicate with the Smartlok modules using a four wire, multi -drop, party line protocol. The response time should be less than 1/4 second, for any command or report. G. Provide necessary power supply and power buss wiring to operate the Smartlok System and all devices which are configured requiring direct power from the power buss in the conduit with the Adtec jacketed communication wire #SL1000. 2.5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION OF THE SMARTLOCK SYSTEM A. The Tsfy-erface Module shall be located in close proximity (100 ft. or less) to the programmable logic controller (PLC) which should include a RS232 communication module furnished as part of the control system. The interface module must receive a serial interface cable from the RS232 communications module of the PLC. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-7 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE B. The Smartlok modules are connected in a multi -drop party line system from the interface module to the Smartlok modules and back to the interface module. Using jacketed wiring cable SL1000 for communication only, power buss wiring will be provided. Both the Adtec Cable SL1000 and the power buss will be in one conduit dedicated to the Adtec Smartlok system only. C. The control, monitoring of openings, and other switch devices are controlled by the configuration of the ROM residence software in the interface module. 2.6 FABRICATION OF SMARTLOCK SYSTEM A. The system shall be assembled entirely from standard, factory produced components. B. The electronic control circuit components shall be mounted on printed circuit boards of glass/epoxy construction. C. Provide 10 spare Smartlok modules to be turned over to the Owner. 1. Communications board shall contain the digital interface to the communications network. 2. Smartlok module board contains the digital interface to the communications network. 2.7 QUALITY CONTROL OF SMARTLOCK SYSTEM A. All modules shall be completely tested and verified for function at the factory prior to shipment. 2.8 EXECUTION A. Preparation: Electronic circuit assemblies shall not be installed until all drilling, filing, punching, which might produce metal chips has been completed. B. Installation: 1. Install all fixtures, assemblies, and equipment as specified herein and as indicated on the drawings in strict accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and instructions. 2. Wiring shall run concealed in walls, in slab, or above ceilings and shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's wiring diagrams. When complete, all wiring shall test free from opens, shorts, and grounds, and be in proper operating condition. 3. Make final electrical connection adjustments of all devices to obtain a fully functional system, except that mechanical mis-adjustments of hardware which prevents the electrical function of the system. 4. After the final checkout of the entire system, prepare project record an "as built" set of wiring diagrams of the entire system showing every point-to-point connection. Include these diagrams in the Maintenance and Operating Manuals delivered to the Owner. C. Field Quality Control of Smartlock System: Prepare a written log of performance testing of each door, zone, or function of the entire system. D. Demonstration of Smartloc' System: 1. Provide the following: a. Prior to Owner acceptance, demonstrate the functionality of the entire system to Architect and Owner's representative. b. Provide three copies of the detailed test reports generated in section above. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREF 08710-8 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE c. Provide a video tape of system operations for Owner user in training future system operators. 2.9 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL LOCKS A. Adtec 2124: Electro-Mechanical, deadlocking, latch -motor operated lock - Heavy duty security lock for remote or key unlocking, for mounting in special pocket in door frame. The lock shall provide the following features: 1. Motor Operated, 24 VDC a. Motor assembly shall be interchangeable with either 115 VAC solenoid assembly or 115 VAC motor assembly. b. Motor shall be rated for 2,000,000 cycles at continuous duty at rated voltage. Motor shall be rated at .2 amps (minimum) to .5 amps (locked rotor) at 24 VDC controlled by current limiter. C. Lockbolt retracting linkage shall have a direct drive to motor output shaft. 2. Bolt shall be retracted by remote switch or manually unlocked by key. Once retracted, it remains retracted until door is opened, then it snaps back to extended position ready to lock when door is closed. 3. Roller bolt - latchbolt combination shall be used to set the deadlock when the door closes. Roller bolt and deadlock arm shall be adjustable to provide for varying conditions at each door. 4. Equipped with heavy duty Mogul cylinder for manual key unlocking. Key one or two sides. (Finish-US4 Satin Brass) 5. Lock case and cover shall be 1/8 inch steel approximately 5-7/16" x 3-3/4"x12". Finish - Electroplated zinc. 6. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair parts without file and fit installation in the field. 7. Lock bolt to 1-1/2 x 3/4" with a 3/4" throw. 8. Lock bolt and roller bolt shall be stainless steel. 9. Cover plate shall be flush to eliminate protruding lock pocket. 10. Anchor plate and cover plate shall both be removable for easy field maintenance. 11. Integral deadlock status switch actuated by an adjustable deadlock rocker to provide for varying conditions at each door. All internal switches to be fully adjustable. 12. Cast Stainless Steel Roller Strike US32D 13. Furnish with an "amp" connector for field wiring hookup. All wire leading from the lock shall terminate into a plug. A mating socket with corresponding color coded lead wires shall be furnished for connecting to the field wires without the presence of the lock. 14. Half Cycle Holdback (EH) - requires a two position maintained contact switch at the console. When the switch is in the "open" position, the lock bolt is held in the retracted position by the electric motor. The door may function as a "push/pull" opening until switch is returned to the "locked" position. At this time the motor completes its full cycle and re -locks the door. 15. No Latchback (NL) - the latchback notch on the rocker .assembly is eliminated to give the operator at the console complete control of the movement of the lock bolt. Used with a maintained contact switch at the console, the lock bolt will extend when the pushbutton or toggle switch cuts power to the solenoid. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER -9 HLM '0007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 16. Acceptable Manufacturer Folger Adams #122/126-MCI-1-07-MO-24VDC-US4 CYLINDER GALV. LOCKCASE AND COVER. #122/126-EEI-1-07-MO-24VDC-US4 CYLINDER GALV. LOCKCASE AND COVER. B. Security Locking Devices 1. ADTEC 6400 Sliding Door Locking Device a. Fully selective electric locking, unlocking and remote operation system for sliding doors. Systems allow remote electrical release and operation and also provide for remote UPS release of each individual door. The system shall have the following features: 2. Functions: a. Sliding door remote unlocking operation and relocking shall be by means of electric remote control. b. Device electrical controls shall accomplish the following: 1) Unlock and operate any individual door. 2) Unlock and operate any number of doors selected without changing the status of those not selected for operation. C. Sliding door operation shall be by means of an electric motor and rack/pinion gear drive over each door. d. Emergency release shall be by means of remote UPS and by a special keyed release mechanism at each door. 3. Electric Operation a. Each sliding door shall be remotely controlled by means of fully selective switches located on a control console as indicated in the Contract Documents. Operation of an individual door shall be by means of a motor and rack/pinion gear unit installed above each door. b. In both fully open and fully closed positions, each door shall be locked at not less than one point at the head of the door, and not less than one point at the bottom of the door. , The door shall also be locked in the rack/pinion gear unit installed above the door to prevent lateral movement when locked. Top and bottom locking shall be accomplished by means of a vertical lockbar located within a tamperproof lock column located at the rear jamb of each door. C. Each individual door shall be propelled in either the "open" or "close" direction at a speed sufficient to open a 3' wide unit in not more than five seconds. Each door shall be immediately reversible with variable speed delay factory set at 1/2 second to prevent motor and gear damage during reversing operation. d. Device must have torque limiting system to shut off motor after one second of current load. Torque limiters must recheck system every 1-1/2 seconds with 1/2 load to determine if full operation can be performed. After the blocking obstruction is removed, the door shall automatically continue to move in the selected direction and relock. Door movement shall be arrested by approximately 40 lbs. of resistance applied to the door. Device must have variable force factory set at 40 lbs. but must be variable for adjustment from 10-90 lbs. e. In the event of the loss of electrical power during the movement of a door, the door shall be held in a stopped position by the THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-10 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE locking mechanism within the rack/pinion unit above each door. System designs which permit doors to be "free wheeling" under this condition shall not be acceptable. 4. Manual Release/Manual Operation a. A manual release and operation system shall be provided for each sliding door. This release system shall remain fully operational in the event of an electrical power failure and shall provide release and operation for the doors. 5. Components a. Horizontal Cover Box sections shall be provided for each sliding door for the protection of the locking device. The cover box enclosures shall be made in units of convenient length in the profile, as shown on the approved shop drawings. These shall be constructed as follows: 1) The backplate of the cover box shall be not less than 3/16" steel plate. 2) The top, bottom, and end plates of the cover box shall be not less than 10 GA mild steel sheet. 3) The removable cover sections shall be constructed of not less than 10 GA mild steel sheet. The cover sections shall be securely held in place by means of approved security fasteners or shall be locked in place by means of 2 manual locking systems at each device. 4) The bottom section of the horizontal cover box shall be constructed to prevent the introduction of any tools or foreign objects to be used to interfere with the normal operation of the device. The slot through which the door slides shall be designed to provide a baffle to prevent such interference. Dimensions of device must not exceed 11" in height and 7-1/2" in depth. b. Horizontal Raceway Enclosure shall be provided within the horizontal cover box system to house and protect the electrical control and power wiring for all components of the system. Inside of door must not protrude from the wall more than 7/8 of an inch. The raceway shall be constructed as follows: 1) The front and bottom of the raceway shall be not less than 14 GA mild steel sheet. 2) The back of the raceway shall be the backplate of the cover box. 3) The raceway shall separate all control and power wiring from the device mechanism and as required by local codes. C. Locking Mechanism shall be as shown on approved shop drawings and manufacturer may vary minor components with this section without negating this overall specification. The major components for each individual door shall be as follows: 1) Motors shall be U.L. Listed. Motor shall be provided with a current overload device. 2) Gear reducer unit and rack and pinion drive mechanism shall be of manufacturer's standard design and shall propel the door carriage for opening and closing the door. The use of chain and sprocket systems or pneumatics to drive the door carriage shall not be acceptable. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-11 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 3) The door carriage shall be constructed of not less than 1/4" steel plate and be designed in such a way that lateral movement of the carriage mechanism shall automatically actuate all locking and unlocking keyless mechanical components of the system. 4) Hanger guides shall be not less than 1/4" steel plate. 5) Hanger to interlock with track support with a clearance of not more than 1/4". 6) Hanger support rollers shall be 3" O.D. minimum, parabolic (curved to match track) and shall have anti -friction shielded bearings. 7) Heavy duty rubber bumpers and steel inertia spring units shall be included to quiet each door unit and to provide automatic movement away from locked position. 8) Vertical lockbar shall be not less than 1/4" steel plate and the vertical lockbar housing shall be not less than 7 GA steel. 6. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. ADTEC 6400 2. FOLGER ADAM 3B 3. SOUTHERN STEEL 3150 7. Electro-mechanical, vertical lockbar, sliding corridor door locking device. A maintain switch at the console activates unlocking of lockbar and rack and pinion gear movement of door. Mechanical release through the cover box for each door. Additionally provide Mogul Key Switch in the pilaster adjacent to each doors closing jamb and key operated unlocking of cover panel. C. Mechanical -Paracentric Cylinder Operated Security Locks: ADTEC 4080703 MP4A Detention Mechanical Deadlock - The lock shall have the following features: 1. Bolt shall be retracted and extended by a paracentric key. Key shall be removable with the bolt in the extended or retracted position, unless used with a single wing escutcheon. Key one or two sides. 2. Lever tumblers shall have "anti -pick notches" on both sides of the gate which provide high security in both the. locked and unlocked conditions. 3. Lock case and cover shall be steel. Size: 5-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3-3/4". 4 .Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair parts without file and fit installation in the field. 5. Lock bolt to be 2"x 3/4" cold rolled steel with 1/4" diameter case hardened insert pins. 6. Bolt throw shall be 3/4'. Projection 1/2" or 1-1/4" retracted. 7. Cylinder shall be one piece silicone bronze alloy with paracentric keyway. 8. Tumblers - Five spring temper brass lever tumblers. 9. Corrosior resistant working parts. 10. Finish - Electroplated Zinc. 11. Acceptable Manufacturers: Folger Adam: 82/86 x HM - Galy. D. Adtec 4105: Detention Head and Foot Deadlock - Heavy duty deadlock for securing the inactive leaf of pairs of doors. Provide lever tumblers for greater security than conventional head or foot bolts. The lock shall have the following features: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-12 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 1. Bolt shall be retracted and extended by a paracentric key. Key shall be removable with the bolt in the extended or retracted position. 2. Lever tumblers shall have "anti -pick notches" on both sides of the gate which provide high security in both the locked and unlocked conditions. 3. Lock case and cover shall be steel. Size: 4-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 31. 4. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair parts without file and fit installation in the field. 5. Lock bolt to be 3/4" diameter stainless steel. 6. Bolt throw shall be 5/8". 7. Cylinder shall be one piece silicone bronze alloy with paracentric keyway. 8. Tumblers - Five spring temper brass lever tumblers. 9. Corrosion resistant working parts. 10. Finish - Electroplated Zinc. 11. Acceptable Manufacturer: a. Folger Adam #105HMxl05FBRxlO5K-GALV. E. Adtec 4017701 Detention Latch - Lever tumbler lock for use on food passes. The lock shall have the following features: 1. Bolt shall be retracted by paracentric key. Snap locks upon closing. Key one side. 2. Lock case and cover shall be steel. Size: 4-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 2-3/4". 3. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair parts without file and fit installation in the field. 4. Lock bolt to be 1" x 7/16" stainless steel. 5. Bolt throw shall be 7/16". 6. Cylinder shall be one piece silicone bronze alloy with paracentric keyway. 7. Tumblers - Five spring temper brass lever tumblers. 8. Corrosion resistant working parts. 9. Finish - Electroplated zinc. 10. Acceptable Manufacturer: a. Folger Adam #17-Galt'. F. ADTEC 2110/2115 Institutional Security Mortice Locks 1 Provide for openings where indicated an institutional mortise lock operated by mogul cylinder and active knobs as scheduled. 2. Provide each mortise lock with 5027 (Active/Inactive) knobset and two rosetts with 3/8" threaded spindle. Finish US4-Dull brass. 3. Provide Mogul cylinder, 2" in diameter of solid brass. With five stainless pin tumblers. Cylinders shall be listed UL 437, high security for pick resistance. 4. Strike size, 6-3/4" x 1-1/4" x 9/16" curved lip, stainless steel. 5. Case, 7-1/2" x 5-1/2" x 1-1/4", cold rolled steel zinc (US2C) plated to resist corrosion. 6. Provide appropriate screws for attaching the locks, strikes, and knobsets. All finish screws shall be Torx Tamper Resistant with matching trim. 7. Acceptable Manufacturer: a. Folger Adams: 110K-GALV 115K-GALV 125-1-GALV 125-4-GALV THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-13 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE G. Adtec 5015703 Detention Hinges --Half surface, heavy duty hinges. Provide the following features: 1. Hinges to be 5"x6" with .375 leaf thickness. 2. Shall be made of triple weight steel capable of carrying doors or gates up to 2,000 pounds. 3. Each hinge shall have two hardened steel races containing sixteen 3/16" hardened and ground steel balls which are assembled within a jacket. 4. Concealed ball bearings shall be well lubricated insuring smooth H. I. operation and preventing wear. 5. Make provision in the hinges for forced lubrication if further lubrication is necessary. 6. Rolled knuckles are to be wielded and machined. 7. Pin is to be constructed of one piece of steel welded at both ends, making it impossible to drive out the pin. 8. Acceptable Manufacturer a. Folger Adams: 5FS Commercial Grade High Security Mortise Locks Locksets and latchsets shall be the product of one of the following (provide wrought box strikes for all strikes): 1. Russwin - T7000 series x Newgate Design 2. Corbin - 9700t series x 764P Surety Design (Acceptable Manufacturer) 3. Finish-US4-Satin Brass 4. Provide cylinders with a keyway restricted for exclusive use by this facility to a distance of 300 miles from the facility. Do not provide high security cylinders. Adtec 5001701 Door Closer/Door Position Switch - Heavy duty use proven hydraulic concealed closer with the Adtec adjustable position switch mounted integrally within the closer unit. 1. Closer Features: a. Full rack and pinion hydraulic operation. b. Separate hydraulic control of closing and latching speeds. C. Adjustable hydraulic back check to cushion opening swing. d. Tamper -proof regulation switch adjustment. e. Adjustable spring power (may be increased 50%). f. High strength cast iron cylinder. g. Quiet, low friction track and roller combination. h. Total concealment when door is closed. i. Available with hold -open feature in track. Specify 5001HO. Dead Stop specify DS. Allows hold open up to 100 . j. Heavy duty arm. k. Allows 180 degree of opening. 1. Meets or exceeds ANSI -grade 1. M. Furnish with Liquid X Hydraulic Fluid - Constant viscosity makes seasonal adjustment unnecessary. Permits temperature range of 120'F (49°C) to 30°F (-35°C). 2. Door Position Switch Features: a. Positive mechanical indication. b. Switch is factory adjusted to monitor door position within 1/2" from the leading edge of the door to the door stop, but can be field adjusted by a simple rack and pinion mechanism. C. Self Adjusting Overtravel. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 0871 -14 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE d. Switch is single pole, double throw micro type with a rating of 5 amps at 125v to 250v. Suitable for 24VDC systems with battery back-up. e. Furnish with color coded wires with a pair of cable connectors. 3. Finish - BL BRONZE LACQUERED. 4. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair parts without file and fit installation in the field. 5. Acceptable Manufacturer: LCN 2210DPS-H-LT 1991 6. Finish - BL BRONZE LACQUERED 7. Acceptable Manufacturer: a. Folger Adam 35 HS-USP Prime Coat J. ADTEC 5006: Surface Mounted Door Position Switch - Mechanical surface mounted switch used to indicate a closed door position. Usually wired in series with an electric lock, it provides additional security against false indication. Provide with the following features: 1. Positive mechanical indication. 2. Switch shall be enclosed in a 10 gauge steel case with cover attached with two security fasteners. Front mounted for easy service. 3. Finish to be galvanized. 4. Wiring/conduit access to be provided thru rear of unit. 5. All conduit and wiring to be concealed. 6. Shall allow door to swing 180°. Switch actuator shall be able to bypass switch without breakage or getting switch out of adjustment. 7. Slope front to prevent concealment of contraband on top of unit. 8. Actuator - Surface or mortise for 4-1/2" hinge. Specify. Surface mount only for 5" hinge. (5007) 9. Size 6-1/4" long x 1-7/8" high x 2-1/2" deep. (Smallest in industry) 10. Unit to be furnished complete with mounting bolts. 11. Switch is single pole, double throw micro -type with a rating of 5 amps at 125V. Suitable for 24 VDC systems with battery back up or heavier duty 110 BAC controls. K. Adtec 5030: Cylinder Escutcheon - Used as a guide for paracentric keys, protects the painted surface in the area surrounding the lock cylinder on the door. 1. Unit shall be constructed of 1/8" Brass with a US4 finish, or 1/8" type 303 stainless steel with a US32D finish, and shall be 3" in diameter. 2. Unit shall have keyway punched to match that of lock on which it is installed. Use single wing (1-way) for snap locks: 4017, 4030, 4060, 4060K, 4070. Use double wing (2-way) for deadbolt locks: 4010, 4030D, 4080. 3. Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam #1 -US2D-Stainless Steel #1b-US4-Dull Brass L. Adtec 5035751 Cylinder Shield - Used to protect the keyway of exterior locks with paracentric cylinders. 1. Unit shall have a 3" diameter base consisting of an Adtec 5030 stainless steel escutcheon. 2. Cylinder shield housing shall be constructed of 3/8" thick high strength nylon with a wide temperature range, and shall be securely fastened to base and to cover. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-15 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 3. Shield cover shall be constructed of 1/8" type 303 stainless steel and shall rotate 270 degrees to close over keyway. 4. Finish - US32D 5. Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam #2SC US32D-Stainless Steel. M. Adtec 5040701 Door Pull - Raised door pull for detention use, shall be of high strength and ample size and shape to handle heavy doors and resist abuse. 1. Unit shall be cast of solid manganese bronze. 2. Size - 8-3/4" long x 2-1/4" deep. 3. Finish to be US4. 4. Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam #2-US4-Dull Brass N. Adtec 5047701 Flush Pull - Recessed door pull for use on sliding doors where pull must be flush and for the inmate side of doors to eliminate protruding knobs or handles in higher security areas. 1. Unit shall be a 5" high x 4" wide x 1/8 thick solid brass casting. 2. Integral. pocket grip shall be recessed a depth of 1". 3. Finish to be US4. 4. Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam #4-US4-DULL BRASS 0. Thresholds, Door Seals, and Astragals 1. Thresholds shall be of extruded bronze (brass) through out the facility with integral stop and silicon seal. 2. Door Seals Shall be of dark bronze, self-adhesive, resilient Rubber as manufactured by Pemko. 3. Astragals shall be of brush type, polypropylene, center fin to block air infiltration, contained in an extruded aluminum housing. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS b. REESE C. ZERO P. Exit Devices 1. All exit devices shall be of one manufacturer. Provide "UL" labeled devices for fire exit openings where required. 2. Furnish all devices with security head fasteners. 3. Von Duprin 99 series, -NO SUBSTITUTIONS. Q. Commercial Push -Pulls and Flat Goods 1. All push, kick, mop, and armor plates shall be furnished with phillips undercut, countersunk screws a per ANSI 156.6. Trusshead screws are not acceptable. Except where otherwise indicated or where narrow bottom rails dictate a smaller size, kickplates shall be 10" high, mop plates 6" high and armor plates 40" high (12" high on labeled doors). Width shall be 2" less than the door width on single doors and 1" less than the door width on double doors. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. CIPCO b. TRIANGLE BRAT' C. BROOKLING R. Magnetic Holders 1. Where required by the hardware group, provide electromagnetic door releases of 24VDC voltage and current. RIXON LCN FM 900 980 SERIES THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TF -E 08710-16 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE S. Stop and Holders 1. Furnish wall stops equal to Glynn Johnson WB50C or WB60C series wherever door strikes wall. Where wall stops will not work use GJ14XR Floor Stop (with removable Riser). Where wall or floor stops will not work, furnish concealed or surface overhead door stops. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. H.B. IVES b. BROOKLINE C. RIXON d. QUALITY PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine doors, frames, and hardware for damage, defects, and suitability for intended use. Restore all parts or items found damaged, defective or inadequate, or replace with Architect approved material before installation. B. Examine the areas and conditions under which work is to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prior to installation, meet at the Project site with Owner's representative, Architect, Contractor, Installer, and installers of other work which must be coordinated with hardware products. Review products, installation methods and procedures necessary for the proper performance of the hardware system. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: 1. Where heights of items are not listed, mount in accord with recommendations of DHI. B. Fitting: Fit all hardware accurately and properly. Remove exposed part until after painter's finishing is completed, then reinstall. Securely fasten all fixed parts. Fit faces of mortised parts snug and flush. Make sure operating parts move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking or excessive clearance. C. Adjusting and Finishing: After work has been otherwise completed, examine all hardware for complete and proper installation. Lubricate bearing surfaces of moving parts. Adjust latching and holding devices to proper function. Adjust door control devices to proper speed and power. Test keys for conformance to- approved keying system. Clean all exposed surfaces, check for surface damage and polish. D. Thresholds: Install in one continuous piece, full width of opening. Set in full bed of mastic and fasten with countersunk anchors at 6" on center. E. Protection: Cover knobs, pulls and push plates with cloth or other suitable materials during construction. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER FL-M 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-17 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 3.4 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Where hardware is found defective in materials or installation, rework, restore, or replace, or otherwise correct as directed. B. Following will be considered as defective materials: 1. Unauthorized substitutes. 2. Items delivered with missing, broken, damaged or defaced parts. 3. Items of incorrect hand or function. C. Following will be considered as defective installation: 1. Items broken, damaged, or defaced after delivery. 2. Items incomplete, misaligned or incorrectly located. 3.5 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MATERIALS A. Provide three copies of all operating and maintenance instructions, enclosed in a hard -bound loose leaf binder. Label binder with permanent label indicating name of project, owner, date of final acceptance, Architect and Contractor. B. Binder shall include: hardware schedule with key index, templates, wiring diagrams, exploded view of parts list and name, address, city, state, zip code, and phone numbers of all manufacturers of hardware used for this project. C. A representative shall be available for an on -site instruction and training period for the Owner's designated personnel. Representative must be knowledgeable about the equipment provided and be capable of providing training in the adjustment and operation of the equipment provided, including pertinent safety requirements. Instruction shall be given during the first work week after the operating systems have been accepted and turned over to Owner's personnel for operation. On -site instruction and training shall not exceed five 8 hour days in length. Any repairs or adjustment must be completed prior to training period. 3.6 OMISSIONS AND DISCREPANCIES A. The quantities of hardware listed in this schedule are correct, subject to the following: 1. Prior to bidding any discrepancies with Contract Documents requiring clarification or change shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for appropriate action. 2. Compare and verify hardware schedule while preparing of Bid and include all miscellaneous items (as specified, or otherwise suitable, and equivalent quality) i.e., lock mountings, escutcheons, keys, etc. as necessary to provide a complete operational system. These items shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Coordinate the hardware schedule with the door control schedule for control functions and operational features. 3.7 MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS Deliver maintenance and spare parts in properly packed cartons and obtain receipt when delivered. B. Furnish to the Owner a complete set of four (4) each size high quality tool sets for various security screws and bolts used in this work. C. Spare Parts 1. Furnish the Owner with the following spare parts: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-18 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE QUANTITY ITEM 1 EA. SMARTLOK FAX MODULE 12 EA. SMARTLOK MODULES 4 EA. ELECTRIC LOCK MOTOR ASSEMBLIES 12 EA. ELECTRIC LOCK LIMIT SWITCHES 1 EA. SLIDING DEVICE DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLIES 4 EA.(2-RH/2-LH) CLOSER/DPS UNITS USED 2 EA.(1-RH/1-LH) SURFACE DOOR CLOSERS 6 EA. DOOR SEALS 1 EA. 24 VDC-HAND HELD LOCK TESTER 3 EA. FULL MORTISE AND FOOD PASS HINGES USED 100 EA. SECURITY SCREWS OF EACH TYPE 4 EA.(2-RH/2-LH) EACH DETENTION LOCK STRIKE 1 EA. COMMERCIAL LOCK OF EACH FUNCTION 6 EA. COMMERCIAL CYLINDERS - "0" BITTED 2 EA. DETENTION MOGUL CYLINDERS - "0" BITTED 3.8 HARDWARE GROUPS HDW GROUP 1 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Jamblock 2124717-SL-EE A 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 2 EA. Door Pulls 5040701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Threshold 2005BS P 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 2 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Jamblock 2124717-SL-NL-1/2 Cycle A 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 2 EA. Door Pulls 5040701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Threshold 2005BS P 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-19 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE HDW GROUP 3 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Exit Device 9975NL-FX99ONL-MX575X425 VD 1 EA. Cylinder As Required 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 4 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Deadlock/MP 4080703MP4A A 1 SET Head/Footbolt 4105706MP4A A 2 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 2 EA. Stops 1 EA. Threshold 179BS P 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P 1 EA. Astragal 355AS P 1 EA. Strike 4080701S A 1 EA. Receptacle 4105717 A 1 EA. Cyl. Shield 5035751 A HDW GROUP 5 (NOT USED) HDW GROUP 6 Each opening to receive: 1 EA. Sliding Device 6400706-SL A 1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 A 1 EA. Flush Pull 5047701 A HDW GROUP 7 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Jamblock 2124711 SL-NL-1/2 Cyc. A 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 2 EA. Door Pulls 5040701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-20 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE HDW GROUP 7-A Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Jamblock 2124711 SL-NL-1/2 Cyc. A 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P 1 EA. Flush Pull 5047701 A HDW GROUP 8 (NOT USED) HDW GROUP 9 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lockset 2110 A 1 EA. Closer 5001701 (Less DPS) , A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P 1 EA. Strike 2110701SC A HDW GROUP 9-A Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lockset 2110 A 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P 1 EA. Strike 2110701SC A HDW GROUP 10 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lockset T7034XNEWGATEX12of76 R 2 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Head/Foot Bolt FB6 GJ 2 EA. Stops 1 EA. Floor Receptacle DP2 GJ 1 EA. Smoke Seal S88D P THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-21 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE HDW GROUP 11 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Lockset T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76 A 1 EA. Head/Foot Bolt FB6 GJ 2 EA. Stops 1 EA. Floor Receptacle DP2 GJ 2 EA. Silencers GJ64 GJ HDW GROUP 12 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges .5014707 A 1 EA. Lockset T7059-NEWGATEX12of76 R 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Smoke Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 12-A Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lockset T7045-NEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Smoke Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 13 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 - A 1 EA. Lockset T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 13-A Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lockset T7059XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI- LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE C. 710-22 DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08710 HDW GROUP 13-B Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lockset LE7061XLUSMOX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 13-C Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lockset T7042XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 14 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Lockset T7061 R 1 EA. Stop 3 EA. Silencers GJ64 GJ HDW GROUP 15 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lockset T7034XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Deadlock 4080703MP4A A 1 EA. Strike 4080701SC A 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 E^;. Stop 1 E` . Door Seal S88D P THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-23 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE HDW GROUP 16 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 2 EA. Exit Device 9947EO-FX425 VD 2 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 2 EA. Stops 2 EA. Magnetic Holders 840-24VDC LCN 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 17 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Privacy Set T7069XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Kick Plate #48 1OX2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Mop Plate #48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 17-A Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lock Set T7061XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Kick Plate #48 10X2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Mop Plate #48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 17-B Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lock Set T7022XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Kick Plate #48 1OX2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Mop Plate #48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP "HREE 08710-24 SECTION 08710 HDW GROUP 18 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A EA. Dead Lock T7002XNEWGATEX12OF76 R EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN EA. Door Pull 551-8" Q EA. Push Plate 2340 4 X 16 Q EA. Kick Plate #48 X 1OX2" LDW .050 Q EA. Mop Plate #48 X 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q EA. Stop EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 19 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lock Set T7061XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Kick Plate #48 1OX2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Mop Plate #48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 19-A Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Privacy Set T7069XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Kick Plate #48 1OX2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Mop Plate #48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 19-B Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lock Set T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Kick Plate #48 1OX2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Mop Plate #48 6X1-1/2" LDW .050 Q 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P DOOR HARDWARE THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-25 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE HDW GROUP 20 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A EA. Lock Set T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76 R EA. Stop EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 21 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lock Set T7059XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 21-A Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lock Set T7059-NEWGATE-LOST-12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 22 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lock Set T7045XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 23 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014707 A 1 EA. Lock Set 2110 A 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 (Stop Side) A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-26 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE HDW GROUP 24 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Dead Lock T7002XNEWGATEX12OF76 R 2 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 2 EA. Door Pulls 5040701 A 2 EA. Flush Pulls 5047701 A 1 EA. Flush Bolts FB6 GJ 1 EA. DP Strike DP1 GJ 2 EA. Stops 1 EA. Threshold 2005 BS P 2 EA. Astragal 355 AS (Hinge Side) P 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 25 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Lockset 2115 A 1 EA. Strike DPI, 2115701SC A 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 25-A Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Lockset 2115 A 1 EA. Strike 2115701SC A 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 26 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Jamb Lock 2124711 SL-NL-1/2 Cyc. A 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 (Hinge Side) A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Threshold 179 BS P 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-.7 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE HOW GROUP 27 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014 A 1 EA. Lockset 2115 A 1 EA. Strike 2110701 SC A 1 EA. Deadlock 4080703MP4A A 1 EA. Strike 4080701 SC A 1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 28 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 1 EA. Deadlock 1 EA. Strike 2 EA. Closer/DPS 2 EA. Door Holders 2 EA. Door Pulls 2 EA. Head/Foot Bolts 1 EA. Floor Receptacle 2 EA. Armor Plates 1 EA. Door Seal 2 EA. Astragals HDW GROUP 29 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 1 EA. Jamb Lock 1 EA. DPS 1 EA. Door Pull 1 EA. Flush Pull 1 EA. Door Seal HDW GROUP 30 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 1 EA. Jamb Lock 1 EA. DPS 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Pull 1 EA. Flush Pull 2 EA. FP Hinges 1 EA. FP Lock 1 EA. Door Seal 5015703 4080703MP4A 24080701 S 5001701 F40 X SEX BOLTS X TOR X HEAD MS 5040701 4105706MP4A 4105717 #48-TYPE A X 40 "HX1" LDW S88D 18A-062 (Hinge Side) 5014709 2124701-SL-1/2 Cyc. 5006701 5040701 5047701 S88D 5014709 A 2124706-SL-1/2 Cyc. A 5006701 A 5040701 A 5047701 A 5013722 A 4017701 A S88D P A A A A GJ A A A Q P P A A A A A P THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-28 SECTION 08710 HOW GROUP 31 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Jamb Lock 2124706-SL-1/2 Cyc. A 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 A 1 EA. Flush Pull 5047701 A 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 32 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5014709 A 1 EA. Jamb Lock 2124701-SL-1/2 Cyc. A 1 EA. DPS 5006701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 A 1 EA. Flush Pull 5047701 A 2 EA. FP'Hinges 5013722 A 1 EA. FP Lock 4017701 A 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P 1 EA. Food Pass Door 3/16" Steel Plate HDW GROUP 33 Each opening to receive: 1 EA. Pivot Set L147 RX 1 EA. IM Pivot ML19 RX 1 EA. Lock Set T7045LL X NEWGATE X 120F7 1 EA. Door Closer 4210-CUSH-SRI LCN 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P HDW GROUP 34 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 5114709 A 1 EA. Lock Set T7059 - NEWGATE X 120F76 R 1 EA. Deadlock T7001 - NEWGATE x 120F76 R 1 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal S88D P DOOR HARDWARE THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THRC`= 08710-29 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE HOW GROUP 35 Each opening to receive: EA. Hinges 1 EA. Lock Set 1 EA. Knobset 1 EA. Strike 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal HOW GROUP 36 Not Used HOW GROUP 37 Not Used 5014709 A 2110711 A 5027704 A 2110701 SC A S88D AP The following are miscellaneous hardware items to be furnished to the installer prior to installation: 2 EA. 24 VDC Hand -Held Lock Test Box 4 EA. Rosette/Knob Alignment Tools 3.9 HARDWARE SETS SET 1 Each opening to receive: 1 EA. Flush Pull EA. Hinges 1 EA. Lock Set 1 EA. Stop 1 EA. Door Seal SET 2 Each opening to receive: 1 EA. Cylinder 1060 (TRIMCO) US26D 5014707 A T7059-NEWGATE-LOST-120F76 R S88D P W-81141 END OF SECTION 08710 US26D THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08710-30 SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior glass and gaskets. and glazing including glazing materials, reglets, a. Provide accessory items for installation of above. 2. Interior glass and glazing including glazing materials, reglets, and gaskets. a. Provide accessory items for installation of above. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI A58.1-1982 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. B. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. C. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Used in Buildings. D. ASTM C1036 - Flat Glass. E. ASTM C1048 - Heat -Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. F. ASTM E576 - Test Method for Dew/Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units in Vertical Position. G. ASTM E773 - Standard Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. H. ASTM E774 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units. I. ASTM F-1233 - Security Glazing Materials and Systems J. FGMA - Glazing Manual K. FGMA - Sealant Manual L. FS-OD-G-451 d M. FS-DD-G-1403 N. SIGMA - Sealed Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide glass and glazing that has been produced, fabricated and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loadings, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glass and glazing materials and other defects in the work. 1. Normal thermal movement is defined as that resulting from an ambient temperature range of 120°F and from a consequent temperature range within glass and glass framing members of 180°F. 2. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal due to other causes than breakage which results in intrusion of dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging, deterioration of protected internal glass coating, if any, resulting from seal failure, and any other visual evidence of seal failure or performance. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 08800-1 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape and type of items utilized in glazing process. Provide one detail for each glazing condition. B. Samples: 1. One 12" x 12" piece of each type of glass. 2. Two 12" lengths of each type of gasket employed. 3. One bead, approximately 1/4" wide and 3" long of each sealant employed, indicating color of set or cured material. C. Product data: Submit manufacturers technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product required, including installation and maintenance instructions. 1. Submit the manufacturers printed cleaning recommendations for each type of glass indicated. Include manufacturers recommendations for cleaning and cleaning solutions to be used. D. Submit quality control records or other evidence from the glass manufacturer identifying measures taken to eliminate nickel sulfide inclusions from tempered glass. E. Submit producer/fabricator semi-monthly observation reports to Architect for record. F. Certifications: 1. Submit written certifications and test reports as to the quality, thickness, types and manufacturer of glass furnished. Submit certificate from respective manufacturers attesting that glass and glazing materials furnished for project comply with requirements. This shall include a written wind load and thermal stress analysis showing a probability of failure of no greater than eight liter per thousand at the design loads and local climatic thermal conditions (Based on wind velocity of 1,50 mph and wind speeds used to preduct wind induced pressures and suctions per ANSI A58.1-1982. 2. Glazing manufacturer shall submit a letter of certification from sealant manufacturer stating that the sealant has been tested for adhesion and compatibility with adjacent surfaces on production samples of metal, glass, and other glazing components and that all sealant details and application procedures shown on the shop drawings are acceptable for use intended. a. Submit written certifications and test reports from the sealant supplier, attesting that sealant materials are compatible with the types of glass being used and the relevant substrates. This shall include, but not be limited to compatibility with the sealants in insulating -glass units and glass coatings which may contact the sealants. 3. Submit written certifications and test reports from the glass unit manur,:turer: a. Atte ting that glazing materials and methods to be employed are compatible with the glass units and will not affect the specified warranty requirements. b. Attesting that the application and use of the glass for the effects of thermal loading under the expected service THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 08800-2 SECTION 08800 GLAZING temperature ranges has been reviewed, and that the specified maximum probabilities of breakage will not be exceeded. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Glass and glazing materials of this Section shall provide continuity of building enclosure vapor and air barrier: 1. In conjunction with materials described in Section 07900, 08410 and 08902. 2. To utilize the inner pane of multiple pane sealed units for the continuity of the air and vapor seal. 3. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout glazed assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant. B. Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass. 1. Glass thickness shall be increased, heat strengthened or tempered as required to meet structural requirements and thermal stresses; preference shall be given to heat strengthened glass over tempered glass. C. Limit glass deflection to L/100, not to exceed 3/4", with full recovery of glazing materials. D. Glass shall not experience spontaneous breakage. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. In addition to complying with applicable codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in "Glazing Manual" (1986 Edition) of the FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION. a. Glazing materials shall be certified to be in compliance with Category I or II of 16 CFR 1201 issued by Consumer Product Safety Commission dated January 6, 1977. b. Comply with ASTM C-1036-85 : "Standard Specification For Flat Glass" C. Comply with ASTM C-1048-85 : "Standard Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass". Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. d. NFPA 80 (1990): Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. e. Comply with ASTM E 1300-89; "Practice to Determine the Minimum Thickness of Annealed Glass Required to Resist a Specified Load." B. Insulating glass units shall be warranted for a minimum of five years against material obstruction of vision and shall be fabricated to meet or exceed requirements of IGCC Class CBA. 1. Comply with performance test procedures , ASTM E 773-83-"Standard Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units", and performance requirements ASTM E 774-84a "Standard Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units". C. For the purpose of glass selection, design wind pressures shall be assumed to have a one minute duration. a. Upon first application of design wind pressure, probability of breakage shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 08800-3 SECTION 08800 GLAZING b. Probability of breakage due to anticipated thermal stress in glass shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Provide fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape and type of items utilized in glazing process. Provide one detail for each glazing condition. B. Samples: 1. One 12" x 12" piece of each type of glass. 2. Two 12" lengths of each type of gasket employed. 3. One bead, approximately 1/4" wide and 3" long of each sealant employed, indicating color of set or cured material. C.. Submit certificate from respective manufacturers attesting that glass and glazing materials furnished for project comply with requirements. D. Glazing manufacturer shall submit a letter of certification from sealant manufacturer stating that the sealant has been tested for adhesion and compatibility with adjacent surfaces on production samples of metal, glass, and other glazing components and that all sealant details and application procedures shown on the shop drawings are acceptable for use intended. E. Product data: Submit manufacturers technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product required, including installation and maintenance instructions. 1. Submit the manufacturers printed cleaning recommendations for each type of glass indicated. Include manufacturers recommendations for cleaning and cleaning solutions to be used. 1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Protection: 1. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before, during, and after installation, and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Breakage and Replacement: 1. Glass, plastic, and glazing members shall be in perfect condition prior to Owner acceptance. 2. Cracked, scratched and broken glass shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.9 WARRANTY A. General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Special Project Warranty on Insulating Glass: Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing to furnish f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed project site, within specified warranty period indicated below, replacements for those insulating glass units developing manufacturing defects. Manufacturing defects are defined as failure of hermetic seal of air space (beyond that due to glass breakage) as evidenced by intrusion of dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging, deterioration of protected internal glass coatings, if any, and other visual THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 08800-4 SECTION 08800 GLAZING indications of seal failure or performance; provided the manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting and maintaining units have been complied with during with warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 years after date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Glass shown but not identified shall be furnished in glass type and thickness equivalent to that required for similar openings. 2. Gray as required, shall be from same source and of same color value throughout project. 3. All glazing shall be of same color value throughout the work; as approved by the Architect. B. Glass: Minimum/Nominal Thickness 1. Glass Type A: 1/4" Clear Float Glass: a. ASG 1/4" Starlux Float b. LOF 1/4" Monolithic Float C. PPG 1/4" Clear Float Glass 2. Glass Type AG: Grey float glass with a light transmittance not to exceed 45%. a. LOF 1/4" Grey Monolithic Glass, b. PPG 1/4" Solargray Glass 3. Glass Type ATG: 1/4" Grey tempered float glass with a 1 ight transmittance not to exceed 45%. a. LOF 1/4" Grey Tuf-Flex b. PPG 1/4" Solargray Herculite 4. Glass Type AW: 1/4" Wire Glass, U.L. Approved: Pattern, diagonal, mesh of woven stainless steel wire of ]/2" grid size. 5. Glass Type DIRT: 1" insulating glass of 1/4" grey float glass, 1/2" airspace and 1/4" clear tempered float glass. Light transmittance shall not exceed 45%. a. PPG 1" Solarban THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 08800-5 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 6. Glass Type DIRT: 1" insulating glass of 1/4" clear float glass with reflective coating, 1/2" air space and 1/4" clear tempered glass. Light transmittance shall not exceed 45%. a. PPG 1" Solarban C. Glazing Materials: 1. Setting blocks, spacers and clips shall be provided as necessary to meet glass manufacturer's requirements, and recommendations of the FGMA Glazing Manual. Unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer, following qualifications will apply: a. Setting blocks: 70 to 90 durometer rubber, treated hardwood, or lead. b. Spacer blocks: 40 to 50 durometer neoprene 3" long. 2. Exterior glazing tape: black: a. PECORA Extru-Seal B 8-50 b. PROTECTIVE TREATMENT 606 Butyl Tape sealant C. TREMCO Tremco 440 tape 3. Heel Bead: one part acrylic: a. GRACE Duraseal A b. PECORA Unicrylic C. TREMCO Mono 4. Wedge: a. TREMCO Vision Strip Black 5. Interior Wood Door and Metal Door Frame Glazing Compound a. DAP Flexiglaze Compound 1231 b. PECORA M-242 C. TREMCO Tremglaze PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Setting, General: 1. Glazing: in accordance with Flat Glass Marketing Association Glazing Manual, as amended by details and this Section. 2. Frame openings: square, plumb and true in plane. a. Frame conditions which would create glazing requirements contradiction to bid conditions shall be reported for correction. b. Installation of glass shall constitute acceptance of frame conditions along with subsequent responsibility for correc- tions as necessary. 3. Glass size and clearance shall be determined by this Section. No glass shall become load -bearing; glass shall not contact any material other than glazing materials within rabbet. 4. Centering blocks: used on all glass over 50 united inches in size. 5. Seal sash corners and fabrication intersections with sealant to make sash watertight. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 08800-6 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 6. Clean rabbets just prior to glazing to assure surfaces free of all material which would prohibit bond of glazing material. 7. Glaze only when ambient and surface temperatures are above 40°F. 8. Wire Glass: Installed with grid at 45° diagonal. B. Glazing Application, Inside Bead, Single Glazed: 1. Apply exterior tape to rabbet face allowing slight lap over sight line and minimum of 1/2" bearing on rabbet. 2. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points, or as required by manufacturer Each block shall be individually set in bed of sealant. Set glass centered in the opening. 3. Lay heel bead into space between glass and sash. Sufficient sealant shall be applied so that stop, when applied, shall force sealant between glass and stop, sealing joint between sash; glass and stop. 4. Install interior wedge between stop and glass, embedding point wedge into heel bead. Top of wedge shall be smooth and even. Cut wedge slightly oversize in length so that it is installed under compression. 5. In lieu of wedge, spacer blocks may be used between glass and interior stop, and the clearance space filled with an acceptable glazing compound, finished with a slight slope up to the glass tooled smooth and even for best appearance. 3.2 CLEANING A. Remove excess compound and sealant immediately after glazing operation is completed; final cleaning of glass shall occur just prior to acceptance of building by Owner. Clean all glass to requirements of manufacturers printed instructions. B. Labels shall remain in place until time of final building cleanup; at that time remove labels, wash and polish all glass. Final cleaning shall be responsibility of Contractor. ******************** END OF SECTION 08800 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 08800-7 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING PART 1' - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Security glass and glazing. 2. Security glazing of exterior windows 3. Security glazing of exterior entrances 4. Security glazing of interior doors 5. Security glazing of interior partitions, and miscellaneous interior security glazing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Federal Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Material; 42 FR 1428; 16 CFR 1201, January, 1982. B. U.L. Standard no. 972. C. U.L. 752; 7th edition; Standard for Bullet Resistant Equipment. D. H.P.White Test TP-0500.00 or WMFL Containment Test Level I, II, III. E. H.P.White Ballistic Penetration Test. F. WMFL Forced Entry Certification, Lo-Spall. G. ASTM F-1233-89; Standard Test Method for Security Glazing Materials and Systems. H. ANSI Z97.1-1984 I. ASTM D 635 J. ASTM D 2843 K. ASTM E 84 L. Flat Glass Marketing Association, (FGMA). M. ANSI Z 26.1; (Taber Abrader, Test #17). N. (FGMA) - Flat Glass Marketing Association - Glazing Manual, 1990 Edition; Sealant Manual. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Experience Criteria: 1. Manufacturer: a minimum of five years experience manufacturing specified item. 2. Installer: a minimum of five years of documented successful installation on correctional facilities projects of similar scope and size. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Security Glass: Comply with multiple impact and high energy impact test, UL Report No. BP-1154 and UL Standard No. 972. ASTM F-1233-89. B. Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Material; 42 FR 1428; 16 CFR 1201-1982. C. ASTM F-1233-89; Standard Test Method for Security Glazing Materials and Systems. D. Maintenance Serviceability Test, All Types: 1. Products will not exhibit an increase in haze of more than 15% .Criteria: The sample as received shall be abraded according to Test #17 of ANSI Z26.1, (Taber Abrader) for 100 cycles with a 500 gram load. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08842-1 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING 2. No special procedures shall be necessary for window cleaning under this test. E. Bullet Resistant Glass: Tested, listed and labeled by UL for the required rating. Comply with UL 752, seventh edition. (HPHG, 357 MAG.). F. Safety Glazing Materials Act, State of Florida. G. Attack Procedure and Time Sequence: 1. The ballistic test and forced entry must occur on separate samples. H. Each piece of glass shall be of domestic manufacture, labeled with the manufacturer's name, date of manufacturer, ballistic and force entry rating, and the grade or quality of grade. Label shall be permanent; clearly visible and legible from secure side. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit test data substantiating that glass complies with specified requirements. B. Manufacturer's Data, Glazing Materials 1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, and installation instructions for each type of glazing sealant and compound, gasket and associated miscellaneous material required. Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of certification, or certified test laboratory report indicating that each material complies with the requirements and is intended generally for the applications shown. a. Submit manufacturer's specifications, and installation instructions for each type of glazing sealant and compound, gasket and associated miscellaneous material required. Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of certification, or certified test laboratory report indicating that each material complies with the requirements and is intended generally for the applications shown. C. Samples, Glass: 1. Submit two 12" square samples of each type of glass required. D. Samples, Glazing Materials: 1. Submit three 12" long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of glazing sealant or gasket exposed to view. 2. Install sample between two strips of material similar to or representative of channel surfaces where sealant or gasket will be used, held apart to represent typical joint widths. E. Glazing materials Test submittals: 1. 30 days prior to application, submit written certification from sealant manufacturer of test results and acceptability for adhesion and :,)mpatibility with all adjacent materials i-nd finishes. Pre-ide results of tests and compatibility as required by other sections of this Project Manual. Include sealant manufacturers interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed to obtain adhesion. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TH' =E 08842-2 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING 2. Preconstruction field test reports indicating which products and joint preparation methods demonstrated acceptable adhesion to joint substrares. 3. Preconstruction compatibility and adhesion testing: Submit samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealers to joint sealer manufacturers for compatibility and adhesion testing, as indicated : a. Use test methods standard with manufacturer to determine if priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion to joint sealers to joint substrates. 1. Perform tests under normal environmental conditions that will exist during actual installation. b. Test not less than nine pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint sealer backing, secondary seals and other adjacent materials. F. Submit manufacturer's literature and signed statement with warranty, stating that manufacturer's glass product will conform to physical attack, flame attack and ballistic attack retainage test levels stated in the requirements set forth in this specirication section. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of liquid sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are below or above manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have under the Contract Documents. B. Security Glass: Laminated glass and polycarbonates: 1. Provide Owner a five year warranty for materials and labor from date of Substantial Completion for all security glazing. 2. Provide written warranty by manufacturer agreeing to replace defective work in the event of material failure due to manufacturing defects. Defects shall be defined as edge separation, delamination, breakage or coating failure. 1.9 TEST PROCEDURES A. WMFL (Ballistic/Physical/Flame Attack) LEVEL 1 LEVEL 11 LEVEL III ATTACK SEQUENCE SUMMARY BAL ASTIC AND 60 MINUTES 60 MINUTES 30 MINUTES PHYSICAL ATTACK PHYSICAL ATTACK PHYSICAL ATTACK .44 Magnum, 240 Grain 25 rounds N/A Two -Lb. Claw Hammer 5 minutes 5 minutes Cold Chisel/Screwdriver 5 minutes 5 minutes 10-Lb. Sledgehammer 5 minutes 5 minutes 1-1/2" x 3' Pipe with 2" x 2" x 3' Angie Iron 5 minutes 5 minutes THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE N/A 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A 08842-3 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING #8 Reinforcing Bar, 3' Long 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A 4" x 4" by 3' Long (Oak) Leg 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A Fire Extinguisher (Chemical Dry) 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes 10-Lb. Sledgehammer 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A Clothes Hanger/Knife, Heated 10" Blade, 1/4' Thick 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A Propane Burner (2,000°F) 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes 4-Lb. Hammer 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes 3" x 3' Pipe with 1 " x 1 " x 3' Angle Iron 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A B. H.P. White - TP-0500.00 (Ballistic/Forced Entry) LEVEL A LEVEL B LEVEL C LEVEL D LEVEL E Caliber .38 Special 9mm .44 Magnum .30 Carbine 7.62mm Rifle Shots (3) Material Distance Material Distance Material Distance Material Distance Material Distance 15' 15' 15' 15' 15, THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08842-4 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING 2. PHASE II -FORCED ENTRY LEVEL I LEVEL 11 LEVEL III LEVEL IV LEVEL V Blunt Impacting (Impacts) Sledgehammer/Wedge (25) 1.4 8.10 18,25,28 31,34,41,43 46,49,52,55,58 4" Diameter Pipe/Sledge (25) 2 7 17 30 45 Ram (10) N/A 6 16 29 44 Sharp Tool (Impacts) Chisel/Hammer (25) N/A 12 21,24 35,38,42 51,56 Angle Iron/Sledge (25) N/A 13 22 N/A N/A 1-1/2" Diameter Pipe/Sledge (25) 5 N/A N/A N/A N/A Fire Ax (25) N/A N/A N/A 37 48,54 Wood Maul (25) N/A 15 20.27 33,40 50,57 Keyhole Saw (1 minute) N/A (a) (a) (a) (a) Thermal Stress (minutes) Extinguisher, CO2 3 9 N/A N/A N/A Propane Torch (5) N/A 11 19 N/A N/A Acetylene Torch (5) N/A N/A N/A 32 47 Chemical Deterioration (Amount) Gasoline (1/2 pint) N/A 14 23 N/A N/A Windshield Washer (1/2 pint) N/A N/A 26 36 N/A Methylene Chloride (1/2 pint) N/A N/A N/A 39 53 Total Forced -Entry Sequences 5 15 28 43 58 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08842-5 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The equipment and materials of this section shall be products of the following manufacturers, subject to compliance with specification requirements and provided each manufacturer meets all requirements of the Quality Assurance section of this specification. 1. FALCONER GLASS INDUSTRY INCORP., Falconer, NY 2. GLOBE AMERADA GLASS CO., Elk Grove Village, IL. 3. INSULGARD CORP., Hyattsville, Md. 4. TEMPGLASS MIAMI, INC. 5. VIRACON INC., Owatonno, MN B. Sizes given are nominal. Any change or difference from sizes stated shall be coordinated for proper fit of glass stops. C. Type SG-1: 9/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit consisting of: a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane C. 1/4" clear polycarbonate d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane e. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass f. H.P. White, Level I, forced entry D. Type SG-2: 13/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit consisting of: a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane C. 1/8" clear polycarbonate d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane e. 1/8" clear polycarbonate f. Interlayer .050 polyurethane g. 1/8" clear polycarbonate h. Interlayer .050 polyurethane i. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass j. H.P. White, Level II, forced entry E. Type SG-3: 11/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit consisting of: a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane C. 1/4" clear polycarbonate d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane e. 1/4" clear wire glass (1 hour fire rated, 45° wire) f. H.P. White, Level I, forced entry F. Type SG-4: 9/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit consisting of: a. 1/8" frosted clear chemically or heat strengthened glass b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane C. 1/4" clear polycarbonate d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane e. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass f. H.P. White, Level I, forced entry THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08842-6 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING G. Type SG-5: 9/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit consisting of: a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane C. 1/4" clear polycarbonate d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane e. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass f. H.P. White, Level I, forced entry H. Type SG-6: 15/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit consisting of: a. 1/4" clear wire glass (1 hour fire rated, 450 wire) b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane C. 1/8" clear polycarbonate d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane e. 1/8" clear polycarbonate f. Interlayer .050 polyurethane g. 1/8" clear polycarbonate h. Interlayer .050 polyurethane i. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass j. H.P. White, Level II, forced entry I. Type SG-7: 13/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit consisting of: a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane C. 1/8" clear polycarbonate d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane e. 1/8" clear polycarbonate f. Interlayer .050 polyurethane g. 1/8" clear polycarbonate h. Interlayer .050 polyurethane i. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass j. H.P. White, Level II, forced entry J. Type SG-8: 11/16" ± thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit consisting of: a. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane C. 1/4" clear polycarbonate d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane e. 1/4" frosted wire glass (1 hour fire rated, 45° wire) f. H.P. White, Level I, forced entry 2.2 GLAZING SEALANT/COMPOUNDS A. Basic Requirements: Refer to Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1. Provide black exposed glazing materials, unless another color is indicated or unless another color is selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2. Provide hardness of materials as recommended by the manufacturer for the required application and condition of installation in each case. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08842-7 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING 3. Provide only compounds which are known (proven) to be fully compatible with surfaces contacted. 4. Provide sealants recommended by manufacturer: B. Silicone Rubber Glazing Sealant: 1. Silicone rubber, one part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS TTS001543, Class A. Provide acid type for porous channel surfaces, and provide non-acid type for porous channel surfaces (where any of the channel surfaces are porous). C. Two Component Polysulfide Glazing Sealant: 1. Polysulfide two part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS TTS00227, Class A Type 2 (non -sag); with container bearing Thiokol Chemical Corporation seal of approval; compounded by manufacturer specifically for glazing. D. Butyl Rubber Glazing Tape: 1. Partly vulcanized self-adhesive, non -staining, elastomeric butyl rubber tape, 98% solids intended for 35% compression, non - appreciable deterioration for 3000 hour test in Atlas Weatherometer. E. One Compartment Urethane Glazing Sealant: 1. Solvent based, one component polyurethane; compounded specifically for glazing; complying with FS TTS00230, Class A Type II. F. Acrylic Latex Glazing Compound: 1. Modified latex rubber and acrylic emulsion polymer, compounded specifically as a glazing sealant with permanent flexibility (non -hardening), non -staining and non -bleeding. G. Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant: 1. Polymerized butyl rubber compound with inert filers and pigments, solvent based with 75% solids, non -sag, tack -free within 24 hours, paintable, non -staining. H. Preformed Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant: 1. Tape or ribbon (coiled on release paper) of polymerized butyl, or mixture of butyl and polyisobutylene, compounded with inert fillers and pigments, solvent based with minimum of 95% solids, with thread or fabric reinforcement, tack -free within 24 hours, paintable, non -staining. 2. Provide combination tape and encased continuous rubber shim, of approximately 50 durometer hardness. I. Oil Based Face Glazing Compound: 1. FS TTG410 type and consistency recommended by manufacturer for application shown. 2.3 GLAZING GASKETS A. Provide glazing gaskets as recommended by man,Jicturer: B. Molded Neoprene Glazing Gaskets: I. Molded or extruded neoprene gaskets of the profile and hardness required for watertight construction; comply with ASTM D 2000 designation 2BC 415 to 3BC 620, black. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE V 42-8 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING C. Polyvinyl Chloride Glazing Gaskets: 1. Extruded flexible PVC gaskets of the profile and hardness shown, or as required for watertight construction comply with ASTM D 2287. D. Vinyl Foam Glazing Tape: 1. Closed cell, flexible, self-adhesive, non -extruding, polyvinyl chloride foam tape; recommended by manufacturer for exterior, exposed, watertight, installation of glass, with only nominal pressure in the glazing channel, comply with ASTM D 1667. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene 7090 durometer hardness, with proven compatibility with sealants used and urethane/ polycarbonate laminates used. For glass and polycarbonate laminates, fabricate setting blocks of polycarbonate compatible material. B. Spacers: Neoprene 4050 durometer hardness with proven compatibility with sealants used. C. Compressible Filler Rod: Closed cell or waterproof jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, prevent to be compatible with sealants used, flexible and resilient, with 510 psi compression strength for 25% deflection. D. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. E. Exposed Security Fasteners: 1. Provide "Torx w/peg" head tamperproof security fasteners for anchoring work in exposed security areas. 2: Locked mechanical rooms do not require tamperproof fasteners. 3. Finish shall match that specified of the item anchored. 4. Provide Owner with tools for fastening devices. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the framing and glazing angle surfaces, backing, removable stop design, and the conditions under which the glazing is to be installed, and notify the Architect in writing of all conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is required, unless indicated otherwise. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for operating sash and doors) without failure of any kind including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials and other defects in the work. B. Protect glass from edge damage at all times during handling, installation and operations of the building. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08842-9 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING C. Glazing angle dimensions are intended to provide for necessary minimum bite on the glass, minimum edge clearance and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Be responsible for correct size for each opening, within the tolerance and necessary dimensions established. D. Comply with combined recommendations of glass manufacturer and manufacturer of sealants and other materials used in glazing, except where more stringent requirements are specified, and except where manufacturer's technical representatives direct otherwise. E. Comply with "Glazing Manual" by Flat Glass Marketing Association except, and except as specifically recommended otherwise by the manufacturers of the glass and glazing materials. F. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation, and eliminate those which have observable edge damage or face imperfections. G. Unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with pattern, draw and bow oriented in the same direction as other pieces. H. Cut and install colored (tinted) glass as recommended in "Technical Services Report No. 104" by PPG INDUSTRIES. I. Install polysulfide sealants as recommended by Thiokol Chemical Corporation, except as otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 3.3 PREPARATION FOR GLAZING A. Clean the glazing angle, or other framing members to receive glass, immediately before glazing. Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to the substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces wherever elastomeric sealants are used. B. Apply primer or sealer to joint surfaces wherever recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3.4 GLAZING A. Comply with glass, window and frame manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet. Set blocks in thin course of the heelbead compound, if any. C. Glazing shall be set with equal bearing for entire width. D. Provide spacers inside and out, and of proper size and spacing, for all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, except where gaskets are used for glazing. Provide 1/8" minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. E. Voids and Filler Rods: Prevent exudation of sealant or compound by forming voids or ;,stalling filler rods in the channel at the heAl of jambs and head ( to not leave voids in the sill channels) except as otherwise indicated, depending on light size, thickness and type of glass, and complying with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Do not attempt to cut, seam, nip or abrade glass which is tempered, heat strengthened of coated. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP 4REE 08842-10 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING G. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete "wetting" or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. H. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a substantial "wash" away from the glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of the channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. I. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from the glass and stops or frames promptly after installation, and eliminate stains and discolorations. J. Where wedge shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the angle to pressurize the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not "walk" out when subjected to dynamic movement. Anchor gasket to stop with matching ribs or by proven adhesive, including embedment of gasket tail in cured heel bead. K. Glaze units at the building site. L. Gasket Glazing: Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where gaskets are used for channel glazing, so that gaskets will not pull away from corners and result in voids or leads in the glazing system. 3.5 CURE, PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Cure glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. B. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately upon installation, to attachment of crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass. C. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in other ways during the construction period, including accidents and vandalism. D. Maintain glass in a clean condition during construction, so that it will not be damaged by corrosive action and will not contribute (by washoff) to the deterioration of glazing materials and other work. E. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than four days prior to Owner's acceptance of the work in each area. Comply with glass manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning and polishing. ******************** END OF SECTION 08842 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08842-11 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Glazed Window Wall 2. Glazing materials, and gaskets. 3. Custom factory preformed, prefinished, aluminum frames, internal and external reinforcing, anchorage including anchorage to structural members, sills, stools, glazing materials, flashing and gaskets. a. Supports, accessories, and components for a complete glazed system. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS 2. Section 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES 3. Section 08800 - GLAZING 1.2 REFERENCES A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. B. AAMA - Aluminum Curtain Wall Design Guide Manual. C. AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site. D. AAMA 502-90 - Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and Sliding Glass Doors. E. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. F. AAMA T1R - Al - Sound Control for Aluminum Curtain Walls and Windows. G. AAMA 1503.1-88 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections. H. AAMA 1504-88 - Voluntary Standard for Thermal Performance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections. I. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. J. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. K. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape and Tube. L. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. M. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. N. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. In addition to complying with all applicable codes and regula- tions, comply with recommendations contained in "Glazing Manual" of the Float Glass Marketing Association and "Aluminum Curtain Walls" published by Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer Association. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.0073 BID GROUP THREE 08902-1 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS B. Qualifications of system Manufacturer/Fabricator: Manufacturer and fabricator companies specializing in aluminum window wall systems with a minimum of five years of documented experience, in manufacture and fabrication of systems similar in material, design, and similar in scope to that indicated for this project. 1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed installation of glazed window wall systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for the Project and who is acceptable to the glazed window wall manufacturer/fabricator. C. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and registered in the State of Florida. D. Drawings: Drawings are diagrammatic. The details shown are intended as a guide for the aesthetic and interfacing requirements of the glazed curtain wall to and with other work. The drawings are not to be construed as engineering design, or adequate to meet the engineering design requirements. E. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Demonstrate to the Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory -submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the progress of the Work. F. Mock Up and Test: Comply with "Mock-up and Test" paragraph requirements of Owner's Testing Laboratory Services. Construct mock- up units of the glazed aluminum curtain wall system for testing at the Owner approved Laboratory's Test Facilities. Mock-ups shall be complete with all components, finishes, and details of construction identical with those proposed for use in the building. Do not take special precautions or use techniques that do not represent those to be used on the building. 1. Do not begin installation of mock-ups until Testing Laboratory proposed for use has been approved by Owner and Architect. 2. Mock-ups shall be of sufficient size and configuration to demonstrate adequately the system's performance capabilities. 3. Personnel assembling mock-ups at the laboratory shall be the personnel that will perform this work at the project site. 4. Include mullions, panels and glazings where applicable. Provide corners, splice joints, sealants, anchors, and other components necessary. G. Schedule testing with sufficient time for analysis of results and to prevent delay in the progress of the Work. 1. Coordinate testing requirements with testing of other materials referenced in other Sections of this Project Manual. 2. Test the glazed aluminum window wall system for compliance with requirements specified for performance and test methods. Conduct tests with assemblies representative of actual materials. Conduct tests with assemblies representative of actual materials and construction proposed for incorporation in the Work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08902-2 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS H. Field -Constructed Mock -Up: Before installing the window wall system, erect a full-size sample window wall panel mock-up, including mullions, panels, vision glass, to include each type of glass, tempered glass as directed by Architect, and other elements of the system, to verify selections made under sample submittals and to represent the completed system for aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and installation. Build the mock-up to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the final installation. 1. Construct the mock-up on site in the location and sizes as directed by the Architect. 2. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 3. Obtain the Architect's acceptance of the mock-up before starting final erection of the glazed aluminum window wall system. 4. Maintain the mock-up in undisturbed condition during construction as a standard for judging completed window wall installation. 5. If acceptable to the Architect, accepted mock-ups on the building in undisturbed condition at time of Substantial Completion may be incorporated into the Work. J. Windows shall meet or exceed air and water infiltration and deflection test requirements as defined by AAMA 101-85 for the type, grade and performance class of window units required. K. Mock-Up/Proto-Type 1. Install one unit in designated area under direct supervision of manufacturer. 2. Installation approved by Architect to constitute a standard of quality for subsequent installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape, and type of aluminum members, glazing, blocking, sealants, tapes, gaskets and all associated items utilized in the installation of window wall and relation of assemblies to adjacent building components. B. Provide samples of corner construction for both frame and operating sash for each operation type, approximately 12" long on each leg. C. Provide representative finish samples of production items indicating full range of color tolerance that will be applicable to this project. Samples shall be large enough to allow good comparison. D. Provide written certification that all materials, products, fastening devices, and anchorage are designed to comply with all applicable code requirements, to include applicable loads on anchors and fastening devices. E. Provide certified test results of tests performed by a qualified independent testing agency, acceptable to Owner and Architect, certifying compliance with Performance requirements indicated based on comprehensive testing of the system by the laboratory within the last 3 years current production of the system by the manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08902-3 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Protection: 1. Use means necessary to protect materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. 2. Store units standing on edge, supported on wood strips to prevent damage to any part. Prevent contact with dirt or mortar. Damaged parts shall not be installed. B. Replacements: 1. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary at no cost to Owner. 1.6 TESTS A. Depending upon the prevalence or absence of leakage in the initial water penetration tests, and upon the measures adopted by the Contractor to eliminate the source of leakage (if any) from subsequently erected work, the Architect will determine the necessity of (and scope of) additional tests. All retests required by the Architect due to repeated failures in "initial water tests" shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Corrective work required shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, along with the cost of retesting, the costs incurred by the Architect, owner and their Consultants. Remedial measures must maintain standards of quality and are subject to Architect's approval. B. Test Units: 1. Perform all tests unless noted otherwise, on full size mock-up utilizing largest typical glass lite in accordance with this specification. C. Test Procedures 1. Air Infiltration Test: Air infiltration at 6.24 psf pressure differential shall not exceed 0.06 cfm/square foot of fixed areas and 0.10 cfm per foot of crack length for ventilators when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283. 2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 15.00 psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons per hour per square foot when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331. 3. Uniform Load Deflection Test: No glass breakage, permanent damage or deflection of any unsupported span (framing rails, muntins, and mullions) in excess of L/175 at both a positive and a negative load of 45 psf (design wind pressure at 120 mph) when treated in accord with ASTM E330. 4. Uniform Load Structural Test: Unit shall be tested at 1.5 x design wind pressure both positive and negative, acting normal to plane of wall in accord with ASTM E -30. No glass breakage, permanent damage or permanent deform tion of any main frame in excess of 0.2% of its span. 5. Condensation Resistance Factor Test (CRF): Perform test in exact accord with AAMA 1503.1-88 procedure. Test unit 6'-3" x 7'-9" containing one intermediate vertical and one intermediate horizontal glazed with four equal size lites of 1" insulated THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08902-4 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS SECTION 08902 glass (two 1/4" lites with 1/2" air space). Condensation resistance factor (CRF) shall be minimum 55 (glass CRF), 73 (frame CRF). Data from calculations, test results on units of different sizes or glass arrangement are not acceptable. 6. Thermal Test ("U" value): Perform test in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 procedure. Thermal transmittance ("U") maximum 0.65 BTU/hr/sf/'F. 7. The system shall perform to these criteria under a windload of (120 mph); 45 psf (Performance Class 45) 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to commencement of window wall installation, conduct a pre - installation conference at the Project site with the window wall/ system manufacturer, installer, and other interested parties to review procedures, schedules, and coordination of the window wall/curtain wall Work with other elements of the work, to include adjacent materials. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturers/fabricator's 10 year warranty on materials and workmanship. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. WAUSAU METALS CORP. Basis of Design (6250 Superwall 2-1/2" Face) 2. KAWNEER COMPANY 3. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum System 1 Extrusions: 6063-T5 alloy and temper. Sections: formed true to detail, and free from defects impairing appearance, strength or durability. 2. Fasteners, where exposed: aluminum or stainless steel. Unexposed fasteners may be cadmium or zinc plated steel in accordance with ASTM A165 and A-164. Anchors: aluminum or steel providing steel is properly insulated from aluminum. 3. Major Framing: Factory prepared for job -site assembly and sealed according to manufacturer's recommended procedures. 4. Mullions and Horizontal Rails: Extruded shapes with sharp well- defined corners and flush sight lines. Sections: designed to accept double insulating glass. 5. Mullion configurations shall allow for pockets at inside glazing face to receive fixed resilient elastomeric glazing spine. Mullions and horizontal rails shall have flexible thermal break material located on exterior side of glass plane. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08902-5 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS 6. Exterior Glazing Seal: Synthetic polymeric tape secured extruded aluminum pressure plates fastened to main grid members. Provision shall be made at all sealed horizontals to lead moisture accumulation to exterior. A cover shall be snapped over pressure plate to show only a sharp, uninterrupted exterior profile. 7. Glass and Glazing for Window Walls: Refer to Section 08800 - GLAZING. 8. Sealants and Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 07900 for joints at interface of window wall construction with other work. 9. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high - strength aluminum units where feasible; otherwise nonmagnetic stainless steel, except at fabricator's option, brackets not exposed to weather or abrasion shall be hot -dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A386. Provide nonstaining, non-ferrous shims for installation and alignment of window wall work. 2.3 FINISHES A. Surfaces exposed to exterior and interior view shall be coated with factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinylidene fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly cleaned and pretreated aluminum meeting the requirements of ASTM D- 1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High Performance Organic on Architectural Extrusions and Panels". B. Custom color and finish as selected by Architect. C. Finished surfaces shall be free from mechanical imperfections such as scratches, scrapes, and dents. Finished surfaces shall be free from finish imperfections: (spots, stains, and streaks.) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Furnish inserts at proper times for setting in concrete formwork, masonry, and similar work indicated to support window wall work. 3.2 INSTALLATION/ERECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings for protection, handling and installation of factory -fabricated window wall components, with particular attention and care in preservation of applied finishes. Discard or remove and replace damaged members. B. Erection Tole.,inces: Install window wall components plumb, level, accurately al gned and accurately located in reference to column lines and floor levels; adjust work to conform with the following tolerances (maximum variations): 1. Plumb: 1/8" in 10'; 1/4" in 40'. 2. Level: 1/8" in 201; 1/4" in 40'. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08902-6 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS 3. Alignment: Limit offset of member alignment to 1/16" where surfaces are flush or less than 1/2" out of flush, and separated by less than 2" (by reveal or protruding work); otherwise limit offsets to 1/8". Frame offset at corner of glazing pocket shall not exceed 0.031 inch. 4. Location: 3/8" maximum deviation from measured theoretical location (any member, any location). C. Anchor components securely in place in manner indicated, shimming and allowing for required movements, and provide separators and isolators to prevent corrosion and electrolytical deterioration, and to prevent corrosion and electrolytical deterioration, and to prevent "freeze up" of moving joints. D. Glazing: Specified in Section 08800 - GLAZING. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field check for water leakage shall conform to AAMA 501.2-83. Operating doors and windows shall be tested in the same manner as fixed wall areas. There shall be no water leakage. Provide scaffold, hose, water supply, and manpower to perform at least three successful tests, plus any unsuccessful tests. Remedial measures shall maintain standards of quality and durability and are subject to approval by Architect. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean completed system, inside and out, promptly after erection and installation of glass and sealants (allow for nominal cure of liquid sealants). Window wall installer shall advise Contractor of proper and adequate protection and cleaning procedures during remainder of construction period, so that system will be without damage and deterioration at time of acceptance. B. At time of substantial completion, clean window wall system thoroughly and polish glass. Demonstrate proper cleaning methods and materials to Owner's maintenance personnel. END OF SECTION 08902 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 08902-7 Finishes DIVISION 9 SECTION 09110 NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: I. Metal stud partition system. 2. Furring channels. 3. Suspension system for gypsum board ceilings. 4. Suspension system for gypsum board soffits. 5. Set anchorage devices for stud wall supported grab bars, supplied by Section 10800. 6. Set access panels. 7. Set metal frames for mechanical devices and lighting fixtures gypsum board ceilings and soffits supplied by Divisions 15 and 16. 8. Metal accessories necessary for completion of above. 9. Assist and coordinate setting of fire retardant blocking, grounds, anchors, chairs, and sleeves required for metal stud wall attachment of casework equipment and miscellaneous devices supplied and installed by other sections. 10. Grouting of hollow metal frames. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a complete list of materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of work, stating manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item. B. Accompanying materials list, submit manufacturer's recommended method of installation for each item and assembly. These recommendations, shall be basis for acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in this work. C. Prior to materials being delivered to the jobsite, submit the manufacturer's and installer's written certification that materials, assemblies and installations shall comply with rated testing authority approval; list test number, rating, and authority. D. Samples: Samples shall be representative pieces of all framing component parts and accessories. Unless otherwise specified, pieces shall be 12" long, tagged with name of part and manufacturer. E. Submit shop drawings and calculations for exterior soffits; signed sealed and dated by a Florida registered professional engineer. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: I. Comply with recommendations of "Gypsum Construction Handbook", Third Edition, 1987 as published by U. S. GYPSUM CO., unless noted otherwise within this Section. 2. For fire rated partition assemblies provide single-s(urce responsibility for all components of the rated assembly. kefer to the "Fire Resistance Design Manual, Twelfth Edition" dated August, 1988, as published by the GYPSUM ASSOCIATION, Evanston, Illinois. Provide all components of fire resistance rated assemblies identical to those indicated by reference to Gypsum THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09110-1 SECTION 09110 NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS Association file numbers in Gypsum Association "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" (January 1991 edition) or in listing of other testing agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. For exterior soffits and metal frame support system, comply with ANSI A58.1 "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings..." based on 120 mph wind. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. UNITED STATES GYPSUM/UNIMAST, INC. 2. GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS DIVISION - NATIONAL GYPSUM CO. 3. DALE/INCOR INDUSTRIES B. Metal Studs: 1. Metal stud partitions shall be size noted on drawings, with track and related accessories: a. 25 gage steel studs for interior partitions. b. 20 gage back to back steel studs at doorways, borrowed light and at corner guards. 2. Metal studs and runners shall be fabricated from steel having 33 ksi minimum yield strength. Studs and runners shall be hot dipped galvanized per ASTM A-525, G60 coating and ASTM C645, 0.0179" minimum thickness of base metal. 3. Acceptable manufacturers, if in compliance with above: a. UNITED STATES GYPSUM/UNIMAST, INC. b. GOLD BOND C. DALE/INCOR INDUSTRIES C. Channels: 1. Channels shall be cold -rolled steel, 1-1/2" or 3/4" deep, 16 gage steel. Finish shall be black asphaltum painted. 2. Furring channels shall be 7/8" deep, hat shaped 25 gage galvanized steel, ASTM C645, 0.0179" minimum thickness. 3. Acceptable manufacturers, if in compliance with above: a. UNITED STATES GYPSUM/UNIMAST,INC. b. GOLD BOND C. DALE/INCOR INDUSTRIES- D. Wire: 1. Wire shall be galvanized annealed, 8 gage for suspension, 18 gage for furring channel ties and metal lath ties. 2. Wire shall meet or exceed minimum requirements of Federal Specification QQ-W-461, Class 1, for item and use intended. E. Ceiling Suspension for Gypsum Board Ceilings: 1. Provide manufacturer's s'-_.dard zinc -coated or painted steel system of furring runners, furring tees and accessories designed for concealed support of gypsum board ceilings. 2. Provide screws, clips, bolts, cast -in -place concrete inserts or other devices applicable to the indicated method of structural anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability for use THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09110-2 SECTION 09110 NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS intended has been proven through standard construction practices or by certified test data. Size devices for 3X calculated load supported except size direct rull-out concrete inserts for 5X calculated loads. 3. Approved manufacturers, if in compliance with above: a. CHICAGO METALLIC CORP. b. DONN CORPORATION C. UNITED STATES GYPSUM/UNIMAST, INC. d. DALE/INCOR INDUSTRIES F. Fasteners: 1. Screws for 25 gage metal studs shall be equivalent to UNITED STATES GYPSUM 3/8" type S, Pan Head of corrosion resistant steel. 2. Screws for 20 gage metal studs shall be equivalent to UNITED STATES GYPSUM 3/8" type S-12, Pan Head of corrosion resistant steel. 3. Acceptable manufacturers, if in compliance with above: a. UNITED STATES GYPSUM/UNIMAST, INC. b. GOLD BOND C. DALE/INCOR INDUSTRIES G. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds. H. Grout for hollow metal frames shall be equivalent to UNITED STATES GYPSUM "Durabond Joint Compound", frames grouted full. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to start of installation of metal support systems/metal stud installations, Contractor and subcontractors shall meet at project site with installers of work to include doors, windows, drywall mechanical and electrical work. Review areas of potential interference and conflicts; coordinate layout and support provisions for interfacing work. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Accurately lay out partition and wall lines from dimensions given on drawings. 3.3 PREPARATION FOR METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate work with structural ceiling work to ensure that inserts and other structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive ceiling hangers. B. Furnish concrete inserts, steel deck hanger clips, and s irt.i 1 ar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of t'me needed for coordination with other work. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (GENERAL) A. Metal Support Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM-C-754 and C- 645. Do not bridge building expansion joint with support system; THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09110-3 SECTION 09110 NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS frame both sides of joints with furring and other support as indicated. B. Ceiling Support Systems: 1. Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible, otherwise connect to inserts, clips, or other anchorage devices or fasteners as indicated. 2. Space main runners 4'-0" on center and space hangers 4'-0", along runners, except as otherwise shown. 3. Level main runners to a tolerance of 1/4" in 12' -0" , measured both lengthwise on each runner and transversely between parallel runners. 4. Wire -tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. 5. Direct -Hung Metal Support System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle wherever support system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join support members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. 6. Space furring members 16" on center, except as otherwise indicated. 7. Install auxiliary framing at termination of gypsum board work, and openings for light fixtures and similar work as required for support of both the wallboard construction and other work indicated for support thereon. a. For exterior soffits, provide cross -bracing and additional framing indicated or required to resist wind uplift. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Metal Stud Installation: 1. Stud installation shall follow manufacturer's recommendations, except as amended by this section. 2. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings, stud system shall be continuous from floor to structure above. Floor and ceiling track shall be securely anchored at 24"on center by stub nails or power driven anchors into concrete. Provide slip or cushion - type joint between framing and structure as recommended by metal stud manufacture to prevent transfer of structural loads or movements to partitions. 3. Studs shall be spaced 16 inches on center, rotated and anchored into place in floor and ceiling channels. Studs adjacent to doors/windows, partition intersections and corners shall be permanently locked into channels with 3/8" self -tapping screws through channels into studs. 4. Studs shall be located at rough openings for doors and windows with back-to-back studs as required by drawings. Jamb studs shall be sec- -,ly anchored by self tapping screws or bolts or welding to dcir frame anchors and window jamb clips. Verify that frame anchors provided by Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES are correct for stud system used. 5. Header above openings shall be floor track cut, bent up at each end and installed securely between jamb studs with screws. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09110-4 SECTION 09110 NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS Provide short studs not to exceed 16" on center from header to ceiling track. 6. Provide 3/4" channel with web horizontal at third points of partition height as continuous reinforcing. Weld, wire tie or screw to each stud. Provide additional reinforcing at hinge points adjacent to each side of door openings extending from jamb stud for 32" minimum. 7. At all openings provide additional 3/4" horizontal channels 6" to 12" above and below openings extending 32" minimum beyond opening each side. 8. Stud configuration at partition corners and intersections shall meet recommendations per "Quality Assurance" paragraph 1.3.A of this Section. 9. Coordinate partition work with other trades; accommodate additional reinforcing provided by other sections. 10. Isolate stud system from transfer of structural loading to system, both horizontally and vertically. Provide slip or cushioned type joints to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. 11. At all doorjamb locations of less than ceiling height and above and below all borrowed light frame jambs, provide additional cripples and framing for control joint applications. B. Furring: 1. This paragraph describes only that furring which drawings require to attach directly to wall or column surfaces. 2. Provide 7/8" channels spaced 16" on centers supported by adjustable furring brackets every 36" with one bracket no more than 4" from each corner or opening. Brackets shall be for masonry nailed in place. 3. Upper horizontal channel shall be above ceiling line to provide base for unrestrained ceiling construction. C. Suspended Ceiling Systems: 1. Space hanger wires no more than 48" on center along carrying channels and within 6" of ends of carrying channels. Anchor hangers by attachment to concrete with approved inserts and to steel construction by wrapping around or through beams or joists. 2. Install 1-1/2" main runner channels at not more than 36" on center and within 6" from parallel walls. Run at right angles to joists where joists are involved. Splices shall be overlapped 12" minimum with flanges interlocked and tied. 3. Install 7/8" cross furring channels attached to main runners at right angles spaced 16" on center maximum. Saddle tie or use approved clips at each intersection with main runners. Splices shall be lapped 8" minimum with flanges interlocked and tied. 4. Provide 1" clearance between furring ends and complete. 5. Ceiling system shall be securely bra-ed against sway. 6. Install 1-1/2" channels around recessed lighting fixture openings to support fixtures. Set receiver rings at recessed light fixtures and ceiling diffusers located in ceiling. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09110-5 SECTION 09110 NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS D. Fixture Attachments: 1. Reinforcement for grab bars provided by grab bar manufacturer and installed by this section. 2. Concealed anchors shall incorporate zinc chromate coated steel support members. Connector assemblies shall be installed on supports between studs. The supports and attachment of supports to studs shall have sufficient strength to support a 300 pound sustained load. Connector assemblies shall be accurately positioned and tightened to support angles or support members before wall surfacing is applied. After wall surface is finished, flange or concealed mounting plate shall be secured to connect the assembly with stainless steel machine screws. 3. Reinforcement for wall mounted casework, equipment and finish hardware (i.e. wall mounted door bumpers) shall be 18 gage sheet metal, 4" wide by length required, anchored to a minimum of two studs. Provide two anchor strips for wall mounted casework. Coordinate with equipment and hardware installation locations required for reinforcement. 4. Coordinate with Divisions 15 and 16 to allow space and time for placement of their reinforcement prior to installation of wall surface. E. Grouting of Hollow Metal Frames: 1. Grout hollow metal frames installed in metal stud partition systems with joint compound, frames grouted full. ********************* END OF SECTION 09110 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09110-6 SECTION 09200 PART 1 - GENERAL LATH AND PLASTER 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cement plaster over unit masonry. 2. Three -coat cement plaster over metal lath on metal furring. 3. Metal lath and metal lath support systems, including accessories for plastering. 4. Metal lath and metal lath support systems, including accessories for plastering. 5. Detention Areas (Plan Designation - Security Plaster): Six coat cement plaster over metal lath. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry. 2. Section 07210 - Building Insulation. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For actual installation of plaster, use only skilled journeyman plasterers who are completely familiar with referenced standards and with requirements of this work. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Comply with recommendations of "Gypsum Construction Handbook", 1987 Edition, as published by U.S. Gypsum Co. unless noted otherwise by this Section. 2. Comply with ASTM C-926-86 "Application of Portland Cement -based Plaster" and ASTM C 1063 "Installation of Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement -Based Plaster". 3. Comply with Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association "Specifications For Metal Lathing And Furring" and "Technical Bulletin 101" for selection of metal lath for each application. C. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Where plaster systems with fire -resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations which are identical with those of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by fire testing laboratories acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of suspension system components for suspended ceilings with other work supported by, or penetrating through, ceiling. 1. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and equipment lines which are concealed; including plumbing, electrical, telephone and security/communications systems. E. For exterior metal lath and steel frame support system, comply with ANSI A58.1 "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings..." based on 150 mph wind. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to Architect, before delivery of materials of this Section, a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of work, stating manufacturer's name, and all components required. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 09200-1 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER B. Accompanying materials list, submit two copies of manufacturer's current recommended method of installation for each item. These recommendations, after review by Architect, shall be basis for acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in this work. C. Submit shop drawings and calculations for the exterior soffit; signed, sealed and dated by a registered professional Engineer, registered in the State of Florida. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Delivery : 1. Materials shall be delivered in original packages bearing name of manufacturer, brand, weights and gages. 2. Materials which are rusted, stained or otherwise damaged during delivery or storage shall be removed from site and replaced with acceptable material. 3. Materials shall be kept off ground, under cover and away from sweating walls and damp surfaces. B. Protection: 1. Use all means necessary to protect materials of this section, before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. C. Replacements: 1. In event of damage, make repairs and replacements necessary, reviewed by Architect and at no cost to Owner. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after application of plaster. B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for hydration of plaster. Begin ventilation immediately after plaster is applied and continue until it sets. C. Protect contiguous work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration and other harmful effects which might result from plastering. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mock -Up: Provide field mock-up over B. Be responsible for coordination of equipment lines which are concealed telephone and security/communication PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: s THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 09200-2 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 1. Materials required to produce a given system shall be by one manufacturer. Materials selected for a given system shall be retained for that system throughout project. 2. Use of materials identified below is subject to limitations of application and proportioning established elsewhere in this Section. B. Plastering Materials: 1. Provide either neat or ready -mixed (where available) materials, at Installer's option, complying with ASTM C 926. 2. Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or IA. 3. Lime: Special finishing or special masonry hydrated lime, ASTM C 206 or C 207. 4. Aggregate: Sand, ASTM C 897. 5. Prepared Finish -Coat: Factory -prepared finish for portland cement plaster, type recommended by the manufacturer for the color and texture indicated. a. Exterior Texture: Sand -float finish (exterior) to match precast concrete panels. C. Bonding Materials: 1. Bonding Agent: Vinyl polymerization type, complying with MIL-B-19235 and ASTM C 932. 2. Bonding Additive: Acrylic -based emulsion for bonding exterior and interior portland cement plaster base -coat to solid surfaces. a. Product manufacturer: 1) Quick -Cure Ad-Liquid/FINESTONE CORP. 2) Marvoc/LARSEN PRODUCTS CORP. 3) Acryl 60/Std. DRYWALL PRODUCTS 3. Acid Etch Solution: Muriatic acid, mixed one part acid to 6 to 10 parts water. D. Metal Lathing Materials and Accessories: 1. Comply with Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association "Specs for Metal Lathing and Furring" and "Technical Bulletin 101" for selection of metal lath for each application. 2. Comply with lath manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Rib Lath, 3/8": 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd., 3/8" rid depth (high rib). 4. Self -furring Diamond Metal Lath: 2.5 lbs. per sq. yd. 5. Plastering Accessories: a. Provide the type, weight, grade and finish of materials and include for each system the clips, fasteners, ties, reinforcing, stiffeners, shoes, tracks, hangers, corner bread, casing beads, base screeds, expansion/control joints, brackets, anchors, accessories and trim as recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated, unless specified otherwise. 6. Metal and -Finishes: Manufacturer's standard steel products unless indicated as zinc alloy or other metal. Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized finish on steel products. 7. Include corner beads, casing beads, joints, caps, screeds, moldings and similar units as indicated. 8. Expansion/Control Joint - USG Control Joint sized for plaster thickness. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 09200-3 SECTION 09200 9. 10. 11. E. Metal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. HLM 90007.00-4 LATH AND PLASTER Exterior Control Joint: .0501 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum with zinc coating; Fry Reglet No. PCS-75-75 (2 pc.) and PCS-75- 150 (2 pc.). See Section 09830 - Elastomeric Coating. Reinforcement for control joints and at expansion joints 4" galvanized "hardware cloth" or 4" galvanized strip lath. Reveal Joint: a. Channel screed type, .055 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum with zinc coating; FRY REGLET No. PCS-75-75 and PCS-75-150, PRZ-75-75 or Architect's approved equivalent. See Section 09900 - PAINTING. b. Custom Reveal Joint: Channel screed type, .055 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum with zinc coating; Fry Reglet or Architect's approved equivalent. See Section 09830 - ELASTOMERIC COATING. Supports for Suspended and Furred Ceilings: General: Size metal ceiling supports to comply with the following, unless otherwise indicated: ANSI A42.3.; ASTM C 847; and ASTM C 1063.; "Specifications for Metal Lath and Furring". Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. Rod Hangers: Mild steel, zinc or cadmium coated. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated . Channels: Cold -rolled steel, 0.0598" min. thickness of base metal allowable bending stress of 18,000 psi, protected with galvanizing complying with ASTM A 525 for G60 coating designation, and as follows: a. Carrying Channels: 1-1/2" deep x 7/16" wide flanges, 475 lbs. per 1000' painted, 508 lbs. per 1000' galvanized. b. Furring Channels: 3/4" deep x 7/16" wide flanges, 316 lbs. per 1000' galvanized. C. Provide galvanized channels for exterior installations. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, cast -in -place concrete inserts or other devices appropriate for anchorage to the form of structural framing indicated and whose suitability for use intended has been proven through standard construction practices or certified test data. Size devices to develop full strength of hanger but not less than 3 times calculated hanger loading, except size direct pullout concrete inserts for 5 x calculated hanger loading. For exterior metal lath and steel frame support system to comply with ANSI A58.1, based on wind loadings. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard screw -type galvanized steel zee -shaped furring members; ASTM A525, G60, 0.0179" min. thickness of base metal, of depth indicated; designed for mechanical attachment of rigid insulation boards or blankets to monolithic and masonry walls. Fasteners for Furring Members: Type and size recommended by furring manufacturer for the substrate and application indicated. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP THREE 09200-4 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 2.2 PLASTER MIXES A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for portland cement plaster base and finish coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, and materials. B. Acceptable Mix Proportions: Plaster applied to metal lath: Portland Cement Lime Sand Scratch 1 3/4 to 1-1/2 2-1/2 to 4 Brown 1 3/4 to 1-1/2 3 to 5 Finish 1 1-1/2 to 2 3 Plaster applied to concrete and masonry: Brown 1 3/4 to 1-1/2 3 to 5 Finish 1. 1-1/2 to 2 K Proportions: Parts by Volume. Volume of sand per sum of cementitious material. C. Mixing: 1. Basic Requirements: a. Proportion and measure material for each plaster batch accurately, using measuring devices of known volume as approved by the Architect. Do not measure by number of shovels. b. Size batches for complete use within a maximum of one hour and to set within a maximum of four hours. C. Do not retemper or use partially set plaster. d. Do not use caked or lumpy material and remove such material from job site immediately. e. Mix factory -prepared plaster in accordance with manufac- turer's written instructions for type of surface to which applied. f. Use moist, loose sand in mix proportions. g. Withhold 10% of mixing water until mixing is almost complete, then add as needed to produce necessary consistency. 2. Mechanical Mixing: a. Mix each batch separately. b. Clean mixer of set or hardened materials before loading materials for new batch. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 09200-5 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER c. Maintain mixer in continuous operation while adding and mixing materials. d. Conform to mixing sequence, cycle of operation and time recommended by manufacturer of plaster material. 3. Hand Mixing: a. Do not hand mix unless authorized by Architect. b. Provide waterproof protection under mixing boxes and water barrels when mixing in the building. C. Use only sufficient water to render plaster workable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces which are to receive plaster, grounds and other accessories which act as ground or screeds. Notify the Architect, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL LATH A. Basic Requirements: 1. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations where other more stringent requirements are not indicated. 2. Comply with Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association "Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring", and ASTM C1063 "Installation of Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement -Based Plaster". B. Isolation: 1. Where lathing and metal support system abuts building structure horizontally, and where partition/wall work abuts overhead structure, isolate the work from structural movement sufficiently to prevent transfer of loading into the work from the building structure. Install slip or cushion type joints to absorb deflections but maintain lateral support. 2. Do not extend furring members into concrete and masonry. Hold ends 1" clear. 3. Frame both sides of control and expansion joints independently, and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories. C. Splicing Members: 1. Splice plastering accessories by use of concealed splines, anchored to prevent offsets. D. Installation of Plastering Accessories: 1. Anchor each flange of accessories 8 o.c. to plaster base. 2. Miter or cope accessory corners, and install with tight joints accurately aligned and sealed. 3. Set accessories plumb, level and true to line, with a tolerance of 1/8" in 10'-0". Shim as required. 4. Install metal corner beads at external corners. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 09200-6 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 5. . Install casing beads at terminations of plaster work, except where plaster is indicated to pass through other work and be concealed by lapping work, and except where special screeds, bases or frames act as casing beads including metal door frames. a. For exterior work, set casing beads 1/4" from abating frames and other work (for application of sealant). b. Where plaster abuts concrete, set casing bead 1/4" from concrete. 6. Install prefabricated control joints of one-piece design where shown as "control joint". 7. Install prefabricated expansion joints of two-piece design where shown as "expansion joint". 8. Coordinate expansion/control joint requirements with masonry unit substrate - Section 04200 - Unit Masonry. 3.3 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING A. Clean plaster bases and substrates to be plastered, removing loose materials, coatings and other substances which might impair the work. B. Apply self -furring metal lath on concrete surfaces indicated for direct plastering. Nail 1'-0" o.c. both directions. C. Cover chases and similar openings in surfaces to receive plaster with metal lath strip reinforcing, extending not less than 6" beyond edges of opening. Securely fasten lath along edges. D. Install diagonal strips of self -furring metal lath at corners of openings in plaster, where base is not metal lath or reinforcement and control or expansion joints do not extend to corners. _ E. Install temporary grounds and screeds as required to control plaster thickness and comply with tolerances. Install strip lath at all locations of control joints and expansion joints. F. Install plastering accessories, anchored to substrates 8" o.c. along each flange. Miter corners and spline joints to form tight accurate joints without offsets. a. Install casing beads where shown and at openings and exposed terminations of plaster work. b. Install control joints. (Comply with ASTM C 926 , ANSI A 42.3 , and UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. "Gypsum Construction Handbook",and as indicated for location and maximum spacing of control joint locations.) C. Expansion Joints - Refer to Section 05810 - Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies. G. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before application of plaster which is to be bonded to concrete or masonry, except where bonding agent is to be used, dampen the surfaces sufficiently to obtain optimum plaster suction. 3.4 INSTALLATION 'OF PLASTER A. Basic Requirements: 1. Comply with ASTM C-926, and with manufacturer's instructions; whichever are more detailed or more stringent. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 09200-7 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 2. Grout hollow metal frames, bases and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base coat, plaster material, and prior to lathing where necessary. Full grouting is required for fire - resistance rating. 3. See Painting Section 09900 for protective paint coating applied to hollow metal frames prior to grouting. 4. Sequence plaster installation properly with the installation and protection of other work, so that neither will be damaged by the installation of the other. 5. Apply thicknesses and number of coats of plaster as indicated, comply with ANSI standards if not otherwise indicated or required for fire -resistance ratings. 6. Apply plaster to an entire panel with interruptions occurring only at junctions of plaster planes or at openings or expansion. a. Where the distance between such natural interruptions exceed 20' in either direction, plaster application may be interrupted when the practical application limit is exceeded. Locate such interruptions not less than 6" away from interruptions in preceding coat and cut exposed edges square and straight. 7. Where plaster abuts items of metal or wood which act as plaster ground, and plaster is not terminated by a casing bead, tool edge of plaster to produce a small uniform "V" joint. Tool joint through second (brown coat) and finish coat. 8. Place mixed plaster within a minimum of 2-1/2 hours after mixing, except during hot, dry weather, reduce maximum placing time as required to prevent premature stiffening of plaster. Do not retemper stiffened plaster with additional water. B. Base Coat Installation: 1. Apply 3-coat plaster over all metal lath, consisting of first (scratch) basecoat, second (brown) base coat and finish coats as further specified. 2. Horizontal Applications: Apply first and second base coats 3/8" thick for a total thickness of 3/4" except as otherwise indicated. 3. Measure thickness of plaster from back plane of metal reinforce- ment, except if metal reinforcement is applied over solid base, measure from face of base. 4. Apply first base coat with sufficient material and pressure to form full keys through metal reinforcing and to embed reinforcing. After first coat is firm, scratch (score) in one direction only, to provide mechanical bond for second coat. On vertical surfaces, scratch in horizontal direction. 5. Apply second base coat with sufficient material and pressure to ensure tight contact with first base coat. Bring surface i- a true, even plane by rodding, and float to a uniformly r,.jgh surface. Fill defects and scratches with plaster. C. Finish Coat Installation: 1. Apply finish plaster to 1/8" nominal thickness including fine and moderate texture variations. Apply in the number of coats and of the consistency required to achieve desired texture. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 09200-8 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER D. Texture of Plaster Finishes: Except as otherwise indicated, apply finish coat as follows: 1. Interior Portland Cement Plaster: Smooth trowel finish. 3.5 MOISTURE RETENTION, CURING A. Cure portland cement plaster by maintaining each coat in a moist condition for two days following application; keep enclosed and fog -spray (after initial set) as required to prevent dry -out. B. Plaster which is cracked or crazed will not be accepted. Remove and replace at no additional cost to Owner. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, patch, point -up and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to eliminate cracks, dents and imperfections. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, excessive crazing and check cracking, dry -outs, efflorescence, sweat -outs and similar defects, including areas of the work which do not comply with specified tolerances, and where bond to the substrate has failed. Crazed and/or cracked plaster will not be accepted. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, window and other surfaces which are not to be plastered. Repair floors, walls and other surfaces which have been stained, marred or otherwise damaged during the plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers and equipment and clean floors of plaster debris. B. Protect plaster from deterioration and damage during the remainder of the construction period. ******************** END OF SECTION 09200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP THREE 09200-9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gypsum Board 2. Gypsum backing boards for application of other finishes. 3. Gypsum board finishing (joint tape -and -compound treatment) 1.2 RELATED SECTION A. Section 09110 - Non -Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems B. Section 13090 - Radiation Protection 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Where gypsum wallboard systems with fire - resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations which are identical with those of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E119 by fire testing laboratories acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Provide single -source responsibility for all components of the rated wall assembly. 1. Provide fire -resistance rated assemblies identical to those indicated by reference to GYPSUM ASSOCIATION "Fire Resistance Design Manual" Twelfth Edition dated August, 1988; or to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" dated January 1989, or in listing of other testing agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. a. Comply with UL Fire Resistance Directory and Gypsum Association Fire Resistance Design Manual, latest editions for outlet box penetrations in wall or partition rated assemblies. B. Gypsum Board Terminology Standard: GA-600-88 by Gypsum Association. C. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain gypsum board products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards. D. Comply with ASTM C 840-87 "Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board". E. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and equipment lines which are concealed including plumbing, electrical, telephone and security/communications systems. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions for each gypsum wallboard type and component, including other data as may be required to show compliance with these specifications. B. Submit manufacturer and installer written certification that all materials, components of the wall system, assemblies and installations comply with rated testing authority approval; list test number, rating, and authority. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09250-1 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD B. Store materials inside under cover and in a manner to keep them dry protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging. C. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends or surfaces. Protect metal corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced gypsum board application standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, for environmental conditions before, during and after application of gypsum board. B. Cold Weather Protection: When ambient outdoor temperatures are below 55°F (13°C), maintain continuous, uniform, comfortable building worki.ng temperatures of not less than 550F (13°C) for a minimum period of 48 hours prior to, during and following application of gypsum board and joint treatment materials or bonding adhesives. C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for drying of joint treatment material immediately after its application. Avoid drafts during dry, hot weather to prevent too rapid drying. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO./UNIMAST, INC. b. GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV., NATIONAL GYPSUM CO. C. DOMTAR GYPSUM 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, of types, edge configuration and thickness indicated below; in maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end butt joints. 1. Type: Type X unless indicated otherwise. 2. Edges: Tapered. 3. Thickness: 5/8", unless otherwise indicated. B. Gypsum Backing Board for Multi -Layer Applications: ASTM C 442 or, where backing board is not available from manufacturer, gypsum wallboard, ASTM C 36, of type, edge configuration and thickness indicated below; in maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end joints. 1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise i dicated. 2. Type: Type X unless indicated otherwise. 3. Edges: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Thickness: 5/8", unless otherwise indicated. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09250-2 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD C. Water -Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C 630, with tapered edges and type and thickness indicated below; in maximum lengths available minimize end -to -end butt joints. 1. Type: Type X unless indicated otherwise. 2. Thickness: 5/8", unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types indicated for gypsum wallboard work, formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either knurled and perforated or expanded flanges for nailing or stapling, beaded for concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide corner beads, L-type edge trim -beads U-type edge trim -beads, special L-kerf-type edge trim -beads, and one-piece control joint beads. 1. Semi -Finishing Type: Manufacturer's standard trim units which are not to be finished with joint compound (non -beaded). 2. Provide control joints above all door jambs of less than ceiling height, and above and below all borrowed light frames and jambs (USG #093 or two pieces of USG #401 metal trim, placed back-to- back). 3. Exterior Trim: Provide zinc -alloy units, except as otherwise indicated. 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: ASTM C 475; type recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape. 2. Joint Compound: Ready -mixed vinyl -type for interior use. 3. Grade: 2 separate grades; one specifically for bedding tapes and filling depressions, and one for topping and sanding. 4. Water -Resistant Joint Compound: Special water-resistant type for treatment of joints, fastener heads and cut edges of water- resistant backing board. a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sheetrock Brand W/R Compound; UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum wallboard work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board. B. Gypsum Board Screws: Comply with ASTM C 646. C. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, non -hardening, non -skinning, nonstaining, non -bleeding, gunnable sealant for concealed applications per ASTM C 919. 1. Approved product: USG Acoustical Sealant D. Exposed Acoustical Sealant: Non -oxidizing, skinnable, pain ,�')le, gunnable sealant for exposed applications per ASTM C 919. 1. Approved product: USG Acoustical Sealant E. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C-665-84; semi -rigid mineral fiber blanket without membrane, Class 25 flame -spread, thicknesses as indicated. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09250-3 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD F. Water -Resistant Adhesive: Type I organic adhesive for ceramic tile complying with ANSI A136.1. G. Thermal Insulation: ASTM C-665-84; semi -rigid mineral fiber blanket without membrane; Class 25 flame spread, K value of 0.25; designed for use with Z-furring members, of thickness and width to completely fill void formed by Z-furring members; density between 4.0 and 6.0 lbs. per cu. ft. depending on thickness. H. Refer to Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION for gypsum board requirements. I. Building paper shall conform to requirements of Federal Specification UU-B-790, Type I, grade B, style 6, minimum 15 pounds. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA216. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for installation locations, sealing of exposed edges, painting, framing, and tile adhesive application. B. Install sound attenuation blankets as indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed. C. Locate exposed end -butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than V -0" in alternate courses of board or as required per rating. D. Install ceiling boards in the direction and manner which will minimize the number of end -butt joints, and which will avoid end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints per rating require- ments as applicable. E. Install wall/partition boards vertically to avoid cut end -butt joints wherever possible. F. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16" open space between boards. Do not force into place. G. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board back blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill -cut or field - cut ends against mill -cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. H. Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for additional support at openings and cutouts. I. Form control joints and :..pansion joints with space between edges boards, prepared to rece;je trim accessories. J. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board concealed spaces (including above ceilings) except in chase walls which are braced internally. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09250-4 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 1. Except where concealed application is required for sound, fire, air or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. area, and may be limited to not less than 75% of full coverage. 2. At rated wall locations, cut gypsum panels to fit deck configura- tion at juncture of wall to deck. 3. At rated wall locations, seal juncture of walls to floor or roof slab (or deck) with acoustical sealant. K. Isolate perimeter of non -load -bearing wallboard partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4" to 1/2" space and trim edge with J-type semi -finishing edge trim. Seal joints with acoustical sealant. L. Where sound -rated wallboard work is indicated (STC rating), including double -layer work and work on resilient furring, seal the work at perimeters, control and expansion joints, openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's instructions for location of beads, and close off sound -flanking paths around or through the work, including sealing of partitions above acoustical ceilings. 1. For double -layer partition systems, work above acoustical ceilings may be installed with base. M. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's instructions. 3.3 METHODS OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD APPLICATION A. Single -Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard. 1. On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible. 2. On partition walls apply gypsum board vertically to minimize end -butt joints and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. B. Wall Tile Base: Where wallboard is base for thin -set ceramic tile and similar rigid applied wall finishes, install gypsum backing board. 1. At showers, tubs and similar "wet" areas, install water-resistant backing board. Apply with un-cut long edge at bottom of work, and space 1/4" above fixture lips. Seal ends, cut -edges and penetra- tions of each piece with water-resistant adhesive or, where recommended by backing board manufacturer, with water-resistant joint compound. C. Acoustical Tile Base: Where wallboard is base for adhesively -applied acoustical tile, install gypsum backing board. 1. Provide either V-joint type backing board or tape -and -compound treatment of joints (2 coats unsanded). D. Single -Layer Fastening methods: Apply gypsum boards as follows: 1. Fasten with screws. E. Double -Layer Fastening Method: Apply base layer of gypsum board and face layer to base layer as follows: 1. Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09250-5 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 3.4 INSTALLATION OF WALLBOARD TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Install galvanized metal corner beads at external corner of wallboard work. C. Install galvanized metal edge trim where edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except where semi -finishing type is indicated. Install L-type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work, and install special kerf-type where other work is kerfed to receive long leg of L-type trim. Install U-type trim where edge is'exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant -filled (including expansion joints). D. Install galvanized metal control joint (beaded -type). Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA 216 requirements, and as approved by Architect for visual effect. 3.5 FINISHING OF WALLBOARD A. General: Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions), flanges of trim accessories, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. Pre -fill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using type of compound recommended by manufacturer. 1. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. 2. Apply. joint compound in 3 coats (not including pre -fill of openings in base), and sand between last 2 coats and after last coat. B. Base for Acoustical Tile: where gypsum board is indicated as a base for adhesively -applied acoustical tile, install tape ;and 2-coat compound treatment, without sanding. C. Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Comply with recommendations of gypsum backing board manufacturer for treatment of joints behind ceramic tile. D. Water -Resistant Gypsum Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Treat joints and fasteners to comply with directions of water-resistant joint compound manufacturer. 1. In areas to be tiled, treat fastener heads with water resistant joint compound. Fill tapered edges in gypsum panels with water- resistant joint compound, embed joint tape firmly and wire off excess compound; follow immediately with a second coat of water- resistant joint compound over taping coat, being careful not to crown the joint. Fold and embed tape in all interior angles to form t,_e angles. .2. In arEis not to be tiled, treat fastener heads and embed tape as indicated above using water-resistant joint compound but finish with 2 coats of joint compound used for regular gypsum board finish work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09250-6 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 3. Raw, cut edges , joints and fastener heads shall be coated with joint compound to protect the gypsum core from moisture penetration. E. Regular Gypsum Board Base for Ceramic Tile: In areas to be tiled using organic adhesive, tape joints and apply 4" wide coat of joint compound. F. Partial Finishing: Omit third coat (if specified) and sanding on concealed wallboard work which is indicated for wallboard finishing which requires finishing to achieve fire -resistance rating, s o u n d rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. 1. Refer to sections on painting, coatings and wall -coverings in Division 9 for decorative finishes to be applied to wallboard work. 2. Rated partitions shall have gypsum wallboard joints above ceilings finished with two coats of joint compound over joint tape on both sides of the partition. 3.6 PROTECTION OF WORK A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, which ensures gypsum wallboard work being without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. ******************** END OF SECTION 09250 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09250-7 SECTION 09300 TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Ceramic tile B. Tile setting bed C. Grouting of tile D. Accessories required to complete installation of above. E. Work includes, but is not limited to, floors, base and walls. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit data relative to ceramic tile promptly to insure no delay in selection of tile color. B. Submit to Architect, before delivery of materials of this Section, a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of work, stating manufacturer's name, sizes and types of tile and their locations, manufacturers of tile setting materials including written confirmation of conformance to standards. C. Accompany materials list with two copies of manufacturer's current recommended method of installation for each item. These recommenda- tions, after review by Architect, shall form basis for acceptance or rejection of installed work. D. Submit 12" x 12" panel of each type, color and size tile with grout and sealant in color as selected by Architect. E. Shop drawings showing locations of expansion joints and expansion joint details. F. Submit manufacturer recommended cleaning procedures and recommended cleaning materials for each type of tile. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. Comply with recommendations of "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" published by TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA. 2. Comply with ANSI and ASTM Standards listed within this Section. B. Source of materials: Provide materials obtained from one source for each type and color of tile, grout, underlayment, waterproofing, and setting materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Ceramic Tile: 1. Shall meet requirements of TCA 137.1 and requirements of this Section. 2. Ceramic tile shall be face mounted or back mounted, at Contractor's option. If back mounted it shall meet following requirements. a. Mounting shall allow at least 66% of tile back to be free for contact and bonding to setting material. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09300-1 SECTION 09300 TILE b. Mounting shall be placed to allow at least 50% of any given joint between tile to be free for mechanical bonding setting material. C. Mounting shall not exceed 0.010" thick. 3. Ceramic tile shall be unglazed porcelain ceramic mozaics. a. 2" x 2" x 1/4" b. Trim Shapes: As required to provide a complete installation. Bull -nosed exterior corners, coved base units (with bull -nose cap where no wall tile occurs). 4. Color of ceramic tiles to be as selected by Architect. 5. Manufacturers, if in compliance with above: a. American Olean 1. For floor application the field tiles will be "Ceramic Classics" with accents of bands of "Ceramic Mosaics". 2. For wall application the field tiles will be "Ceramic Mosaics" with accent bands of "Ceramic Classics". b. Dal -Tile - Keystone Series 1. For floor application the field tiles will be from price group 4 with accent bands from price group 5. 2. For wall application the field tiles will be from price group 4 with accent bands from price groupt 5. C. Monarch 1. For floor application the field tiles will be from price group 4 with accent bands from price group 5. 2. For wall application the field tile will be from price group 4 with accent bands from price group 5. B. Setting Materials: 1. Portland cement shall meet requirements of ASTM C-150, Type 1. 2. Sand shall meet requirements of ASTM C-144. 3. Portland cement mortar (full mortar bed method) shall be a mixture of portland cement and sand in proportion 1:6 on floors and a portland cement, sand and hydrated lime in a proportion 1:5:1/2 to 1:7:1 for walls; shall conform to ANSI A108.1. 4. Latex-portland cement mortar (thin -bed method) shall be a mix of portland cement and sand with latex additives; shall conform to ANSI A118.4. 5. Organic adhesive (thin -bed method) shall conform to ANSI A136.and bear Hallmark conforming to CS181. a. For walls in non -shower areas, Type II. 6. Latex admixture: (For scratch coats). a. Provide LATICRETE CO. #3701 latex admixture. b. For walls in shower area with waterproof joints, (epoxy, latex, rubber grout), Type II. C. For walls in shower area with water permeable joints (Dry -cure, portland cement), Type I. d. Manufacturers: 1) L & M - SURCO MANUFACTURING, INC. 2) MACCO CHEMICAL DIVISION, THE GLIDDEN CO. 3) MINNESOTA MINING AND MANUFACTURING CO. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09300-2 SECTION 09300 TILE 4) PECORA CHEMICAL CORP. 5) LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC. 8. Grouting materials shall be "Hydroment" as manufactured by BOSTIK PRODUCTS/UPCO CHEMICAL CO., LATICRETE ; USM CORP. or Architect approved equivalent. 9. Sealants: a. Control joints in floors and walls: use one -part fungicidal silicone rubber to match grout, DOW CORNING 786, meeting Federal Specification TT-S-001543, Class A . b. Joint between ceramic tile and shower receptor: use one -part fungicidal silicone rubber to match grout, DOW CORNING 786 meeting Federal Specification TT-S-001543, Class A or B. 10. Waterproof membrane shall be Latricrete System, liquid -applied glass fabric reinforced, #9235. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Tile Installation -General: 1. Provide installation of ceramic tile .in accordance with Tile Council of America's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" recommendations. 2. Fit tile carefully against trim and around pipes, electrical boxes and other built-in fixtures so that escutcheons, plates and collars will completely overlap cut edges. 3. Smooth exposed edges and clean tile before installation. 4. Install ceramic tile with nominal 1/16" joints and quarry tile with nominal 1/4" to 3/8" joints. 5. Joint designs shall be symmetrical within room or area; border tile shall be not less than 1/2 normal width. Floor tile shall set in straight line design, with wall joints in alignment with floor tile. 6. At junction of base tile and wall tile, at projections through tile and at junctions of tile to shower receptors, urinals, corner guards and similar equipment, leave joint ungrouted for sealant. 7. When using glazed tile sheets, minimize tearing sheets apart by drilling pipe holes as much as possible. B. Tile Installation - Specific: 1. Interior Floors (Mud Set) Tile Council F 112: a. Mortar Bed: 1 part portl and cement, 6 parts damp sand by volume. b. Bond Coat: Latex Portland Cement Mortar on cured mortar bed. C. Grout: Hydroment d. Installation: ANSI A108.1. 2. Interior Walls (Thin Set) Tile Council W223: a. Adhesive: Latex-portland cement mortar. b. Grout: Hydroment. C. Installation: ANSI A 108.4. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09300-3 SECTION 09300 TILE 3. Shower Receptors and Walls: Tile Council B415 and B416. a. Unglazed Mosaic Floor Tile: 1) Reinforced Mortar Bed: 1 part portland cement 4 parts damp sand by volume (Use waterproof cement or water- proofing admixture). 2) Reinforcing: 2" x 2" x 16/16 wire mesh. 3) Bond Coat: Latex Portland Cement Mortar 4) Grout: Commercial portland cement grout. 5) Waterproof membrane. 6) Installation: ANSI A108.1. b. Wall Tile: 1) Scratch Coat: 1 part portland cement, to 3 parts dry sand, gauged with latex admixture. 2) Mortar Bed: Same as scratch coat. 3) Bond Coat: Portland Cement and latex paste. 4) Metal Lath: Galvanized expanded metal lath 3.4 pound per square yard. 5) Installation: ANSI A108.1. 4. Marble Thresholds and Stools: Clean surfaces wet down and sprinkle with dry Portland cement prior to placing of mortar beds. Sprinkle mortar beds with dry Portland Cement and wet down lightly prior to bedding of marble. Tamp each piece of marble to insure solid and level bearing. 5. Cutting and Patching: Cut and patch to accommodate work of other trades. Replace damaged tile. 6. Expansion Joints: Tile Council Method EJ 411 for areas over 12'-0 in length in one direction. C. Base Installation: 1. Over concrete and masonry, install base using dry -set portland cement mortar in accord with ANSI A108.5. Grout using same grout specified for related tile floor. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean tile surfaces upon completion of grouting, per tile manufacturer printed instructions using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by the manufacturers of tile and grout. B. Remove all grout haze, observing tile manufacturer's recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners. (Do not use muriatic acid on tilework). C. Rinse the work thoroughly with clean water before and after using chemical cleaners. 3.4 PROTECTION FROM CONSTRUCTION DIRT A. When recommended by manufacturer, appl; walls and floors a protective coat of part cleaner to one part water; cleaner the manufacturer of tile and grout. B. In addition, cover all tile floors construction paper, masked in place. to all clean, completed tile neutral cleaner solution, one and process as recommended by with heavy duty non -staining THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09300-4 SECTION 09300 TILE C. Just before final acceptance of tile work, remove paper and rinse protective coat of neutral cleaner from all tile surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION FROM TRAFFIC A. Prohibit all foot and wheel traffic from using newly tiled floors for at least three days, preferably seven days after grouting is completed. B. Place large, flat boards in walkways and wheel ways for seven days, where use of newly tiled floor is unavoidable. C. Finished tile work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or otherwise defective tile work ******************** END OF SECTION 09300 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09300-5 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mineral fiber ceiling with revealed edge with suspension system and related items. 2. Acoustical ceiling tile adhered to substrate. 1.2 RELATED SECTION A. Section 07215 - SPRAYED INSULATION for spray applied acoustical treatment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings with complete ceiling layouts indicating tee -bar location, location of main runners, struts, cross runners, and wall trims. 2. Submit details of main runner splice, cross runner intersections and all other pertinent items. 3. Submit product data for all components and accessories of this section. 4. When ceiling tile color is other than white, submit a complete list of manufacturer's standard colors. B. Samples: 1. Submit samples of acoustical units and suspension system components. C. Certification: Provide manufacturers written certification that the ceiling system is in compliance with the requirements of this section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Firm with not less than 3 years of successful experience in installation of acoustical ceilings similar to requirements for this project and which is acceptable to manufacturer of acoustical units as shown by current written statement from manufacturer. B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide acoustical ceiling components that are identical to those tested for the following fire performance characteristics, according to ASTM test method indicated, by UL or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate marking of applicable testing and inspecting agency. C. Surface Burning Characteristics: tested per ASTM E84; Flame Spread: 25 or less. D. Fire Resistance Ratings: As indicated by reference to design designation in UL "Fire Resistance Directory", January 1989, or "FM Approval Guide" latest edition, for floor, roof or beam assemblies in which acoustical ceilings function as a fire protective membrane; tested per ASTM C 119. Provide protection materials for lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for rated assembly. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09510-1 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS E. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other work supported by or penetrating through ceilings, including light fixtures HVAC equipment, fire -suppression system components (if any), and partition system (if any). 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide a total of 2% of acoustical units for Owner's future use. Securely wrap and identify all extra material. Store where directed by the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Exposed Suspension System: 1. Channels: cold -rolled steel, painted, 1-1/2" deep weighing 475 pounds per 1000 lineal feet. 2. Suspension wire: 12 gage, galvanized annealed steel conforming to Federal Specification QQ-W-461, Class 1. 3. Exposed grid suspension system: steel factory finished in flat white baked enamel. Main runner couplings and cross tee intersections mechanically locked together to form permanent joint with bottom face of meeting members on a common plane. 4. System: sized and supported to limit installed deflection of ceiling system to 1/360 of span, including loads imposed by system and by mechanical and electrical devices supported by the system. 5. Pattern: as shown on drawings using main tee with 15/16" exposed flange; cross tee holes at 6" on center, with hanger holes at 2" on center; cross tee with 15/16" exposed flange; wall molding angle with 1" exposed face. 6. Provide system such that ceiling panels may be removed and replaced without damage; main runners and cross runners may be removed and replaced without deforming runners or disturbing remainder of system. 7. Provide materials of manufacturers as follows: a. CHICAGO METALLIC CORP. 1800 System b. DONN PRODUCTS INC. DX System C. Architect approved equivalent. B. Acoustical Panel 1. Tile felted mineral fiber tiles 24" x 24" x 3/4" thick. Edge detail angled tegular lay -in, ribbed four sides allowing face of tile to extend downward 7/32" below suspension grid surface. 2. Tile shall conform to requirements of ASTM E-84-77a. 3. Furnish - factory applied white latex paint. 4. If in compliance with above provide the materials for the following approved manufacturers. a. ARMSTRONG: Cirrus Travertone, #584 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09510-2 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS C. 11 E. b. USG: Eclipes 590 C. Architect approved equivalent. Acoustical File, Acoustical Ceiling Tile Adhered to Substrate 1. Basic Requirements a. Provide manufacturer's standard tile units prepared for mounting system indicated, and of the type recommended the manufacturer for the application indicated. b. Provide units with manufacturer's washable finish. 2. Product/Manufacturer: a. ARMSTRONG 3. Design: Concealed Cirrus Tile 4. Size: 12" x 12" x 3/4" 5. Edge: Beveled 6. Light Reflectance: LR-1 (over 75%) 7. NRC: .50 - .60 8. STC: 40-44 9. Color: White 10. If in compliance with the above, provide materials for following manufacturers: a. ARMSTRONG Concealed Cirrus Tile; 580 b. USG Concealed Eclipes Tile Sprayed Acoustical Treatment 1. Refer to Section 07215 - SPRAYED INSULATION. the by the Provide miscellaneous related items including wall trim, hold down clips, spring spacers, adhesives and other accessory items necessary to completion of ceiling system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical treatment materials in strict accordance with original design, pertinent codes and regulations, reviewed shop drawings, and manufacturer's recommendations, anchoring components firmly place. B. Place no acoustical materials until building is enclosed and dry and ambient temperature is maintained at 65°F or higher. C. Suspension System: 1. Wire tie anchorage to structure above at Contractor's option using one of following cast -in -place systems. a. "Gripstay" HOHMANN & BARNARD b. "Tie -to -insert" TIE -TO INSERT CO., Milwaukee, Wis. C. Approved galvanized nailed insert -type hanger device not in conflict with structural reinforcing. 2. Space suspension wires not over 4'-0" on center along main runners and within 6" of ends of runners. 3. Place main runners for exposed systems at 4'-0" centers. Cross tees mechanically locked to main runners to form 24" x 24" openings to receive panels selected. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09510-3 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 4. Provide systems with additional suspension wires as necessary to limit ceiling deflection to 1/360 of span under actual dead load conditions, including loads imposed by system and mechanical and electrical devices supported by the system. 5. "Pop" rivets and visible fasteners are not acceptable. 3.2 CLEANING A. After installation is complete, clean suspension system and acoustical units where soiled. B. Replace with new materials, at no additional cost to Owner, defective, soiled or improperly installed components which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. ******************** END OF SECTION 09510 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09510-4 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vinyl composition tile 2. Vinyl base 3. Rubber tile 4. Adhesives and miscellaneous materials required for installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Provide color/pattern samples of manufacturer's standard colors for each material specified for color/pattern selection by Architect. 2. Provide samples of materials to be installed only if specifically requested by the Architect. B. Materials List: 1. Provide full descriptive literature of materials to be installed showing conformance with the requirements of this Section. C. Maintenance Data and Instructions: Upon completion and prior to acceptance of the work, furnish two copies of a list of recommended maintenance methods and procedures for each material furnished. D. Certification for Fire Test Performance: Submit certification from an independent testing laboratory acceptable to Authorities having Jurisdiction, that resilient flooring complies with fire test performance requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants and leveling compounds. B. Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which complies with the following fire test performance criteria as determined by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Not less than the following rating per ASTM E648. a. 0.45 watts per sq. cm. b. 0.22 watts per sq. cm. 2. Flame Spread: Not more than 75 per ASTM E84. 3. Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84. C. Installer's Qualifications: Engage Installer who is certified in writing by resilient flooring manufacturer as qualified for installation of sheet vinyl employing heat welded seams. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain minimum temperature of 65°F in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09650-1 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55°F in areas where work is completed. B. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until the latter have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by resilient flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Vinyl Composition Tile: 1. Vinyl composition tile: 1/8" gage, 12" x 12" with uniform dispersement of color and texture throughout the thickness of the tile. 2. Vinyl composition tile shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification SS-T-312B, Type IV, (composition 1, asbestos free.) 3. Acceptable manufacturers: a. ARMSTRONG b. TARKET C. AMTICO B. Rubber Tile: 1. Rubber tile: 1/8" gage pastille (low profile stud pattern) design with total thickness at stud 3/16". Tile size may vary from 24" x 24" to 1 meter square (39.37"). There shall be uniform dispersement of color and texture throughout the thickness of the tile. 2. Rubber flooring tile shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less per ASTM E-84. 3. Rubber tile: installed with tight joints and with an appropriate epoxy adhesive. 4. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Endura: Beachstone b. Armstrong: Crowne Disc C. Tarket Rubber Tile Coordinates C. Vinyl Base: 1. Vinyl base: 4" high, 1/8" thick base meeting requirements of Federal Specification SS-W-40, Type II, style B, coved. 2. Provide base material in lenaths of not less than 48". 3. Provide molded internal core s and end pieces. External corners may be field formed or molLid. 4. Acceptable manufacturers: a. ARMSTRONG b. TARKET C. MERCER THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09650-2 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING D. Tile Reducer Strips: 1. Tile reducer strips: vinyl, 1/8" thick with beveled edge. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. JOHNSON RUBBER CO. b. MERCER PLASTICS CO. E. Carpet Reducer Strips: 1. Carpet reducer strips: thickness required at termination of carpet. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. JOHNSON RUBBER CO. b. MERCER PLASTICS CO. F. Adhesive: 1. Adhesives and other application materials: as recommended by the material manufacturer. 2. Primer: as recommended by manufacturer, thinned to the consistency of heavy paint. G. Leveling Compound: 1. Leveling compound for thickness 1/16" to 1/4" shall be TAMMS "Floorstone/Las-Tex" or Architect approved equivalent. 2. For thickness over 1/4", provide latex leveling compound TAMMS "Floorstone" or Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 COLORS A. Colors of required materials: as selected by Architect and listed in finish schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the project site in original unopened containers with the manufacturer's brand and name clearly marked. Tile and base of each color in any one area or room shall be from the same lot. B. Take precautions to prevent damage and freezing during delivery, handling and storage. C. Store materials at the job site for at least 24 hours prior to installation. D. From at least 24 hours before installation of material until at least 48 hours after installation, the temperature shall be not less than 70°F. nor more than 90°F. Maintain a minimum temperature of 55°F. after flooring is installed. 3.2 SUBSURFACE A. Subsurfaces shall meet requirements established by flooring manufacturer. B. Concrete slabs: cured a minimum of four weeks prio! to flooring installation. 1. Test concrete surfaces for moisture by applying adhesive "spots" to several areas of clean floor. After overnight set adhesive should be tightly bonded to floor. Apply no tile if adhesive can THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09650-3 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING be peeled from floor. Repeat test at intervals until bond is obtained from spot tests. 2. Concrete surfaces are specified to be left, by Section 03300, level to within 1/4" in 10'-0". Provide additional leveling to local areas when level differential is excessive. 3. Prime concrete surfaces in accordance with tile manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Areas in which resilient flooring is being placed shall be close to traffic and other work until flooring is firmly set. 2. Provide positive ventilation to assure one air change each four to eight minute period. 3. Adhesive application shall follow manufacturer's recommendations. If adhesive films or dries before flooring is applied, the adhesive shall be removed and the area recoated with adhesive. 4. Provide reducing strips where resilient flooring terminates adjacent to concrete flooring or dissimilar flooring materials at lower finish elevations. Where dissimilar materials occur at doorways, termination shall occur at door centerline. B. Installation - Tile: 1. Tile design: symmetrical within each given area with edge tiles not less than 1/2 the in width. 2. Veining of tile: in one single direction. C. Installation - Wall Base: 1. Secure base to wall with manufacturer's recommended base adhesive. 2. Joints between sections shall be tight and the top and bottom edges of the material in firm contact with the walls and floors. 3. Provide base on all casework base units and storage units. D. Installation - Reducer Strips: 1. Apply adhesives and bond securely to substrates in straight true lines. 2. Provide where floor covering terminates exposing the edge of the covering or transition from thicker to thinner material. 3. Center reducer under door, where floor covering terminates at a door opening. 4. Fit end edges to door frames and abutting surfaces and other edges to adjoining materials. 3.4 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE A. General: 1. Remove spots and smears of adhesive from resilient flooring materials imm :ately from exposed surfaces. 2. -No sooner tha five days after resilient flooring is installed, sweep floors and clean with a neutral cleaner recommended by the resilient flooring manufacturer to remove excess cement, discolorations and shoe marks. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09650-4 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 3. Immediately before final inspection, buff resilient flooring to an even luster with an electric polishing machine according to resilient flooring manufacturer's recommendations. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Minimize traffic in finished areas. Where traffic must be allowed, cover resilient flooring with clean, heavy-duty building paper, fiberboard or plywood that will not mar flooring. 3.6 REPLACEMENT MATERIALS A. Provide replacement material to the Owner equal to 2% of resilient flooring materials used, but not less than: 1. 100 floor tiles of each type, pattern and color. 2. 100 square feet of sheet flooring of each type, pattern and color. B. Replacement materials shall be boxed and labeled by color, manufacturer, pattern, code number and date of installation. C. Deliver replacement materials to location directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION 09650 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09650-5 SECTION 09680 CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Direct Glue -Down Carpet a. Miscellaneous related items necessary for the completion of the above 1.2 RELATED SECTION A. For carpet on access flooring, refer to Section 10270 - ACCESS FLOORING. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Submit for architect's review, one sample, 36"x36", of each type of carpet indicated on schedules. 2. Following selection by Architect, submit one 36" by 36" sample of carpet for testing and record purposes. Tests may be performed on samples or on carpet submitted for installation to establish compliance with this section. B. Certification: 1. Submit with samples, certificate from manufacturer stating compliance of carpet, pad and adhesive with the material require- ments of this Section and that carpet and pad meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM E-84 with flame spread of 25 or less and smoke developed of 100 or less as tested by a recognized testing laboratory. 2. Submit certification from manufacturer that carpet shall develop no more than 3.0 kv static electricity at standard conditions of 20% relative humidity and 70°F. 3. Carpet in corridors and exit ways shall be rated Class I in accordance with the Flooring Radiant Panel Test and exhibit a critical Radiant Flux minimum of 0.45 watts per square centimeter. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit with carpet samples and certification, seam layout indicating location of seams, edge conditions and joining and abutting adjacent materials for Architect's review. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Manufacturer shall submit two copies of written maintenance and cleaning instructions for materials supplied. 2. Provide signed receipt that manufacturer has instructed Owner's Representative the proper care and maintenance of carpeting. 1.4 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide remnants, in full roll widths, of carpet types installed for Owner's use for replacement carpet. Deliver to the Owner, properly tagged and classified, to the storage area designated by Owner. B. If remnants do not total 25 square yards of each carpet type and color, provide the quantity necessary to provide that amount. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09680-1 SECTION 09680 CARPET PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Carpet: 1. Carpet shall be direct glue down type. 2. Requirements for type A carpet are as follows: a. Construction: Textured Loop Graphics b. Pile Yarn: Fiber BASF ZX Zeftron 500 ZX Solution Dyed BCF Nylon. C. Gauge: 1/10 inch d. Pile Height: 156 inches e. Backing Finish: Woven polypropylene with action bac unitary as secondary backing. f. Total Weight, ounces per square yard: 30 3. If in compliance with the above, provide the materials of the following manufacturers: a. Design Weave; Tapestry B. Adhesive: 1. Adhesive shall be type recommended by carpet manufacturer. Adhesive shall be non-combustible, non -toxic and odor -free after curing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Concrete slabs over which carpet is to be installed shall be cured a minimum of four weeks prior to installation. 2. Ambient temperature shall be maintained at 70°F minimum for 48 hours prior to, during and after installation. Material shall be conditioned at application temperature and humidity for at least 24 hours prior to installation. 3. Inspect each piece of carpet before installation and do not install material which is imperfect in any way. 4. Carpet shall be installed with its length parallel to the length of the room, unless indicated otherwise by Architect. B. Seams: 1. Make seams as inconspicuous as possible, flat, unpuckered, completely free from adhesive on the exposed surface and located only where shown on the reviewed Shop Drawings. C. Installation: 1. Install carpet in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommended methods of installation. 2. Where carpet terminates at doorways, terminate at midpoint of doors. D. Clean-up: 1. Thoroughly clean and vacuum carpeted areas, leaving all such areas in a clean and usable condition. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09680-2 SECTION 09680 X. 1 12:41 2. Protect carpet against further construction activities with heavy-duty building paper which will not damage carpet. END OF SECTION 09680 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09680-3 SECTION 09700 SPECIAL FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Seamless floor system. a. Surface Preparation b. Provide primers, sealers and related accessories necessary to complete work for a slip -resistant seamless floor finish. 2. Integral Base 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete B. ACI 302.1R-80 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction C. United States Department for Agriculture (USDA) acceptance. D. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C-267 - Mortars, Grouts and Monolithic Surfacings. 2. ASTM C-501 3. ASTM C-531 - Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemicals - Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings. 4. ASTM C-579 - Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical - Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacing. 5. ASTM C-580 - Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data, installation instructions, and general recommendations for monolithic flooring material required. Include certification indicating compliance of materials with requirements of use intended. B. Samples: Submit for verification purposes 12" x 12" square sample of the monolithic flooring required, applied to a rigid backing. 1. For initial selection of colors and finishes, submit manufac- turer's color charts showing full range of colors, textures, and finishes available. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with monolithic flooring manu- facturer's directions for maintenance of substrate temperatures, ventilation and other conditions required to execute and protect work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installed Qualifications: Engage an installer who has successfully c.)mpleted within the last three years at least three monolithic flooring applications similar in type and size to that of this project and who will assign mechanics from these earlier applications to this project. B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain primary monolithic flooring materials including primers, finish or sealing coats from a single THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09700-1 SECTION 09700 SPECIAL FLOORING manufacturer with not less than three years of successful experience in supplying principal materials for work of type described in this section. Provide secondary materials only of type and from source recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. C. Mock-up : Apply minimum 50 sq. ft. of flooring in location designated by Architect. Sample floor, when reviewed, is to be the standard of work for this Section. If installation is rejected, remove completely and re -apply new material. D. The finished flooring system shall be uniform in color, texture and appearance. All edges that terminate at walls, floor discontinuities and other embedded items shall be sharp, uniform and cosmetically acceptable, using plastic edge strips of the height equal to thickness .of flooring material. E. Upon completion of work of this Section and prior to final acceptance, provide Owner's Representative two copies of manufacturer's instructions covering care and maintenance of flooring. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages and containers with seals un- broken and bearing manufacturer's labels containing brand name and direction for storage and mixing with other components. B. Store materials to comply with manufacturer's directions to prevent deterioration from moisture, heat, cold, direct sunlight, or other causes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09700-2 SECTION 09700 SPECIAL FLOORING PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SPECIAL FLOORING - TYPE 1 A. Manufacturers: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. HUBBELITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. "Hubbellite 100". b. DEX-O-TEX "Decor-Flor". C. Architect approved equivalent. B. Material 1. Seamless monolithic floor system, slip resistant with integral coved base, and sealer coating as required by manufacturer. 2. Physical characteristics and technical data. a. Strength a. Compressive Strength - 5,000 psi, ASTM C-579 Method B b. Tensile Strength - 2,350 psi, ASTM C-531 C. Adhesive Strength - 500 psi b. Modulus of Elasticity, ASTM C-580, psi - 4.3 x 105 C. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, ASTM C-531, in./in./F. - 6 x 10-5. d. Fire Resistance - Incombustible e. Slip Resistance: a. Apparatus: NBS Brungraber Slip Tester Min. Coef. of Friction Min. Coef. of Friction Dry Sample Wet (Water) Sample .75 .70 f. ASTM C-267 - Chemical Resistant to Organic Solvents, Oil, Grease, U.V. Light, Sugars and Food Acids. g. Roach Repellency - Positive h. Germicidal Qualities - Positive 3. HUBBELLITE 100: Cupric Oxychloride Cement Flooring System a. Primer Coat: Acrylic Latex Bonding Agent b. Finish Flooring: HUBBELLITE 100 1) 3/8" minimum thickness. 2) Color as selected by Architect from manufactuer's standard colors. C. Sealer: HUBBELLITE Dressing 2.2 SPECIAL FLOORING - TYPE 2 A. Manufacturers: 1. DEX-O-TEX "Decor Flor" (Basis of Design). 2. Master Builders Technologies "Quartzite". 3. Stonhard "Stonshield SLT". 4. Palmalite "Palikrom" B. Materials 1. Seamless monolithic 1/8" epoxy floor system, slip resistant with integral coved base. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09700-3 SECTION 09700 SPECIAL FLOORING 2. Physical characteristics and technical data: a. Compressive Strength 8,556 PSI ASTM C-109 (Complete System) b. Compressive Strength 12,900 PSI ASTM D-695 (Resin Components) C. Surface Hardness Scale "D" 62 ASTM D-2240 (Durometer) d. Identification 0.005" Indent. MIL-D-3134, Characteristics Para. 4.7.4.2.1 (Steadily Applied Load) e. Identification 0.011" Indent. MIL-D-3134 Characteristics Para. 4.7.3 (Impacted Load) f. Adhesion 345 PSI ACI Committee 403 g. Water Absorption Less than 1% MIL-D-3134 Absorption h. Abrasion Resistance 19 Wear Index ASTM C-501 (H-22 Wheel) i. Tensile Strength 4,400 PSI ASTM D-638 (Resin Components) j. Elongation 19.6% ASTM D-638 (Resin Components) 3. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.3 SPECIAL FLOORING - TYPE 3 A. Manufacturers: 1. DEX-O-TEX "Neotex" (Basis of Design). 2. Master Builders Technologies "Plexite". 3. Stonhard "Stonclad GS/Stonkote GS4". B. Materials 1. Seamless Monolithic 1/4" trowel applied latex resin floor system slip resistant with integral coved base. 2. Physical characteristics and technical data. a. Compressive Strength 5,400 PSI ASTM C-109 (2" x 2" cubes) - b. Surface Hardness Scale "D" 80 ASTM D-2240-68 (Durometer) C. Indentation 1.04% MIL-D-3134 Characteristics Para. 4. 7. 4. 2. 1 (Steadily Applied load) d. Indentation 0.034" Ident. MIL-D-3134 Characteristics Para. 4.7.3 (Impacted Load) e. Adhesion 301 PSI MIL-D-313 Para. 4.7.1.4 f. Tensile Strength 889 PSI ASTM C-190 g. Flammability Class A NFPA 101-76 h. Abrasion Resistance 3.04 Wear Index ASTM C-501 (H-22 Wheel) THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09700-4 SECTION 09700 SPECIAL FLOORING i. Coefficient of 2.82 x 10-6 ASTM C-531 Thermal Expansion j. Flexural Strength 2498 PSI ASTM C-790 k. Water Absorption 2.81% MIL-D-3134 Para. 4.7.8 3. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.4 OTHER ACCESSORIES A. Plastic Control Joint, Expansion Joint and Termination Strips: Manufacturers recommended products and installation procedure. B. Anchor Strips and Metal Lath: Manufacturers recommended materials for bridging crack. 2.5 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer 1. HUBBELLITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. 438 Division Street Sewickley, PA 15143 (412) 741-0500 2. DEX-O-TEX 3. Architect approved equivalent. 2.6 MATERIAL A. Seamless monolithic floor system, slip resistant with integral coved base, and sealer coating as required by manufacturer. B. HUBBELLITE 100: Cupric Oxychloride Cement Flooring System 1. Primer Coat: Acrylic Latex Bonding Agent 2. Finish Flooring: HUBBELLITE 100 a. 3/8" minimum thickness b. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 3. Sealer: HUBBELLITE Dressing B. Other Accessories: 1. Plastic Control Joint, Expansion Joint and Termination Strips: Manufacturers recommended products and installation procedure. 2. Anchor Strips and Metal Lath: Manufacturers recommended materials for bridging crack. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Substrate Preparation: 1. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in compliance with flooring manufacturer's instructions for particular substrate conditions involved. 2. Slope to Drain Conditions: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST -IN - PLACE CONCRETE. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09700-5 SECTION 09700 SPECIAL FLOORING B. Concrete Surfaces: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Surface Priming: a. All prepared substrates shall be primed using appropriate manufacturer's penetrating primers with strict adherence to installation instruction. 2. Material Installation: a. Floor installation shall strictly adhere to manufacturer's written instructions and directions. b. All trash and debris shall be properly disposed of and arrangements shall be made to remove all unused material from the job site. 3. Miscellaneous Details: a. Cove Bases: Cove shall be installed integral with the floor in 8" heights. All coves shall be capped with manufacturer's specially designed cove strip. b. Expansion and Control Joints: Manufacturer's recommen- dations. 3.2 CURING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Cure monolithic flooring materials in compliance with manufacturer's directions, taking care to prevent their contamination during stages of application and prior to completion of curing process. B. Protect monolithic flooring materials from damage and wear during construction operation. Where temporary covering is required for this purpose, comply with manufacturer's recommendations for protective materials and the method of their application. Remove temporary covering just prior to cleaning for final inspection. C. Clean flooring just prior to final inspections. Use materials and procedures recommended by flooring manufacturer. ******************** END OF SECTION 09700 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09700-6 SECTION 09800 SPECIAL COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Special coatings (water base epoxy paint) 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List: 1. Before any materials are delivered to site, submit copies of full range of colors available in each of proposed products. 2. Prepare and deliver to Architect, 16" x 16" samples of each coating color on 1/4" gypsum wallboard of colors selected by Architect. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's technical information including basic material analysis and installation instructions for each material specified. List each material and application. Identify by manufacturer's catalog number. 1.3 TEST ROOM A. One room, chosen by Contractor and Architect, shall receive an initial complete coating which must be reviewed before work of this Section in the remainder of the project is begun. B. The reviewed coating will establish the acceptable standard for other coated walls within the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Special coatings shall be 2-component water base acrylic epoxy with semi -gloss finish, 2 coats. 1. 1st coat: Ill - ColorTneme-Tufcoat 2. 2nd coat: 111 - Color Tneme-Tufcoat, 3. Total dry mil thickness shall be 4.0 - 5.0 mil B. Manufacturers if in compliance with above: 1. TNEMEC "Series 111 Tneme-Tufcoat" 2. PITTSBURGH PAINTS 16-901/16-902 Pitt Glaze II, semi -gloss 3. PRATT & LAMBERT "Tech -Gard" water -borne epoxy, semi -gloss C. Colors: Selected by the Architect and listed in the finish schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Building temperature shall be not lower than 60OF a minimum of 24 hours before and after coatings are applied. B. Surfaces to receive special coatings shall be free of dirt, dust, oily surfaces or other conditions which would adversely affect the application. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09800-1 SECTION 09800 SPECIAL COATINGS C. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in compliance with the coating manufacturer's instructions for the particular substrate conditions. D. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. E. Remove hardware, accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items which are not to be coated or provide surface -applied protection prior to surface preparation and coating. Following coating application, reinstall removed lights, using workman skilled in trades involved. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Mix and prepare materials in compliance with the manufacturer's directions. Do not mix coating materials of different manufacturers, unless permitted by the manufacturer's instructions. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoat to distinguish each separate coat. C. Apply special coatings by brush, roller, spray or other applicators accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use brushes best suited for type of material being applied. Use rollers of carpet, velvet back or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for material and texture required. D. Provide sample panel to establish wet mil thickness necessary to obtain the dry mill thickness. E. Provide "WET PAINT" signs as required to protect surfaces. After coating application, remove temporary protective wrappings provided others for protection of their work during coating operation., 3.3 CLEAN-UP A. During progress of the work, remove from the project site materials, rubbish, cans and rags resulting from the work. B. Upon completion of the work, clean all coating -splattered Remove splattered materials by proper methods of washing and using care not to damage finished surfaces. ******************** END OF SECTION 09800 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE discarded surfaces. scraping, 09800-2 SECTION 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric coatings over exterior surfaces. a. Clean, fill and seal all cracks and pin holes in the wall surface. b. Apply elastomeric waterproof coating to exterior cement plaster, masonry, precast concrete and concrete surfaces. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit manufacturer's certification indicating elastomeric coating conforms to or exceeds requirements of this section. B. Applicator: Acceptable to manufacturer. Minimum of 3 years of successful application of elastomeric coatings of types required on substrates similar to those of this project. C. Control joint sealant shall be compatible with and as recommended by elastomeric coating manufacturer. D. Primer -sealers shall be acceptable to the coating manufacturer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Include detailed chemical analysis and test results of material applied to surfaces similar to requirements of this Section. 2. Submit manufacturer's instructions for methods and application procedures. 3. Certification of compliance with Quality Assurance portion of this Section. 4. Submit written certification from the elastomeric coating manufacturer that sealant selected is acceptable to the manufacturer. B. Mock -Up: Refer to Sections 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS and 03490 - PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELLS for field mock-up. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mock -Up: Refer to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY for field mock-up. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Applicator shall warranty the areas treated to be watertight for a period of 5 years. Comply with elastomeric manufacturers inspection and warranty procedures. Warranty shall include total square feet of surface area treated plus total gallons applied. Within 30 days of written notification of deficiencies, remedy and repair defects,at no cost to the Owner. Owner shall allow manufacturers access to iNispect defects. B. Comply with elastomeric coating manufacturer requirements for warranty provisions. Give notice to manufacturer technical representatives to review substrates and installation procedures. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09830-1 SECTION 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable Products: 1. VIP 7000 Ter -Polymer Coating with primer. 2. SONNEBORN "Hydrocide Colorflex" with primer. 3. PITTSBURGH PAINTS "Pitt -Flex" exterior elastomeric masonry coating with primer. B. Acceptable sealants (must be compatible with and as approved by elastomeric coating manufacturer). 1. VIP #5300, 5710 or 5712 regular grade; VIP #5100 buttering grade. 2. PECORA CORP. "Dynatrol II" polyurethane; PECORA CORP. "Dynatrol I" 3. MAMECO Vulkem 116, one -part polyurethane. 4. Architect approved equivalent. C. Acceptable bonding agent: (As approved by the elastomeric coating manufacturer.) 1. THORO SYSTEMS PRODUCTS "Thorobond". 2. Architect approved equivalent. D. Color: As selected by the Architect; refer to color code on building elevations. E. Application 1. Follow manufacturers written instructions and recommendations for precast concrete, concrete and plastered surfaces. 2. Minimum coverage of 9-10 mils average dry film. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer surface preparation instructions. Verify surfaces to receive elastomeric coatings are clean, free of efflorescence, oil, mildew, grease or other foreign matter detrimental to application. Sterilize surfaces as recommended by coating manufacturer. B. Remove loose particles and foreign matter. Remove grease or oil with a solvent, effective alkaline cleaner, or detergent as instructed by coating manufacturer. Use high pressure water when specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Scrub surfaces with water. C. Clean cracks and surrounding areas to remove impurities. D. Allow surfaces to dry prior to application. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Application of waterproof ng system: 1. New surfaces shall be primed per manufacturer instructions. 2. Fill cracks with sealant as recommended by coating manufacturer. B. Apply bonding agent to control joints/expansion joints. This section shall be responsible for pre -test of adjacent surfaces, bonding agent and control joint material bond adequacy. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09830-2 SECTION 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING C. Cracks shall be cleaned and sealed with sealant applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Application to substrate shall be in strict accordance with manu- facturer printed instructions. E. Provide appropriate precautions or limitations associated with application during extreme cold weather or high humidity conditions per manufacturer instructions. F. Protect adjoining work, including sealant bond surfaces, from spillage or blow -over of elastomeric coatings. Cover adjoining and near sub- surfaces of aluminum and glass where there is possibility of coatings being deposited on surfaces. Clean elastomeric coatings from adjoining surfaces immediately after spillage. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. ******************** END OF SECTION 09830 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09830-3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior materials, including but not a. Gypsum wallboard b. Plaster C. Cement plaster e. Metal doors and frames f. Special doors trim g. Access panels h. Security products limited to the following: i. Electrical panels located in finished areas j. Exposed electrical conduit in finished areas k. Exposed plumbing and sprinkler piping located in finished areas. 1. Exposed ductwork in finished areas M. Exposed grilles, registers and diffusers n. Concrete block/Concrete surfaces o. Electrical plug molds p. Railings q. Ladders r. Metal stairs S. Fixed detention furniture and anchors. t. Metal countertops and metal support partitions. 2. Exterior materials, including but not limited to the following: a. Exterior metal doors and frames b. Rooftop mechanical equipment C. Rooftop access doors d. Exposed exterior mechanical equipment e. Exposed exterior structural steel for mechanical equipment support f. Basketball key - paint lines 1) NCAA regulation standards. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List: 1. Before delivery to site, submit a complete list of materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of work. B. Samples: 1. Prepare and deliver to Architect, 16" x 16" samples of each paint color on 1/4" gypsum wallboard, of colors selected by Architect. 2. Prepare and deliver to Architect 4" x 4" samples of each wood stain selected on 1/4" red oak panels, finished as described by this Section. 3. Provide reviewed stain samples to Section 08211 for use in establishing finish of wood doors. C. Paint Formulations: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09900-1 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 1. Submit actual paint formulations for each paint manufacturer, type and paint color for the Owner's future use in obtaining paint color matches. 2. Submit formulations after paints have been installed and prior to final payment. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Quality Control: 1. Request review of first finished room, space or item of each color scheme required by Architect for color, texture and workmanship. 2. Notify Architect prior to starting space for review so he may be present for observation. 3. A reviewed set of samples and brochures will be returned to the Contractor and shall be kept on the job throughout painting operations. 4. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction in permanently identifying with signs or stencils all rated corridor partitions smoke stop partitions, horizontal exit partitions, exit enclosures and fire walls. B. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes and regulations: 1. ANSI A13.1 - Identification of piping systems. 2. ANSI Z53.1 - Safety color coding standards. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver paint materials to job site in original containers with labels intact and legible at time of use. B. General: 1. Material will be stored in one assigned area which will be used for storage, tinting, mixing and thinning. Adequate protection for floors, walls and ceilings shall be provided. 2. Flammable materials shall be kept in metal containers. Soiled rags, waste and empty containers shall be removed at the end of each day's work. 1.5 MOCK-UP A. Paint interior finishes for mock-up of precast concrete modular cell - Bid Group Two, Section 03490. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Manufacturer: ?. Schedule of Materials is based on use of PRATT AND LAMBERT products. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers are: a. BENJAMIN MOORE b. GLIDDEN C. PPG THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09900-2 SECTION 09900 PAINTING d. SHERWIN-WILLIAMS e. DEVOE PAINT 3. Paint materials selected for each type of surface shall be product of a single manufacturer. B. Compatibility: 1. Paint materials and equipment shall be compatible in use; finish coats shall be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be compatible with surface to be coated. Tools and equipment shall be compatible with coatings to be applied. 2. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for that purpose by manufacturer of material to be thinned. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION, GENERAL A. Ambient temperature shall be maintained at 60OF for 24 hours prior during, and a minimum 24 hours following paint application on interior surfaces. Varnishes shall not be applied to any surface which has a temperature below 500 F. regardless of ambient temperature. B. Prior to all surface preparation and painting, completely mask, remove or otherwise protect all hardware accessories machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces but not scheduled to receive paint. C. Exterior surfaces shall not be painted if in direct sunlight, during, or prior to rainy or frosty weather or if surface temperature is below 500 F. D. Veneer plaster, mortar, block or concrete shall not be painted if moisture content exceeds 12%; if moisture content is between 8% and 12%, prime with alkali -resistant primer in place of specified primer. E. Mixing and Tinting: 1. Job site tinting of finish coats shall be done only when approved by Architect. Tinting colors shall be of type recommended by manufacturer of paint or coating whose products are being used. 2. Thinning shall be done only when specifically allowed by manufacturer and never to exceed his directions. F. Spot prime exposed nails and other metals which are to be painted with emulsion paints, using a primer recommended by manufacturer of coating system. G. Cleaning: 1. Before applying paint or other surface treatment, thoroughly clean surfaces involved. Comply with paint manufacturers printed instructions for substrate intended. 2. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminant from cleaning pror.ess will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. H. Preparation of Wood Surfaces: 1. Wood surfaces shall be sanded smooth, dust removed before application of any paint or coating. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09900-3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 2. Knots or sap spots shall be thoroughly cleaned and sealed with two pound cut shellac prior to application of prime coat. 3. Nail holes shall be puttied after prime coat, then sanded smooth. Putty or wood filler must match color of wood when clear coat is specified. I. Preparation of Metal Surfaces: 1. Metal doors and frames shall be made smooth by filling or sanding before applying any paint or coating. 2. Remove rust and mill scale from ferrous metal surfaces requiring exposed finish coat of paint or coating. After removal spot prime with "Tech -Gard Red Oxide Primer". 3. Galvanized steel surfaces requiring painting shall be solvent cleaned to remove traces of grease, oil or other contaminents before priming. Comply with paint manufacturers printed instructions for preparation of substrates to be painted. 4. Slushing or grouting hollow metal door and borrowed light frame protective paint coating. a. Prior to placement and slushing or grouting of hollow metal door and borrowed light frames in masonry wall or plaster walls, provide a protective coating on the inside (concealed) faces of frames. Coat with 1/8" thick field coat of bituminous paint and allow to dry before slushing grouting work is begun. J. Preparation of Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 1. Surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly clean and dry; joint compound shall be smooth, clean and dry. 2. Metal trim shall be spot -primed with primer before application of paint. K. Preparation of Concrete and Masonry: 1. Large cracks and openings shall be patched before paint application. 2. Block walls shall cure 30 days before being painted. Surfaces shall be brushed and scraped to remove loose sand particles and mortar splatters before painting. 3. Poured concrete surfaces shall cure 60 days before painting. Surfaces shall be brushed and scraped to remove loose sand and cement particles and other foreign matters. Form -oil deposits shall be removed with suitable liquid removing agent. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Each coat of paint or coating shall be a different shade of same color. Each coat shall be observed by Architect prior to application of next coat. Notify Architect of completion of each coat so observation can be made; in absence of such notification, credit will be allowed only for visible coat. B. If paint or coating is not hiding substrate or has non -uniform appearance, the Contractor shall apply additional coats until results are satisfactory to Architect. C. Each coat of paint shall be completely dry before applying succeeding coats, unless specifically allowed by material manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09900-4 SECTION 09900 PAINTING D. Each coat of paint or coating shall be applied at spreading rate recommended by paint manufacturer, and dry film thickness indicated.. E. When paint or coating is brush applied, each coat must be brushed out uniformly to eliminate laps, skips, and excess brush marks; there shall be no visible evidence of runs, sags, curtains or other evidence of poor application. F. When paint or coating is roller applied, proper skill must be used to avoid signs of lapping and excess paint lines from edge of roller. When cutting -in with brush, these areas must be of same texture, color and hiding as adjacent areas, to assure good appearance. G. When paint or coating is applied by spray, it must be done before installation of fixtures, hardware, flooring and other finish items, unless thoroughly protected. Paint or coating by spray application shall be applied only by skilled painters, to assure a uniform finish with no evidence.of improper application. H. Each coat of clear finish or enamel shall be lightly sanded and wiped free of dust before applying next coat. I. Final coat of paint or coating shall have visual evidence of solid hiding and uniform appearance. J. Make edges of paint or coating adjoining other materials or colors, sharp and clean, with no overlapping. K. Exposed piping, conduit, ductwork, hangers and related materials in finished areas shall be painted. Color and texture as per schedule. If not scheduled, paint color as directed by Architect. L. Factory primed surfaces shall be determined paintable in a normal method and treated properly to secure adequate adhesion of on -site painting or coating. M. Environmental Conditions: 1. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental conditions under which paint and coatings may be applied. 2. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is generated. N. Colors as selected will include accent colors for approximately 25% finish wall surfaces. 0. On walls, soffits and ceilings of gypsum wallboard, plaster or veneer plaster, to produce a smooth finish. P. Above decorative ceilings and concealed spaces, identify with sign stencils, all rated corridor partitions, smoke stop partitions, horizontal exit partitions, exit enclosures and fire walls. Lettering shall be minimum 6" high. Suggested wording: "Fire and Smoke Barrier --Protect All Openings". 3.4 DRY MIL THICKNESS A. Apply paint to dry mil thickness indicated in "Schedule of Materials". B. Provide and use a "Tooke Dry Film Thickness Gage", to verify dry mil thickness of paint applied, if question of adequate coverage arises. Repair surfaces damaged in the verification of dry mil thickness. 3.5 CLEAN UP A. Following completion of painting in each area, reinstall items which were removed for painting. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09900-5 SECTION 09900 PAINTING B. During progress of work, do not allow accumulation of empty containers or other excess items except in areas designated for that purpose. C. In event of accidental spilling of paint, immediately remove spilled paint and wash surfaces to original undamaged condition, at no cost to Owner. D. Upon completion of this portion of work, visually inspect surfaces and remove paint from surfaces not scheduled to be painted. E. Spot painting to correct soiled or damaged paint surfaces will be allowed only when touch-up spot is blended into surrounding finish and is not visible to normal viewing. If not possible, re -coat entire surface to corners or visible stopping point. 3.6 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, EXTERIOR USE Dry Mil Thickness A. Galvanized Metal 3.8 mil 1st - Solvent wash to remove oils 2nd - Galvanized Metal Latex Primer 3rd & 4th - Effecto Enamel ....................................... B. Metals other than above, including 3.75 mil doors and trim . 1st - Noxide Rust Inhibiting -Primer 2nd & 3rd - Effecto Enamel ....................................... C. Basketball Lines 2.25 One Coat - Traffic Marking Paint ........................................ 3.7 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, INTERIOR USE A. Metal Surfaces 4.75 mil 1st - Noxide Rust Inhibiting -Primer (1.25 mil primed) (Omit where pre -primed) 2nd & 3rd - Vitralite Enamel ....................................... B. Painted Wood 4.25 mil 1st - Interior Trim Primer 2nd - Vitralite Undercoating 3rd - Vitralite Enamel ....................................... C. Clear Finished Wood 2.0 mil 1st - Paste Filler 2nd - Tonetic Wood Stain 3rd & 4th - "38" Pale Trim Varnish, gloss; sanded after each coat 5th - "38" Pale Trim Varnish, Dull ....................................... THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09900-6 SECTION 09900 PAINTING D. Walls, Soffits and Ceilings 1.0 mil (Gypsum wallboard or plaster receiving wallcovering) 1st - Lyt-All Double -Duty Primer ....................................... E. Walls, Soffits and Ceilings 5.0 mil (All exposed gypsum wallboard or plaster areas not to receive other finish materials) 1st - Latex Wall Primer 2nd - Lyt-All Double -Duty Primer 3rd - Vitra-Shield ....................................... F. Interior Concrete Block (Aggregate Block: lightweight) 15.0 mil 1st - Primafill 200 2nd - Vapex Flat Wall Finish (Concrete Block) 15.0 mil 1st - Pro -Hide Block Filler 2nd - Pro -Hide Latex Flat ....................................... G. Interior Concrete Surfaces, (Walls, Ceilings, Columns) 1st - Primer 2nd & 3rd - Pro -Hide Latex Satin 1.0 mil ....................................... 3.8 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL MATERIALS IN FINISHED AREAS A. Exposed Pipe, Conduit and Ducts 3.5 mil (Surface temperature below 200° F.) 1st - Interior Trim Primer 2nd - Cellutone Satin ....................................... B. Exposed Pipe & Ducts To requirements (Surface temperatures above 200°F,) of manufacturers 1st - Aluminum Paint instructions. 2nd - Aluminum Paint ....................................... C. Exposed Waste Pipe 4.0 mil 1st - Interior Trim Primer 2nd - Cellutone Satin 3rd - Cellutone Satin ....................................... ******************** END OF SECTION 09900 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09900-7 SECTION 09950 WALLCOVERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vinyl Wall Covering 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Before wallcovering is delivered to job site, submit to Architect sample of colors and patterns of each type of wallcovering specified. 2. Submit sample of each type of adhesive proposed along with wall - covering. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Manufacturer shall prepare specific written instructions for cleaning and maintenance for materials supplied and shall submit two copies to Architect prior to product delivery. 2. Submit manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, including sealing of each type of wall surface, for each type of wallcovering. Include information on adhesive and primer/sealer (if applicable) as recommended by the wallcovering manufac- turer(s). C. Certifications: 1. Comply with NFPA 255 or U.L. 723. Provide manufacturer's written certification that material will exhibit a flame spread rating required under product description when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. Copies of test results must accompany certification. 2. Provide written certification that the adhesive is approved by the wallcovering manufacturer, for the use intended, and is water-resistant, mildewproof, and vermin -proof. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Manufacturer shall submit test results and certification of compliance with requirements of following materials prior to delivery of materials. 2. Adhesive shall be water resistant, mildew and vermin proof. Use only adhesive compatible with wallcovering and of type specifi- cally recommended by manufacturer. B. Vinyl Wallcovering: 1. Vinyl wallcovering shall comply with Federal Specification CCC- W-408, Type II and shall have a flame spread of 25 or less when tested per ASTM E-84 and NFPA 255. 2. Vinyl wallcovering shall weigh not less than 20 ounces per square yard, 54" wide. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09950-1 SECTION 09950 WALLCOVERING 3. Provide the following if in compliance with above: 1. Type B-1 and B-2 vinyl wallcovering. a. J.M. LYNNE WALLCOVERING; Threads b. Architect approved equivalent. 2. Type B-3 and B-4 a. LANARK; Chipstone b. Architect approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Preparation: 1. Sub -base surfaces shall be level, true, free of indentations, projections or other imperfections harmful to finish wallcover- ing application. Surfaces not meeting these requirements shall be repaired before installation; application of wallcovering constitutes acceptance of sub -base as found. 2. Apply primer/sealer (if applicable) to each type of wall material as recommended by the wallcovering manufacturer. B. Application of Vinyl Wallcovering: 1. Vinyl -Coated Fabric Installation Sequence: a. Use vinyl fabric rolls in consecutive numerical sequence manufacture. b. Place fabric panels consecutively in exact order cut from roll including filling spaces above or below windows, doors or similar penetrations. C. Hang fabric by reversing alternate strips except on match patterns. 2. Trim additional salvage where required to achieve color and pattern match at seams. 3. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing and applying adhesive. 4. Hang non -matched patterns by overlapping edges and double cutting through both thicknesses with zinc or aluminum strip back-up to prevent cutting substrate. 5. Wrap fabric 6" beyond inside and outside corners; no cutting at corners permitted. 6. No horizontal seams will be permitted. 7. Remove excess paste from seam before making next seam. Use a sponge or cloth dampened with clean water, wipe clean with dry towel. 8. Remove and replace hardware, accessories, plates and similar items to allow fabric to be installed. 9. Place vinyl fabric before the installation of plumbing ' xtures, casing, bases and cabinets. 10. Installed fabric to be secure, smooth, clean, without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 09950-2 SECTION 09950 WALLCOVERING 3.2 CLEAN UP A. After hanging, immediately clean wallcovering surfaces, removing trace of adhesive and soil and thoroughly washing with clean water; do not use cleaning solvents or cleaning agents not specifically recommended by manufacturer of wallcovering. ******************** END OF SECTION 09950 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 09950-3 Specialties DIVISION 10 SECTION 10100 CHALKBOARDS AND TACKBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Unit chalkboards and tackboards a. Trim for unit chalkboards and tackboards. b. Miscellaneous related accessory items necessary to the installation of above. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All chalkboard surfaces shall comply with the Porcelain Enamel Institute's Specifications. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide fully dimensioned shop drawings indicating dimensions, methods of assembly, splicing, materials and relation of materials to adjacent work. B. Submit full range of color samples for selection by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Equipment Number 10100 - Chalkboards 96"W x 48"H 1. Ceramic porcelain face fused to 24 gage steel. This facing sheet and an aluminum foil backing sheet shall be pressure laminated to 1/2" tempered hardboard core. Except for sectional unit, boards shall be one piece up to 12'- 0" in length, one joint allowed for boards over 12'-0". 2. Chalkboards, in standard colors chosen by Architect, in compliance with above requirements as manufactured by one of the following manufacturers: a. ALLIANCE WALL b. CLARIDGE C. GOTHAM d. NELSON-ADAMS e. Architect approved equivalent B. Equipment Number 10110 - Tackboards 96"W x 48"H. 1. 1/4" vinyl -impregnated, burlap backed cork, factory laminated to 1/4" thick tempered hardboard. Color selected by Architect from standard colors. 2. Tackboards, in compliance with above requirements, as manufactured by one of the following manufacturers: a. CLARIDGE b. GOTHAM C. NELSON-ADAMS d. Architect approved equivalent C. Equipment Number 10111 - Tackboard 72"W x 48"H 1. 1/4" vinyl -impregnated, burlap backed cork, factory laminated to 1/4" thick tempered hardboard. Color selected by Architect from standard colors. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10100-1 SECTION 10100 CHALKBOARDS AND TACKBOARDS 2. Tackboards, in compliance with above requirements, as manufactured by one of the following manufacturers: a. CLARIDGE b. GOTHAM C. NELSON-ADAMS d. Architect approved equivalent PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Perimeter and intermediate trim grounds shall be firmly anchored to supporting wall. Continuous wood blocking shall be placed behind butting joint and at 24" horizontal centers. Use no spotting compound. B. Trim shall be cut and erected to fit each individual application, with mitered hairline joints. C. Tackboards shall be single sections, mounted per manufacturer's directions. D. Chalkboard and tackboard lengths and heights shall be as required by drawings, fully trimmed. E. Standards shall be applied to walls per manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Provide initial break-in for chalkboards if required by manufacturer. ******************** END OF SECTION 10100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10100-2 SECTION 10160 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Floor mounted solid plastic toilet partitions. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Comply with ANSI A 117.1 and State of Florida "Accessibility Requirements Manual, (1990). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit fully dimensioned Shop Drawings defining each partition assembly. Identify size, shape, method of assembly, hardware, finishes and relation to adjacent building components. B. Shop Drawings submitted in the form of manufacturer's standard brochures will be rejected unless information required above is clearly and completely identified. C. Submit full range of color samples for selection by Architect. D. Provide location template drawings for bolt hole locations in supporting members for attachment of partitions. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturers written warranty for a period of 10 years from date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Equipment Number 10166 - Floor mounted solid plastic toilet partitions: 1. Door and partition panels: Flush 1" thick high density polymer resin compound with homogenous color throughout. 2. Size: Custom size panels for special condition as indicated Drawings. 3. Hardware: Gravity hinges, latch and keeper, coathook, pull for outswinging doors, shoes, fasteners and other items necessary for erection including theft -proof fastening devices. 4. Pre -drill panels to accept toilet accessories as specified in Section 10800. 5. Finish: Color constant through panel, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 6. Provide heat sinc metal edging at bottom edge of doors and panels. 7. Provide products of the following if in compliance w^th above: a. SANTANA, Poly -Mar HD partitions. b. Architects approved equivalent. B. Equipment Number 10161 - Wall Mounted Solid Plastic Urinal Screens 1. 1" thick high density polymer resin compound with homogenous color throughout. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10160-1 SECTION 10160 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS 2. Size: Custom size panels for special condition as indicated Drawings. 3. Hardware: Fasteners and other items necessary for erection including theft -proof fastening devices. 4. Provide heat sinc metal edging at bottom edge of doors and panels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify spacing of plumbing fixtures to assure compatibility with installation of partitions. 3.2 INSTALLATION . A. Install partition rigid, straight, plumb and level. B. Provide clearances maximum 1/2" between pilasters and panels. C. Provide clearances maximum 1" between panels and walls. D. Secure panels to walls with minimum two stirrup brackets, attached near top and bottom of panel. E. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchorages occur in masonry tile joints. F. Conceal evidence of drilling, cutting and fitting to room finish. 3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation after installation. B. Set hinges on inward swing doors to hold doors open approximately 300 from closed position when unlatched. C. Set hinges on outward swing doors to hold doors open approximately 100 from closed position when unlatched. D. Perform final adjustments to leveling devices and hardware. E. Clean exposed surfaces and partitions, hardware, fittings and accessories. ******************** END OF SECTION 10160 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10160-2 SECTION 10200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Extruded aluminum louvers a. Stationary wall louvers b. Operating wall louvers C. Head and sill flashings d. Insect screening e. Extended sills f. Insulated blank -off panels. g. Attachment angles/fasteners/ assembly. LOUVERS AND VENTS components for a complete h. Steel security grille, grating and framework. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AMCA 500 - (Air Movement Council Association) Test Method for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters. B. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. C. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate. D. ASTM A526 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Commercial Quality. E. ASTM A527 - Sheet Steel, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Lock -Forming Quality. F. ASTM B209 - Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, certified test data, where applicable; and installation instructions for required products, including finishes. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of louver units and accessories. Include plans, elevations and details of sections and connections to adjoining work. Indicate materials, finishes, fasteners, joinery and other information to determine compliance with specified requirements. C. Samples: 1. Submit 6" square Samples of each required finish. Prepare samples on metal of same gage and alloy to be used in the work. Where normal color and texture variations are to be expected, include two or more units in each sample showing the limits of such variations. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1. The system shall perform with maximum deflection of L/175 deflection under a windload of 40 psf. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 10200-1 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Where louvers are indicated to comply with specific performance requirements, provide units whose performance ratings have been determined in compliance with Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA) Standard 500. 1. AMCA Certification: Where indicated, provide louvers with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal evidencing that product complies with above requirement. B. Verify size, location and placement of louver units prior to fabrication, wherever possible. C. Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assembly to minimize field adjustments, splicing, mechanical joints and field assembly of units. Preassemble units in shop to greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. AIRLINE PRODUCTS CO. 2. THE AIROLITE CO. 3. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES, INC. 4. RUSKIN MFG. CO. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A-526 and A-527, with ASTM A-525, G-90 coating, mill phosphatized. B. Cold -rolled Sheet Steel: ASTM A-366, Class 1, matte finish. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A-167 and AISI Type 302/304, with No. 4 finish. D. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B-209, Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer to provide required finish. E. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-T52. F. Fastenings: Use same material as items fastened, unless otherwise indicated. Fasteners for exterior applications may be hot -dip galvanized, stainless steel or aluminum. Provide types, gages and lengths to suit unit installation conditions. Use Phillips flathead machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. G. Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 10200-2 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS 2.3 FABRICATION A. Provide louvers and accessories of design, materials, sizes, depth, arrangement, and metal thicknesses indicated, or if not indicated, as required for optimum performance with respect to airflow; water penetration; air leakage, where applicable (for adjustable units, if any); strength; durability; and uniform appearance. B. Fabricate frames including integral sills to suit adjacent construction with tolerances for installation, including application of sealants in joints between louvers and adjoining work. C. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly. D. Provide vertical mullions of type and at spacings indicated but not further apart than recommended by manufacturer or 72" on center, whichever is less. At horizontal joints between louver units provide horizontal mullions except where continuous vertical assemblies are indicated. E. Provide sill extensions and loose sills made of same material as louvers, where indicated, or required for drainage to exterior and to prevent water penetrating to interior. F. Join frame members to one another and to stationary louver blades by welding, except where indicated otherwise or where field bolted connections between frame members are made necessary by size of louvers. Maintain equal blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance. 2.4 STATIONARY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WALL LOUVERS A. Horizontal Drainable Blade Louvers: Units designed to collect and drain water to exterior at sill by means of gutters in front edges of blades, and channels in jambs and mullions. Furnish units with extrusions not less than 0.125" thick, of depth, and sizes indicated, complying with following performance requirements. 1. Free Area: Not less than 50% for a 48" x 48" size. 2. Static Pressure Loss: Not more than 0.15" of water gage at an airflow of 1,050 fpm free area velocity in intake direction. 3. Water Penetration: Not more than 0.05 ounces per square foot of free area at an airflow of 1,000 fmp free area velocity. 4. AMCA Certification: Furnish units bearing ACMA Certified Ratings Seal. B. Horizontal Blade Louvers: Size and depth indicated, with blades of profile, slope and spacing indicated, or if not indicated, to meet Performance requirements. 1. Extrusion Thickness: Not less than 0.125" for blades and frames. 2. Furnish units complying with following performance requirements: a. Free Area: Not less than 45% on a 48" x 48" sized louver. b. Static Pressure Loss: Not more than 0.15" of water gage at an airflow of 1,000 fpm free air velocity. C. Water Penetration: Not more than 0.05 ounces per square foot of free area at an intake airflow of 100 fpm free area velocity. d. AMCA Certification: Furnish units bearing AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 10200-3 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS 3. Continuous Horizontal Blades: Conceal supporting framework from vision on outside face of louver by placing braces, mullions and brackets on inside face; with close fitting, field -made splice joints in blades designed to permit expansion and contraction without deforming blades or framework. a. Exterior Corners: Shop miter and weld blades into prefabricated corner units to align with straight sections. Include concealed bracing. 4. Continuous Vertical Assemblies: Where height of louver sections exceeds fabrication and handling limitations, fabricate units to permit field -bolted assembly with blade pattern uninterrupted in vertical spacing, or by horizontal mullions at joints between superimposed sections; with close fitting joints in jamb frames, reinforced with splice plates. C. Vertical Blade Louvers: Units with vertical blades of sight proof design; of profiles, depths, blade spacing and sizes indicated; fabricated from extrusions not less than 0.081" thick unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 INSULATED OPERATING LOUVER SYSTEM A. Louver: Horizontal blades of .032" thick aluminum and 2" foamed insulation. Blades separated with rigid polyurethane thermo brake; 55% free area. CS Model No. 6990. B. Extended Frame Housing: Fabricated aluminum housing of 6063-T52 alloy and .109" thickness. Filled with foamed insulation. Welded weather tight construction. C. Motor: Two position -power open and close 120 VAC, 60 cycle single phase, CS Model No. EX-150 Series. a. Provide 3/16" mild steel plate covers over motors and mechanisms to prevent inmate tampering. D. Security Grille - Refer to Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS. E. Provide connections to smoke evacuation control systems. F. Manufacturer: Construction Specialties (Basis of Design). 2.6 LOUVER SCREENS A. Provide removable screens for exterior louvers where indicated. B. Fabricate screen frames of same metal and finish as louver units to which secured, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide rewireable frames consisting of formed or extruded metal with a driven spline or insert for securing screen mesh. 2. Provide frames consisting of U-shaped metal for permanently securing screen mesh. C. Use insect screens where indicated, of the following: 1. 18" x 16" mesh, 0.011" aluminum wire. D. Locate screens on inside face of louvers, unless o�nt.,rwise indicated. Secure screens to louver frames with machine scrE.is, spaced at each corner and at 12" on center between. 2.7 SHEET METAL BACKING A. Provide each louver with factory installed, solid insulated sheet aluminum backing panel attached to the interior face of the louver. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 10200-4 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS B. Backing panel shall be 18 gage sheet aluminum with black painted finish on outer (exposed to view) surface. C. Insulation on the inner face of the backing panel shall be 2" thick semi -rigid board stock fiberglass, 3 pounds per cubic foot density, adhered to the backing panel with full surface coverage of adhesive and supplemented by mechanical impaling pins and metal discs spaced 18" on center each way. D. Responsibility for locating ducted openings, cutting openings in backing panels and attaching ductwork to backing panel will be by mechanical tracks. 2.8 METAL FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. Apply finishes in factory after products are assembled. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces with protective covering, prior to shipment. Remove scratches and blemishes from exposed surfaces which will be visible after completing finishing process. 1. Provide colors or color matches as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. B. Aluminum Finishes: 1. Surfaces exposed to exterior view shall be coated with factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinylidene fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly cleaned and pretreated aluyminum meeting the requirements of aSTM D-1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels." 2. Custom color and finish as selected by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorages which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Locate and place louver units plumb, level and in proper alignment with adjacent wcrk. B. Use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces ad to make a weathertight connection. C. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants and joint fillers. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 10200-5 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS D. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering and grinding operations required for fitting and jointing. Restore finishes so there is no evidence of corrective work. Return items which cannot be refinished in field to shop, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit, or provide new units, at Contractor's option. E. Protect galvanized and non-ferrous metal surfaces from corrosion of galvanic action by application of a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces which will be in contact with concrete, masonry or dissimilar metals. F. Provide concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulations, and install as work progresses to make installations weathertight. ******************** END OF SECTION 10200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 10200-6 SECTION 10270 ACCESS FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Access Floor System a. Miscellaneous items related to the installation. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications 1. Approved and trained by manufacturer of access floor materials and assemblies. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1. Comply with all applicable local code requirements and ordinances. 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard No.75-1987, (Electronic Computer/Data Processing Equipment), Chapter 2. C. Design Criteria 1. Pedestals a. Designed load: 5,000 pounds with no distortion. b. Ultimate load carrying capacity: not less than twice the design strength of the system. 2. Floor Panels (24" x 24"). a. Live or uniform load lbs. per sq. ft. .........250 pounds Deflection inches .........0.040" b. Concentrated load lbs. on 1 sq. inch.. ......800 pounds Center deflection, in. ... 0.080" Edge deflection, in. .... 0.080" C. Permanent deflection: Maximum of 0.010" at design load. d. Ultimate load carrying capacity not less than three times design strength. D. Allowable Tolerances: 1. Floor panel flatness: Plus/minus 0.010" in diagonal on top of panel or underneath edge. 2. Floor plan surface dimensions: Plus/minus 0.005". 3. Floor panel squareness: Plus/minus 0.005". 4. Finish floor: Level within plus/minus 0.060" in 10'-0" and plus/minus 0.10" over the entire floor. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit drawings indicating floor panel layout to adapt to equipment layout. 2. Detail components of assembly, anchoring and edge details. B. Certificates: 1. Manufacturer's certificates: Certification of specified designed strengths as tested by testing organization. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10270-1 SECTION 10270 ACCESS FLOORING PART 2 -'PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Floor Panels - Steel 1. Bonded Steel a. Top panel: diecut hard cold rolled steel. b. Bottom panel: hot rolled steel die -formed. C. Finish: top and bottom of panel, after welding shall be spray cleaned, phosphate applied, and coated with baked enamel. d. Panels shall be factory painted all surfaces. 2. Finish Flooring: a. Factory applied carpet with edged trim (flush to panel edge). 3. Grounding connectors on panel: Each floor panel shall receive grounding connectors of solid copper or positive electrical continuity to understructure, to a maximum -of 1 ohm resistance. 4. Panel bottom surface shall be capable of additional pedestal support at any location. B. Pedestals 1. Steel stud shall be 3/4" threaded rod ASTM A-36 steel. 2. Vertical adjustment of floor height: Minimum of 1-1/2" with vibration proof and accidental rotation locking arrangement. Finish floor height shall be 8" above finish floor level. 3. Base: Steel 1/8" thick with galvanized finish. 4. Minimum area of base in contact with sub -floor: 16 square inches. 5. Cap: Die-cast aluminum (alloy A380) and shall provide a.double locking of the panel. 6. Attachment: Adhesive as standard with the Access Floor Manu- facturer. C. Accessories 1. Base (Cove): Refer to Section 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING. 2. Cable Cut-out Protection will be required on the project. 3. Panel lifting device: One per area, manufacturer's standard equipment, type recommended for each type of panel. 4. Aluminum Grilles with Dampers: Minimum two units for air flow ventilation. D. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. DONN ACCESS FLOORS, INC. "Model 50" 2. LISKEY ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURING, Inc. "Liskey Mark 40" 3. TATE ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS, INC. "Tate System MOD 915". 4. Architect approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine floor to receive access flooring for uneveness, irregularities and dampness that would affect the quality and execution of work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER , HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10270-2 SECTION 10270 ACCESS FLOORING B. Do not proceed with installation of access flooring until floor surfaces are clean, dry, and ready to receive access flooring. 3.2 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. The access floor shall be prepared and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions covering preparation, layout, alignment, and installation of the access floor system. 3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Remove all construction debris as work progresses, maintaining areas under finished panels in a clean condition. B. Clean soiled or discolored surfaces after installation. C. Remove and replace units damaged, improperly installed, or soiled beyond cleaning. D. Cover and protect the finished floor with 20 pound kraft paper properly sealed to prevent tearing. ******************** END OF SECTION 10270 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10270-3 SECTION 10350 FLAGPOLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum Flagpole a. Base for flagpole. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit completely detailed and dimensioned Shop Drawings including details of required foundation. Comply with local codes and ordinances for height of flagpole indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Flagpole: 1. Provide seamless 6063-T6 aluminum tubing, wall thickness 0.188" designed to withstand 120 mile per hour winds. 2. Shaft: uniformly tapered throughout the section at the rate of 1" in every 5'-6". 3. Pole shall have an exposed height of 40 ft. 4. Finish of flagpole and pertinent fittings: clear anodized. 5. Flagpole shall have standard fittings that accommodate two (2) flags; spun aluminum ball on 3/4" aluminum tube, truck, two sets of halyards made of 5/16" white polypropylene with two swivel snaps for each, two 9" cast aluminum cleats and cast aluminum flash collar. 6. Provide foundation tube for 4'-6" setting depth and 5-1/2" butt diameter of pole. Tube: of 16 gage galvanized corrugated steel; tube assembly shall consist of. the following components: Tube, base plate, tube support plate, grounding spike and internal steel centering wedges. B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. BAARTOL COMPANY, INC. 2. EDER FLAGPOLE COMPANY 3. CONCORD INDUSTRIES, INC. C. Foundation: 1. Provide concrete foundation as required by the manufacturer and local code requirements for the flagpole. 2. Provide suitable lightning arrestor system in accordance with the recommendations of the flagpole manufacturer. PART 3 - EXEC UTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Flagpole: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10350-1 SECTION 10350 FLAGPOLE 1. Install flagpole in strict accordance with the original design, the reviewed Shop Drawings, and the manufacturer's recommendations, anchoring components per manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Foundation: 1. Construct concrete foundation for the flagpole. Comply with requirements of Section 03300 for concrete strength of 3500 psi. Provide UL approved lightning arrestor system in accordance with the recommendations of the flagpole manufacturer. 3.2 TOUCH-UP A. Upon completion of the installation, visually inspect exposed surfaces and touch-up scratches and abrasions so they will be invisible to the unaided eye from a distance of 5'-0". ********************* END OF SECTION 10350 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10350-2 SECTION 10500 STEEL LOCKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Lockers 1. Accessories and components for a complete installed system. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 10800 - Toilet Accessories for locker bench. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings indicating materials, finish, construc- tion, reinforcing, hardware, method of anchoring and dimensions including group lengths. B. Samples: 1. Submit full range of colors for selection by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rolled steel locker: constructed of mild annealed, cold rolled steel, minimum thickness: 1. Body - 24 gage 2. Door - 16 gage 3. Door frame - 16 gage 4. Shelf - 24 gage 5. Recess and finish strips - 18 gage 6. Sloping top - 20 gage 7. Flat top - 20 gage (located at Room A2008) B. Locker Sizes: 1. Equipment Number 10500 - Locker, 12" wide x 15" deep x 12" high 2. Equipment Number 10503 - Locker, double tier, 12" wide x 15" deep x 36" high. Total height without base 72". C. Finishes: 1. Lockers: properly prepared and finished with a baked enamel finish on exposed surfaces, inside and outside of lockers. Color will be selected by the Architect. 2. Integral Base: Stainless steel. D. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. LYON METAL PRODUCTS "Steel Lockers" 2. MEDART 3. REPUBLIC STEEL "Standard Lockers" 4. PENCO PRODUCTS 2.3 HARDWARE A. Hinges: not less than 2" high, 0.050" thick steel with non -removable pin. B. Handles: chrome -plated, die cast zinc alloy, with cadmium plate lock lifting mechanism. C. Coat hooks: cadmium plated. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 10500-1 SECTION 10500 STEEL LOCKERS D. Locking device to be built-in lever tumbler type with spring bolt locking mechanism, key operated with two keys furnished per lock. Mechanism to be MASTER LOCK COMPANY No. 1719 or Architect approved equivalent (located at Room A2008). E. Lockers: provided with padlock hasp for use with padlocks furnished by Owner. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION A. Door frames: channel formed with reinforced verticals for continuous door strike. Lap and weld corners to form rigid assembly. Top and bottom frames shall support locker body top and bottom. B. Door edges: channel formed at vertical edges and flanged at right angles at top and bottom. C. Hinges: welded to frame and securely attached to door. Single tier lockers shall have three hinges. D. Locking device shall engage single tier lockers at three points. Operating mechanism: contained entirely within locker construction. Doors shall automatically lock when closed. E. Door Jambs: reinforced to prevent prying free of lock mechanism. Jambs: equipped with soft rubber silencers. F. Locker doors: punched with standard six inch louvers, top and bottom. G. Provide flat top, closed ends and trim. Trim: anchored to lockers with concealed fasteners. H. Provide continuous sloping tops constructed to resist denting and sagging with no exposed fasteners (located at Room A2008). I. Provide aluminum numbering plates for lockers with figures 3/8" high, embossed or etched. Number each group of lockers consecutive, beginning at the number one. J. Prefabricated bases: 16 gage Z-base, 4" high, resulting in 1-3/4" toe space at locker fronts. Provide 4" high, 16 gage channel base at exposed ends and at rear. Bases: prefabricated by locker manufacturer. Metal bases: leveled and securely anchored to floor slab. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Anchor components firmly in place in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT A. Upon completion of installation, inspect lockers and adjust as necessary for proper door and locking mechanism operation. Touch up scratches and abrasions to match original finish. ******************** END OF SECTION 10500 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP THREE 10500-2 SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 2. Fire extinguisher wall brackets. 3. Fire Hose Cabinet B. Coordinate size and clearances with Owner furnished fire extinguisher. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY B. Section 09110 - NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING C. Section 09900 - PAINTING 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers B. ANSI/UL 711 - Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers C. UL 8 - Foam Fire Extinguishers D. UL 154 - Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguishers E. UL 299 - Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers F. UL 626 - 2-1/2 Gallon Stored Pressure, Water Type Fire Extinguishers. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit fully detailed and dimensioned Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Equipment Number 10520 - Fire Extinguisher Cabinet 1. Provide recessed fire extinguisher cabinet of stainless steel with baked enamel finish on interior. 2. Door: Solid stainless steel door with lock and die cut lettering. 3. Concealed hinge and standard overlay door. 4. Acceptable Product: a. LARSEN'S Model SS-0-3216 solid panel with lock (Occult Series). b. Equivalent by JL INDUSTRIES C. Equivalent by WATROUS B. Equipment Number 10521 - Fire Extinguisher Wall Brackets: Coordinate type and size with Owner -provided fire extinguishers. C. Equipment Number 10522 - Fire Hose Cabinet. 1. Provide recessed fire hose cabinet of stainless steel with baked enamel finish on interior. 2. Door: Solid stainless steel door with lock and die cut lettering. 3. Concealed hinge and standard overlay door. 4. Approved Product: a. LARSEN'S Model SS-0-3232 (Occult Series) THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10520-1 SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS b. Equivalent by JL INDUSTRIES C. Equivalent by WATROUS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fire extinguisher and fire hose cabinets following manufacturer's recommended installation procedures and local codes and ordinances. ******************** END OF SECTION 10520 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10520-2 SECTION 10550 POSTAL SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mailboxes, trim, accessories and metal closure top. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit fully detailed and dimensioned shop drawings in accordance with Division One indicating: 1. Installation and anchorage details. 2. Mounting elevation and front view. 3. Lettering size and style. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Product Number 2600R - Mailboxes 1. Rear loading, Size B, double wide 12-1/2"W x 5"H x 15-1/2"D. 2. Comply with U.S. Postal Service regulations. 3. Cabinets shall be constructed of 22 gauge furniture steel, supplied with pressure sensitive labels for sorting identification. 4. Mailbox Doors: a. 1/4" solid extruded aluminum with number plate. b. Finish: Clear anodized aluminum (US28). C. Full length concealed, cadmium plated piano hinge. d. 5 pin cylinder lock with self locking spring bolt with two keys. 5. Mail boxes if in compliance with above shall be manufactured by one of the following: a. AMERICAN DEVICE b. CUTLER FEDERAL, INC. C. BOMMER INDUSTRIES, INC. B. Product Number 2600R - 2 Mailboxes 1. Rear Loading - 12-1/2"W x 10-1/2"H x 15-1/2"D. 2. Comply with U.S. Postal Service Regulations. 3. Cabinets shall be constructed of 22 gage furniture steel, supplied with pressure sensitive. 4. Mailbox Doors: a. 1/4" solid extruded aluminum with number plate. b. Finish: Clear anodized aluminum (US28) C. Full length concealed, cadmium plated piano hinge. d. Five pin cylinder lock with self-locking spring bolt with two keys. 5. Mailboxes if in complit;ice with above shall be manufactured by one of the following: a. AMERICAN DEVICE b. CUTLER FEDERAL, INC. C. BOMMER INDUSTRIES, INC. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10550-1 SECTION 10550 POSTAL SPECIALTIES C. Product Number 260OR - 3 Mailboxes 1. Rear Loading - 12-1/2"W x 16"H x 15-1/2"D. 2. Comply with U.S. Postal Service Regulations. 3. Cabinets shall be constructed of 22 gage furniture steel, supplied with pressure sensitive. 4. Mailbox Doors: a. 1/4" solid extruded aluminum with number plate. b. Finish: Clear anodized aluminum (US28) C. Full length concealed, cadmium plated piano hinge. d. Five pin cylinder lock with self-locking spring bolt with two keys. 5. Mailboxes if in compliance with above shall be manufactured by one of the following: a. AMERICAN DEVICE b. CUTLER FEDERAL, INC. C. BOMMER INDUSTRIES, INC. D. Metal Closure Top 1. Factory Painted; 22 gage minimum. E. Accessories: 1. Hinged rear loading doors with cylinder lock. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install printed HLM 90007.00-2 items of this Section in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and reviewed shop drawings. ******************** END OF SECTION 10550 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP THREE 10550-2 4*421110 PART 1 - GENERAL SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Security Fencing a. Fabric, frame and all components of fence. b. Horizontal installation on precast concrete structure. 1.2 REFERENCES A. CLFMI - Chain B. ASTM A-90 - (Galvanized) C. ASTM A 392 - Link Manufacturers Institute Standards Standard Test for Weight of Coating on Zinc -Coated Iron or Steel. Zinc -Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For installation of chain link fencing, use personnel completely trained and experienced in installation of approved materials and thoroughly familiar with original design and reviewed shop drawings. B. Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute standards (CLFMI). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings and manufacturers literature indicating sizes, spacing and location of members; general construction and anchorage details. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect chain link fencing materials before, during, and after installation. B. In event of damage, immediately notify Architect and make repairs and replacements necessary as approved by Architect and at no additional cost to Owner. 1.5 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE A. Fabric Breaking Load: 1,290 lbs. minimum. B. Total maximum deadload deflection: 6". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fabric, Frame and Major Components of Fence: Fabricated of galvanized steel. B. `,inc Coating: Per ASTM A-392: "Zinc Coated Steel Chain Link Fabric" Class 2. C. Fence shall bear quality seal of CLFMI. Size of components with regard to fence span: in accordance with tables established by CLFMI. D. Materials and accessories: products of same manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER -HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 10606-1 SECTION 10606 SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY E. Fabric: 1. Wire, helically wound and interwoven to provide continuous mesh without knots and ties except in form of knuckling or of twisting and barbing ends of wires to form selvage of fabric. 2. Mesh weave of 2 inch. 3. Furnished with twisting and barbing on both selvages. F. Tension (Stretcher) Bar: 1. One-piece lengths equal to full width of fabric with a minimum cross-sectign of 3/16" inch by 3/4" inch, galvanized (1.0 oz/ft2 ± 0.1 oz/ft according to ASTM A-90). G. Galvanized Steel Pipe Framing: 2-7/8" O.D. with 50,000 psi minimum yield strength. Comply with ASTM A669. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. Work required to accurately stake out fence line shall be performed by this Section. C. Install fencing in strict accordance with original design and reviewed shop drawings, anchoring components in accordance with manufacturer's published recommendations. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Fence: Installed at elevation(s) established on drawings. Ground between precast concrete joist: cut or filled as required to provide uniform clearance of 2 inches between fabric and faces of adjacent materials. B. Install steel pipe framing: 8' maximum spacing. Locate and stagger end joints on centerline of precast joint. Secure with expansion bolts and U-shaped straps. C. Fabric shall be fastened to precast concrete joist and walls with stretcher bars and fabric bands and anchors, maximum spacing center to center of 15". D. Fasten fabric to top surface of precast and steel framing, maximum spacing 15" O.C. with 9 gage galvanized hook ties. E. Locate selvages on precast joist and overlap 6". Secure with tie wire to 1-5/8" rails. F. Fabric: Tighten to provide smooth uniform appearance. Join rolls of fabric by weaving single strand into ends of rolls to form continuous mesh. 3.3 TOUCH UP FINISH A. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P- 641. ******************** END OF SECTION 10606 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 10606-2 SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Toilet accessories. a. Related miscellaneous items necessary for the installation of toilet accessories. b. Locker Bench 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit completely dimensioned shop and rough -in drawings for each item of equipment defining materials, size, shape, finish, location and relation to adjacent materials. 2. Provide templates to metal toilet partition manufacturer for pre -drilling partitions for items provided by this Section. 3. Provide written certification of compliance with Handicapped codes. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to Handicapped Code Standards: American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A117.1 and Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards: "Accessibility Requirements Manual", January, 1990 Edition. B. Coordinate anchorage requirements with substrate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Units listed below are identified by BOBRICK catalog numbers unless stated otherwise. Equivalent units by BRADLEY, WATROUS, McKINNEY/PARKER or A&J WASHROOM ACCESSORIES are acceptable. 1. Grab Bars: a. Grab bars: constructed of Type 304 stainless steel with satin finish. Wall thickness shall be 18 gage and outside diameter 1-1/2". Stainless steel flanges: 11 gage 3" diameter with four stainless steel vandal -proof set screws. Concealed mounting plate: 13 gage stainless steel, with 4 set screws. Snap flanges are not acceptable. Grab bars shall maintain 1-1/2" clearance between rail and wall. Fasten securely to wall at ends and at maximum support spacing of 32" O.C. Anchorage shall have sufficient strength to sustain a concentrated load of 250 pounds for 5 minutes. Comply with ANSI A-117.1 Handicapped Code Standards. In areas for handicapped, (wet areas), provide peened non -slip gripping surface. b. BOBRICK B-6206 Series and B-6206.99. Equipment Number 10800 - Horizontal mounting B-6206 x 24" Equipment Number 10801 - Horizontal mounting B6206/B-62061 x 48". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10800-1 SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES Equipment Number 10804 - 90 degree angle B-6265 Equipment Number 10811 - Wheelchair compartment B-6293 Equipment Number 10812 - Floor mounted handicapped grab bar 24" long welded to floor of cell. Equipment Number 10813 - B290-1824 18" wide x 24" high 2. Mirror: a. Frame: one piece roll formed 3/4" x 3/8" heavy gage, Type 304 stainless steel angles with satin finish. Provide concealed wall hanger for theft -proof mounting. Corners shall be welded, ground and polished smooth. b. Mirror: No. 1 quality, 1/4" polished plate glass, electrolytically copper plated. Mirror: warranted against silver spoilage fora minimum 15 years. Protect back of mirror with 1/4" polystyrene padding and 20 gage galvanized steel back attached to frame with concealed screws. 3. Equipment Number 10825 - Paper Holder, Surface Mounted, Multi -Roll: a. Door: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with 18 gage stainless steel door frame. All exposed surfaces, satin finish. Tumbler lock, keyed alike similar equipment. b. Cabinet: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with satin finish, welded construction. C. Dispensing Mechanism: 16 gage plated steel, welded construction, shall hold and dispense two standard toilet tissue rolls, as well as 5" diameter, 1500 sheet toilet tissue rolls. d. Spindle (2): one-piece,. molded polypropylene. Ends, formed to retain spindles in dispensing mechanism, when door is locked. e. BOBRICK B-288 4. Equipment Number 10826 - Paper Holder, Recessed, Multi -Roll: a. Flange: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with satin finish. Drawn, one-piece seamless construction. b. Door: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with 18 gage stainless steel door frame. All exposed surfaces, satin finish. Tumbler lock, similar units keyed alike. C. Cabinet: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with satin finish, welded construction. d. Dispensing mechanism: 16 gage plated steel, welded construction, shall hold and dispense two standard toilet tissue rolls, as well as 5" diameter, 1500 sheet toilet tissue rolls. e. Spindles (2): one-piece, molded polypropylene. Ends, formed to retain spindles in dispensing mechanism when door is locked. f. BOBRICK B-384 5. Equipment Number 10827 - Paper Dispenser, Multi -Roll, Partition Mount: a. Flange: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with satin finish. Drawn, one-piece seamless construction. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10800-2 SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES b. Door: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with 18 gage stainless steel door frame. All exposed surfaces, satin finish. Tumbler lock, similar units keyed alike. C. Cabinet: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with satin finish, welded construction. d. Dispensing mechanism: 16 gage plated steel, welded construction, shall hold and dispense two standard toilet tissue rolls, as well as 5" diameter, 1500 sheet toilet tissue rolls. e. Spindles (2): one-piece, molded polypropylene. Ends, formed to retain spindles in dispensing mechanism when door is locked. f. BOBRICK B-386 6. Equipment Number 10828 - Recessed Paper Holder (Security) 7. Equipment Number 10831-- Single Robe Hook: a. Hook and flange: 18-8 Type 304 heavy gage stain- less steel satin finish. b. BOBRICK B-6717 8. Equipment Number 10843 - Paper Towel Dispenser/Disposal: a. Cabinet and door: 18-8 Type 304, 22 gage stainless steel with satin finish for 800 multi -fold paper towels. Provide full length stainless steel piano hinge and tumbler lock, all similar units keyed alike. b. BOBRICK B-3944 9. Equipment Number 10845 - Paper Towel Dispenser, Surface Mounted: a. Cabinet and door: 18-8 Type 304, 22 gage stainless steel with satin finish for 400 single -fold paper towels. Provide full length stainless steel piano hinge and tumbler lock, all similar units keyed alike. b. BOBRICK B-263 10. Equipment Number 10854 - Shower Seat Hinged a. BRADLEY 956-30 and 9561-30 11. Equipment Number 10862 - Liquid Soap Dispenser, Surface Mounted: a. Container: Type 304, 20 gage stainless steel with satin finish. Capacity: one quart eight fluid ounces. Provide filler top of ABS secured to dispenser with non -corrosive retainer. b. Valve: ABS cylinder and piston. C. BOBRICK B-112 12. Equipment Number 10866 - Feminine Napkin Dispenser, Recessed: a. Door: 18-8 (Type 304), 18 gage stainless steel with satin finish. Concealed, full length stainless steel piano hinge. Tumbler lock with double locking device, at side and top, keyed alike similar equipment. b. Cabinet: 22 gage stainless steel, welded construction. 5-7/16" depth cabinet. C. Coin mechanism shall be available with "5c" "10c" "25c" or "Complimentary (no coin) operation. All moving parts replaceable without removing cabinet from wall. d. BOBRICK B-3502 x 2 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10800-3 SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES 13. Equipment Number 10876 - Mop Holder and Shelf, Surface Mounted: a. Shelf: 18-8 Type 304, 18 gage stainless steel with satin finish, 8" deep. b. Mop holders: spring loaded rubber cam with plated steel retainers, quantity standard with length specified. C. Rag hooks: 18-8 Type 304, 16 gage stainless steel with satin finish. d. Drying rod: 18-8 Type 304, 1/4" stainless steel with satin finish. e. BOBRICK B-224 x 30 14. Equipment Number 10510 - Locker Bench: a. Seat: hardwood with clear lacquered finish, 9-1/2" wide, 1-1/2" thick, length as indicated. b. Steel standards: spaced not more than 6'-0" on center; finished in same color as lockers. Standards: secured to seats with screws and to floor with suitable anchors. C. Benches shall have standards with baked enamel finish. Wood portion shall be finished with plastic sealer. Color will be selected by the Architect. d. Approved Manufacturers: 1) LYON METAL PRODUCTS 1-800-282-6621 2) MEDART, 1-800-282-9188 3) REPUBLIC STEEL 4) Architect approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Prior to beginning work of this Section, inspect the installed work of other trades and verify that it is complete to the point where this work may begin. B. Do not begin work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install toilet accessories Anchor items firmly in place in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and printed instructions. ******************** END OF SECTION 10800 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP THREE 10800-4 SECTION 10900 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Miscellaneous specialties: a. TV brackets 1) Wall mounted type 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide fully dimensioned shop drawings indicating dimensions, methods of assembly, blocking/support requirements and relation of materials to adjacent work. Provide anchorage details for specific installations and substrates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordinate work of this section with Owner -approved TV equipment. Obtain Owner approval for TV brackets as required by Owner's equipment. Coordinate mounting with Owners selected TV system manufacturer. B. Coordinate electrical outlet requirements with Division 16 and Owner's TV equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TV BRACKETS A. Wall -mounted TV brackets; (Equipment #12600): 1. Wall swivel bracket, single -arm, no -tilt and fixed -tilt; provide wall plate arm assembly, 6" x 12", 12 gauge steel wall mounting plate; 1-1/2" x 2" x 14 gauge rectangular tubular arm welded; reinforced with 14 gauge steel gusset plate. 2. Coordinate Owner's equipment with tray support size and wall mounting plate requirements and electrical requirements. Baked enamel finish in color selected by Architect. 3. Provide all fasteners as required for applicable substrate. 4. Acceptable Product: Peerless Sales Company Series Model #2141- 000, (312/865-8870) or Architect approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment supplied by this Section following recommended installation procedures of the manufacturer. ******************** END OF SECTION 10900 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP THREE 10900-1